📖 ContentsFull book
Free board review book · Dr. Akash Garg, DC

Chiropractic Boards Part I: Basic Sciences Review

The complete book on one page. Use the button at the bottom right to save it as a PDF.

  1. Chapter 1: Topographical Anatomy and the Appendicular Skeleton
  2. Chapter 2: Appendicular Muscles, Nerves and Vessels
  3. Chapter 3: Visceral Anatomy: Cardiovascular, Respiratory, Digestive, Urogenital and Endocrine Systems
  4. Chapter 4: The Vertebral Column: Bones, Joints, Ligaments and Muscles
  5. Chapter 5: The Spinal Cord and Central Nervous System
  6. Chapter 6: Peripheral and Autonomic Nervous Systems and the Special Senses
  7. Chapter 7: Neurophysiology and Muscle Physiology
  8. Chapter 8: Cardiovascular, Respiratory and Renal Physiology
  9. Chapter 9: Gastrointestinal, Endocrine, Reproductive and Exercise Physiology
  10. Chapter 10: Biomolecules: Carbohydrates, Lipids, Proteins, Enzymes and Nucleic Acids
  11. Chapter 11: Metabolism, Bioenergetics, Hormones, Vitamins and Minerals
  12. Chapter 12: General Pathology: Cell Injury, Inflammation, Neoplasia, Genetics and Immunopathology
  13. Chapter 13: Systemic Pathology: Musculoskeletal, Nervous and Organ System Disease
  14. Chapter 14: Microbiology, Immunology and Public Health
Chapter 1 · General Anatomy

Topographical Anatomy and the Appendicular Skeleton

Every palpation, every orthopedic test and every film you read rests on a shared map of the body: its planes, its regions, its surface landmarks and the bones and joints of the limbs. General anatomy carries a fifth of the Part I weight, and the appendicular skeleton supplies a large share of those items because it is so easy to test with a single landmark, a single fracture or a single ligament. Learn this chapter well and the muscles, nerves and vessels of the next chapter will have somewhere to attach.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Describe the anatomical position, the cardinal planes and axes, and the terms of direction and movement used on every exam.
  • Match key surface landmarks of the neck, back, thorax and abdomen to their vertebral levels.
  • Name the layers of the epidermis and dermis, the skin appendages and the cutaneous receptors, and relate the skin surface to the dermatome map.
  • Identify the bones of the upper limb, their named features, and the nerves and vessels that lie against them.
  • Identify the bones of the lower limb, the sex differences of the pelvis, and the angles of the femur.
  • Classify joints as fibrous, cartilaginous or synovial and name the six synovial subtypes with an example of each.
  • Explain the ligaments, stabilizers and classic injuries of the shoulder, elbow, wrist, hip, knee and ankle.
  • Apply close-packed positions, capsular patterns and named fractures to clinical vignettes.

Section 1Planes, terminology and the body's regions

The anatomical position and the cardinal planes

All anatomical description assumes the anatomical position: the body stands erect, the head and eyes face forward, the upper limbs hang at the sides with the palms facing anteriorly, and the feet point forward and sit slightly apart. Whatever position a patient actually occupies on the table, terms such as anterior, medial and proximal are always read as if the patient stood this way. That is why the radius is lateral and the thumb is lateral, even when the forearm is pronated.

Three planes, each at right angles to the other two, slice the body. A sagittal plane is vertical and runs from front to back, dividing right from left. The single sagittal plane through the midline is the median (midsagittal) plane; any other is a parasagittal plane. A frontal (coronal) plane is also vertical but runs from side to side, dividing anterior from posterior. A transverse (horizontal, axial) plane divides superior from inferior; this is the plane of the axial CT and MRI slice, conventionally viewed from the patient's feet so the patient's right lies on the viewer's left.

Each plane has a perpendicular axis about which movement in that plane occurs. Flexion and extension happen in the sagittal plane about a coronal (frontal, mediolateral) axis. Abduction and adduction happen in the frontal plane about a sagittal (anteroposterior) axis. Rotation happens in the transverse plane about a vertical (longitudinal) axis.

AnteriorPosterior SuperiorInferior Median (midsagittal) planedivides right from left Frontal (coronal) planedivides anterior from posterior Transverse planedivides superior from inferior
Figure 1.1 The three cardinal planes. The middle figure is a side view facing left, so the vertical frontal plane separates front from back. Movement in each plane occurs about the axis perpendicular to it.

Terms of direction and movement

Directional terms come in opposing pairs: superior and inferior (cranial and caudal), anterior and posterior (ventral and dorsal), medial and lateral, proximal and distal, superficial and deep, and ipsilateral and contralateral. Palmar (volar) and plantar replace anterior and inferior in the hand and foot.

Movement terms pair the same way. Flexion decreases the angle between segments in the sagittal plane and extension increases it; at the ankle these are dorsiflexion and plantarflexion, and the thumb flexes in the frontal plane because it sits rotated 90 degrees from the fingers. Abduction moves a part away from the midline (for fingers, away from the middle finger; for toes, away from the second toe) and adduction returns it. Medial and lateral rotation turn a limb about its long axis, and circumduction traces a cone. Pronation crosses the radius over the ulna to turn the palm back; supination uncrosses it. Inversion and eversion turn the sole medially and laterally. The scapula adds elevation, depression, protraction, retraction and upward and downward rotation, and the thumb adds opposition.

Regions and surface landmarks

Topographical anatomy links what you can see and feel at the surface to what lies beneath. The board expects you to know the vertebral level of the commonly used landmarks, because those levels let you locate viscera, vessels and spinal segments from the outside.

Head and neck. The external occipital protuberance (inion) marks the midline at the back of the skull, and the mastoid process lies behind the ear. The sternocleidomastoid divides the neck into an anterior triangle (bounded by the midline, the mandible and the anterior border of sternocleidomastoid; subdivided into submental, submandibular, carotid and muscular triangles) and a posterior triangle (bounded by sternocleidomastoid, trapezius and the middle third of the clavicle; it contains the spinal accessory nerve, the trunks of the brachial plexus and the third part of the subclavian artery). In the anterior neck, the hyoid lies at C3, the thyroid cartilage at C4 to C5 (the common carotid bifurcates at its upper border, about C4), and the cricoid cartilage at C6, where the larynx becomes the trachea and the pharynx becomes the esophagus. The anterior tubercle of the C6 transverse process (the carotid tubercle) lies deep to the cricoid.

Back. The spinous process of C7 (vertebra prominens) is usually the first clearly palpable spinous process, though T1 is often equally prominent; flexion and extension of the neck help separate them because C7 glides forward under the palpating finger with extension while T1 stays fixed. With the arms at the sides, the root of the spine of the scapula lies at T3, the inferior angle at T7 and the superior angle at T2. A line joining the highest points of the iliac crests (the supracristal or intercristal line) crosses the L4 spinous process or the L4 to L5 interspace, the classic landmark for lumbar puncture. The skin dimples over the posterior superior iliac spines mark S2, the level of the termination of the dural sac and the middle of the sacroiliac joints.

Thorax. The sternal angle (angle of Louis), where the manubrium meets the body of the sternum, is the most useful landmark in the chest: the second costal cartilage articulates here, so rib counting starts here, and a horizontal plane through it reaches the T4 to T5 disc. That plane marks the tracheal bifurcation, the beginning and end of the aortic arch, the junction of the superior and inferior mediastinum and the entry of the azygos vein into the superior vena cava. The jugular (suprasternal) notch lies at T2 to T3, the xiphisternal junction at T9, and the male nipple at the fourth intercostal space, in the T4 dermatome. The apex beat lies in the left fifth intercostal space at the midclavicular line.

Abdomen. Two vertical midclavicular lines and two horizontal planes (subcostal above, intertubercular below) divide the abdomen into nine regions: right and left hypochondriac, epigastric, right and left lumbar (lateral), umbilical, right and left inguinal (iliac) and hypogastric (pubic). Clinicians more often use four quadrants. The transpyloric plane, halfway between the jugular notch and the pubic symphysis, lies at L1 and crosses the pylorus, the neck of the pancreas, the duodenojejunal flexure, the hila of the kidneys, the origin of the superior mesenteric artery and approximately the end of the spinal cord. The subcostal plane (lowest point of the tenth costal cartilage) lies at L3. The umbilicus lies at the L3 to L4 disc in a slim adult and sits in the T10 dermatome. The aorta bifurcates at L4, just below and to the left of the umbilicus. McBurney point lies one third of the way from the anterior superior iliac spine to the umbilicus and overlies the usual base of the appendix.

Pelvis and perineum. The anterior superior iliac spine (ASIS), the iliac crest and its tubercle, the pubic tubercle and the pubic symphysis are palpable anteriorly; the inguinal ligament runs from ASIS to pubic tubercle. Posteriorly the ischial tuberosities bear weight in sitting and the coccyx can be felt in the natal cleft. The diamond-shaped perineum is bounded by the pubic symphysis, the ischiopubic rami, the ischial tuberosities, the sacrotuberous ligaments and the coccyx. A line between the ischial tuberosities divides it into an anterior urogenital triangle and a posterior anal triangle.

Surface landmarkVertebral levelWhat else is at that level
Hyoid boneC3Root of the tongue; floor of the mouth muscles attach
Upper border of thyroid cartilageC4Bifurcation of the common carotid artery
Cricoid cartilageC6Larynx to trachea, pharynx to esophagus, carotid tubercle, middle cervical ganglion nearby
Vertebra prominensC7First clearly palpable spinous process
Root of spine of scapulaT3Used to count thoracic spinous processes
Sternal angleT4 to T5 discRib 2, tracheal bifurcation, aortic arch, azygos into SVC
Xiphisternal junctionT9Lower border of the heart, upper liver surface nearby
Transpyloric planeL1Pylorus, renal hila, SMA origin, pancreatic neck, conus medullaris region
UmbilicusL3 to L4 discT10 dermatome
Iliac crests (supracristal line)L4 or L4 to L5Aortic bifurcation at L4; site for lumbar puncture
Posterior superior iliac spinesS2End of the dural sac; middle of the sacroiliac joints
Board tip. The sternal angle and the T4 to T5 plane are the single most tested surface landmark in the trunk. If a question names "the second costal cartilage," "the tracheal bifurcation" or "the start of the aortic arch," the answer is the same plane.
Clinical link. Counting spinous processes accurately underpins every listing you write. Find C7 with cervical extension, confirm T3 at the scapular spine and T7 at the inferior angle, and cross-check L4 at the iliac crests. When palpation and the film disagree, consider a transitional segment or a short or extra rib before blaming your hands.
Key point

Anatomical position, three planes with their perpendicular axes, and paired terms of direction and movement form the shared language of the exam. Surface landmarks become powerful when linked to vertebral levels: hyoid C3, thyroid cartilage C4, cricoid C6, sternal angle T4 to T5, xiphisternum T9, transpyloric plane L1, umbilicus L3 to L4, iliac crests L4 and PSIS S2.

Section 2The integument

The skin is the body's largest organ, roughly 15 percent of body weight and close to two square meters in an adult. Together with its appendages (hair, nails and glands) it forms the integumentary system. It has two layers of its own, the epithelial epidermis and the connective tissue dermis, and rests on the hypodermis (subcutaneous tissue, superficial fascia), which anatomists do not count as skin but which shares its blood supply and receptors.

The epidermis

The epidermis is keratinized stratified squamous epithelium. It is avascular and is nourished by diffusion from capillary loops in the dermal papillae, which is why a shallow scrape that does not bleed has not reached the dermis. Cells are born in the deepest layer and migrate toward the surface over roughly four weeks, flattening, filling with keratin and finally dying.

Layer (deep to superficial)Key features
Stratum basale (germinativum)Single row of mitotic stem cells on the basement membrane, anchored by hemidesmosomes; contains melanocytes and Merkel cells
Stratum spinosumSeveral layers of keratinocytes joined by desmosomes (the "spines" seen after shrinkage); dendritic Langerhans cells present antigen here
Stratum granulosumKeratohyalin granules and lamellar bodies that release lipid to form the water barrier; nuclei begin to degenerate
Stratum lucidumClear, thin layer of dead cells present only in thick skin of the palms and soles
Stratum corneumFifteen to thirty layers of dead, flattened, keratin-filled cells shed continuously; the main physical barrier

Four cell types matter. Keratinocytes are the majority and produce keratin. Melanocytes, derived from neural crest, sit in the basal layer and transfer melanin in melanosomes to surrounding keratinocytes, where it caps the nucleus against ultraviolet damage; people of all skin tones have similar numbers of melanocytes, and differences in color come from the amount, type and distribution of melanin. Langerhans cells are bone marrow derived antigen presenting cells. Merkel cells pair with sensory nerve endings to form slowly adapting touch receptors.

Thick skin (palms and soles) has a stratum lucidum and many sweat glands but no hair; thin skin carries hair follicles and sebaceous glands.

The dermis and hypodermis

The dermis has two layers. The superficial papillary dermis is loose areolar connective tissue that projects upward as dermal papillae, interlocking with epidermal ridges to resist shear; it holds capillary loops and Meissner corpuscles. The deeper and much thicker reticular dermis is dense irregular connective tissue rich in type I collagen and elastic fibers; it gives skin its strength and elasticity and houses hair follicles, glands, larger vessels and nerves. The predominant orientation of collagen bundles produces cleavage (tension) lines, often called Langer lines; incisions made parallel to them gape less and scar more neatly.

The hypodermis is loose connective tissue and adipose tissue that anchors skin to deep fascia, insulates and stores energy. It contains the deep Pacinian (lamellated) corpuscles and the superficial veins and cutaneous nerves that clinicians meet during venipuncture and nerve blocks.

Hair shaftMeissner corpuscleSebaceous glandArrector piliEccrine sweat glandHair bulbArteriole and venulePacinian corpuscle EpidermisPapillary dermisReticular dermisHypodermis
Figure 1.2 Thin skin in section. Notice that Meissner corpuscles sit high in the dermal papillae, whereas Pacinian corpuscles lie deep in the hypodermis; the arrector pili runs from the papillary dermis to the follicle below the sebaceous gland.

Appendages

Hair grows from a follicle, an epidermal down-growth into the dermis. The hair bulb at its base surrounds a vascular dermal papilla, and its matrix cells divide to form the shaft. The arrector pili is a band of smooth muscle from the papillary dermis to the follicle; its contraction, driven by sympathetic fibers acting on alpha-1 receptors, raises the hair and dimples the skin ("goose bumps").

Sebaceous glands open into hair follicles and secrete sebum by holocrine secretion (the whole cell disintegrates). They are androgen sensitive, which explains acne at puberty. Eccrine sweat glands are coiled tubular glands distributed over almost the entire body and densest on palms, soles and forehead; they open directly onto the skin, secrete a watery fluid by merocrine exocytosis and are key to thermoregulation. Their innervation is a classic exception: they are supplied by sympathetic postganglionic fibers that release acetylcholine onto muscarinic receptors. Apocrine sweat glands in the axilla, areola and anogenital region open into hair follicles, become active at puberty and secrete a protein-rich product that bacteria break down into body odor.

Nails are plates of hard keratin made by the nail matrix, visible as the pale lunula. Clubbing, spooning, pitting and splinter hemorrhages are findings worth noticing on every hand you touch.

Cutaneous receptors

ReceptorLocationModality and adaptation
Free nerve endingsEpidermis and dermisPain, temperature, itch; A delta and C fibers
Meissner corpuscleDermal papillae of glabrous skinLight discriminative touch, low frequency vibration; rapidly adapting
Merkel discStratum basaleSustained pressure, texture and shape; slowly adapting
Pacinian corpuscleDeep dermis and hypodermis, joint capsulesHigh frequency vibration and deep pressure; rapidly adapting
Ruffini endingDermis and joint capsulesSkin stretch and joint position; slowly adapting

The skin surface and the spinal nerves

Every patch of skin is supplied by a spinal (or trigeminal) nerve, so the skin surface is a readable map of the spinal cord. A dermatome is the area of skin supplied by the sensory fibers of a single spinal nerve root. Dermatomes overlap considerably, so section of one root alone produces a smaller deficit than the map suggests; testing the center of the dermatome (the autonomous zone) is most reliable. A dermatome is not the same as the territory of a peripheral nerve: the median nerve, for example, carries fibers from C6, C7 and C8, and a lesion of it produces a peripheral nerve pattern, not a dermatomal band. Distinguishing the two patterns is the heart of the neurologic exam.

DermatomeClassic test area
C4Cape over the clavicle and top of the shoulder
C5Lateral arm over the deltoid
C6Lateral forearm, thumb and index finger
C7Middle finger
C8Little finger and medial hand
T1 and T2Medial forearm (T1), medial arm and axilla (T2)
T4, T6, T10Nipple line, xiphoid, umbilicus
L1Inguinal ligament and groin
L2 and L3Anterior thigh; L3 reaches the medial knee
L4Medial leg and medial malleolus
L5Lateral leg, dorsum of foot, great toe and first web space
S1Lateral foot, little toe, heel and sole
S2 to S5Posterior thigh (S2) and the saddle area of the perineum

Skin as an organ

The skin is a barrier (physical, chemical and immunologic), a thermoregulator through sweating and sympathetically controlled dermal blood flow, a sensory organ, and an endocrine organ: ultraviolet B converts 7-dehydrocholesterol to cholecalciferol (vitamin D3), which the liver and kidney then hydroxylate.

Burns illustrate depth: superficial (epidermis, red and painful), partial thickness (into dermis, blistered) and full thickness (dermis and nerve endings destroyed, leathery and painless). The adult rule of nines gives 9 percent to the head, 9 to each upper limb, 18 to each side of the trunk, 18 to each lower limb and 1 to the perineum.

Board tip. "Sympathetic but cholinergic" is the eccrine sweat gland. "Holocrine" is sebaceous. "Only in thick skin" is the stratum lucidum. "Rapidly adapting, deep, vibration" is Pacinian; "rapidly adapting, superficial, light touch on the fingertip" is Meissner.
Clinical link. Herpes zoster reactivates in a dorsal root ganglion and erupts in a strict dermatomal band that stops at the midline, most often on the thorax. Pain can precede the rash by days and mimic a rib or facet problem, so a unilateral, band-like, burning pain in an older or immunosuppressed patient deserves a careful look at the skin before you treat it as mechanical. Examine the skin of every patient as well: the ABCDE features of a pigmented lesion (asymmetry, irregular border, color variation, diameter over 6 mm, evolution) call for referral.
Key point

The epidermis is avascular keratinized stratified squamous epithelium with five layers in thick skin (basale, spinosum, granulosum, lucidum, corneum) and four elsewhere. The dermis has a papillary and a reticular layer; the hypodermis lies beneath. Appendages include hair, sebaceous (holocrine), eccrine (sympathetic cholinergic) and apocrine glands, and nails. The skin surface maps onto spinal roots as dermatomes, which must be distinguished from peripheral nerve territories.

Section 3Osteology of the upper limb

Each upper limb contains 32 bones: the pectoral girdle (clavicle and scapula), the humerus, the radius and ulna, eight carpals, five metacarpals and fourteen phalanges. The girdle attaches to the axial skeleton only at the sternoclavicular joint; everything else is held by muscle. That design buys a huge range of motion at the price of stability, a trade-off that explains most shoulder pathology.

Clavicle

The clavicle is an S-shaped strut, convex forward in its medial two thirds and concave forward in its lateral third. It holds the limb away from the trunk and transmits force to the axial skeleton. The underside carries the conoid tubercle and trapezoid line for the two parts of the coracoclavicular ligament, and a groove for subclavius. The clavicle is the first bone to begin ossifying (fifth to sixth fetal week), largely by intramembranous ossification, and its medial epiphysis is the last to fuse, in the mid twenties. It is the most commonly fractured bone in the body, usually at the junction of its middle and lateral thirds after a fall on the shoulder or outstretched hand. Sternocleidomastoid lifts the medial fragment while the limb drags the lateral fragment down.

Scapula

The scapula is a flat triangular bone lying over ribs 2 to 7. The subscapular fossa faces the ribs; posteriorly the spine separates a small supraspinous fossa from a larger infraspinous fossa; the spine ends laterally as the acromion, the bony roof of the shoulder. The hooked coracoid process projects anteriorly and gives attachment to pectoralis minor, coracobrachialis and the short head of biceps, as well as the coracoclavicular, coracoacromial and coracohumeral ligaments. The shallow glenoid cavity faces laterally and slightly upward and forward; above it the supraglenoid tubercle anchors the long head of biceps, and below it the infraglenoid tubercle anchors the long head of triceps. The superior border carries the suprascapular notch, bridged by the superior transverse scapular ligament: the suprascapular artery passes above the ligament and the suprascapular nerve passes below it. The spinoglenoid notch at the lateral base of the spine is a second entrapment point where only infraspinatus is affected.

Humerus

The anatomical neck is the groove just around the head, where the capsule attaches; the surgical neck is the narrower region below the tubercles and is the common fracture site. The greater tubercle lies laterally and receives supraspinatus, infraspinatus and teres minor; the lesser tubercle lies anteriorly and receives subscapularis. Between them the intertubercular (bicipital) groove carries the tendon of the long head of biceps under the transverse humeral ligament, with pectoralis major inserting on its lateral lip, teres major on its medial lip and latissimus dorsi in its floor. Midshaft laterally lies the deltoid tuberosity, and posteriorly the radial (spiral) groove carries the radial nerve and profunda brachii artery.

Distally the bone flattens into medial and lateral supracondylar ridges ending in the medial epicondyle (prominent; common flexor origin; the ulnar nerve runs in a groove behind it) and the lateral epicondyle (common extensor origin). The articular surfaces are the rounded capitulum laterally for the radial head and the spool-shaped trochlea medially for the ulna. The coronoid and radial fossae (anterior) and olecranon fossa (posterior) receive processes in flexion and extension.

Greater tubercleIntertubercular grooveSurgical neck,axillary nerveDeltoid tuberosityRadial groove,radial nerve (posterior)Lateral epicondyleCapitulum HeadAnatomical neckLesser tubercleUlnar nerve, behindthe medial epicondyleMedial epicondyleTrochlea
Figure 1.3 Right humerus, anterior view, with the three nerves that touch the bone. Dashed nerves pass behind the bone. Fractures of the surgical neck, midshaft and medial epicondyle threaten the axillary, radial and ulnar nerves respectively.

Radius and ulna

The ulna is the stabilizing bone of the elbow and is larger proximally. Its olecranon forms the point of the elbow and receives triceps; the coronoid process projects anteriorly below it and receives brachialis at the ulnar tuberosity just below; the trochlear notch between them grips the trochlea; and the radial notch on the lateral side of the coronoid receives the radial head. Distally the small ulnar head and styloid process are separated from the carpus by the triangular fibrocartilage.

The radius is the rotating bone and is larger distally. Its disc-shaped head articulates with the capitulum above and spins within the annular ligament against the radial notch. Below the neck lies the radial tuberosity for biceps. Distally the broad end carries the styloid process (which reaches about 1 cm further distally than the ulnar styloid), the ulnar notch for the distal radioulnar joint, and the dorsal (Lister) tubercle, around which the extensor pollicis longus tendon turns. The interosseous membrane transfers load from the radius to the ulna.

Two eponymous distal radius fractures are favorites. A Colles fracture follows a fall on an outstretched hand, usually in an older woman with osteoporosis; the distal fragment is displaced dorsally and radially, producing the "dinner fork" deformity. A Smith fracture is the reverse, with volar displacement after a fall on a flexed wrist.

Carpals, metacarpals and phalanges

The eight carpals sit in two rows. From lateral (thumb side) to medial, the proximal row is the scaphoid, lunate, triquetrum and pisiform, and the distal row is the trapezium, trapezoid, capitate and hamate. A common memory aid is "Some Lovers Try Positions That They Can't Handle." The proximal row (minus the pisiform) articulates with the radius and the articular disc; the distal row articulates with the metacarpals. The pisiform is a sesamoid bone within the flexor carpi ulnaris tendon. The capitate is the largest carpal and the first to ossify (about age 1); the pisiform is the last (about age 9 to 12).

BoneHigh-yield fact
ScaphoidMost frequently fractured carpal (fall on outstretched hand); tender in the anatomical snuffbox; blood enters distally so the proximal pole is prone to avascular necrosis and nonunion; first films may be normal
LunateMost frequently dislocated carpal, usually volarly, where it can compress the median nerve in the carpal tunnel; avascular necrosis is Kienbock disease
PisiformSesamoid in flexor carpi ulnaris; medial wall of Guyon canal; attachment of the flexor retinaculum
HamateHook forms the lateral wall of Guyon canal and attaches the flexor retinaculum; hook fracture in golf, racquet and bat sports may injure the ulnar nerve
TrapeziumSaddle joint with the first metacarpal; its tubercle anchors the flexor retinaculum; groove for flexor carpi radialis
CapitateLargest carpal, central keystone of the wrist; articulates with the third metacarpal
Fifth metacarpalNeck fracture after punching ("boxer's fracture")
First metacarpalIntra-articular fracture of the base is a Bennett fracture; comminuted version is a Rolando fracture

The five metacarpals each have a base, shaft and head; the heads form the knuckles. The thumb has two phalanges and each finger three (proximal, middle and distal), giving fourteen.

Palpable landmarks of the upper limb

Palpable landmarks include the clavicle, acromion and AC joint line, the coracoid in the deltopectoral groove, the scapular spine, medial border and inferior angle, the greater tubercle below the acromion, the intertubercular groove during rotation, the epicondyles and olecranon (a straight line in extension and a triangle in flexion; a disrupted relationship suggests dislocation), the radial head spinning distal to the lateral epicondyle, both styloids, Lister tubercle, the scaphoid in the snuffbox, the pisiform and the hook of the hamate.

Board tip. Nerve to bone pairs: axillary nerve at the surgical neck, radial nerve at the midshaft (spiral groove), ulnar nerve behind the medial epicondyle, and median nerve with the brachial artery at the supracondylar region. A supracondylar fracture in a child that is followed by forearm pain with passive finger extension suggests compartment syndrome with Volkmann ischemic contracture as the feared outcome.
Key point

The upper limb trades stability for mobility. Know the named features of each bone, where muscles attach, and which nerve or vessel lies against which part: suprascapular nerve under the transverse scapular ligament, axillary nerve at the surgical neck, radial nerve in the spiral groove, ulnar nerve behind the medial epicondyle. In the wrist, the scaphoid fractures and risks avascular necrosis, the lunate dislocates, and the pisiform and hook of hamate frame Guyon canal.

Section 4Osteology of the lower limb

Each lower limb has 31 bones: the hip bone (os coxae), femur, patella, tibia, fibula, seven tarsals, five metatarsals and fourteen phalanges. Where the upper limb is built for reach and dexterity, the lower limb is built for weight bearing and locomotion, so its bones are heavier, its joints deeper and its ligaments stronger.

The hip bone and the pelvis

The hip bone forms from three bones, the ilium, ischium and pubis, which meet at a Y-shaped (triradiate) cartilage in the acetabulum and fuse at about 15 to 17 years. The ilium and ischium each supply about two fifths of the acetabulum and the pubis about one fifth. The acetabulum's articular lunate surface is horseshoe shaped; its inferior gap, the acetabular notch, is bridged by the transverse acetabular ligament, and the nonarticular acetabular fossa holds a fat pad and the ligament of the head of the femur.

The ilium carries the iliac crest, the ASIS (sartorius, inguinal ligament), the AIIS (rectus femoris, iliofemoral ligament), the posterior superior and inferior spines, the iliac fossa and the auricular surface for the sacrum, with the greater sciatic notch below.

The ischium has a body, a ramus, the ischial spine (sacrospinous ligament; the pudendal nerve crosses it, the landmark for pudendal block) and the ischial tuberosity (hamstrings, sacrotuberous ligament, the hamstring part of adductor magnus; the bone we sit on). Between spine and tuberosity is the lesser sciatic notch. The sacrospinous and sacrotuberous ligaments convert the notches into the greater and lesser sciatic foramina.

The pubis has a body with the pubic crest and pubic tubercle (inguinal ligament), a superior ramus with the pectineal line (pecten pubis), and an inferior ramus that joins the ischial ramus as the ischiopubic ramus. The two pubic bodies meet at the pubic symphysis. The pubis and ischium enclose the obturator foramen, whose canal transmits the obturator nerve and vessels.

The two hip bones, sacrum and coccyx form the pelvis. The pelvic brim separates the greater (false) pelvis from the lesser (true) pelvis. Sex differences reflect adaptation for childbirth.

FeatureFemale (typically gynecoid)Male (typically android)
Pelvic inletOval or round, wider transverselyHeart shaped, narrower
Subpubic angleWide, about 90 degrees or more (rounded arch)Narrow, about 60 to 70 degrees
Greater sciatic notchWide, close to 90 degreesNarrow, about 70 degrees
Ischial spines and tuberositiesSpines less projecting; tuberosities everted and farther apartSpines project inward; tuberosities closer
SacrumShorter, wider, less curvedLonger, narrower, more curved
Obturator foramenOval or triangularRound

Femur

The femur is the longest and strongest bone. Its head forms about two thirds of a sphere and carries a small pit, the fovea capitis, for the ligament of the head. The neck joins the shaft at an angle of inclination of about 125 degrees in the adult (about 150 degrees at birth). A smaller angle is coxa vara and a larger one coxa valga. The neck is also twisted forward relative to the line of the femoral condyles, an angle of anteversion (torsion) of about 10 to 15 degrees in adults.

The greater trochanter receives gluteus medius and minimus, piriformis, obturator internus and the gemelli; the lesser trochanter receives iliopsoas. The intertrochanteric line (anterior) marks the capsule and iliofemoral ligament, and the intertrochanteric crest lies posteriorly. The linea aspera on the back of the shaft anchors the adductors, vasti and short head of biceps, continuing up as the gluteal tuberosity. Distally the medial and lateral condyles are separated by the intercondylar fossa, and the adductor tubercle receives the hamstring part of adductor magnus.

125° HeadFovea capitisNeckLesser trochanter (iliopsoas) GreatertrochanterIntertrochanteric lineShaft Angle of inclinationAdult about 125°Coxa vara: smaller angleCoxa valga: larger angle
Figure 1.4 Proximal right femur, anterior view. The angle of inclination is measured between the axis of the neck and the axis of the shaft. Notice how far the head sits from the shaft: the neck is a lever arm, and its intracapsular portion is where fractures threaten the blood supply of the head.

The blood supply of the femoral head comes mainly from the medial circumflex femoral artery through retinacular branches that run up the neck under the synovium, with a smaller contribution from the lateral circumflex femoral artery and from the artery of the ligament of the head (a branch of the obturator artery that matters chiefly in children). A displaced intracapsular neck fracture tears the retinacular vessels and risks avascular necrosis of the head, whereas extracapsular intertrochanteric fractures do not. A hip fracture in an older adult classically leaves the limb shortened and laterally rotated.

Patella

The patella is the largest sesamoid bone, embedded in the quadriceps tendon. Its posterior surface has a larger lateral facet and a smaller medial facet that glide on the femoral patellar surface. The Q angle, between a line from ASIS to the center of the patella and a line from the patella to the tibial tuberosity, is normally about 13 degrees in men and 18 degrees in women; a larger angle increases lateral pull, which helps explain why lateral patellar dislocation and patellofemoral pain are more common in women.

Tibia and fibula

The tibia is the weight-bearing bone of the leg. Its proximal end has medial and lateral condyles whose flat upper surfaces (the tibial plateau) are separated by the intercondylar eminence with its medial and lateral tubercles, and by anterior and posterior intercondylar areas for the cruciate ligaments and menisci. The tibial tuberosity receives the patellar ligament. Gerdy tubercle on the anterolateral condyle receives the iliotibial tract. The shaft is triangular, its anterior border (shin) and medial surface subcutaneous; posteriorly the soleal line marks the soleus origin. Distally the medial malleolus projects downward and the fibular notch receives the fibula.

The slender fibula bears little body weight (roughly a sixth or less) but anchors muscles and forms the lateral wall of the ankle mortise. Its head receives biceps femoris and the lateral collateral ligament; the common fibular nerve winds around its neck, where it is exposed to fracture, tight casts and leg crossing. The lateral malleolus extends further distally and lies more posteriorly than the medial malleolus, which is why inversion is freer than eversion.

Tarsals, metatarsals and phalanges

Seven tarsals form the hindfoot and midfoot. The talus sits between the malleoli; its trochlea (body) articulates with the tibia and fibula, its head with the navicular, and its undersurface with the calcaneus. It has no muscle attachments, and its blood supply enters mainly through the neck and runs backward, so neck fractures risk avascular necrosis of the body. The calcaneus is the largest tarsal; its tuberosity receives the calcaneal (Achilles) tendon and its sustentaculum tali supports the talar head, with flexor hallucis longus grooving its underside. The navicular lies medially in front of the talus; its tuberosity receives most of tibialis posterior. The cuboid lies laterally and has a groove for the fibularis longus tendon. The three cuneiforms (medial, intermediate, lateral) articulate with the first three metatarsals; the recessed intermediate cuneiform locks the base of the second metatarsal in place like a keystone.

The five metatarsals have bases, shafts and heads. Under the first metatarsal head lie two sesamoids within the flexor hallucis brevis tendons. The tuberosity at the base of the fifth receives fibularis brevis; an avulsion fracture here follows inversion injury, whereas a Jones fracture at the metaphyseal diaphyseal junction a little further distal heals poorly because of a watershed blood supply. The second and third metatarsal shafts are the usual sites of stress (march) fractures. The phalanges number fourteen, two in the great toe and three in each lesser toe.

Palpable landmarks of the lower limb

Routinely palpated are the iliac crests (compared for pelvic obliquity), ASIS and PSIS, the pubic tubercle (inguinal hernias lie above and medial to it, femoral hernias below and lateral), the ischial tuberosity, the greater trochanter (level with the pubic tubercle and hip joint center), the femoral condyles and joint line, the tibial tuberosity and Gerdy tubercle, the fibular head and neck, both malleoli, the sustentaculum tali, the navicular tuberosity and the base of the fifth metatarsal.

Lower limb boneHigh-yield association
Femoral neckIntracapsular fracture threatens the medial circumflex femoral supply; avascular necrosis
Tibial tuberosityOsgood-Schlatter traction apophysitis in adolescents
Fibular neckCommon fibular nerve; foot drop after fracture or compression
Talar neckRetrograde blood supply; avascular necrosis of the body
Fifth metatarsal baseAvulsion by fibularis brevis versus the poorly healing Jones fracture
Second metatarsal shaftStress (march) fracture
Board tip. Remember three angles: femoral inclination about 125 degrees (vara below, valga above), femoral anteversion about 10 to 15 degrees, and the Q angle about 13 degrees in men and 18 degrees in women. Also remember the bone with no muscle attachments (talus) and the largest sesamoid (patella).
Key point

The hip bone is ilium, ischium and pubis fused at the acetabulum. Female and male pelves differ in inlet shape, subpubic angle, sciatic notch width and sacral shape. The femoral neck meets the shaft at about 125 degrees, and the head depends on the medial circumflex femoral artery. The fibular neck carries the common fibular nerve, the talus has no muscle attachments, and the base of the fifth metatarsal is a landmark for inversion injuries.

Section 5Arthrology and syndesmology of the appendicular skeleton

Arthrology is the study of joints and syndesmology the study of ligaments: shape sets which movements are possible, while ligaments, capsule and muscle decide how much is allowed.

Classifying joints

Structurally, fibrous joints are united by dense connective tissue: sutures, syndesmoses (distal tibiofibular joint, interosseous membranes) and gomphoses (teeth). Cartilaginous joints are either synchondroses (primary; hyaline cartilage, usually temporary, such as the growth plate and first sternocostal joint) or symphyses (secondary; fibrocartilage, midline, such as the pubic symphysis and intervertebral discs). Synovial joints have a cavity. Functionally these correspond roughly to synarthroses (immovable), amphiarthroses (slightly movable) and diarthroses (freely movable).

A synovial joint has hyaline articular cartilage (fibrocartilage in the TMJ and SC joint), a fibrous capsule, a synovial membrane lining everything except cartilage, and synovial fluid rich in hyaluronic acid and lubricin that nourishes the avascular cartilage. Accessory structures include ligaments, discs, menisci, labra and bursae. Hilton law: the nerves to the muscles moving a joint also supply the joint, which is why hip disease can present as knee pain.

Synovial subtypeAxes (degrees of freedom)Appendicular examples
Plane (gliding)Nonaxial glidingAcromioclavicular, intercarpal, intertarsal, proximal tibiofibular
Hinge (ginglymus)Uniaxial, flexion and extensionHumeroulnar, interphalangeal, talocrural
Pivot (trochoid)Uniaxial, rotationProximal and distal radioulnar (and the median atlantoaxial joint)
Condyloid (ellipsoid)Biaxial, flexion and extension, abduction and adductionRadiocarpal, metacarpophalangeal, metatarsophalangeal
Saddle (sellar)Biaxial with some conjunct rotationFirst carpometacarpal, sternoclavicular, calcaneocuboid
Ball and socket (spheroidal)MultiaxialGlenohumeral, hip

Two clinical ideas recur. The close-packed position is the position of maximal congruence and ligament tension, where the joint is most stable and least able to move further (glenohumeral: abduction with lateral rotation; hip: extension with medial rotation and abduction; knee: full extension; ankle: dorsiflexion). The capsular pattern is the characteristic proportional loss of motion when the whole capsule is inflamed or contracted (glenohumeral: lateral rotation lost most, then abduction, then medial rotation; hip: medial rotation, flexion, abduction; knee: flexion more than extension; elbow: flexion more than extension).

The shoulder complex

The shoulder complex has four articulations. The sternoclavicular (SC) joint is saddle-shaped with an articular disc; the disc and the strong costoclavicular ligament are its main stabilizers. It is the only bony link between upper limb and trunk.

The acromioclavicular (AC) joint is a plane joint. The AC ligament gives horizontal stability and the coracoclavicular ligament (lateral trapezoid and medial conoid parts) gives vertical stability, suspending the limb. In a complete AC separation both are torn and the clavicle appears to step up.

The glenohumeral joint is a ball and socket joint with a large head on a shallow glenoid, deepened by the glenoid labrum. Its loose capsule is reinforced by the superior, middle and inferior glenohumeral ligaments and the coracohumeral ligament; the coracoacromial arch roofs it, with the subacromial bursa between arch and supraspinatus. Stability is mainly dynamic, from the rotator cuff. The weak anteroinferior region explains why more than 95 percent of dislocations are anterior, risking the axillary nerve, an anteroinferior labral tear (Bankart) and a posterolateral head impaction (Hill-Sachs). Posterior dislocation follows seizures or electric shock.

The scapulothoracic articulation is physiologic, not anatomic. In elevation the glenohumeral joint and scapula move in about a 2 to 1 ratio (scapulohumeral rhythm): of 180 degrees, about 120 occur at the glenohumeral joint and 60 from scapular upward rotation, and the humerus must rotate laterally so the greater tubercle clears the acromion.

The elbow and forearm

The elbow combines the humeroulnar (hinge), humeroradial and proximal radioulnar (pivot) joints in one capsule. The ulnar collateral ligament resists valgus stress and is injured in throwers; the radial collateral ligament resists varus and blends with the annular ligament around the radial head. A sudden pull on a young child's hand slips the head out of the annular ligament (nursemaid's elbow). The carrying angle is about 5 to 15 degrees, greater in women; a malunited supracondylar fracture can reverse it (cubitus varus). Pronation and supination also use the distal radioulnar joint, stabilized by the triangular fibrocartilage complex.

The wrist and hand

The radiocarpal joint is condyloid: the radius and the articular disc of the triangular fibrocartilage complex (TFCC) receive the scaphoid, lunate and triquetrum; the ulna does not touch the carpus. The midcarpal joint adds much flexion and radial deviation.

The first carpometacarpal joint is a saddle permitting opposition and is the hand's commonest site of osteoarthritis. Metacarpophalangeal joints are condyloid; their collateral ligaments are tight in flexion, so hands are splinted with MCPs flexed. Interphalangeal joints are hinges with a palmar (volar) plate that blocks hyperextension.

The hip

The hip is a deep ball and socket joint stabilized mainly by bone and ligament. The acetabular labrum and transverse acetabular ligament complete the socket. Three capsular ligaments spiral so that they tighten in extension: the iliofemoral (Y ligament of Bigelow, AIIS to intertrochanteric line), the strongest in the body, limiting extension; the pubofemoral, limiting abduction; and the ischiofemoral, limiting medial rotation. The ligament of the head adds little stability but carries a small artery. Most dislocations are posterior (dashboard injury), leaving the limb shortened, flexed, adducted and medially rotated and endangering the sciatic nerve.

The knee

The knee comprises the medial and lateral tibiofemoral joints and the patellofemoral joint. It is a modified hinge with poor bony fit, so it depends on menisci, ligaments and muscle.

The menisci are fibrocartilage wedges that deepen the tibial surfaces and spread load; only their peripheral third is vascular. The medial meniscus is C-shaped and bound to the capsule and MCL, so it is less mobile and more often torn. The lateral meniscus is nearly circular, more mobile and free of the LCL.

ANTERIOR POSTERIOR ACL tibial attachment Medial meniscus: C shaped,bound to capsule and MCL MCL MEDIALLATERAL Lateral meniscus (more mobile) PCL tibial attachment
Figure 1.5 Right tibial plateau seen from above. The medial meniscus is anchored to the capsule and the MCL, so it cannot escape a twisting femur and tears more often. The ACL arises in front of the eminence and the PCL behind it; each is named for its tibial attachment.

The cruciate ligaments are intracapsular but extrasynovial and named for their tibial attachments. The ACL runs from the anterior intercondylar area to the medial side of the lateral femoral condyle and prevents anterior translation of the tibia; noncontact pivoting tears it, and the Lachman test is the most sensitive sign. The stronger PCL runs from the posterior intercondylar area to the lateral side of the medial femoral condyle and prevents posterior translation; a dashboard blow tears it.

The flat MCL, blended with capsule and medial meniscus, resists valgus; the cordlike LCL, from lateral epicondyle to fibular head, resists varus. A lateral blow to a planted knee produces the "unhappy triad" of ACL, MCL and medial meniscus injury.

In terminal extension the tibia rotates laterally on the femur and locks the knee (the screw-home mechanism); popliteus unlocks it by rotating the femur laterally on the planted tibia.

The suprapatellar bursa communicates with the joint, so effusions ballot the patella. The prepatellar bursa inflames with kneeling (housemaid's knee), the superficial infrapatellar with upright kneeling, and a popliteal (Baker) cyst is usually a distended semimembranosus or gastrocnemius bursa.

Knee structurePrevents or resistsClassic mechanism and test
ACLAnterior tibial translation, hyperextension, rotationNoncontact pivot or landing; Lachman, anterior drawer, pivot shift
PCLPosterior tibial translationDashboard injury, fall on flexed knee; posterior drawer, sag sign
MCLValgusLateral blow to knee; valgus stress at 0 and 30 degrees
LCLVarusMedial blow; varus stress test
Medial meniscusLoad distribution, secondary anterior stabilityTwist on flexed, weight-bearing knee; joint line tenderness, McMurray, Apley compression
Lateral meniscusLoad distributionOften torn with ACL injury; joint line tenderness

The ankle and foot

The proximal tibiofibular joint is a plane joint; the distal one is a syndesmosis whose injury is a "high ankle sprain."

The talocrural joint is a hinge in which the talar trochlea sits in the malleolar mortise. The trochlea is wider anteriorly, so dorsiflexion is close-packed and stable, while plantarflexion is loose; most sprains therefore occur in plantarflexion with inversion.

Of the three lateral ligaments, the anterior talofibular (ATFL) is weakest and most often sprained, the calcaneofibular fails next and the posterior talofibular rarely tears. The fan-shaped medial deltoid ligament is so strong that eversion often avulses the medial malleolus instead.

The subtalar joint produces most inversion and eversion; the transverse tarsal (Chopart) joint (talonavicular plus calcaneocuboid) adds to it. The Lisfranc ligament binds the medial cuneiform to the second metatarsal base. The spring (plantar calcaneonavicular) ligament cradles the talar head, the long and short plantar ligaments support the lateral column, and the plantar aponeurosis tightens as the toes dorsiflex (windlass mechanism). Foot pronation combines eversion, abduction and dorsiflexion; supination the reverse.

Board tip. The cruciates are named by their tibial ends. For the femoral ends, think of the ACL reaching for the back of the lateral condyle and the PCL for the front of the medial condyle; the ligaments cross like fingers crossed for luck. In the ankle, the sequence of lateral ligament failure is ATFL, then CFL, then (rarely) PTFL.
Clinical link. Before adjusting an extremity after trauma, screen for fracture. The Ottawa ankle rules call for films when there is bone tenderness at the posterior edge or tip of either malleolus, at the base of the fifth metatarsal or at the navicular, or inability to bear weight for four steps both immediately and in the office.
Key point

Joints are fibrous, cartilaginous or synovial, and synovial joints come in six shapes. The shoulder complex depends on the costoclavicular and coracoclavicular ligaments, the labrum and the cuff, and it dislocates anteriorly. The elbow relies on the UCL against valgus and the annular ligament around the radial head. The hip's spiral ligaments tighten in extension. The knee needs its menisci, cruciates (named for tibial ends) and collaterals, and locks by screw-home. The ankle is stable in dorsiflexion, and the ATFL is the first ligament to tear in an inversion sprain.

The chapter in one breath

  • Describe everything from the anatomical position: sagittal, frontal and transverse planes, each with its perpendicular axis of movement.
  • Key surface levels: hyoid C3, thyroid cartilage C4, cricoid C6, sternal angle T4 to T5, xiphisternum T9, transpyloric plane L1, umbilicus L3 to L4 and T10, iliac crests L4, PSIS S2.
  • The epidermis is avascular keratinized stratified squamous epithelium (basale, spinosum, granulosum, lucidum in thick skin, corneum); the dermis is papillary over reticular.
  • Eccrine glands are sympathetic cholinergic, sebaceous glands holocrine, apocrine glands axillary and anogenital; Meissner and Merkel are superficial, Pacinian deep.
  • Dermatomes map roots (C6 thumb, C7 middle finger, C8 little finger, L4 medial leg, L5 dorsum of foot, S1 lateral foot) and differ from peripheral nerve territories.
  • The clavicle ossifies first and fuses last; the scapula spans ribs 2 to 7; the suprascapular artery runs above and the nerve below the transverse scapular ligament.
  • Nerve to bone: axillary at the surgical neck, radial in the spiral groove, ulnar behind the medial epicondyle, median with the brachial artery above the condyles.
  • The scaphoid fractures and risks avascular necrosis; the lunate dislocates; Colles is dorsal and Smith volar displacement of the distal radius.
  • The femoral neck angle is about 125 degrees; the head depends on the medial circumflex femoral artery; the talus has no muscle attachments.
  • Synovial joints are plane, hinge, pivot, condyloid, saddle and ball and socket; know each joint's close-packed position and capsular pattern.
  • Shoulders dislocate anteriorly, hips posteriorly; the medial meniscus tears more often than the lateral; the ACL stops anterior tibial translation and the PCL posterior.
  • The ankle is stable in dorsiflexion; inversion in plantarflexion sprains the ATFL first.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Anatomical positionStanding erect, facing forward, arms at the sides with palms forward; the reference for all directional terms.
Sagittal planeA vertical plane dividing the body into right and left parts; the median plane is the one in the midline.
Sternal angleThe ridge at the manubriosternal joint, level with the second costal cartilage and the T4 to T5 disc.
Transpyloric planeThe horizontal plane at L1, halfway between the jugular notch and the pubic symphysis.
DermatomeThe area of skin supplied by the sensory fibers of a single spinal nerve root.
Stratum lucidumA thin clear layer of dead cells found only in the thick skin of the palms and soles.
Reticular dermisThe thick, dense irregular deep layer of the dermis that gives skin strength and elasticity.
Eccrine glandA merocrine sweat gland opening directly onto the skin, supplied by sympathetic cholinergic fibers.
Pacinian corpuscleA deep, onion-layered, rapidly adapting receptor for vibration and deep pressure.
Surgical neckThe narrow region of the humerus below the tubercles, the usual fracture site and the location of the axillary nerve.
Anatomical snuffboxThe hollow on the radial side of the wrist bounded by thumb extensor tendons, with the scaphoid in its floor.
Colles fractureA distal radius fracture with dorsal displacement of the distal fragment, giving a dinner fork deformity.
AcetabulumThe cup-shaped socket of the hip bone formed by the ilium, ischium and pubis.
Angle of inclinationThe angle between the femoral neck and shaft, about 125 degrees in adults.
Q angleThe angle between the line of quadriceps pull and the patellar ligament, larger in women.
Sesamoid boneA bone that develops within a tendon, such as the patella and pisiform.
SyndesmosisA fibrous joint united by a ligament or membrane, such as the distal tibiofibular joint.
SymphysisA secondary cartilaginous joint united by fibrocartilage, usually in the midline.
Close-packed positionThe joint position of maximal congruence and ligament tension, where stability is greatest.
Capsular patternThe characteristic proportional loss of motion seen when the whole joint capsule is involved.
Glenoid labrumA fibrocartilage rim that deepens the shallow glenoid cavity.
Coracoclavicular ligamentThe conoid and trapezoid ligament that suspends the scapula from the clavicle and gives vertical AC stability.
Iliofemoral ligamentThe Y-shaped anterior hip ligament, the strongest in the body, which limits extension.
Screw-home mechanismLateral rotation of the tibia on the femur in terminal knee extension that locks the joint.
MeniscusA crescent of fibrocartilage between femur and tibia that deepens the joint and spreads load.
Anterior talofibular ligamentThe weakest lateral ankle ligament and the first injured in an inversion sprain.
Spring ligamentThe plantar calcaneonavicular ligament that supports the head of the talus.

Check yourself

Abduction of the shoulder occurs in which plane and about which axis?
Frontal plane, anteroposterior (sagittal) axis. Movement always occurs in a plane and about the axis perpendicular to it. Abduction moves the limb sideways in the frontal plane, so it turns about an axis running front to back.
A horizontal plane through the sternal angle passes through which intervertebral level, and name two structures found at that plane.
The T4 to T5 disc. The plane marks the second costal cartilage, the tracheal bifurcation, the beginning and end of the aortic arch, the azygos vein entering the superior vena cava, and the division between superior and inferior mediastinum.
Which epidermal layer is present only in the skin of the palms and soles?
Stratum lucidum. Thick skin has five epidermal layers, with the clear stratum lucidum between granulosum and corneum. Thin skin has only four.
Postganglionic fibers supplying eccrine sweat glands are part of which division of the autonomic nervous system, and what neurotransmitter do they release?
Sympathetic division; acetylcholine. Eccrine glands are the classic exception to the rule that sympathetic postganglionic fibers release norepinephrine. They act on muscarinic receptors.
A patient with a midshaft humeral fracture cannot extend the wrist. Which nerve is injured and where does it lie?
The radial nerve in the radial (spiral) groove. The nerve and profunda brachii artery wind around the back of the shaft, so midshaft fractures cause wrist drop. Triceps is often spared because its branches leave the nerve higher up.
A young adult falls on an outstretched hand and is tender in the anatomical snuffbox, but the first radiograph is normal. What is the concern and why does it matter?
An occult scaphoid fracture. The scaphoid's blood supply enters distally, so a waist fracture can leave the proximal pole avascular, leading to nonunion and avascular necrosis. Immobilize and repeat imaging or obtain MRI.
An older woman falls and her leg is shortened and laterally rotated. A displaced intracapsular femoral neck fracture endangers which artery, with what complication?
The medial circumflex femoral artery; avascular necrosis of the femoral head. Its retinacular branches run up the neck inside the capsule and are torn by displaced intracapsular fractures.
Which joint is classified as a secondary cartilaginous joint: the epiphyseal plate, the pubic symphysis, the distal tibiofibular joint or the first sternocostal joint?
The pubic symphysis. Secondary cartilaginous joints (symphyses) are united by fibrocartilage and lie in the midline. The growth plate and first sternocostal joint are synchondroses, and the distal tibiofibular joint is a syndesmosis.
A skier's knee buckles while twisting with the foot planted. There is a pop, rapid swelling, and the tibia translates anteriorly on the femur with the knee flexed 20 degrees. Which ligament is torn, and where does it attach on the femur?
The anterior cruciate ligament, attaching to the medial side of the lateral femoral condyle posteriorly. A positive Lachman test is the most sensitive sign. The ACL arises from the anterior intercondylar area of the tibia and prevents anterior tibial translation.
Why are lateral ankle sprains more common than medial sprains, and which ligament fails first?
The anterior talofibular ligament fails first. The lateral malleolus extends lower than the medial and blocks eversion, the talus is narrower posteriorly and so loose in plantarflexion, and the lateral ligaments are weaker than the deltoid. Inversion in plantarflexion therefore loads the ATFL, followed by the calcaneofibular ligament.
Chapter 2 · General Anatomy

Appendicular Muscles, Nerves and Vessels

Muscles move the bones of Chapter 1, nerves tell them when, and vessels keep them alive. The board tests this material with relentless precision (one muscle, one nerve, one root, one lesion), and the same facts drive your daily examination: every manual muscle test, reflex and pulse you check is a question about this chapter.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Give the attachments, actions and innervation of the scapular stabilizers, rotator cuff, deltoid and arm muscles.
  • Organize the forearm into flexor and extensor compartments and the hand into thenar, hypothenar and intrinsic groups.
  • Describe the boundaries and contents of the carpal tunnel, Guyon canal, cubital fossa and anatomical snuffbox.
  • Draw the brachial plexus from roots to terminal branches and predict the deficit of each nerve lesion.
  • Trace the arteries from the subclavian to the palmar arches and from the external iliac to the dorsalis pedis, and the superficial veins and lymph nodes of both limbs.
  • Group the muscles of the gluteal region, thigh and leg compartments with their nerves, and explain the arches of the foot.
  • Name the branches of the lumbar and sacral plexuses and link nerve lesions to their gait abnormalities.

Section 1Muscles of the shoulder girdle and arm

Shoulder muscles fall into three groups: axioappendicular muscles that tie the limb to the trunk and move the scapula, scapulohumeral muscles that move the humerus on the scapula, and the arm muscles, divided by intermuscular septa into an anterior flexor compartment and a posterior extensor compartment.

Axioappendicular muscles: the scapular stabilizers

The scapula has no ligamentous attachment to the thorax, so its position depends on muscle. Trapezius and serratus anterior form a force couple that upwardly rotates the scapula during arm elevation; levator scapulae, the rhomboids and pectoralis minor rotate it downward.

MuscleAttachmentsMain actionNerve (roots)
TrapeziusOcciput, ligamentum nuchae, C7 to T12 spines to lateral clavicle, acromion and scapular spineUpper: elevate and upwardly rotate; middle: retract; lower: depress and upwardly rotateSpinal accessory (CN XI); C3 and C4 proprioception
Latissimus dorsiT7 to T12 spines, thoracolumbar fascia, iliac crest, lower ribs to floor of intertubercular grooveExtend, adduct and medially rotate humerusThoracodorsal (C6 to C8)
Levator scapulaeC1 to C4 transverse processes to superior angleElevate, downwardly rotateDorsal scapular (C5) and C3, C4
Rhomboid minor and majorC7 to T5 spines to medial borderRetract, downwardly rotateDorsal scapular (C5)
Pectoralis majorClavicle, sternum, costal cartilages to lateral lip of intertubercular grooveAdduct and medially rotate; clavicular head flexesLateral and medial pectoral (C5 to T1)
Pectoralis minorRibs 3 to 5 to coracoidDepress and protract scapulaMedial pectoral (C8, T1)
Serratus anteriorRibs 1 to 8 to anterior medial borderProtract, upwardly rotate, hold scapula on chest wallLong thoracic (C5 to C7)
SubclaviusRib 1 to underside of clavicleAnchors and depresses clavicleNerve to subclavius (C5, C6)

Weakness of serratus anterior causes medial winging: the medial border lifts off the chest when the patient pushes against a wall. The long thoracic nerve runs on the outer surface of the muscle in the midaxillary line, where surgery or a heavy shoulder strap can injure it. Weakness of trapezius after spinal accessory injury (often during lymph node surgery in the posterior triangle) causes a drooping shoulder, weak shrug and a milder lateral winging on abduction.

Scapulohumeral muscles: deltoid, teres major and the rotator cuff

The deltoid arises from the lateral third of the clavicle, the acromion and the scapular spine (mirroring trapezius) and inserts on the deltoid tuberosity. Its anterior fibers flex and medially rotate, its multipennate middle fibers abduct from about 15 to 90 degrees, and its posterior fibers extend and laterally rotate. Teres major runs from the inferior angle to the medial lip of the intertubercular groove and adducts and medially rotates.

The four rotator cuff muscles (SITS) blend with the capsule and press the humeral head into the glenoid, resisting the upward shear of the deltoid. Without them, deltoid contraction would simply jam the head against the acromion.

Cuff muscleOrigin to insertionActionNerveClinical test
SupraspinatusSupraspinous fossa to superior facet of greater tubercleInitiates abduction (first 15 degrees), compresses headSuprascapular (C5, C6)Empty can, drop arm
InfraspinatusInfraspinous fossa to middle facetLateral rotationSuprascapular (C5, C6)Resisted lateral rotation
Teres minorLateral border to inferior facetLateral rotationAxillary (C5, C6)Hornblower sign
SubscapularisSubscapular fossa to lesser tubercleMedial rotationUpper and lower subscapular (C5, C6)Lift-off, belly press
Glenoid with labrum Supraspinatus(suprascapular n.) Acromion Infraspinatus(suprascapular n.) Teres minor(axillary n.) Subscapularis(subscapular nn.) POSTERIORANTERIOR
Figure 2.1 The rotator cuff seen from the lateral side with the humerus removed. Supraspinatus passes under the acromion, where it is impinged; the two posterior muscles laterally rotate and the single anterior muscle medially rotates.

Supraspinatus is the cuff tendon most often torn and impinged, because it passes through the narrow subacromial space beneath the coracoacromial arch. A painful arc between roughly 60 and 120 degrees of abduction suggests impingement or tendinopathy; inability to hold the arm at 90 degrees (positive drop arm) suggests a full thickness tear.

Muscles of the arm

The anterior compartment is supplied by the musculocutaneous nerve (C5 to C7). Biceps brachii has a long head from the supraglenoid tubercle, whose tendon runs inside the joint capsule and through the intertubercular groove, and a short head from the coracoid; it inserts on the radial tuberosity and, through the bicipital aponeurosis, into forearm fascia. It is the most powerful supinator when the elbow is flexed and a strong elbow flexor. Brachialis, from the distal anterior humerus to the coronoid process and ulnar tuberosity, is the prime flexor of the elbow in every forearm position (its lateral part also receives radial nerve fibers). Coracobrachialis runs from coracoid to midshaft humerus, flexes and adducts the arm, and is pierced by the musculocutaneous nerve.

The posterior compartment is supplied by the radial nerve. Triceps brachii has a long head from the infraglenoid tubercle (it crosses the shoulder and helps extend and adduct it), a lateral head above the radial groove and a medial head below it; all insert on the olecranon. Tiny anconeus assists elbow extension. Reflexes test the roots: biceps C5 (and C6), brachioradialis C6, triceps C7.

SpaceBoundariesContents
Quadrangular spaceTeres minor above, teres major below, long head of triceps medially, surgical neck laterallyAxillary nerve, posterior circumflex humeral artery
Triangular spaceTeres minor, teres major, long head of triceps laterallyCircumflex scapular artery
Triangular intervalTeres major above, long head of triceps medially, humerus or lateral head laterallyRadial nerve, profunda brachii artery
Board tip. "Lady between two majors": latissimus dorsi inserts in the floor of the intertubercular groove between pectoralis major (lateral lip) and teres major (medial lip). All three adduct and medially rotate. Among cuff muscles, only subscapularis medially rotates and only supraspinatus is not a rotator.
Key point

Scapular position depends on muscle: serratus anterior (long thoracic nerve) and trapezius (CN XI) upwardly rotate it, and their palsies cause medial and lateral winging. The rotator cuff (supraspinatus and infraspinatus by the suprascapular nerve, teres minor by the axillary, subscapularis by the subscapular nerves) centers the humeral head. The musculocutaneous nerve supplies the arm flexors and the radial nerve the extensors.

Section 2Muscles of the forearm and hand

The forearm has an anterior (flexor-pronator) compartment arising largely from the medial epicondyle and a posterior (extensor-supinator) compartment arising largely from the lateral epicondyle. The anterior compartment is supplied by the median nerve except for one and a half muscles supplied by the ulnar nerve (flexor carpi ulnaris and the medial half of flexor digitorum profundus). The entire posterior compartment is supplied by the radial nerve, mostly its deep branch (the posterior interosseous nerve).

The anterior compartment

LayerMuscle and insertionActionNerve
SuperficialPronator teres (two heads) to lateral midshaft radiusPronation, weak elbow flexionMedian
SuperficialFlexor carpi radialis to bases of second and third metacarpalsWrist flexion, radial deviationMedian
SuperficialPalmaris longus to flexor retinaculum and palmar aponeurosis (absent in about 15 percent)Wrist flexionMedian
SuperficialFlexor carpi ulnaris to pisiform, hook of hamate, fifth metacarpalWrist flexion, ulnar deviationUlnar
IntermediateFlexor digitorum superficialis to middle phalangesFlexes PIP joints (and MCP, wrist)Median
DeepFlexor digitorum profundus to distal phalangesFlexes DIP jointsLateral half: anterior interosseous (median); medial half: ulnar
DeepFlexor pollicis longus to distal phalanx of thumbFlexes thumb IP jointAnterior interosseous
DeepPronator quadratus, distal ulna to distal radiusPrime pronatorAnterior interosseous

The median nerve passes between the two heads of pronator teres and the ulnar nerve between the two heads of flexor carpi ulnaris (the cubital tunnel), both sites of entrapment. The anterior interosseous nerve is purely motor to the deep layer; its palsy prevents a round "OK" sign (the thumb and index tips cannot flex) without sensory loss. Overuse at the common flexor origin causes medial epicondylalgia (golfer's elbow).

The posterior compartment

The superficial extensors are brachioradialis and extensor carpi radialis longus (both from the lateral supracondylar ridge and supplied by the radial nerve proper), then, from the common extensor origin on the lateral epicondyle, extensor carpi radialis brevis, extensor digitorum, extensor digiti minimi and extensor carpi ulnaris. Brachioradialis is the exception that proves the rule: it lies in the extensor compartment and is supplied by the radial nerve but flexes the elbow, most strongly in the midprone position. The deep extensors are supinator (the posterior interosseous nerve passes through it under the arcade of Frohse), abductor pollicis longus, extensor pollicis brevis, extensor pollicis longus and extensor indicis. Lateral epicondylalgia (tennis elbow) is a tendinopathy chiefly of the extensor carpi radialis brevis origin, reproduced by resisted wrist extension (Cozen test).

At the wrist the extensor retinaculum creates six dorsal compartments: (1) abductor pollicis longus and extensor pollicis brevis; (2) extensor carpi radialis longus and brevis; (3) extensor pollicis longus, turning around Lister tubercle; (4) extensor digitorum and extensor indicis; (5) extensor digiti minimi; (6) extensor carpi ulnaris. Tenosynovitis of the first compartment is de Quervain tenosynovitis, provoked by ulnar deviation with the thumb tucked (Finkelstein test). The anatomical snuffbox is bounded laterally by abductor pollicis longus and extensor pollicis brevis and medially by extensor pollicis longus; its floor is the scaphoid and trapezium, and the radial artery crosses it.

The intrinsic muscles of the hand

GroupMusclesActionNerve
ThenarAbductor pollicis brevis, flexor pollicis brevis, opponens pollicisAbduct, flex and oppose thumbRecurrent (motor) branch of median; deep head of FPB often ulnar
AdductorAdductor pollicis (oblique and transverse heads)Adducts thumb (pinch)Deep branch of ulnar
HypothenarAbductor, flexor and opponens digiti minimiMove little fingerDeep branch of ulnar
Palmaris brevisDermis of hypothenar skinWrinkles skin, protects ulnar vesselsSuperficial branch of ulnar
Lumbricals (4)From FDP tendons to lateral extensor expansionsFlex MCP, extend IP joints1 and 2: median; 3 and 4: ulnar
Palmar interossei (3)Metacarpals to proximal phalanges and expansionsAdduct fingers (PAD), flex MCP, extend IPDeep branch of ulnar
Dorsal interossei (4)Adjacent metacarpals (bipennate) to phalanges and expansionsAbduct fingers (DAB), flex MCP, extend IPDeep branch of ulnar

The median nerve supplies the muscles remembered as LOAF (lateral two Lumbricals, Opponens pollicis, Abductor pollicis brevis, Flexor pollicis brevis); the ulnar nerve supplies every other intrinsic muscle. Because the lumbricals and interossei flex the MCP and extend the IP joints, their paralysis produces a claw posture. Froment sign tests adductor pollicis: holding paper between thumb and index, the patient flexes the thumb IP joint with flexor pollicis longus (median) to compensate.

The carpal tunnel and Guyon canal

The carpal tunnel is an osseofibrous passage whose floor and walls are the concave carpal bones and whose roof is the flexor retinaculum (transverse carpal ligament), attached laterally to the scaphoid tubercle and trapezium and medially to the pisiform and hook of the hamate. It contains ten structures: four tendons of flexor digitorum superficialis, four of flexor digitorum profundus, flexor pollicis longus and the median nerve. Flexor carpi radialis runs in its own groove in the trapezium, and palmaris longus, the ulnar nerve and artery and the palmar cutaneous branch of the median nerve pass superficial to the retinaculum.

Median nerveFlexor pollicis longusFCR, own sheathTrapezium Palmaris longusFlexor retinaculum Ulnar arteryUlnar nerve(Guyon canal) PisiformHook of hamate TrapezoidCapitateHamate FDS tendons (superficial row) FDP tendons (deep row) and FPL PALMARLateral (thumb) side at left
Figure 2.2 The right wrist in cross section, palmar side up. The median nerve lies just under the retinaculum, the most superficial and most compressible structure in the tunnel. The ulnar nerve and artery travel superficial to the retinaculum in Guyon canal. The pisiform is drawn at this level for orientation.

Carpal tunnel syndrome is the most common entrapment neuropathy. Anything that crowds the tunnel (tenosynovitis from repetitive work, pregnancy, hypothyroidism, diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, acromegaly, a lunate dislocation) compresses the median nerve, producing night paresthesia of the lateral three and a half digits, then weakness and atrophy of the thenar muscles. Sensation over the thenar eminence is spared because the palmar cutaneous branch leaves the nerve proximal to the tunnel and passes over it. Phalen (sustained wrist flexion), Tinel (tapping) and carpal compression tests provoke symptoms; nerve conduction studies confirm.

Guyon canal (the ulnar canal) lies between the pisiform medially and the hook of the hamate laterally, roofed by the palmar carpal ligament and floored by the flexor retinaculum and pisohamate ligament. It transmits the ulnar nerve and artery. Compression here (cyclists leaning on handlebars, hook of hamate fracture, ganglion) weakens the intrinsics and numbs the palmar little finger but spares flexor carpi ulnaris, the medial flexor digitorum profundus and the dorsal cutaneous branch (dorsal ulnar hand sensation), all of which leave the nerve in the forearm. That sparing distinguishes it from cubital tunnel syndrome at the elbow.

Board tip. Carpal tunnel: median nerve plus nine tendons, with FCR and palmaris longus outside. Guyon canal: ulnar nerve and artery between pisiform and hook of hamate. Thenar skin sensation spared means the lesion is at the wrist; dorsal ulnar hand sensation spared means the ulnar lesion is at the wrist.
Clinical link. Hand numbness is one of the most common complaints a chiropractor triages, and the differential is anatomical: C6 or C7 radiculopathy (neck pain, dermatomal pattern, reflex change), thoracic outlet compression, pronator syndrome, or carpal tunnel syndrome (median territory only, worse at night, thenar sensation spared). A patient can have both a cervical and a wrist lesion at once (the double crush concept), so examine the whole limb.
Key point

The flexor-pronator group arises from the medial epicondyle and is supplied by the median nerve except flexor carpi ulnaris and medial flexor digitorum profundus (ulnar). The extensor-supinator group arises from the lateral epicondyle and is supplied by the radial nerve. In the hand the median nerve supplies LOAF and the ulnar nerve the rest. The carpal tunnel holds the median nerve and nine tendons; Guyon canal holds the ulnar nerve and artery.

Section 3Brachial plexus and the vessels of the upper limb

Roots, trunks, divisions, cords, branches

The brachial plexus is formed by the ventral rami of C5 to T1. The roots emerge between the anterior and middle scalenes; the trunks cross the posterior triangle of the neck; the divisions lie behind the clavicle; the cords surround the second part of the axillary artery and are named for their relation to it; the terminal branches enter the arm. ("Randy Travis Drinks Cold Beer.") C5 and C6 join as the upper trunk, C7 continues as the middle trunk, and C8 and T1 join as the lower trunk. Each trunk splits into an anterior division (flexor territory) and a posterior division (extensor territory). The three posterior divisions form the posterior cord; the anterior divisions of the upper and middle trunks form the lateral cord; the anterior division of the lower trunk continues as the medial cord.

RootsTrunksDivisionsCordsBranches C5C6C7C8T1 UpperMiddleLower LateralPosteriorMedial MusculocutaneousAxillaryRadialMedianUlnar Dorsal scapularSuprascapular Anterior divisions Posterior divisions (extensor side)
Figure 2.3 The brachial plexus. The lateral and medial cords each send a root to the median nerve, forming the "M." All posterior divisions converge on the posterior cord, whose branches (axillary, radial) supply extensors. The long thoracic nerve (C5 to C7 roots) is not drawn.
LevelBranch (roots)Supplies
RootsDorsal scapular (C5); long thoracic (C5 to C7)Rhomboids, levator scapulae; serratus anterior
Upper trunkSuprascapular (C5, C6); nerve to subclaviusSupraspinatus, infraspinatus; subclavius
Lateral cordLateral pectoral; musculocutaneous (C5 to C7); lateral root of medianPectoralis major; arm flexors, lateral forearm skin
Medial cordMedial pectoral; medial cutaneous nerves of arm and forearm; ulnar (C8, T1); medial root of medianPectorals; medial arm and forearm skin; ulnar territory
Posterior cordUpper subscapular, thoracodorsal (C6 to C8), lower subscapular, axillary (C5, C6), radial (C5 to T1)Subscapularis, latissimus, teres major, deltoid and teres minor, all posterior arm and forearm muscles

The five terminal nerves and their lesions

The musculocutaneous nerve pierces coracobrachialis, supplies the arm flexors and ends as the lateral cutaneous nerve of the forearm. The axillary nerve passes through the quadrangular space around the surgical neck to deltoid and teres minor and supplies the skin over the lower deltoid (the "regimental badge" area). The radial nerve descends in the spiral groove, enters the forearm in front of the lateral epicondyle and divides into the sensory superficial branch and the motor deep branch (posterior interosseous nerve). The median nerve gives no branches in the arm; it supplies most forearm flexors, the anterior interosseous nerve and, through the carpal tunnel, LOAF and the palmar lateral three and a half digits. The ulnar nerve also gives no branches in the arm; it passes behind the medial epicondyle, supplies flexor carpi ulnaris and medial profundus, gives a dorsal cutaneous branch in the forearm and supplies most intrinsic hand muscles and the medial one and a half digits.

LesionTypical causeFindings
Upper trunk (Erb palsy), C5 and C6Head forced away from shoulder; birth traction"Waiter's tip": arm adducted, medially rotated, elbow extended, forearm pronated; biceps reflex lost; lateral arm numb
Lower trunk (Klumpke palsy), C8 and T1Arm wrenched upward; cervical rib; Pancoast tumorClaw hand, intrinsic wasting, medial forearm numb; Horner syndrome if T1 sympathetic fibers involved
Long thoracicMastectomy, heavy pack, blow to lateral chestMedial winging of the scapula; difficulty raising the arm overhead
AxillaryAnterior dislocation, surgical neck fractureWeak abduction beyond 15 degrees, deltoid atrophy, numb regimental badge
MusculocutaneousRare; stab injury, coracobrachialis entrapmentWeak elbow flexion and supination; lateral forearm numb
Radial in axillaCrutch palsyAlso loses triceps and triceps reflex
Radial at midshaftHumeral fracture, "Saturday night palsy"Wrist drop, numb dorsal first web space; triceps largely spared
Posterior interosseousSupinator (arcade of Frohse), radial head fractureFinger drop and weak thumb extension; wrist extends with radial deviation; no sensory loss
Median at elbowSupracondylar fracture, pronator syndromeWeak pronation; index and middle fingers stay extended on fist attempt ("hand of benediction"); thenar and palmar sensory loss
Median at wristCarpal tunnel syndrome, lacerationThenar atrophy ("ape hand"), weak opposition; digits numb, thenar skin spared
Ulnar at elbowMedial epicondyle fracture, cubital tunnelClawing of ring and little fingers, interosseous wasting, Froment sign, numb medial hand front and back
Ulnar at wristGuyon canal, hook of hamate fractureMore marked clawing; dorsal hand sensation spared

The ulnar paradox explains the last two rows: a proximal lesion also paralyzes the medial half of profundus, so the fingers cannot flex at the DIP joints and claw less than after a distal lesion, where the intact profundus pulls the fingers into a deeper claw.

Arteries of the upper limb

The subclavian artery (from the brachiocephalic trunk on the right, the aortic arch on the left) passes between anterior and middle scalenes with the plexus and becomes the axillary artery at the lateral border of the first rib. Pectoralis minor divides the axillary artery into three parts that give one, two and three branches: part 1, superior thoracic; part 2, thoracoacromial and lateral thoracic; part 3, subscapular (the largest) and the anterior and posterior circumflex humeral arteries. The axillary becomes the brachial artery at the inferior border of teres major.

The brachial artery runs medially in the arm with the median nerve, gives the profunda brachii (with the radial nerve in the spiral groove) and the superior and inferior ulnar collateral arteries, and divides in the cubital fossa at the level of the radial neck into the radial and ulnar arteries. The ulnar artery gives the common interosseous artery (anterior and posterior interosseous branches) and enters the hand superficial to the flexor retinaculum through Guyon canal to form most of the superficial palmar arch. The radial artery is palpable lateral to the flexor carpi radialis tendon at the wrist, crosses the snuffbox, passes between the heads of the first dorsal interosseous and forms most of the deep palmar arch, which lies more proximally. Common and proper palmar digital arteries arise from the superficial arch. The Allen test checks that each artery alone can fill the hand.

A rich scapular anastomosis links the suprascapular and dorsal scapular arteries (from the subclavian) with the circumflex scapular branch of the subscapular artery, so the limb survives ligation of the axillary artery above the subscapular origin. The cubital fossa contains, from lateral to medial, the biceps tendon, the brachial artery and the median nerve (the radial nerve lies at its lateral edge under brachioradialis).

Veins and lymph

The superficial veins begin in the dorsal venous network of the hand. The cephalic vein runs up the lateral (radial) side, through the deltopectoral groove, pierces the clavipectoral fascia and joins the axillary vein. The basilic vein runs up the medial side, pierces the deep fascia in mid arm and joins the brachial veins to form the axillary vein at the lower border of teres major. The median cubital vein links them across the cubital fossa and is the usual venipuncture site; the bicipital aponeurosis shields the brachial artery and median nerve beneath it. The axillary vein becomes the subclavian vein at the first rib.

Superficial lymph vessels follow the veins. Those with the basilic vein reach the cubital (epitrochlear) nodes above the medial epicondyle; those with the cephalic vein may drain directly to apical nodes. The axillary nodes form five groups: pectoral (anterior), humeral (lateral), subscapular (posterior), central and apical; all drain to the apical group and then the subclavian trunk. They also drain about three quarters of the breast, so an enlarged axillary node demands a breast and limb exam.

Board tip. Axillary artery branches by part: "Screw The Lawyer, Save A Patient" (superior thoracic; thoracoacromial, lateral thoracic; subscapular, anterior and posterior circumflex humeral). The posterior circumflex humeral artery travels with the axillary nerve through the quadrangular space; the profunda brachii travels with the radial nerve in the spiral groove.
Clinical link. Thoracic outlet syndrome compresses the lower trunk and subclavian vessels in the interscalene triangle, the costoclavicular space or beneath pectoralis minor. Symptoms are usually neurogenic (ulnar-side paresthesia, hand weakness); vascular forms cause arm swelling or pallor. Provocative tests (Adson, Wright hyperabduction, Roos) are sensitive but not specific, and a cervical rib or long C7 transverse process may show on film.
Key point

C5 to T1 form trunks, divisions, cords and five terminal branches. Upper trunk injury gives the waiter's tip; lower trunk injury gives the claw hand. Radial lesions cause wrist drop, median lesions thenar loss and the hand of benediction, and ulnar lesions clawing of the medial digits. Arterial flow runs subclavian, axillary (three parts), brachial, then radial and ulnar to the deep and superficial palmar arches; the cephalic and basilic veins and axillary nodes drain the limb.

Section 4Muscles of the hip, thigh, leg and foot

The gluteal region

The gluteal muscles are organized in layers. Gluteus maximus (posterior ilium, sacrum, coccyx and sacrotuberous ligament to the iliotibial tract and gluteal tuberosity; inferior gluteal nerve, L5 to S2) is the powerful hip extensor and lateral rotator used in climbing stairs, running and rising from a chair, but is quiet during level walking. Gluteus medius and minimus (outer ilium to the greater trochanter; superior gluteal nerve, L4 to S1) abduct and medially rotate the hip and, most importantly, keep the pelvis level when the opposite foot is off the ground. Tensor fasciae latae (ASIS to iliotibial tract; superior gluteal nerve) flexes, abducts and medially rotates.

The deep lateral rotators are piriformis, superior gemellus, obturator internus, inferior gemellus, quadratus femoris and, from the front, obturator externus. Piriformis (anterior sacrum through the greater sciatic foramen to the greater trochanter; nerve to piriformis, S1 and S2) is the landmark of the region: the superior gluteal nerve and vessels exit above it, while the sciatic nerve, inferior gluteal nerve and vessels, posterior femoral cutaneous nerve, pudendal nerve and internal pudendal vessels and the nerves to obturator internus and quadratus femoris exit below it.

Iliopsoas, the strongest hip flexor, is formed by psoas major (T12 to L5 vertebral bodies, discs and transverse processes; ventral rami L1 to L3) and iliacus (iliac fossa; femoral nerve), inserting together on the lesser trochanter.

The thigh

CompartmentMusclesMain actionsNerve
AnteriorSartorius; quadriceps femoris (rectus femoris, vastus lateralis, vastus intermedius, vastus medialis); pectineus (partly)Knee extension; rectus femoris and sartorius also flex the hipFemoral (L2 to L4)
MedialAdductor longus, brevis and magnus (adductor part); gracilis; obturator externusHip adduction; gracilis also flexes the kneeObturator (L2 to L4)
PosteriorSemitendinosus, semimembranosus, long head of biceps femoris; hamstring part of adductor magnusHip extension, knee flexionTibial division of sciatic (L5 to S2)
PosteriorShort head of biceps femorisKnee flexionCommon fibular division of sciatic

Sartorius (ASIS to the medial tibia) flexes, abducts and laterally rotates the hip and flexes the knee, the cross-legged "tailor's" position. Rectus femoris arises from the AIIS and above the acetabulum, so it is the only quadriceps head that crosses the hip; it is most easily strained in kicking and sprinting. All four heads insert via the quadriceps tendon, patella and patellar ligament on the tibial tuberosity; the oblique lower fibers of vastus medialis resist lateral patellar tracking. The patellar reflex tests L4 (L3 and L4).

Adductor magnus is a hybrid: its adductor part (ischiopubic ramus to linea aspera) is supplied by the obturator nerve, its hamstring part (ischial tuberosity to adductor tubercle) by the tibial division of sciatic. The adductor hiatus between its two parts lets the femoral vessels pass into the popliteal fossa. Gracilis is the only adductor that crosses the knee.

The hamstrings arise from the ischial tuberosity (except the short head of biceps) and cross both hip and knee. Semitendinosus and semimembranosus insert medially and medially rotate the flexed knee; biceps femoris inserts on the fibular head and laterally rotates it. Sartorius, gracilis and semitendinosus share the pes anserinus on the medial tibia, each from a different compartment and nerve (femoral, obturator, tibial).

The leg

Deep fascia, the interosseous membrane and intermuscular septa divide the leg into four compartments. Their tight walls make them vulnerable to compartment syndrome, most often anterior.

Tibia Anterior compartmentdeep fibular n., anterior tibial a. Interosseous membrane Lateral compartmentsuperficial fibular n. Fibula Deep posteriortibial n., posterior tibial a.,fibular a. Superficial posteriorgastrocnemius, soleus ANTERIORMEDIAL
Figure 2.4 The right leg at midcalf, viewed from above, lateral to the right. Yellow dots are nerves and red dots arteries. The lateral compartment has no named artery of its own, and the anterior compartment, boxed in by bone, membrane and fascia, is the commonest site of compartment syndrome.
CompartmentMusclesActionsNerve and artery
AnteriorTibialis anterior, extensor hallucis longus, extensor digitorum longus, fibularis tertiusDorsiflexion; tibialis anterior inverts, fibularis tertius evertsDeep fibular; anterior tibial artery
LateralFibularis (peroneus) longus and brevisEversion, weak plantarflexionSuperficial fibular; branches of fibular artery
Superficial posteriorGastrocnemius, soleus, plantarisPlantarflexion; gastrocnemius also flexes kneeTibial; posterior tibial and sural arteries
Deep posteriorPopliteus, flexor digitorum longus, flexor hallucis longus, tibialis posteriorToe flexion, inversion, plantarflexion; popliteus unlocks kneeTibial; posterior tibial and fibular arteries

Gastrocnemius (two heads from the femoral condyles) and soleus (fibular head and soleal line) join as the calcaneal (Achilles) tendon; the ankle reflex tests S1. A rupture leaves a palpable gap and a positive Thompson test (squeezing the calf fails to plantarflex the foot). Behind the medial malleolus, in the tarsal tunnel under the flexor retinaculum, lie (anterior to posterior) Tibialis posterior, flexor Digitorum longus, posterior tibial Artery and Veins, tibial Nerve and flexor Hallucis longus: "Tom, Dick And Very Nervous Harry." Behind the lateral malleolus run fibularis longus and brevis. Fibularis longus crosses the sole to the medial cuneiform and first metatarsal base, forming a sling with tibialis anterior.

The foot and its arches

The dorsum carries extensor digitorum brevis and extensor hallucis brevis (deep fibular nerve). The sole has four layers: (1) abductor hallucis, flexor digitorum brevis, abductor digiti minimi; (2) quadratus plantae, lumbricals, and the long flexor tendons; (3) flexor hallucis brevis, adductor hallucis, flexor digiti minimi brevis; (4) the interossei and the tendons of fibularis longus and tibialis posterior. The medial plantar nerve supplies abductor hallucis, flexor digitorum brevis, flexor hallucis brevis and the first lumbrical (like the median nerve in the hand); the lateral plantar nerve supplies the rest (like the ulnar).

ArchBonesMain supports
Medial longitudinalCalcaneus, talus (keystone head), navicular, cuneiforms, first three metatarsalsSpring ligament, plantar aponeurosis, tibialis posterior, flexor hallucis longus, intrinsic muscles
Lateral longitudinalCalcaneus, cuboid, fourth and fifth metatarsalsLong and short plantar ligaments, plantar aponeurosis, fibularis longus
TransverseCuneiforms, cuboid, metatarsal basesFibularis longus and tibialis posterior sling, interossei, adductor hallucis

The arches distribute weight between heel and forefoot, absorb shock and make the foot a rigid lever at push-off. Pes planus (flatfoot) may be flexible and harmless or, in adults, due to tibialis posterior dysfunction, with the "too many toes" sign and inability to perform a single-leg heel raise. Pes cavus (high arch) can signal a neuromuscular disorder such as Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease.

Board tip. Same-sounding pairs to separate: superior gluteal nerve, gluteus medius and minimus, Trendelenburg sign; inferior gluteal nerve, gluteus maximus, trouble rising and climbing. Pes anserinus: "Say Grace before Tea" (sartorius, gracilis, semitendinosus) with three different nerves. Tarsal tunnel: "Tom, Dick And Very Nervous Harry."
Key point

The superior gluteal nerve supplies the pelvic stabilizers (gluteus medius, minimus, TFL), the inferior gluteal nerve supplies gluteus maximus, and piriformis divides structures exiting the greater sciatic foramen. The thigh is anterior (femoral), medial (obturator) and posterior (sciatic). The leg is anterior (deep fibular), lateral (superficial fibular) and two posterior compartments (tibial). Three arches, held by ligament, aponeurosis and muscle, make the foot both a shock absorber and a lever.

Section 5Lumbosacral plexus and the vessels of the lower limb

The lumbar plexus (L1 to L4)

The lumbar plexus forms within psoas major from the ventral rami of L1 to L4 (often with a small T12 contribution). Its branches emerge lateral to, through, or medial to psoas. The lumbosacral trunk (part of L4 with L5) descends over the sacral ala to join the sacral plexus.

Nerve (roots)CourseMotor and sensory territory
Iliohypogastric (L1)Lateral to psoas, around the abdominal wallLower abdominal muscles; suprapubic and lateral gluteal skin
Ilioinguinal (L1)Through the inguinal canal and superficial ringInternal oblique, transversus; upper medial thigh and anterior scrotum or labium majus
Genitofemoral (L1, L2)Pierces the front of psoasGenital branch to cremaster (cremasteric reflex L1, L2); femoral branch to skin over femoral triangle
Lateral femoral cutaneous (L2, L3)Under or through the inguinal ligament near ASISPurely sensory, anterolateral thigh
Femoral (L2 to L4, posterior divisions)Between psoas and iliacus, under the inguinal ligament lateral to the femoral sheathIliacus, pectineus, sartorius, quadriceps; anterior thigh skin; saphenous nerve to medial leg and foot
Obturator (L2 to L4, anterior divisions)Medial to psoas, through the obturator canalAdductors, gracilis, obturator externus; medial thigh skin

A helpful pattern: the femoral nerve comes from posterior divisions and supplies extensors of the knee; the obturator nerve comes from anterior divisions. The saphenous nerve, the longest cutaneous branch of the femoral nerve, runs in the adductor canal and then with the great saphenous vein down the medial leg to the medial foot, so a femoral lesion numbs the medial leg as well as the anterior thigh.

The sacral plexus (L4 to S4)

The sacral plexus lies on piriformis in the posterior pelvic wall. Its main branches are the superior gluteal (L4 to S1), inferior gluteal (L5 to S2), sciatic (L4 to S3), posterior femoral cutaneous (S1 to S3) and pudendal (S2 to S4) nerves, plus small nerves to piriformis, obturator internus and quadratus femoris. The sciatic nerve, the largest nerve in the body, is two nerves in one sheath: the tibial division (anterior divisions, L4 to S3) and the common fibular division (posterior divisions, L4 to S2). It leaves the pelvis below piriformis (in a minority of people the fibular division pierces or passes above the muscle), descends between the greater trochanter and ischial tuberosity, supplies the hamstrings, and usually divides at the apex of the popliteal fossa.

The tibial nerve runs through the popliteal fossa and deep posterior compartment, passes through the tarsal tunnel and divides into the medial and lateral plantar nerves; its sural contribution (joined by a fibular communicating branch) supplies the lateral foot. The common fibular nerve follows the biceps tendon to wind around the fibular neck, then divides into the deep fibular nerve (anterior compartment, dorsum muscles, first web space skin) and the superficial fibular nerve (lateral compartment, most of the dorsum of the foot). The pudendal nerve leaves through the greater sciatic foramen, hooks around the ischial spine and sacrospinous ligament, re-enters through the lesser sciatic foramen into the pudendal canal and supplies the perineum and the external anal and urethral sphincters.

Nerve lesions and gait

Nerve injuredCommon causeDeficit and gait
FemoralPelvic surgery, psoas hematoma, femoral catheterizationWeak knee extension, lost patellar reflex, numb anterior thigh and medial leg; knee buckles, patient pushes thigh with hand
ObturatorPelvic surgery, childbirth, pelvic tumorWeak adduction, medial thigh numbness; leg swings outward (circumduction)
Lateral femoral cutaneousTight belts, obesity, pregnancy (meralgia paresthetica)Burning anterolateral thigh; no motor or reflex loss
Superior glutealMisplaced gluteal injection, hip surgeryPositive Trendelenburg sign: standing on the affected limb, the pelvis drops on the opposite side; gluteus medius lurch toward the weak side
Inferior glutealPosterior hip surgeryDifficulty rising from a chair or climbing stairs; trunk thrown backward at heel strike
SciaticPosterior hip dislocation, misplaced injection, piriformis entrapmentWeak hamstrings and all muscles below the knee; numb leg and foot except the medial (saphenous) strip
Common fibularFibular neck fracture, tight cast, crossed legsFoot drop with inversion, steppage gait, numb lateral leg and dorsum of foot; ankle reflex intact
Deep fibularAnterior compartment syndromeFoot drop, numb first web space
Superficial fibularInversion sprain, lateral leg traumaWeak eversion, numb dorsum of foot except first web space
TibialPopliteal trauma; tarsal tunnel syndrome distallyCannot stand on toes, weak inversion, lost ankle reflex, numb sole; distal lesions affect only the sole and intrinsics
PudendalChildbirth, prolonged cyclingPerineal pain or numbness, sphincter weakness

Distinguish a common fibular palsy from an L5 radiculopathy: both cause foot drop and dorsal foot numbness, but L5 root lesions also weaken inversion (tibialis posterior, tibial nerve) and hip abduction (gluteus medius, superior gluteal nerve), may include back pain and positive straight leg raise, and spare nothing at the fibular head because the lesion is proximal.

Arteries of the lower limb

The external iliac artery becomes the femoral artery as it passes under the inguinal ligament at the mid-inguinal point (halfway between ASIS and pubic symphysis), where its pulse is felt. In the femoral triangle (bounded by the inguinal ligament, the medial border of sartorius and the medial border of adductor longus; floored by iliopsoas, pectineus and adductor longus) the contents lie, lateral to medial, as Nerve, Artery, Vein, Empty space (femoral canal) and Lymphatics: NAVEL. The femoral sheath encloses the artery, vein and canal but not the nerve. A femoral hernia passes through the femoral canal below and lateral to the pubic tubercle and is more common in women.

About 4 cm below the ligament the femoral artery gives the profunda femoris (deep femoral) artery, the main supply of the thigh, which gives the medial and lateral circumflex femoral arteries and three or four perforating arteries. The femoral artery continues through the adductor (Hunter) canal under sartorius, with the femoral vein, saphenous nerve and nerve to vastus medialis, then passes through the adductor hiatus to become the popliteal artery. In the popliteal fossa the artery is the deepest structure (tibial nerve most superficial, popliteal vein between). At the lower border of popliteus it divides into the anterior tibial artery, which pierces the interosseous membrane, descends in the anterior compartment and becomes the dorsalis pedis at the ankle, and the tibioperoneal (tibiofibular) trunk, which gives the fibular (peroneal) artery and continues as the posterior tibial artery. The posterior tibial artery passes behind the medial malleolus and divides into medial and lateral plantar arteries; the lateral plantar artery and a deep branch of dorsalis pedis form the plantar arch.

The gluteal region is supplied by the superior and inferior gluteal arteries from the internal iliac, and the obturator artery sends the small artery of the ligament of the femoral head. The cruciate and trochanteric anastomoses around the hip link the gluteal, circumflex femoral and first perforating arteries and supply collateral flow.

External iliac a.Inguinal ligamentLateral circumflex femoral a.Profunda femoris a.Adductor hiatusAnterior tibial a.Fibular a.Dorsalis pedis a. Medial circumflexfemoral a.Femoral a.Popliteal a.Tibioperoneal trunkPosterior tibial a. Palpable pulse
Figure 2.5 Arterial tree of the right lower limb, lateral to the right. The profunda femoris gives off both circumflex femoral arteries; the medial one passes behind the femoral artery. The four classic pulses are circled: femoral at the mid-inguinal point, popliteal deep in the fossa, posterior tibial behind the medial malleolus and dorsalis pedis lateral to the extensor hallucis longus tendon. The gap marks the adductor hiatus, where femoral becomes popliteal.

Veins and lymph

The great saphenous vein begins at the medial end of the dorsal venous arch, passes anterior to the medial malleolus (a reliable cutdown site), ascends the medial leg with the saphenous nerve, passes behind the medial femoral condyle and pierces the cribriform fascia at the saphenous opening, about 3 to 4 cm inferolateral to the pubic tubercle, to join the femoral vein. It is the longest vein in the body and the usual graft for coronary bypass. The small saphenous vein begins laterally, passes behind the lateral malleolus with the sural nerve and ascends the midline of the calf to join the popliteal vein. Deep veins accompany the arteries as paired venae comitantes below the knee. Valved perforating veins carry blood from superficial to deep, and the calf muscle pump (the soleal sinuses) drives it upward. Incompetent valves produce varicose veins.

Deep vein thrombosis arises from Virchow triad (stasis, endothelial injury, hypercoagulability) and presents with unilateral calf swelling, warmth and tenderness, though often silently; its danger is pulmonary embolism. Superficial lymphatics follow the great saphenous vein to the superficial inguinal nodes, which also drain the lower abdominal wall below the umbilicus, the gluteal region, the perineum, the external genitalia (but not the testes, which drain to lumbar nodes) and the anal canal below the pectinate line. Vessels following the small saphenous vein reach the popliteal nodes. Both drain to the deep inguinal nodes along the femoral vein (the highest lies in the femoral canal) and then to the external iliac nodes.

Board tip. Foot drop with weak eversion but normal inversion and normal ankle reflex points to the common fibular nerve at the fibular neck; foot drop with weak inversion and weak hip abduction points to the L5 root. In the femoral triangle remember NAVEL from lateral to medial; at the ankle the great saphenous vein is in front of the medial malleolus and the small saphenous behind the lateral.
Clinical link. Buttock and leg pain is not always discogenic. Piriformis syndrome, meralgia paresthetica, fibular nerve entrapment and peripheral artery disease (exertional calf pain relieved by standing still, diminished pedal pulses) all mimic radiculopathy. A swollen, tender calf in a patient after surgery, a long trip or immobilization is a possible DVT: do not massage or manipulate the limb, and refer for duplex ultrasound the same day.
Key point

The lumbar plexus gives the femoral (posterior divisions, knee extensors, saphenous nerve) and obturator (anterior divisions, adductors) nerves; the sacral plexus gives the gluteal, sciatic and pudendal nerves. Superior gluteal palsy produces the Trendelenburg sign and common fibular palsy produces foot drop with a steppage gait. Arterial flow runs external iliac, femoral, popliteal, then anterior tibial to dorsalis pedis and posterior tibial behind the medial malleolus. Great saphenous vein in front of the medial malleolus, small saphenous behind the lateral.

The chapter in one breath

  • Serratus anterior (long thoracic) and trapezius (CN XI) upwardly rotate the scapula; their palsies cause medial and lateral winging.
  • The rotator cuff: supraspinatus initiates abduction and is most often torn; infraspinatus and teres minor laterally rotate; subscapularis medially rotates.
  • Musculocutaneous supplies the arm flexors, radial all the extensors of arm and forearm, including brachioradialis (an elbow flexor).
  • Forearm flexors are median except flexor carpi ulnaris and medial profundus (ulnar); in the hand the median supplies LOAF and the ulnar the rest.
  • The carpal tunnel holds the median nerve and nine tendons; Guyon canal holds the ulnar nerve and artery between pisiform and hamate.
  • The brachial plexus runs roots, trunks, divisions, cords, branches; Erb (C5, C6) gives the waiter's tip and Klumpke (C8, T1) the claw hand.
  • Radial lesion: wrist drop. Median at elbow: hand of benediction. Median at wrist: ape hand. Ulnar: claw of the medial digits.
  • Axillary artery branches: one, two and three by part; the radial and ulnar arteries form the deep and superficial palmar arches.
  • Gluteus medius and minimus (superior gluteal) level the pelvis; weakness gives the Trendelenburg sign. Piriformis divides the greater sciatic foramen.
  • Thigh: anterior femoral, medial obturator, posterior sciatic. Leg: anterior deep fibular, lateral superficial fibular, posterior tibial.
  • Common fibular palsy at the fibular neck gives foot drop with a steppage gait; distinguish it from an L5 radiculopathy.
  • Pulses: femoral at the mid-inguinal point, popliteal, posterior tibial behind the medial malleolus, dorsalis pedis lateral to the EHL tendon.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Rotator cuffSupraspinatus, infraspinatus, teres minor and subscapularis, whose tendons blend with the shoulder capsule and center the humeral head.
Scapular wingingProminence of the scapula off the chest wall; medial winging from serratus anterior weakness, lateral from trapezius weakness.
Painful arcPain during the middle range of shoulder abduction, typical of subacromial impingement.
Quadrangular spaceThe gap below the shoulder joint transmitting the axillary nerve and posterior circumflex humeral artery.
Bicipital aponeurosisA fascial band from the biceps tendon to the forearm fascia that covers the brachial artery and median nerve.
Common flexor originThe medial epicondyle, source of the superficial forearm flexors and the site of golfer's elbow.
Common extensor originThe lateral epicondyle, source of the superficial forearm extensors and the site of tennis elbow.
Anterior interosseous nerveA purely motor branch of the median nerve to the deep forearm flexors.
Posterior interosseous nerveThe motor deep branch of the radial nerve that passes through supinator to the forearm extensors.
Flexor retinaculumThe transverse carpal ligament forming the roof of the carpal tunnel.
Guyon canalA tunnel between the pisiform and the hook of the hamate carrying the ulnar nerve and artery.
LumbricalsSmall hand muscles arising from profundus tendons that flex the MCP and extend the IP joints.
Thenar eminenceThe muscular mound at the base of the thumb formed by abductor pollicis brevis, flexor pollicis brevis and opponens pollicis.
Claw handHyperextension at the MCP and flexion at the IP joints from paralysis of the intrinsic muscles.
Wrist dropInability to extend the wrist and fingers after radial nerve injury.
Erb palsyUpper trunk (C5, C6) injury producing the waiter's tip posture.
Klumpke palsyLower trunk (C8, T1) injury producing a claw hand, sometimes with Horner syndrome.
Palmar archesArterial loops in the palm; the superficial arch comes mainly from the ulnar artery and the deep arch from the radial.
Median cubital veinThe superficial vein crossing the cubital fossa from cephalic to basilic, used for venipuncture.
Iliotibial tractA thickened band of fascia lata from the iliac crest to Gerdy tubercle that receives gluteus maximus and TFL.
Pes anserinusThe shared medial tibial insertion of sartorius, gracilis and semitendinosus.
Adductor canalA channel under sartorius carrying the femoral vessels and saphenous nerve to the adductor hiatus.
Femoral triangleThe region below the inguinal ligament bounded by sartorius and adductor longus that contains the femoral nerve, artery and vein.
Tarsal tunnelThe passage behind the medial malleolus under the flexor retinaculum carrying the deep flexor tendons and the tibial neurovascular bundle.
Trendelenburg signDropping of the pelvis on the unsupported side during single-leg stance, from weak hip abductors.
Steppage gaitHigh-stepping gait used to clear a dropped foot.
Meralgia parestheticaCompression of the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve near the ASIS causing anterolateral thigh paresthesia.
Compartment syndromeRaised pressure within a closed fascial compartment that compromises circulation and nerve function.
Great saphenous veinThe long superficial vein from the medial foot, in front of the medial malleolus, to the femoral vein.

Check yourself

After a radical neck dissection, a patient cannot shrug the shoulder and the scapula sags and flares laterally on abduction. Which nerve was injured?
The spinal accessory nerve (CN XI). It crosses the posterior triangle superficially and supplies trapezius. Trapezius palsy causes drooping and lateral winging, whereas long thoracic palsy causes medial winging.
Which rotator cuff muscle initiates abduction, which nerve supplies it, and why is it the cuff tendon most often torn?
Supraspinatus, suprascapular nerve. Its tendon runs through the narrow subacromial space under the coracoacromial arch, where it is compressed during elevation and has a relatively poor blood supply near its insertion.
A patient cannot flex the distal phalanx of the thumb or index finger and cannot make an "OK" sign, but sensation is normal. Where is the lesion?
The anterior interosseous nerve. It is purely motor to flexor pollicis longus, the lateral half of flexor digitorum profundus and pronator quadratus.
A typist has night numbness of the thumb, index and middle fingers, thenar weakness, and normal sensation over the thenar eminence. Explain the sparing.
Carpal tunnel syndrome with the palmar cutaneous branch spared. The palmar cutaneous branch of the median nerve leaves above the wrist and passes superficial to the flexor retinaculum, so it escapes compression in the tunnel.
A newborn delivered after shoulder dystocia holds the arm adducted, medially rotated and pronated with the elbow extended. Which roots are injured, and which reflex is lost?
C5 and C6 (upper trunk, Erb palsy); the biceps reflex. Deltoid, supraspinatus, infraspinatus, biceps and brachialis are weak, producing the waiter's tip.
A patient wakes after falling asleep with an arm draped over a chair back and cannot extend the wrist or fingers. Triceps is strong. Where is the lesion?
The radial nerve at the spiral groove of the humerus. The branches to triceps leave above the groove, so elbow extension is preserved while the wrist and finger extensors fail ("Saturday night palsy").
Standing on the right leg, a patient's left hip drops. Which muscle is weak, on which side, and which nerve supplies it?
Right gluteus medius (and minimus), supplied by the right superior gluteal nerve. The stance-side abductors hold the pelvis level, so a positive Trendelenburg sign shows weakness on the side of the supporting limb.
List the tarsal tunnel structures from anterior to posterior.
Tibialis posterior, flexor digitorum longus, posterior tibial artery and veins, tibial nerve, flexor hallucis longus. "Tom, Dick And Very Nervous Harry." Compression of the tibial nerve here causes burning in the sole.
After a tight below-knee cast, a patient has foot drop, weak eversion, numbness over the dorsum of the foot, strong inversion and a normal ankle reflex. Which nerve is affected and where?
The common fibular nerve at the neck of the fibula. Preserved inversion (tibialis posterior, tibial nerve) and a normal S1 reflex exclude an L5 root or sciatic lesion.
Where is the dorsalis pedis pulse felt, and from which artery does it continue?
On the dorsum of the foot lateral to the extensor hallucis longus tendon, over the bases of the first and second metatarsals. It continues the anterior tibial artery below the ankle. It is congenitally absent in a small percentage of people, so compare both feet and check the posterior tibial pulse too.
Chapter 3 · General Anatomy

Visceral Anatomy: Cardiovascular, Respiratory, Digestive, Urogenital and Endocrine Systems

The viscera are where the spine meets the rest of the patient. Pain from the heart, gallbladder, kidney, pancreas or uterus can arrive in a chiropractic office dressed as back, shoulder or neck pain, and the board expects you to know exactly which organ sits where, what supplies it and how its sensory fibers reach the cord. This chapter walks through the cardiovascular, respiratory, digestive, urogenital and endocrine systems with an eye on relations, blood supply and the landmarks that let you find each organ on the body surface and on film.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Divide the mediastinum and list the contents of each compartment, and trace blood through the chambers and valves of the heart.
  • Describe the coronary arteries, their territories and dominance, and the conduction system from the SA node to the Purkinje fibers.
  • Name the branches of the aortic arch, the abdominal aorta and the major systemic veins, and follow lymph to the thoracic duct and right lymphatic duct.
  • Describe the larynx, the bronchial tree, the lobes and fissures of the lungs, the pleural reflections and the muscles of respiration.
  • Follow the alimentary tract from mouth to anus and explain the peritoneum, its ligaments, the lesser sac and the retroperitoneal organs.
  • Map the celiac, superior mesenteric and inferior mesenteric territories and the hepatic portal system with its portocaval anastomoses.
  • Describe the kidney, ureteric constrictions, bladder, urethra, male and female reproductive organs and the pelvic floor and perineum.
  • Locate each endocrine gland, give its relations and blood supply, and connect the anatomy to common surgical and clinical problems.

Section 1The heart, great vessels and lymphatic system

The mediastinum

The mediastinum is the central compartment of the thorax between the two pleural cavities, extending from the superior thoracic aperture to the diaphragm and from the sternum to the bodies of the thoracic vertebrae. An imaginary transverse thoracic plane passes from the sternal angle (manubriosternal joint, the second costal cartilage) back to the T4 to T5 intervertebral disc. Above it is the superior mediastinum; below it the inferior mediastinum, which is subdivided by the pericardium into anterior, middle and posterior parts.

The sternal angle plane is one of the most heavily tested landmarks in thoracic anatomy because so many things happen there: the aortic arch begins and ends, the trachea bifurcates (the carina is at about T4 to T5 in the cadaver, a little lower in the living upright subject), the azygos vein arches over the right main bronchus into the superior vena cava, the thoracic duct crosses from right to left, the left recurrent laryngeal nerve hooks under the arch, and the ligamentum arteriosum connects the pulmonary trunk to the arch.

CompartmentBoundariesMain contents
SuperiorThoracic inlet to sternal angle planeThymus (or its remnant), brachiocephalic veins, upper SVC, aortic arch and its three branches, trachea, esophagus, thoracic duct, vagus and phrenic nerves, left recurrent laryngeal nerve
AnteriorSternum to pericardium, below the sternal angleFat, sternopericardial ligaments, lymph nodes, lower thymus in children
MiddleThe pericardial sacHeart, pericardium, ascending aorta, pulmonary trunk, lower SVC, terminal azygos, main bronchi roots, phrenic nerves running on the pericardium
PosteriorPericardium to T5 to T12 vertebral bodiesDescending thoracic aorta, esophagus, thoracic duct, azygos and hemiazygos veins, vagal plexus on the esophagus, sympathetic trunks and thoracic splanchnic nerves (often placed paravertebrally)
Board tip. Anterior mediastinal masses follow the "four T's": thymoma, teratoma (germ cell tumor), thyroid (retrosternal goiter) and terrible lymphoma. Posterior mediastinal masses in adults are most often neurogenic tumors (schwannoma, neurofibroma) arising from intercostal nerves or the sympathetic chain, and they can widen an intervertebral foramen on film.

Pericardium

The heart sits in a double sac. The outer fibrous pericardium is tough, fuses with the central tendon of the diaphragm below and the adventitia of the great vessels above, and prevents sudden overdistension. Inside it, the serous pericardium has a parietal layer lining the fibrous sac and a visceral layer (epicardium) on the heart surface, with a thin film of fluid in the pericardial cavity between them. The fibrous and parietal layers are supplied by the phrenic nerve (C3 to C5), so pericarditis refers pain to the shoulder and supraclavicular region. A rapid pericardial effusion causes cardiac tamponade (hypotension, distended neck veins and muffled heart sounds, Beck triad).

External features and chambers

The heart is a cone lying obliquely, with its apex pointing anteriorly, inferiorly and to the left, usually at the left fifth intercostal space at the midclavicular line (about 9 cm from the midline), where the apex beat is palpated. The base faces posteriorly and is formed mostly by the left atrium. The sternocostal (anterior) surface is mainly right ventricle; the diaphragmatic (inferior) surface is mainly left ventricle with some right ventricle; the left (pulmonary) surface is left ventricle.

The coronary (atrioventricular) sulcus encircles the heart between atria and ventricles and carries the right coronary artery and the circumflex branch and the coronary sinus. The anterior and posterior interventricular sulci mark the septum and carry the anterior interventricular (left anterior descending) and posterior interventricular arteries.

ChamberReceivesKey internal featuresExit valve
Right atriumSVC, IVC, coronary sinusSmooth sinus venarum and rough pectinate muscle separated by the crista terminalis; fossa ovalis (remnant of foramen ovale) on the septum; valves of IVC and coronary sinus; SA node near the SVC openingTricuspid
Right ventricleRight atriumTrabeculae carneae; three papillary muscles; septomarginal trabecula (moderator band) carrying the right bundle branch; smooth outflow conus arteriosus (infundibulum)Pulmonary
Left atriumFour pulmonary veinsMostly smooth walled; pectinate muscle only in the auricle (a site of thrombus in atrial fibrillation); forms most of the base; lies directly in front of the esophagusMitral (bicuspid)
Left ventricleLeft atriumWall about three times thicker than the right; two large papillary muscles (anterior and posterior); fine trabeculae; smooth outflow aortic vestibuleAortic

Valves and the fibrous skeleton

The four valves sit in a dense fibrous skeleton of four rings and two trigones that anchors the valve leaflets, gives the myocardium attachment and, crucially, electrically insulates atria from ventricles so that the only normal electrical path between them is the AV bundle. The atrioventricular valves (tricuspid on the right, mitral on the left) have cusps tethered by chordae tendineae to papillary muscles, which contract during systole to prevent the cusps from everting into the atria. The semilunar valves (pulmonary and aortic) have three pocket-shaped cusps without chordae; the spaces behind the aortic cusps are the aortic sinuses, and the right and left coronary arteries arise from the right and left aortic sinuses respectively.

Valve sounds are heard best not over the valve itself but downstream where the turbulent flow is carried. Remember the auscultation points with the phrase "All People Enjoy Time Magazine": aortic (right second intercostal space at the sternal border), pulmonary (left second intercostal space), Erb point (left third), tricuspid (left fourth or fifth at the lower sternal border) and mitral (apex, left fifth intercostal space at the midclavicular line).

RALARVLV Superior vena cava Inferior vena cava Pulmonary trunk Tricuspid valve Aortic arch To left lung Pulmonaryveins in Mitral valve Thick LVwall Interventricular septum Apex (left 5thICS, MCL) Blue: O2 poor Red: O2 rich
Figure 3.1 A frontal schematic of the heart. Deoxygenated blood enters the right atrium from both venae cavae, crosses the tricuspid valve and leaves through the pulmonary trunk; oxygenated blood returns by four pulmonary veins, crosses the mitral valve and leaves through the aorta. Note the thicker left ventricular wall and the septum between the ventricles.

Coronary circulation

The myocardium is supplied by the right and left coronary arteries, the first branches of the aorta. Coronary flow to the left ventricle occurs mainly during diastole, because systolic contraction compresses intramural vessels; tachycardia shortens diastole and so reduces subendocardial perfusion.

ArteryCourseMain branchesTerritory
Right coronary (RCA)From the right aortic sinus, runs in the right coronary sulcusSA nodal artery (about 60%), right marginal, AV nodal artery (about 80%), posterior interventricular (in right dominance)Right atrium, most of right ventricle, inferior (diaphragmatic) left ventricle, posterior third of septum, SA and AV nodes
Left main (LCA)From the left aortic sinus, passes between pulmonary trunk and left auricle; shortDivides into anterior interventricular (LAD) and circumflexMost of the left ventricle and left atrium
Anterior interventricular (LAD)Down the anterior interventricular sulcus to the apexDiagonal and septal perforating branchesAnterior left ventricle, apex, anterior two thirds of the septum, bundle branches; most commonly occluded vessel
Circumflex (LCx)Around the left coronary sulcus to the backLeft marginal (obtuse marginal), posterior interventricular in left dominanceLateral and posterior left ventricle, left atrium

Dominance is defined by which artery gives the posterior interventricular (posterior descending) artery. About 70% of people are right dominant, about 10% left dominant and the rest codominant. Venous blood returns mainly through the great cardiac vein (alongside the LAD), the middle cardiac vein (alongside the posterior interventricular artery) and the small cardiac vein, all draining into the coronary sinus in the posterior coronary sulcus, which opens into the right atrium.

Clinical link. Cardiac visceral afferents travel with the sympathetic cardiac nerves to the T1 to T4 (T5) cord segments, the same segments that supply the skin of the upper chest and the medial arm (T1, T2). That is why myocardial ischemia is felt as substernal pressure radiating to the left arm, jaw or interscapular region. A patient presenting with "upper thoracic subluxation pain" that comes on with exertion, is relieved by rest, or comes with dyspnea, diaphoresis or nausea needs emergency referral, not an adjustment.

Conduction system

Specialized cardiac muscle cells, not nerves, generate and spread the heartbeat. The sinoatrial (SA) node lies in the wall of the right atrium at the upper end of the crista terminalis near the SVC opening and is the normal pacemaker (about 60 to 100 beats per minute). The impulse spreads through atrial muscle to the atrioventricular (AV) node in the interatrial septum near the opening of the coronary sinus (within the triangle of Koch). The AV node delays conduction (about 0.1 second), allowing the atria to finish filling the ventricles. The impulse then passes through the fibrous skeleton by the AV bundle (bundle of His), which divides at the top of the muscular septum into right and left bundle branches; the right bundle runs partly in the moderator band to reach the anterior papillary muscle early. Terminal Purkinje fibers spread the impulse through the subendocardial ventricular myocardium from apex to base, so the ventricles contract upward and wring blood into the outflow tracts.

The heart's rate is modified by autonomic nerves through the cardiac plexus: sympathetic fibers from the cervical and upper thoracic ganglia (T1 to T4) increase rate and force; parasympathetic fibers from the vagus slow the SA node and AV conduction.

The great arteries

The ascending aorta gives only the coronary arteries. The aortic arch begins and ends at the sternal angle plane and gives three branches from right to left: the brachiocephalic trunk (which divides behind the right sternoclavicular joint into the right common carotid and right subclavian), the left common carotid and the left subclavian. The descending thoracic aorta runs in the posterior mediastinum to the left of the vertebral bodies, gives posterior intercostal arteries (3rd to 11th), subcostal, bronchial, esophageal and superior phrenic branches, and passes through the aortic hiatus at T12 behind the median arcuate ligament to become the abdominal aorta.

The abdominal aorta lies on the left anterior surface of the lumbar bodies and bifurcates at about L4 (the level of the iliac crests, the supracristal plane) into the common iliac arteries. Its branches fall into three groups.

GroupBranchVertebral levelSupplies
Unpaired visceralCeliac trunkT12Foregut: distal esophagus to second part of duodenum, liver, gallbladder, pancreas (part), spleen
Unpaired visceralSuperior mesentericL1Midgut: distal duodenum to proximal two thirds of transverse colon, part of pancreas
Unpaired visceralInferior mesentericL3Hindgut: distal third of transverse colon to upper rectum
Paired visceralMiddle suprarenal, renal, gonadalL1, L1 to L2, L2Adrenals, kidneys, testes or ovaries
Paired parietalInferior phrenic, four pairs of lumbar arteriesT12, L1 to L4Diaphragm, posterior abdominal wall, vertebrae and spinal cord segments
TerminalCommon iliacs, median sacralL4Pelvis and lower limbs; the median sacral is the small continuation
Clinical link. An abdominal aortic aneurysm (usually infrarenal, defined as a diameter of 3 cm or more) can present as deep low back or flank pain in an older male smoker. A pulsatile, expansile midline mass above the umbilicus, or curvilinear calcification anterior to L2 to L4 on a lateral lumbar film, is a red flag. Expanding or symptomatic aneurysms require immediate vascular referral; avoid forceful lumbar manipulation in a patient with a known large aneurysm.

The great veins

The brachiocephalic veins form behind each sternoclavicular joint from the union of the internal jugular and subclavian veins; the left one is longer and crosses obliquely behind the manubrium. They join behind the right first costal cartilage to form the superior vena cava, which descends to enter the right atrium at the level of the third costal cartilage and receives the azygos vein just before it enters the pericardium. The inferior vena cava forms at L5 from the common iliac veins, ascends to the right of the aorta, receives the lumbar, right gonadal, renal, right suprarenal, hepatic and inferior phrenic veins, and pierces the central tendon of the diaphragm at T8. The left gonadal and left suprarenal veins drain into the left renal vein, which crosses in front of the aorta just below the origin of the superior mesenteric artery.

The azygos system drains the posterior thoracic wall and provides an important collateral route between the IVC and SVC. The azygos ascends to the right of the thoracic vertebral bodies; the hemiazygos and accessory hemiazygos on the left cross behind the aorta at about T8 and T7 to join it. Because these veins connect with the valveless internal and external vertebral venous plexuses (Batson plexus), tumors of the prostate, breast, lung, kidney and thyroid can seed the vertebrae, a fact every chiropractor should remember when an older patient has unexplained night pain.

The lymphatic system

Lymphatic vessels collect the protein-rich interstitial fluid that escapes capillaries (about 2 to 3 liters a day), carry absorbed fat from the gut as chyle, and filter both through lymph nodes before returning them to the venous system.

  • The cisterna chyli is a dilated sac anterior to L1 to L2, to the right of the aorta, under the right crus of the diaphragm. It receives the intestinal and lumbar lymph trunks.
  • The thoracic duct leaves the cisterna, passes through the aortic hiatus at T12, ascends in the posterior mediastinum between the aorta and azygos vein behind the esophagus, crosses to the left at about T4 to T5, and empties into the junction of the left internal jugular and left subclavian veins (the left venous angle). It drains everything except the right upper quadrant of the body.
  • The right lymphatic duct drains the right side of the head and neck, right upper limb and right side of the thorax into the right venous angle.

The testes drain to para-aortic nodes at L1 to L2 because they descended from there, while the scrotal skin drains to the superficial inguinal nodes. The spleen is the largest lymphoid organ and filters blood rather than lymph; the thymus is the site of T lymphocyte maturation and is described with the endocrine glands.

Board tip. An enlarged left supraclavicular node (Virchow node) suggests abdominal malignancy, classically gastric cancer, spreading up the thoracic duct. Injury to the thoracic duct during left neck or thoracic surgery causes chylothorax, a milky pleural effusion rich in triglycerides.
Brachiocephalic trunk L. common carotid Left subclavian Diaphragm, aortic hiatus T12 Celiac trunk (T12) Superior mesenteric (L1) Renal arteries (L1 to L2) Inferior mesenteric (L3) Bifurcation at L4 Right renal (behind IVC) Common iliac arteries
Figure 3.2 The three arch branches run right to left: brachiocephalic, left common carotid and left subclavian. The abdominal aorta gives its unpaired gut arteries at T12, L1 and L3 and bifurcates at L4, the level of the iliac crests.
Key point

The sternal angle plane at T4 to T5 organizes the mediastinum. The right ventricle forms most of the anterior heart surface, the left atrium the base and the left ventricle the apex. The LAD is the most commonly occluded artery, the RCA usually supplies the SA and AV nodes and the inferior wall, and the posterior interventricular artery defines dominance. Cardiac pain refers to T1 to T5 dermatomes, lymph returns through the thoracic duct to the left venous angle, and the valveless vertebral venous plexus explains spinal metastasis.

Section 2The respiratory system

Upper airway and larynx

Air enters through the nasal cavity, where three conchae (superior, middle, inferior) increase surface area to warm, humidify and filter it. The pharynx is divided into nasopharynx (pharyngeal tonsil, opening of the auditory tube), oropharynx (palatine tonsils) and laryngopharynx, which continues into the esophagus at C6.

The larynx lies at C3 to C6 and guards the lower airway. Its unpaired cartilages are the thyroid (the laryngeal prominence), the cricoid (the only complete ring, at C6) and the epiglottis; the paired cartilages are the arytenoids (on which the vocal ligaments pivot), corniculates and cuneiforms. The vocal folds (true cords) bound the rima glottidis, the narrowest part of the adult airway; the vestibular folds (false cords) lie above them.

Laryngeal muscleActionNerve
Posterior cricoarytenoidThe only abductor of the vocal folds; opens the airwayRecurrent laryngeal (CN X)
Lateral cricoarytenoid, transverse and oblique arytenoidsAdduct the folds to close the glottisRecurrent laryngeal
Thyroarytenoid (vocalis)Relaxes and shortens the cords, fine tunes tensionRecurrent laryngeal
CricothyroidTenses and lengthens the cords, raising pitchExternal branch of the superior laryngeal (CN X)

Sensation above the vocal folds is carried by the internal laryngeal nerve (a branch of the superior laryngeal), which mediates the cough reflex; below the folds it is carried by the recurrent laryngeal. The left recurrent laryngeal nerve loops under the aortic arch at the ligamentum arteriosum and the right loops under the right subclavian artery; both ascend in the tracheoesophageal groove, where they are at risk in thyroid surgery and can be compressed by a left atrial enlargement, an aortic aneurysm or an apical (Pancoast) lung tumor, producing hoarseness.

Trachea and bronchial tree

The trachea runs from C6 to its bifurcation at the sternal angle (T4 to T5), held open by 16 to 20 C-shaped hyaline cartilage rings whose open posterior ends are bridged by the trachealis muscle, adjacent to the esophagus. The carina is the internal ridge at the bifurcation and is highly sensitive to cough. The right main bronchus is wider, shorter and more vertical than the left, so aspirated objects and a misplaced endotracheal tube usually go right, typically into the posterior segment of the right upper lobe or the superior segment of the right lower lobe when the patient is supine.

Each main bronchus divides into lobar (secondary) bronchi (three on the right, two on the left) and then segmental (tertiary) bronchi, each supplying a bronchopulmonary segment: a surgically resectable pyramidal unit with its own segmental bronchus and segmental artery centrally and intersegmental veins at its margins. There are about 10 segments on the right and 8 to 10 on the left. Branching continues to bronchioles (no cartilage, no glands), terminal bronchioles (end of the conducting zone), respiratory bronchioles, alveolar ducts and alveoli (the respiratory zone).

Lungs and pleura

FeatureRight lungLeft lung
LobesThree (upper, middle, lower)Two (upper, lower); the lingula of the upper lobe corresponds to the right middle lobe
FissuresOblique and horizontalOblique only
Medial surfaceGrooves for SVC, azygos arch, esophagusCardiac notch, grooves for aortic arch and descending aorta
Hilum arrangementBronchus superior and posterior (eparterial bronchus above the artery)Pulmonary artery most superior
SizeLarger, shorter (liver pushes the diaphragm up)Narrower, longer

The pleura is a serous membrane: the visceral pleura covers the lung surface and is insensitive to pain (autonomic supply), while the parietal pleura lines the thoracic wall (costal), the diaphragm (diaphragmatic), the mediastinum (mediastinal) and the apex (cervical pleura or cupula). The costal parietal pleura is supplied by intercostal nerves, so pleurisy produces sharp, localized chest wall pain; the mediastinal and central diaphragmatic pleura are supplied by the phrenic nerve, referring pain to the shoulder. The cupula rises about 2 to 3 cm above the medial third of the clavicle, so a needle or penetrating wound at the root of the neck can cause pneumothorax. The costodiaphragmatic recess is the lowest part of the pleural cavity and is where fluid collects first (blunting of the costophrenic angle on an upright film).

Surface projections

Use the "rule of twos" style pattern: the pleura reaches lower than the lung by about two rib spaces.

LineLower border of lungLower border of parietal pleura
MidclavicularRib 6Rib 8
MidaxillaryRib 8Rib 10
Paravertebral (posterior)Rib 10 (T10)Rib 12 (T12)

The oblique fissure runs from about the T3 spinous process posteriorly to the sixth costal cartilage anteriorly, roughly following the medial border of the abducted scapula. The horizontal fissure of the right lung follows the fourth costal cartilage from the sternum to meet the oblique fissure in the midaxillary line. As a result, the lower lobes are heard mostly from behind and the right middle lobe from the front. Because the pleura dips below the twelfth rib medially, a posterior approach to the kidney or a poorly placed needle at the thoracolumbar junction can enter the pleural cavity.

UpperMiddleLowerUpperLower Right lung: 3 lobesLeft lung: 2 lobes Trachea Right main bronchus:short, wide, vertical Horizontal fissure Oblique fissure Left main bronchus:longer, horizontal Oblique fissure Cardiac notch Lingula
Figure 3.3 Lobes and fissures seen from the front. The right lung has horizontal and oblique fissures and three lobes; the left has only an oblique fissure, and the lingula sits beside the cardiac notch. The right main bronchus is the more vertical path for aspirated material.

Diaphragm and the muscles of respiration

The diaphragm is the principal muscle of quiet inspiration. It arises from the xiphoid (sternal part), the inner surfaces of the lower six costal cartilages (costal part) and the lumbar vertebrae by two crura (right crus from L1 to L3, left from L1 to L2) and the medial and lateral arcuate ligaments, and inserts into its own central tendon. It is innervated by the phrenic nerve (C3, C4, C5), which "keeps the diaphragm alive", so a cord injury above C3 requires ventilatory support. The lower costal margins receive sensory fibers from the lower intercostal nerves.

OpeningLevelStructures
Caval foramenT8IVC, branches of the right phrenic nerve
Esophageal hiatusT10Esophagus, anterior and posterior vagal trunks, esophageal branches of left gastric vessels
Aortic hiatusT12Aorta, thoracic duct, often the azygos vein

Memory aid: "I 8 10 Eggs At 12" (IVC 8, esophagus 10, aorta 12). Quiet inspiration uses the diaphragm (descends, increasing vertical diameter) with the external intercostals and the interchondral part of the internal intercostals elevating the ribs (the upper ribs move in a "pump handle" fashion that increases anteroposterior diameter; the lower ribs move in a "bucket handle" fashion that increases transverse diameter). Forced inspiration recruits the scalenes (which fix and elevate ribs 1 and 2), sternocleidomastoid, pectoralis minor, serratus posterior superior and, with the arms fixed, pectoralis major and latissimus dorsi. Quiet expiration is passive, driven by elastic recoil of the lungs and chest wall. Forced expiration uses the abdominal muscles (rectus abdominis, external and internal obliques, transversus abdominis), the internal intercostals (interosseous part) and the quadratus lumborum, which anchors the twelfth rib.

Board tip. Hiccups, phrenic irritation and pain from the gallbladder or a subphrenic abscess all refer to the C4 dermatome over the shoulder. Unexplained right shoulder pain with no mechanical findings should prompt you to examine the right upper quadrant.
Clinical link. A Pancoast tumor at the lung apex invades the lower brachial plexus (C8, T1) and the cervical sympathetic chain, producing shoulder and medial arm pain, intrinsic hand weakness and Horner syndrome (ptosis, miosis, anhidrosis). It is a classic mimic of cervical radiculopathy or thoracic outlet syndrome in a smoker; look for apical opacity or destruction of the first and second ribs on a cervical or chest film.
Key point

The larynx spans C3 to C6, the posterior cricoarytenoid is the only abductor of the cords, and the recurrent laryngeal nerves are vulnerable from the neck to the aortic arch. The right main bronchus is short, wide and vertical. The right lung has three lobes and two fissures, the left two lobes and the lingula. The lung lies two rib spaces above the pleura at every line (6, 8, 10 versus 8, 10, 12). The diaphragm (C3 to C5) has openings at T8, T10 and T12, and quiet expiration is passive.

Section 3The digestive system

Oral cavity to stomach

The parotid duct (Stensen) pierces the buccinator to open opposite the upper second molar; the submandibular duct (Wharton) opens on the sublingual papilla beside the frenulum. The anterior two thirds of the tongue receive general sensation from the lingual nerve (V3) and taste from the chorda tympani (VII); the posterior third receives both from the glossopharyngeal (IX). All tongue muscles are supplied by the hypoglossal nerve (XII) except palatoglossus (vagus).

The esophagus is about 25 cm long, from C6 to the cardia of the stomach at about T11. Its upper third is skeletal muscle, the middle third mixed and the lower third smooth muscle. It has three classic constrictions: at the cricopharyngeus (C6), where it is crossed by the aortic arch and left main bronchus (T4 to T5), and where it passes the diaphragm (T10). These are sites where swallowed objects lodge and strictures form.

The stomach has a cardia, fundus, body and pyloric part (antrum, canal and sphincter), with a lesser curvature facing up and right and a greater curvature down and left. The stomach lies mostly in the left upper quadrant and epigastrium and is related posteriorly to the stomach bed: the pancreas, left kidney and adrenal, spleen, splenic artery and transverse mesocolon, all behind the lesser sac.

Small and large intestine

The duodenum (about 25 cm) is C-shaped around the head of the pancreas and is mostly retroperitoneal. Its four parts are the superior (first, L1, the duodenal cap or bulb, intraperitoneal at its start and the usual site of peptic ulcers), descending (second, L1 to L3, receiving the bile and pancreatic ducts at the major duodenal papilla through the hepatopancreatic ampulla and sphincter of Oddi), horizontal (third, L3, crossed anteriorly by the superior mesenteric vessels) and ascending (fourth, L2 to L3, ending at the duodenojejunal flexure, suspended by the suspensory muscle or ligament of Treitz). The ligament of Treitz separates upper from lower GI bleeding.

FeatureJejunumIleumColon
PositionLeft upper abdomenRight lower abdomen and pelvisFrames the abdomen
Wall and lumenThick, wide, very vascularThinner, narrowerWide with haustra
Plicae circularesTall and denseLow and sparse, absent distallyAbsent
Arterial patternFew arcades, long vasa rectaMany arcades, short vasa rectaMarginal artery
Lymphoid tissueLittlePeyer patchesSolitary nodules
DistinctiveAbsorbs most nutrientsAbsorbs B12 and bile saltsTeniae coli, haustra, omental (epiploic) appendices

The large intestine includes the cecum and appendix, ascending, transverse, descending and sigmoid colon, rectum and anal canal. The appendix arises from the posteromedial cecum where the three teniae converge; its base projects to McBurney point, one third of the way from the anterior superior iliac spine to the umbilicus. Early appendicitis pain is periumbilical (midgut visceral afferents to T10) and then shifts to the right lower quadrant once the parietal peritoneum is irritated. The rectum begins at S3, has no teniae and lies in the curve of the sacrum. The anal canal is divided by the pectinate line: above it, the epithelium is endodermal, supplied by the superior rectal artery, drained to the portal system and internal iliac nodes and innervated by painless autonomic fibers (internal hemorrhoids are painless); below it, the epithelium is ectodermal, supplied by the inferior rectal artery, drained systemically and to the superficial inguinal nodes and innervated by the somatic inferior rectal (pudendal) nerve (external hemorrhoids and fissures are painful).

The peritoneum

The parietal peritoneum lines the abdominal wall and is somatically innervated and precisely localized; the visceral peritoneum covers organs and refers poorly localized pain. Organs are either intraperitoneal (suspended by a mesentery) or retroperitoneal. The greater omentum hangs from the greater curvature of the stomach like an apron; the lesser omentum runs from the lesser curvature and duodenum to the liver and has two parts, the hepatogastric and hepatoduodenal ligaments. The free edge of the hepatoduodenal ligament contains the portal triad: the portal vein (posterior), the common bile duct (right anterior) and the proper hepatic artery (left anterior). Behind it lies the omental (epiploic) foramen of Winslow, the opening from the greater sac into the lesser sac (omental bursa) behind the stomach.

Board tip. Retroperitoneal organs: SAD PUCKER. Suprarenal glands, Aorta and IVC, Duodenum (parts 2 to 4), Pancreas (except the tail), Ureters, Colon (ascending and descending), Kidneys, Esophagus (abdominal part, partly) and Rectum (lower two thirds). Retroperitoneal disease (pancreatitis, renal colic, aortic aneurysm, psoas abscess) often causes back pain.

Liver, gallbladder, pancreas and spleen

The liver is the largest gland, in the right upper quadrant under the diaphragm, protected by ribs 7 to 11. Anatomically it has right, left, caudate and quadrate lobes, divided on its anterior surface by the falciform ligament (carrying the ligamentum teres, the remnant of the umbilical vein). Functionally, it is divided by the plane through the gallbladder fossa and IVC (Cantlie line) into right and left lobes and into eight Couinaud segments, each with its own portal triad branch. The bare area on its posterior surface touches the diaphragm without peritoneum, bounded by the coronary ligaments. The liver receives about 75% of its blood from the portal vein and 25% from the hepatic artery; it drains by three hepatic veins into the IVC.

The gallbladder lies in a fossa on the visceral surface of the liver; its fundus projects to the tip of the right ninth costal cartilage where the linea semilunaris meets the costal margin (the site of Murphy sign). Bile flows from the right and left hepatic ducts into the common hepatic duct, joins the cystic duct to form the common bile duct, which runs behind the first part of the duodenum and through the pancreatic head to join the main pancreatic duct at the ampulla. The cystic artery usually arises from the right hepatic artery within the hepatobiliary (Calot) triangle, bounded by the cystic duct, common hepatic duct and inferior liver surface.

The pancreas lies retroperitoneally across L1 to L2: the head in the duodenal C (with the uncinate process hooking behind the superior mesenteric vessels), then the neck, body and the tail, which reaches the splenic hilum in the splenorenal ligament (the only intraperitoneal part). The main pancreatic duct (Wirsung) joins the bile duct; the accessory duct (Santorini) opens at the minor papilla. Pancreatic pain is deep epigastric pain boring through to the back at T12 to L1, often eased by leaning forward.

The spleen sits in the left upper quadrant along ribs 9 to 11 in the midaxillary line, behind the stomach and above the left kidney and colic flexure. A normal spleen is not palpable. It is held by the gastrosplenic and splenorenal ligaments and is the most commonly injured abdominal organ in blunt trauma, especially with left lower rib fractures; referred pain to the left shoulder (Kehr sign) follows diaphragmatic irritation by blood.

Blood supply and the portal system

ArteryBranchesKey targets
Celiac trunk (T12)Left gastric, splenic, common hepaticLeft gastric gives esophageal branches; splenic gives short gastrics, left gastroepiploic and pancreatic branches; common hepatic gives gastroduodenal (behind the duodenal bulb, the vessel eroded by a posterior duodenal ulcer) and proper hepatic (right and left hepatic, right gastric)
Superior mesenteric (L1)Inferior pancreaticoduodenal, jejunal and ileal, ileocolic, right colic, middle colicDistal duodenum, jejunum, ileum, appendix, cecum, ascending and proximal two thirds of transverse colon
Inferior mesenteric (L3)Left colic, sigmoid, superior rectalDistal transverse, descending and sigmoid colon, upper rectum

The marginal artery links the SMA and IMA along the colon.

The hepatic portal vein forms behind the neck of the pancreas at about L2 by the union of the superior mesenteric vein and the splenic vein (the inferior mesenteric vein usually joins the splenic vein). It carries nutrient-rich blood from the gut, spleen, pancreas and gallbladder to the liver sinusoids. When flow through the liver is obstructed (cirrhosis), portal hypertension diverts blood through portocaval anastomoses.

SitePortal tributarySystemic tributaryClinical sign
Distal esophagusLeft gastricEsophageal veins to azygosEsophageal varices, life-threatening hematemesis
UmbilicusParaumbilical veinsSuperficial epigastric veinsCaput medusae
AnorectumSuperior rectalMiddle and inferior rectalAnorectal varices
RetroperitoneumColic veinsLumbar and renal veinsRetroperitoneal varices
Liver Hepatic veins Inferiorvena cava Portal vein Splenic v. Spleen Inferiormesenteric v. Superior mesenteric v. Left gastric v.:esophageal varices Paraumbilical v.:caput medusae Superior rectal v.:anorectal varices Red rings: portal tosystemic anastomoses
Figure 3.4 The portal vein forms from the superior mesenteric and splenic veins (the inferior mesenteric usually joins the splenic) and carries gut blood to the liver before it reaches the IVC. When the liver is obstructed, blood escapes through the gastric, paraumbilical and rectal anastomoses with systemic veins.
Key point

The gut is organized by embryology: foregut, midgut and hindgut are supplied by the celiac (T12), SMA (L1) and IMA (L3) and refer visceral pain to the epigastric, periumbilical and suprapubic regions. The portal triad runs in the hepatoduodenal ligament in front of the epiploic foramen. Know the retroperitoneal organs, the pectinate line divide, the gallbladder and appendix surface points, and the four portocaval anastomoses that decompress portal hypertension.

Section 4The urogenital system

Kidneys and ureters

The kidneys lie retroperitoneally on the posterior abdominal wall against the psoas major, quadratus lumborum and diaphragm, from about T12 to L3. The right kidney sits lower than the left because of the liver. The hilum faces medially at about L1 (the transpyloric plane) and contains, from anterior to posterior, the renal vein, renal artery and renal pelvis (VAP). Each kidney is wrapped in a fibrous capsule, then perirenal fat, then the renal (Gerota) fascia, then pararenal fat. Rib 12 crosses the posterior surface of both kidneys, and the costovertebral angle (between rib 12 and the erector spinae) is where renal tenderness is elicited by percussion (Murphy punch).

Internally, the outer cortex contains renal corpuscles and convoluted tubules; the inner medulla forms 8 to 18 renal pyramids whose apices (papillae) empty into minor calyces, which join to form two or three major calyces and the renal pelvis. Each renal artery divides into five segmental arteries that are end arteries (no anastomoses), then interlobar, arcuate, interlobular (cortical radiate) and afferent arterioles.

The ureter (about 25 cm) descends on the psoas major, crosses the pelvic brim anterior to the bifurcation of the common iliac artery, runs along the lateral pelvic wall and enters the bladder obliquely. It is crossed anteriorly by the gonadal vessels in the abdomen and, in the pelvis, passes under the uterine artery in females ("water under the bridge") and under the ductus deferens in males. Stones lodge at three constrictions: the ureteropelvic junction, the pelvic brim (crossing the iliac vessels) and the ureterovesical junction. Renal colic travels with T11 to L2 afferents and radiates from loin to groin, into the scrotum or labia and the medial thigh.

Clinical link. Renal and ureteric pain is the great impostor of acute low back pain. Clues that it is visceral: colicky waves, restlessness (the patient cannot find a comfortable position, unlike mechanical pain that makes patients hold still), radiation to the groin, hematuria, fever or costovertebral angle tenderness without reproduction by spinal motion or palpation. Pyelonephritis with fever and flank pain needs same-day medical care.

Bladder and urethra

The urinary bladder lies behind the pubic symphysis in the pelvis when empty and rises into the abdomen above the pubis when full, where it can be ruptured intraperitoneally by a blow. The trigone is a smooth triangle on the posterior wall between the two ureteric openings and the internal urethral orifice; it is mesodermal in origin and a common site of infection. The detrusor muscle is supplied by pelvic splanchnic nerves (S2 to S4, parasympathetic), which contract it for voiding; sympathetic fibers (T11 to L2) relax the detrusor and contract the internal sphincter, and the somatic pudendal nerve (S2 to S4) controls the voluntary external urethral sphincter. "S2, 3, 4 keeps the pee off the floor."

The female urethra is about 4 cm, opening in the vestibule anterior to the vagina, so ascending infection is common. The male urethra (about 20 cm) has preprostatic, prostatic (receives ejaculatory ducts and prostatic ducts), membranous (through the external sphincter, the narrowest and least distensible part, ruptured in pelvic fractures) and spongy (penile) parts, the last receiving the bulbourethral gland ducts.

Reproductive organs

OrganKey anatomyBlood supply and drainage
TestisCovered by tunica vaginalis and tunica albuginea; seminiferous tubules make sperm; epididymis stores and matures themTesticular artery from the aorta at L2; pampiniform plexus to right testicular vein (to IVC) and left testicular vein (to left renal vein, so left varicocele is more common); lymph to para-aortic nodes
Ductus deferens and spermatic cordPasses through the inguinal canal from the deep ring, hooks over the inferior epigastric artery, crosses the ureter, joins the seminal vesicle duct to form the ejaculatory ductArtery to the ductus (from the inferior vesical)
ProstateSurrounds the prostatic urethra below the bladder; peripheral zone (most carcinomas, palpable on rectal exam), transition zone (benign hyperplasia)Inferior vesical and middle rectal arteries; prostatic venous plexus connects with the vertebral venous plexus
OvaryOn the lateral pelvic wall in the ovarian fossa near the obturator nerve; attached by the suspensory ligament (carrying vessels) and the ovarian ligamentOvarian artery from the aorta; left ovarian vein to left renal vein; lymph to para-aortic nodes
Uterine tubeInfundibulum with fimbriae, ampulla (usual site of fertilization and ectopic pregnancy), isthmus, intramural partUterine and ovarian arteries
UterusFundus, body, cervix; normally anteverted and anteflexed; supported by the cardinal (transverse cervical), uterosacral and pubocervical ligaments and the pelvic floor; broad ligament is a peritoneal fold; round ligament runs to the labium majusUterine artery from the internal iliac, crossing above the ureter in the base of the broad ligament

The uterosacral ligaments run from the cervix to the front of the sacrum. Uterine, ovarian and cervical conditions such as endometriosis, dysmenorrhea and retroversion can therefore cause sacral and low back pain, which the chiropractor must distinguish from sacroiliac dysfunction by history (cyclic timing) and examination. The rectouterine pouch (of Douglas) is the lowest point of the female peritoneal cavity and collects blood or pus.

Pelvic floor and perineum

The pelvic diaphragm is formed by the levator ani (puborectalis, pubococcygeus and iliococcygeus) and the coccygeus (ischiococcygeus). It supports the pelvic viscera, resists increases in intra-abdominal pressure, and the puborectalis sling maintains the anorectal angle for fecal continence. It is supplied by the nerve to levator ani (S3, S4) and the inferior rectal branch of the pudendal nerve. The coccygeus overlies the sacrospinous ligament and attaches to the coccyx, so coccygeal manipulation and coccydynia involve this muscle.

The perineum is the diamond-shaped region below the pelvic diaphragm, bounded by the pubic symphysis, ischiopubic rami, ischial tuberosities, sacrotuberous ligaments and coccyx. A line between the ischial tuberosities divides it into the anterior urogenital triangle (external genitalia, perineal membrane, deep and superficial perineal pouches) and the posterior anal triangle (anal canal, external anal sphincter and the fat-filled ischioanal fossae). The perineal body is a fibromuscular node at the center where many muscles attach; tearing it in childbirth weakens pelvic floor support.

The pudendal nerve (S2 to S4) leaves the pelvis through the greater sciatic foramen below piriformis, hooks around the sacrospinous ligament near the ischial spine and re-enters through the lesser sciatic foramen to run in the pudendal (Alcock) canal on the obturator internus fascia. It supplies the external anal and urethral sphincters and the skin of the perineum.

Pubic symphysis Ischial tuberosity Ischial tuberosity Coccyx Urogenital triangle Anal canal, external anal sphincter Perineal body Anal triangle with ischioanal fossae Ischiopubic ramus Sacrotuberous ligament
Figure 3.5 The diamond-shaped perineum seen from below. A line between the ischial tuberosities separates the anterior urogenital triangle from the posterior anal triangle. The perineal body sits at the center of the diamond, where the pelvic floor and perineal muscles converge.
Board tip. Know which nerve does what in the pelvis: pelvic splanchnics (S2 to S4) are parasympathetic (bladder emptying, erection, "point"); lumbar and hypogastric sympathetics (T11 to L2) handle emission and the internal sphincter ("shoot"); the pudendal nerve is somatic (external sphincters, ejaculation through bulbospongiosus). Cauda equina compression disturbs all three, producing retention, saddle anesthesia and loss of anal tone.
Key point

The kidneys span T12 to L3 with the right lower, hilum structures vein, artery, pelvis from front to back, and stones lodge at the UPJ, pelvic brim and UVJ. The ureter passes under the uterine artery and the ductus deferens. Left gonadal veins drain to the left renal vein. The bladder, sphincters and sexual function depend on S2 to S4, which is why the sacral segments and the cauda equina matter so much in a chiropractic examination.

Section 5The endocrine glands

Endocrine glands are ductless and richly vascular; their anatomy matters clinically for surgery, for the mass effects of enlargement and for the structures they lie against.

GlandLocation and relationsBlood supply
Pituitary (hypophysis)In the sella turcica of the sphenoid, below the diaphragma sellae and optic chiasm, between the cavernous sinuses (CN III, IV, V1, V2 and VI and the internal carotid)Superior and inferior hypophyseal arteries (internal carotid); hypophyseal portal system carries hypothalamic releasing hormones to the anterior lobe
ThyroidTwo lobes joined by an isthmus over tracheal rings 2 to 4; lobes from the thyroid cartilage to ring 6; invested in pretracheal fascia so it moves with swallowingSuperior thyroid (first branch of external carotid, runs with the external laryngeal nerve), inferior thyroid (thyrocervical trunk, runs with the recurrent laryngeal nerve), occasional thyroid ima; veins: superior, middle, inferior
ParathyroidsUsually four, on the posterior thyroid lobes; superior pair from the fourth pharyngeal pouch, inferior pair from the third (with the thymus) and more variable in positionMainly the inferior thyroid artery
Adrenals (suprarenals)Retroperitoneal on the superomedial kidney within the renal fascia; right is pyramidal and behind the IVC; left is crescentic and touches the stomach bed and pancreasThree arteries each (superior from inferior phrenic, middle from aorta, inferior from renal); one vein each: right to IVC, left to left renal vein
Pancreatic isletsScattered through the pancreas, densest in the tailSplenic and pancreaticoduodenal arteries; venous blood (insulin, glucagon) goes into the portal vein, to the liver first
GonadsTestes in the scrotum (Leydig cells make testosterone); ovaries in the ovarian fossae (follicles make estrogen, corpus luteum makes progesterone)Gonadal arteries from the aorta at L2
PinealPosterior roof of the third ventricle above the superior colliculi; calcifies with age, a midline landmark on imagingPosterior cerebral branches
ThymusSuperior and anterior mediastinum behind the manubrium; large in children, replaced by fat after pubertyInternal thoracic and inferior thyroid branches

Pituitary and hypothalamus

The anterior pituitary (adenohypophysis) develops from Rathke pouch, an upgrowth of oral ectoderm, and secretes GH, prolactin, TSH, ACTH, FSH and LH under control of hypothalamic releasing and inhibiting hormones delivered by the portal system. The posterior pituitary (neurohypophysis) is a downgrowth of the diencephalon; it stores and releases ADH and oxytocin made in the supraoptic and paraventricular nuclei and carried down the hypothalamohypophyseal tract in the infundibulum. A pituitary adenoma growing upward compresses the decussating nasal retinal fibers in the optic chiasm, producing bitemporal hemianopia; lateral growth into the cavernous sinus affects the ocular motor nerves.

Thyroid and parathyroids

The thyroid develops from the floor of the pharynx at the foramen cecum of the tongue and descends along the thyroglossal duct; remnants form a midline neck cyst that moves upward when the tongue protrudes, and a pyramidal lobe may persist. Follicular cells make T3 and T4; parafollicular (C) cells, from the ultimobranchial body, make calcitonin. The relationship of the thyroid arteries to the laryngeal nerves is the key surgical fact: the superior thyroid artery is ligated close to the gland to spare the external laryngeal nerve (cricothyroid, voice pitch), and the inferior thyroid artery is ligated away from the gland to spare the recurrent laryngeal nerve. Inadvertent removal of the parathyroids during thyroidectomy causes hypocalcemia with tetany (Chvostek and Trousseau signs).

Superior thyroid a. (ECA)Crossing point:artery meets RLN Inferior thyroid a. (thyrocervical trunk) Superior parathyroid Inferior parathyroid Recurrent laryngeal nerve in tracheoesophageal groove Esophagus and trachea Thyroid lobe (posterior)
Figure 3.6 The thyroid from behind. Four parathyroids sit on the posterior lobes. The inferior thyroid artery crosses the recurrent laryngeal nerve near the lower pole, the reason surgeons ligate it away from the gland.

Adrenal glands

Each adrenal has two embryologically distinct parts. The cortex is mesodermal and has three zones: glomerulosa (aldosterone), fasciculata (cortisol) and reticularis (androgens), remembered as "salt, sugar, sex: the deeper you go, the sweeter it gets." The medulla is derived from neural crest; its chromaffin cells are modified postganglionic sympathetic neurons that receive preganglionic fibers directly from the thoracic splanchnic nerves (about T10 to L1) and secrete epinephrine and norepinephrine. A pheochromocytoma produces episodic headache, sweating, palpitations and hypertension.

Board tip. Left-sided venous asymmetry repeats throughout the abdomen: the left gonadal, left adrenal and left inferior phrenic veins drain into the left renal vein, while their right counterparts drain directly into the IVC. A left renal tumor that invades the renal vein can therefore cause a new left varicocele that does not empty when the patient lies down.

Islets, gonads, pineal and thymus

The islets of Langerhans make up about 1 to 2% of pancreatic mass: alpha cells (glucagon) at the periphery, beta cells (insulin), the most numerous, in the core, and delta cells (somatostatin). Islet venous blood drains into the portal system, so the liver sees the highest concentration of insulin. The pineal gland secretes melatonin in darkness, regulated by a retinohypothalamic pathway through the suprachiasmatic nucleus and the superior cervical sympathetic ganglion; its calcification makes it a useful midline marker on skull films and CT. The thymus develops from the third pharyngeal pouch, educates T lymphocytes and secretes thymic hormones; thymoma is associated with myasthenia gravis.

Clinical link. Endocrine disorders regularly reach the chiropractic office as musculoskeletal complaints: hypothyroidism with myalgia, carpal tunnel symptoms and fatigue; hyperparathyroidism with bone pain, osteopenia and kidney stones ("bones, stones, groans and moans"); Cushing syndrome and long-term corticosteroid use with osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures; and acromegaly with spinal stenosis and arthropathy. Ask about medications and systemic symptoms before attributing back pain to a mechanical cause.
Key point

The pituitary sits under the optic chiasm (bitemporal hemianopia) between the cavernous sinuses, with an ectodermal anterior lobe and neural posterior lobe. The thyroid isthmus lies over tracheal rings 2 to 4, the superior thyroid artery travels with the external laryngeal nerve and the inferior with the recurrent laryngeal. Each adrenal has three arteries and one vein (left to the renal vein), a mesodermal cortex and a neural crest medulla.

The chapter in one breath

  • The sternal angle (T4 to T5) divides superior from inferior mediastinum and marks the arch of the aorta, the carina and the azygos arch.
  • The right ventricle forms the anterior surface of the heart, the left atrium the base and the left ventricle the apex at the left fifth intercostal space.
  • The LAD supplies the anterior wall and septum; the RCA usually supplies the SA and AV nodes and the inferior wall; dominance follows the posterior interventricular artery.
  • Impulses run SA node, AV node, bundle of His, bundle branches, Purkinje fibers; cardiac pain refers to T1 to T5.
  • The thoracic duct rises from the cisterna chyli through the aortic hiatus to the left venous angle; the valveless vertebral venous plexus carries metastases to the spine.
  • The right main bronchus is short, wide and vertical; the lungs have three lobes on the right and two on the left; pleura lies two ribs below lung at every line.
  • The diaphragm (C3 to C5) transmits the IVC at T8, esophagus at T10 and aorta at T12; quiet expiration is passive.
  • The celiac, SMA and IMA arise at T12, L1 and L3 to supply foregut, midgut and hindgut; the portal vein forms behind the pancreatic neck and has four portocaval anastomoses.
  • The portal triad runs in the hepatoduodenal ligament; the pectinate line separates painless visceral from painful somatic anal canal.
  • Kidneys lie T12 to L3; ureteric stones lodge at the UPJ, pelvic brim and UVJ; the ureter passes under the uterine artery.
  • S2 to S4 run bladder, bowel and sexual function, and the levator ani forms the pelvic floor.
  • The pituitary sits beneath the optic chiasm, the thyroid isthmus over rings 2 to 4, and the adrenals have three arteries and one vein each.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
MediastinumThe central thoracic compartment between the pleural cavities, holding the heart, great vessels, trachea and esophagus.
Sternal angleThe manubriosternal joint at the second costal cartilage, level with the T4 to T5 disc.
Crista terminalisA muscular ridge in the right atrium separating smooth and rough walls; the SA node lies at its upper end.
Moderator bandThe septomarginal trabecula of the right ventricle, carrying the right bundle branch to the anterior papillary muscle.
Coronary dominanceNamed for the artery that gives the posterior interventricular artery; right dominance is most common.
Coronary sinusThe main cardiac vein in the posterior coronary sulcus, emptying into the right atrium.
Cisterna chyliA lymphatic sac at L1 to L2 that collects intestinal and lumbar lymph and begins the thoracic duct.
Batson plexusThe valveless vertebral venous plexus linking pelvic, abdominal and thoracic veins with the spine.
Rima glottidisThe opening between the vocal folds, the narrowest part of the adult airway.
Bronchopulmonary segmentA pyramidal lung unit with its own segmental bronchus and artery, removable surgically.
Costodiaphragmatic recessThe lowest pleural space between costal and diaphragmatic pleura, where effusions collect first.
Ligament of TreitzThe suspensory band at the duodenojejunal flexure that divides upper from lower GI bleeding.
Pectinate lineThe line in the anal canal dividing endodermal (visceral) from ectodermal (somatic) territories.
Epiploic foramenThe opening behind the hepatoduodenal ligament connecting greater and lesser sacs.
Portal triadPortal vein, hepatic artery and bile duct running together in the hepatoduodenal ligament.
Portocaval anastomosisA connection between portal and systemic veins that dilates in portal hypertension.
Renal fasciaThe fascial envelope (Gerota) around the kidney, adrenal and perirenal fat.
Levator aniThe main pelvic floor muscle (puborectalis, pubococcygeus, iliococcygeus), supplied by S3 to S4.
Perineal bodyThe central fibromuscular node of the perineum where pelvic floor and perineal muscles meet.
Rathke pouchThe oral ectoderm outpouching that forms the anterior pituitary.
Thyroglossal ductThe path of thyroid descent from the foramen cecum; remnants form midline neck cysts.
Chromaffin cellsNeural crest cells of the adrenal medulla that act as postganglionic sympathetic neurons.

Check yourself

Which structures lie at the level of the sternal angle?
Answer. The beginning and end of the aortic arch, the tracheal bifurcation, the azygos vein entering the SVC, the thoracic duct crossing to the left and the left recurrent laryngeal nerve hooking under the arch, all at about T4 to T5.
An ECG shows an inferior wall infarction with bradycardia and heart block. Which artery is most likely occluded?
Answer. The right coronary artery. In most people it gives the posterior interventricular artery to the inferior wall and the nodal arteries to the SA and AV nodes, so its occlusion causes conduction problems.
A child inhales a peanut while sitting upright. Where does it most likely lodge, and why?
Answer. The right main bronchus, typically the right lower lobe, because the right bronchus is wider, shorter and more vertical than the left.
After thyroid surgery a patient is hoarse with a weak voice. Which nerve was injured, and which muscle is the only abductor of the vocal folds?
Answer. The recurrent laryngeal nerve, which runs in the tracheoesophageal groove near the inferior thyroid artery. It supplies the posterior cricoarytenoid, the only abductor.
Name the structures passing through the diaphragm at T8, T10 and T12.
Answer. T8: the IVC (with right phrenic branches). T10: the esophagus and vagal trunks. T12: the aorta, thoracic duct and often the azygos vein.
A patient with alcoholic cirrhosis vomits large volumes of blood. Which portocaval anastomosis is involved?
Answer. The esophageal anastomosis between the left gastric vein (portal) and esophageal veins draining to the azygos (systemic), producing bleeding esophageal varices.
A 70-year-old man has new low back pain, and a lateral lumbar film shows a curvilinear calcified bulge anterior to L3. What must you suspect and do?
Answer. An abdominal aortic aneurysm. Check for a pulsatile mass, avoid forceful lumbar manipulation and refer for vascular evaluation, urgently if it is symptomatic.
At what three points is a ureteric stone most likely to lodge?
Answer. The ureteropelvic junction, the pelvic brim where the ureter crosses the iliac vessels, and the ureterovesical junction where it enters the bladder wall.
Why is a varicocele more common on the left, and why should a new one in an older man raise concern?
Answer. The left testicular vein drains at a right angle into the left renal vein, raising pressure in the pampiniform plexus. A new left varicocele that does not collapse when supine can signal a renal tumor obstructing the renal vein.
A pituitary adenoma expands upward. What visual defect results, and why?
Answer. Bitemporal hemianopia, because the tumor presses on the optic chiasm, where nasal retinal fibers carrying the temporal visual fields cross.
Chapter 4 · Spinal Anatomy

The Vertebral Column: Bones, Joints, Ligaments and Muscles

The vertebral column is the chiropractor's home ground, and Spinal Anatomy carries more weight on Part I than any other domain. This chapter builds the spine from its bones up: the features that identify every region, the joints and ligaments that allow and limit motion, the muscles that move and stabilize it, and the developmental story that explains the variants you will meet on every second radiograph.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Describe a typical vertebra and identify any vertebra as cervical, thoracic, lumbar, sacral or coccygeal from its distinguishing features.
  • Describe the atypical vertebrae (C1, C2, C7, T1, T10 to T12, L5), the sacrum, the coccyx, the ribs and the sternum, and the skull base structures that relate to the upper cervical spine.
  • Explain the structure and innervation of the intervertebral disc and the boundaries and contents of the intervertebral foramen.
  • Give the orientation of the zygapophyseal joints in each region and relate it to the motion each region permits, including coupled motion.
  • Describe the atlanto-occipital, atlantoaxial, costovertebral and sacroiliac joints and the ligaments that stabilize them, including the transverse, alar and tectorial structures.
  • Name the attachments, actions and innervation of the suboccipital, erector spinae, transversospinalis, prevertebral, scalene, abdominal wall, quadratus lumborum and psoas muscles.
  • Describe the layers of the thoracolumbar fascia and its role in load transfer.
  • Explain somite and sclerotome development, resegmentation and ossification, and recognize the common congenital anomalies and transitional segments on film.

Section 1Osteology of the axial skeleton

The typical vertebra

The adult column usually has 33 vertebrae: 7 cervical, 12 thoracic, 5 lumbar, 5 fused sacral and about 4 coccygeal (3 to 5). Every typical vertebra has two functional parts. The vertebral body anteriorly is a short cylinder of cancellous bone inside a thin cortical shell that bears compressive load; its superior and inferior surfaces are covered by cartilaginous endplates and edged by a raised ring apophysis. The vertebral (neural) arch posteriorly is formed by two pedicles, which project back from the body, and two laminae, which meet in the midline. Body and arch enclose the vertebral foramen; stacked, these form the vertebral canal that houses the cord, meninges and cauda equina.

Seven processes arise from the arch: one spinous process where the laminae meet, two transverse processes at the pedicle-lamina junction, and four articular processes (two superior, two inferior) carrying the facets of the zygapophyseal joints. The region of lamina between the superior and inferior articular processes is the pars interarticularis, the site of spondylolysis. The superior and inferior vertebral notches above and below each pedicle form, with the adjacent vertebra, the intervertebral foramen.

Vertebral body Vertebral foramen Pedicle Transverse process Lamina Spinous process Superior articular facet (faces medially) Mammillary process Accessory process Pars interarticularis lies between the articular processes
Figure 4.1 A lumbar vertebra from above. The body bears load, the arch (pedicles and laminae) protects the canal, and the seven processes provide joints and levers. In the lumbar spine the superior facets face medially and carry mammillary processes for multifidus.

Regional features

FeatureCervical (C3 to C6)Thoracic (T2 to T9)Lumbar
BodySmall, wider side to side; uncinate processes on the superior lateral marginsHeart shaped; costal demifacets for rib headsLarge, kidney shaped, no costal facets
Vertebral foramenLarge, triangularSmall, circularTriangular, medium
Transverse processTransverse foramen; anterior and posterior tubercles with a gutter for the spinal nerveLong, strong, with transverse costal facets (T1 to T10)Long and thin; accessory process at the base; L3 usually longest
Spinous processShort, bifidLong, slender, angled steeply downwardShort, broad, hatchet shaped, horizontal
Articular facetsSuperior facets face up and backSuperior facets face back and slightly lateral (coronal)Superior facets face medially and back (sagittal); mammillary processes
Board tip. To identify a single vertebra: a transverse foramen means cervical; costal facets on the body mean thoracic; neither, with a big body and mammillary processes, means lumbar. The thoracic "rule of threes" relates spinous tips to bodies for palpation: T1 to T3 tips lie at their own level, T4 to T6 tips half a segment lower, T7 to T9 tips a full segment lower, then T10 to T12 progressively return toward their own level.

The atypical vertebrae

C1, the atlas, has no body and no spinous process. It is a ring of an anterior arch (with an anterior tubercle and a facet for the dens on its posterior surface), a posterior arch (with a posterior tubercle and, on its upper surface, a groove for the vertebral artery and the C1 nerve), and two lateral masses. The superior articular facets are concave, kidney shaped and face up and medially to cradle the occipital condyles; the inferior facets are flat to slightly concave and nearly circular. In some people a bony bridge over the vertebral artery groove forms a posterior ponticle (arcuate foramen, Kimmerle anomaly).

C2, the axis, carries the dens (odontoid process), which projects up from the body to articulate with the anterior arch of the atlas, held by the transverse ligament. Its superior articular facets sit on the body and pedicles, lateral to the dens, rather than behind the pedicles; this means the C1 to C2 joints lie anterior to the C2 to C3 joints. C2 has a large, bifid spinous process, the first prominent spinous process palpable below the occiput, and its pars region (isthmus) is where a hangman fracture occurs.

C7, the vertebra prominens, has a long, non-bifid spinous process that is usually the most prominent in the lower neck (though T1 is sometimes more prominent; flexing and extending the neck helps, because C6 slides forward under the palpating finger while C7 stays put). Its transverse foramina are small and usually transmit only accessory vertebral veins, because the vertebral artery normally enters the transverse foramen of C6. The anterior tubercle of C6 is large and called the carotid tubercle, against which the common carotid artery can be compressed. A cervical rib may articulate with C7.

Atypical thoracicDistinguishing features
T1Full costal facet for rib 1 and a demifacet for rib 2; long, nearly horizontal spinous process; body looks cervical with small uncinate-like lips
T9Often only a superior demifacet (rib 10 may articulate with T10 alone)
T10Single full facet for rib 10; transverse costal facet often present
T11Single full facet on the pedicle for rib 11; no transverse costal facet
T12Single facet for rib 12, no transverse costal facet; transitional: superior facets thoracic (coronal), inferior facets lumbar (sagittal, convex, facing laterally); mammillary, accessory and lateral tubercles; a common site of compression fracture

The L5 vertebra has the largest body, which is wedge shaped (taller anteriorly), contributing to the lumbosacral angle. Its stout transverse processes arise from the pedicles and the body and anchor the iliolumbar ligaments. Its inferior facets face forward more than other lumbar facets (more coronal), which resists forward slip of L5 on S1.

The sacrum and coccyx

The sacrum is formed by five fused vertebrae and transmits body weight from L5 to the pelvis through the sacroiliac joints. Its base faces upward and carries the S1 body, whose projecting anterior lip is the sacral promontory, and the two alae (fused transverse and costal elements). Its concave anterior (pelvic) surface has four pairs of anterior sacral foramina for the ventral rami; the dorsal surface has four pairs of posterior sacral foramina for the dorsal rami. Down the dorsal midline runs the median sacral crest (fused spinous processes); lateral to it are the intermediate crests (fused articular processes) and, beyond the foramina, the lateral crests (fused transverse processes). The laminae of S5 (and often S4) fail to fuse, leaving the sacral hiatus, flanked by the sacral cornua and used for caudal epidural injection. Laterally, the ear-shaped auricular surface (spanning S1 to S3) articulates with the ilium, and behind it the rough sacral tuberosity anchors the interosseous ligament. The dural sac ends at about S2.

The coccyx has three to five rudimentary segments; the first has coccygeal cornua that articulate with the sacral cornua. It anchors the gluteus maximus, coccygeus, levator ani (anococcygeal body) and the sacrotuberous and sacrospinous ligaments.

Ribs, sternum and the skull base

There are 12 pairs of ribs: true ribs 1 to 7 join the sternum by their own costal cartilages; false ribs 8 to 10 join the cartilage above; floating ribs 11 and 12 end free. A typical rib (3 to 9) has a head with two facets (for its own vertebra and the one above, separated by a crest that the intra-articular ligament anchors to the disc), a neck, a tubercle articulating with the transverse process of its own vertebra, an angle and a costal groove sheltering the intercostal vein, artery and nerve (VAN, from above down). Rib 1 is short, broad and flat, with a single head facet, a scalene tubercle for anterior scalene, and grooves for the subclavian vein in front and subclavian artery behind. Rib 2 has a tuberosity for serratus anterior. Ribs 10 to 12 have a single head facet, and 11 and 12 lack necks and tubercles.

The sternum has a manubrium (jugular notch at about T2 to T3, clavicular notches, rib 1 cartilage), a body (ribs 2 to 7, with the sternal angle at rib 2) and a xiphoid process (xiphisternal joint at about T9).

The upper cervical spine is inseparable from the occipital bone. The occipital condyles flank the foramen magnum, which transmits the medulla, the vertebral arteries, the anterior and posterior spinal arteries, the spinal roots of the accessory nerve and the tectorial membrane. The hypoglossal canal pierces the base of each condyle, and the jugular foramen (CN IX, X, XI, internal jugular vein) lies lateral to it. The basiocciput (clivus) receives the apical ligament and tectorial membrane; the external occipital protuberance (inion) and the superior and inferior nuchal lines anchor the nuchal ligament and posterior neck muscles; the mastoid process anchors SCM, splenius capitis and longissimus capitis.

Clinical link. Palpation landmarks guide the hands before any adjustment: the inion and the C2 spinous below it, the C1 transverse process behind the mandibular angle, C6 moving and C7 fixed with flexion and extension, the scapular spine at T3, the inferior scapular angle at T7, the iliac crests at L4 (the supracristal plane) and the posterior superior iliac spines at S2. Pain on palpation of a single spinous process in an older or osteoporotic patient raises the question of fracture or metastasis before it suggests a fixation.
Key point

Every typical vertebra has a load-bearing body and a protective arch with seven processes. Transverse foramina identify cervical, costal facets identify thoracic and sheer size with mammillary processes identifies lumbar. C1 has no body or spinous process, C2 carries the dens, C7 is the prominens, T12 is transitional, and L5 is wedge shaped. The sacrum transmits weight to the pelvis through its auricular surfaces, and the occiput and foramen magnum complete the upper cervical complex.

Section 2Arthrology of the spine

Adjacent vertebrae from C2 to S1 are joined at three points: an anterior intervertebral disc (a secondary cartilaginous joint, or symphysis) and two posterior zygapophyseal (facet) joints (synovial plane joints). Together with the ligaments they form the motion segment (functional spinal unit), the smallest unit that shows the mechanical behavior of the whole column. In the cervical spine, small uncovertebral joints add two more contacts.

The intervertebral disc

There are 23 discs, the first between C2 and C3 and the last between L5 and S1; there is no disc between the occiput and C1 or between C1 and C2. Discs make up roughly a quarter of the length of the presacral column, which is why height decreases through the day as they lose water under load. They are thickest in the lumbar region and thinnest in the upper thoracic region; cervical and lumbar discs are thicker anteriorly, which helps create the lordoses.

ComponentStructureFunction and clinical notes
Nucleus pulposusGel of water (about 80% in youth) held by proteoglycans (aggrecan) in a loose network of type II collagen; notochordal remnant cells in childhood; lies slightly posterior to centerResists compression and distributes pressure evenly to the annulus and endplates; dehydrates with age, so disc height and shock absorption fall
Annulus fibrosusAbout 15 to 25 concentric lamellae, fibers in each running about 65 degrees from vertical in alternating directions; outer lamellae mostly type I collagen anchored to the ring apophysis by Sharpey fibersResists tension, shear and torsion; the alternating fiber angle means rotation in one direction loads half the lamellae; thinnest and weakest posterolaterally, where tears and herniations occur
Vertebral endplatesHyaline then fibrocartilage plates about 1 mm thick covering the body except the ring apophysisNutritional route by diffusion from vertebral capillaries; the adult disc is the largest avascular structure in the body; endplate failure produces Schmorl nodes

The disc is innervated only in the outer third of the annulus. Posteriorly the supply is the recurrent meningeal (sinuvertebral) nerve, which also supplies the posterior longitudinal ligament, the anterior dura and the vertebral periosteum; laterally and anteriorly fibers come from the ventral rami and gray rami communicantes. Painful internal disc disruption and the ingrowth of nerves along radial fissures in degenerated discs explain discogenic pain without nerve root compression.

Zygapophyseal joints

The facet joints are true synovial joints with hyaline cartilage, a fibrous capsule lined by synovium, and intra-articular meniscoid folds (fibroadipose wedges at the joint poles) that can become entrapped and are one proposed basis for acute locked back. Each joint is supplied by the medial branch of the dorsal ramus from the level above and the level of the joint, the basis of medial branch blocks and radiofrequency neurotomy. Their orientation is the main determinant of regional motion.

RegionFacet plane (approximate)Freest motionsMost restricted
Cervical (C3 to C7)About 45 degrees to the transverse plane, parallel to the coronal plane; superior facets face up and backFlexion, extension, lateral flexion and rotation (all fairly free)Little; protected by uncinates against lateral translation
ThoracicAbout 60 degrees to the transverse plane and 20 degrees to the coronal plane; superior facets face back and slightly lateralRotation and lateral flexionFlexion and extension, limited by ribs, sternum and the overlapping spinous processes
LumbarAbout 90 degrees to the transverse plane and 45 degrees to the coronal plane (near sagittal), curved; L5 to S1 more coronalFlexion and extensionAxial rotation (only a few degrees per segment)
Board tip. Remember the facet planes as cervical 45, thoracic 60, lumbar 90 degrees to the horizontal. In the lower cervical spine, lateral flexion is coupled with rotation to the same side (spinous processes swing to the convex side), because of the 45 degree facet slope. Unequal left and right facet angles at a level (facet tropism), common at L4 to L5 and L5 to S1, produce asymmetric motion and may predispose to rotational strain.

Uncovertebral joints

The uncinate processes rise from the lateral margins of the superior surfaces of C3 to C7 (and sometimes T1) bodies and contact the beveled inferior lateral edges of the body above. The cleft that develops here in childhood (around age 10) is the uncovertebral joint (joint of Luschka). Whether it is a true synovial joint or a degenerative fissure in the disc is debated, but its clinical significance is clear: the uncinates limit lateral translation and lateral flexion, guide flexion and extension, and form the anteromedial boundary of the cervical intervertebral foramen. Uncovertebral hypertrophy is a leading cause of cervical foraminal stenosis, best seen on oblique films.

The intervertebral foramen

Each foramen is bounded above and below by pedicles, anteriorly by the posterolateral vertebral bodies and the disc (and the uncinate in the neck), and posteriorly by the zygapophyseal joint capsule and the lateral ligamentum flavum. It transmits the spinal nerve (or its roots) with its dural sleeve, the dorsal root ganglion (in the foramen in most of the lumbar spine), the spinal branch of a segmental artery, the intervertebral veins linking internal and external plexuses, the recurrent meningeal nerve, lymphatics and fat. The nerve occupies about a third to a half of the foramen. Foraminal size falls with extension and ipsilateral lateral flexion, the basis of the Spurling maneuver.

Cervical nerves C1 to C7 exit above the vertebra of the same number, and C8 exits between C7 and T1; from T1 down, each nerve exits below its numbered vertebra. Because the lumbar roots cross the disc above the foramen they exit through, a typical posterolateral L4 to L5 herniation compresses the traversing L5 root, while a far lateral (foraminal) herniation at the same disc compresses the exiting L4 root. A C5 to C6 cervical disc compresses the C6 root.

L4 body L5 body AnteriorPosterior Annulus fibrosus Nucleus pulposus Pedicle Spinousprocess Facet joint(L4 inferior onL5 superior) Spinal nervein the foramen Foramen: pedicles above and below, disc andbody in front, facet joint behind
Figure 4.2 A lumbar motion segment in lateral view. The disc (nucleus inside annulus) joins the bodies in front, the facet joint links the arches behind, and the spinal nerve passes through the foramen bounded by pedicles above and below, the disc in front and the facet joint behind.

The upper cervical joints

The atlanto-occipital joints are paired synovial condyloid (ellipsoid) joints between the convex occipital condyles and the concave superior facets of the atlas. Their main motion is flexion and extension (nodding, the "yes" joint, about 15 to 25 degrees), with a few degrees of lateral flexion and negligible rotation.

The atlantoaxial articulation comprises three synovial joints: a median pivot (trochoid) joint between the dens and the anterior arch of the atlas in front and the transverse ligament behind (with a bursa between ligament and dens), and two lateral atlantoaxial joints between the lateral masses, which are planar and biconvex in their cartilage. Their chief motion is rotation (the "no" joint), about 40 degrees to each side, roughly half of all cervical rotation. Because the lateral joint surfaces are biconvex, the atlas descends slightly as it rotates, which tightens the capsules and helps explain why end-range rotation stresses the vertebral arteries.

Costovertebral joints

Each typical rib makes two synovial joints with the spine. The joint of the head of the rib links the two head facets with the demifacets of adjacent bodies and the disc between, divided into two cavities by the intra-articular ligament and reinforced by the radiate ligament (ribs 1, 10, 11 and 12 have a single cavity). The costotransverse joint links the tubercle with the transverse costal facet (ribs 1 to 10 only), reinforced by the costotransverse, lateral and superior costotransverse ligaments. The axis through the two joints determines rib motion: in the upper ribs it is near coronal, giving pump-handle elevation of the sternum; in the lower ribs it is closer to sagittal, giving bucket-handle lateral expansion.

The sacroiliac joint

The sacroiliac joint joins the auricular surfaces of the sacrum and ilium. Its anterior and inferior portion is a synovial joint whose sacral surface is covered by thicker hyaline cartilage and whose iliac surface by thinner fibrocartilage-like cartilage; the posterior and superior portion is a syndesmosis held by the massive interosseous ligament. The surfaces are irregular, with an interlocking ridge and furrow that increase with age, providing form closure; the ligaments, thoracolumbar fascia and muscles (gluteus maximus, latissimus via the fascia, biceps femoris via the sacrotuberous ligament, multifidus) compress it and provide force closure.

Motion is small, a few degrees of rotation and one or two millimeters of translation. Nutation is the sacral base moving anteriorly and inferiorly while the coccyx moves posteriorly (occurs when standing, in trunk flexion and in late pregnancy); it tightens the sacrotuberous, sacrospinous and interosseous ligaments and is the more stable, close-packed position. Counternutation is the reverse and is resisted by the long dorsal sacroiliac ligament. Sacroiliitis is an early feature of the seronegative spondyloarthropathies, especially ankylosing spondylitis, and affects the synovial (lower) part first.

Curves and regional motion

The fetal column is one C-shaped curve concave forward. The thoracic and sacral kyphoses are primary curves retained from this posture. The cervical lordosis develops as the infant holds up the head (around 3 to 4 months) and the lumbar lordosis as the child sits, stands and walks (about 9 to 18 months); these are secondary curves, produced mainly by wedge-shaped discs. Typical adult values: cervical lordosis about 30 to 40 degrees, thoracic kyphosis about 20 to 45 degrees, lumbar lordosis about 40 to 60 degrees. The lumbosacral (Ferguson) angle, between the top of the sacrum and the horizontal on a standing lateral film, averages about 41 degrees; an increased angle increases shear at L5 to S1.

Clinical link. An adult atlantodental interval above 3 mm (5 mm in children) on a neutral or flexion lateral cervical film means the transverse ligament is incompetent. Rheumatoid arthritis, Down syndrome, inflammatory arthropathies and trauma are the usual causes, and upper cervical manipulation is contraindicated until the instability has been evaluated.
Key point

The disc, two facets and the ligaments make up the motion segment. The nucleus resists compression, the annulus resists tension and torsion, and only the outer annulus is innervated, by the sinuvertebral nerve posteriorly. Facet angles of 45, 60 and 90 degrees favor general motion in the neck, rotation in the thorax and flexion and extension in the low back. The occiput to C1 joint nods, C1 to C2 rotates, and the sacroiliac joint moves only slightly, through nutation and counternutation.

Section 3Syndesmology: the ligaments of the spine and pelvis

The long ligaments

The anterior longitudinal ligament (ALL) is a broad, strong band running down the anterior surfaces of the vertebral bodies and discs from the basiocciput and anterior tubercle of the atlas (where it continues as the anterior atlanto-occipital membrane) to the pelvic surface of the sacrum. It is widest in the lumbar spine, firmly attached to the bodies and their margins and less firmly to the discs, and it limits extension.

The posterior longitudinal ligament (PLL) runs inside the vertebral canal on the posterior surfaces of the bodies and discs from C2 (above which it continues as the tectorial membrane) to the sacrum. It is broad in the cervical region but becomes narrow in the lumbar region, with a serrated (denticulate) outline that flares over each disc and narrows over each body. It is attached more firmly to the discs than to the bodies, leaving room behind the bodies for the basivertebral veins. It limits flexion, is richly innervated by the sinuvertebral nerve, and its narrowness in the lumbar spine leaves the posterolateral annulus unreinforced, which is why most lumbar herniations are posterolateral. Ossification of the PLL (OPLL), especially in the cervical spine, causes myelopathy.

The short ligaments

LigamentAttachmentsCharacter and function
Ligamentum flavumAnterior and inferior surface of the lamina above to the posterior and superior margin of the lamina below, from C2 to S1; laterally blends with the facet capsuleYellow, about 80% elastin; held under tension even in neutral, it helps restore an upright posture after flexion and does not buckle into the canal; thickens and buckles with age and disc narrowing, a major cause of central and lateral recess stenosis
InterspinousBetween adjacent spinous processes, from root to tipThin, membranous; limits flexion; best developed in the lumbar spine
SupraspinousTips of the spinous processes from C7 to about L3 or L4Strong cord; limits flexion; often absent at L5 to S1; above C7 it becomes the nuchal ligament
Ligamentum nuchaeExternal occipital protuberance and crest to the spinous processes of C1 to C7Fibroelastic midline septum; attachment for trapezius, splenius capitis, rhomboid minor and serratus posterior superior; resists flexion of the head
IntertransverseBetween adjacent transverse processesWeak in the neck, cordlike in the thorax, membranous in the lumbar region; limits contralateral lateral flexion
CapsularAround each zygapophyseal jointLoose in the cervical region (allowing glide), tighter below; limit flexion and rotation; richly innervated by medial branches
Board tip. Know which ligaments limit which motion. Extension is limited by the ALL and contact of spinous processes and facets. Flexion is limited by the PLL, ligamentum flavum, interspinous and supraspinous ligaments, facet capsules and the nuchal ligament. The ligamentum flavum is the only elastic long-span spinal ligament and the only one that lies within the posterior wall of the canal.

The craniovertebral ligaments

The occiput, atlas and axis are held together by an internal set of ligaments that, from anterior (deep) to posterior (superficial) inside the canal, are the apical ligament, the alar ligaments, the cruciform ligament and the tectorial membrane, with the dura behind them.

LigamentAttachmentsFunction
ApicalTip of the dens to the anterior margin of the foramen magnum (basion)Weak; a remnant of the notochord; little mechanical role
Alar (paired)Sides of the dens to the medial surfaces of the occipital condyles (some fibers to the atlas)Strong collagen cords; "check ligaments" that limit rotation of the head and atlas on the axis (mainly the contralateral alar) and limit lateral flexion
Transverse ligament of the atlasBetween tubercles on the medial surfaces of the lateral masses, behind the densThe strongest; holds the dens against the anterior arch, preventing anterior translation of C1 on C2 and protecting the cord
Cruciform ligamentTransverse ligament plus superior longitudinal band (to the basiocciput) and inferior longitudinal band (to the C2 body)Adds vertical stability to the median atlantoaxial joint
Tectorial membraneUpward continuation of the PLL from the C2 body to the clivusCovers the dens and its ligaments; limits flexion and protects the cord and medulla
Anterior atlanto-occipital membraneAnterior arch of C1 to the anterior margin of the foramen magnumContinuation of the ALL; limits extension
Posterior atlanto-occipital membranePosterior arch of C1 to the posterior margin of the foramen magnumHomolog of the ligamentum flavum; its lateral edge arches over the vertebral artery and C1 nerve
Anterior longitudinal ligament (limitsextension) Intervertebral disc Body Posterior longitudinal ligament Canal Ligamentum flavum Interspinous ligament Supraspinous ligament Lamina and spinous process
Figure 4.3 The spinal ligaments in midsagittal section. The ALL and PLL run on the front and back of the bodies and discs, the ligamentum flavum joins the laminae inside the posterior wall of the canal, and the interspinous and supraspinous ligaments connect the spinous processes.

The ligaments of the pelvis

The iliolumbar ligament runs from the tip of the L5 transverse process (often also L4) to the posterior inner lip of the iliac crest. It is the key ligamentous link between the lumbar spine and pelvis, limiting forward slip, lateral flexion and rotation of L5 on S1, and it is a recognized pain source in low back pain over the iliac crest.

LigamentAttachmentsFunction
Anterior sacroiliacThin capsule thickening on the front of the jointWeakest SI ligament; tears first in trauma, easily seen as joint widening
Interosseous sacroiliacSacral tuberosity to iliac tuberosity behind the auricular surfacesStrongest ligament of the joint, the main bond between sacrum and ilium
Posterior (dorsal) sacroiliacShort fibers from the intermediate and lateral sacral crests to the ilium; the long dorsal sacroiliac ligament from the PSIS to S3 and S4Short fibers resist nutation; the long ligament tightens in counternutation and is palpable just below the PSIS
SacrotuberousPSIS, lateral sacrum and coccyx to the ischial tuberosityResists nutation (upward tilt of the sacral apex); continuous with the biceps femoris tendon in many people
SacrospinousLateral sacrum and coccyx to the ischial spine, deep to the sacrotuberousResists nutation; converts the sciatic notches into the greater and lesser sciatic foramina

The greater sciatic foramen is divided by piriformis. Above it pass the superior gluteal nerve and vessels; below it pass the sciatic nerve, inferior gluteal nerve and vessels, posterior femoral cutaneous nerve, nerves to obturator internus and quadratus femoris, and the pudendal nerve and internal pudendal vessels. The lesser sciatic foramen transmits the obturator internus tendon and readmits the pudendal nerve and internal pudendal vessels to the perineum.

Clinical link. The alar ligaments are the structures most at risk in rotational upper cervical trauma, and the transverse ligament in flexion injury and inflammatory arthritis. The alar ligament stress test (the C2 spinous process should move almost at once with passive side bending of the head) and the Sharp-Purser test assess them clinically, but a positive history of trauma, drop attacks, bilateral paresthesias or a widened ADI demands imaging before manipulation.
Key point

The ALL limits extension and the PLL, flavum, interspinous and supraspinous ligaments limit flexion; the narrow lumbar PLL leaves the posterolateral disc exposed. The transverse ligament holds the dens, the alars check rotation, and the tectorial membrane continues the PLL to the clivus. At the pelvis, the interosseous SI ligament is the strongest bond, the sacrotuberous and sacrospinous ligaments resist nutation and create the sciatic foramina, and the iliolumbar ligament anchors L5 to the ilium.

Section 4Myology of the axial skeleton

The back muscles fall into three layers. The superficial (extrinsic) layer (trapezius, latissimus dorsi, levator scapulae, rhomboids) moves the upper limb and is supplied by ventral rami or the accessory nerve. The intermediate layer (serratus posterior superior and inferior) is respiratory and supplied by intercostal nerves. The deep (intrinsic, true) back muscles move and stabilize the column and are all supplied by dorsal rami of spinal nerves, a rule worth memorizing because it lets you answer innervation questions about any of them.

The suboccipital region

Four small muscles lie deep to semispinalis capitis between the occiput, atlas and axis. They are all supplied by the suboccipital nerve (dorsal ramus of C1), which is purely motor. They have a high density of muscle spindles and act mostly as fine postural adjusters and proprioceptive sensors of head position.

MuscleOriginInsertionAction
Rectus capitis posterior majorSpinous process of C2Lateral part of the inferior nuchal lineExtends the head; rotates it to the same side
Rectus capitis posterior minorPosterior tubercle of C1Medial part of the inferior nuchal lineExtends the head; has a connective tissue bridge to the dura (myodural bridge)
Obliquus capitis inferiorSpinous process of C2Transverse process of C1Rotates the atlas (and head) to the same side; the only "capitis" muscle not attached to the skull
Obliquus capitis superiorTransverse process of C1Occipital bone between the nuchal linesExtends and laterally flexes the head to the same side

The suboccipital triangle is bounded by rectus capitis posterior major (superomedially), obliquus capitis superior (superolaterally) and obliquus capitis inferior (inferiorly). Its roof is semispinalis capitis, and its floor is the posterior atlanto-occipital membrane and posterior arch of the atlas. It contains the third part of the vertebral artery in its groove on the atlas and the suboccipital nerve. The greater occipital nerve (dorsal ramus of C2) emerges below obliquus capitis inferior, curves up across the triangle and pierces semispinalis capitis and trapezius to supply the posterior scalp; entrapment produces occipital neuralgia. The third occipital nerve (C3) supplies the C2 to C3 facet joint, a common source of cervicogenic headache.

Occipital bone Posterior arch of atlas (C1) Spinous process of axis (C2) Rectus capitis posterior minor Rectus capitis posterior major Obliquus capitis superior Obliquus capitis inferior Transverse process C1 Vertebral artery Greater occipital nerve (C2)
Figure 4.4 The right suboccipital triangle from behind. Rectus capitis posterior major, obliquus capitis superior and obliquus capitis inferior bound a space containing the vertebral artery on the posterior arch of the atlas; the greater occipital nerve hooks around the lower border of obliquus capitis inferior.

The deep back muscles

The splenius capitis and cervicis form a bandage over the deeper muscles of the neck, arising from the nuchal ligament and spinous processes of C7 to T6 and inserting into the mastoid process and superior nuchal line (capitis) or the transverse processes of C1 to C3 (cervicis). Acting alone, they rotate the head and neck to the same side.

The erector spinae is the large intermediate column lateral to the spinous processes. It arises by a broad common tendon from the posterior iliac crest, dorsal sacrum, sacroiliac ligaments and lumbar spinous processes and divides into three columns, lateral to medial: iliocostalis (to the angles of the ribs and cervical transverse processes), longissimus (to transverse processes and, as longissimus capitis, the mastoid process) and spinalis (spinous to spinous, best developed in the thorax); "I Love Spaghetti". Bilaterally it extends the column and controls flexion eccentrically; unilaterally it laterally flexes to the same side. It falls electrically silent at full flexion (the flexion relaxation phenomenon), when ligaments and fascia carry the load; loss of this silence is a marker of chronic low back pain.

Transversospinalis muscleSpanRegion of best developmentNotes
Semispinalis (thoracis, cervicis, capitis)4 to 6 segments, transverse to spinous processesCervical and upper thoracic; capitis is the largest muscle mass at the back of the neckCapitis inserts between the nuchal lines and forms the roof of the suboccipital triangle
Multifidus2 to 4 segments, from mammillary processes, sacrum and PSIS to spinous processes aboveLumbar, where it is the largest and most medial back muscleKey segmental stabilizer; each fascicle is supplied by the medial branch of one dorsal ramus; shows atrophy and fatty infiltration after episodes of low back pain
Rotatores (brevis and longus)1 to 2 segments, transverse process to lamina and spinous base aboveThoracicRich in spindles; probably proprioceptive more than prime movers

The transversospinalis group runs obliquely upward and medially, so acting on one side it rotates the column to the opposite side; bilaterally it extends. The deepest segmental muscles are the interspinales (spinous to spinous, cervical and lumbar), the intertransversarii (transverse to transverse; the anterior cervical and lateral lumbar parts are supplied by ventral rami) and the levatores costarum (transverse processes C7 to T11 to the rib below), which elevate the ribs.

Board tip. Rotation direction is the commonest muscle trap on the exam. Same-side rotators: splenius capitis and cervicis, obliquus capitis inferior, rectus capitis posterior major, internal oblique. Opposite-side rotators: sternocleidomastoid, semispinalis, multifidus, rotatores, external oblique. SCM turns the face to the opposite side while tilting the head to its own side.

Prevertebral and scalene muscles

The prevertebral muscles lie on the front of the cervical spine and are supplied by ventral rami: longus colli (from T3 to the atlas, the main deep neck flexor and a cervical lordosis stabilizer), longus capitis (C3 to C6 transverse processes to the basiocciput, flexes the head), rectus capitis anterior (C1 lateral mass to basiocciput, flexes the head) and rectus capitis lateralis (C1 transverse process to the jugular process, laterally flexes).

MuscleOriginInsertionInnervation and action
Anterior scaleneAnterior tubercles C3 to C6Scalene tubercle of rib 1C4 to C6 ventral rami; elevates rib 1, flexes and laterally flexes neck; phrenic nerve on its anterior surface
Middle scalenePosterior tubercles C2 to C7Rib 1 behind the subclavian grooveC3 to C8; elevates rib 1, lateral flexion
Posterior scalenePosterior tubercles C4 to C6Outer surface of rib 2C6 to C8; elevates rib 2, lateral flexion
SternocleidomastoidManubrium and medial clavicleMastoid process and superior nuchal lineAccessory nerve (CN XI) with C2 to C3 proprioception; ipsilateral lateral flexion, contralateral rotation, bilateral neck flexion

The roots and trunks of the brachial plexus and the subclavian artery pass between anterior and middle scalenes through the interscalene triangle, while the subclavian vein passes in front of the anterior scalene. Scalene hypertrophy or a cervical rib narrowing this space produces neurogenic or arterial thoracic outlet syndrome (Adson test).

Abdominal wall, quadratus lumborum, psoas and fascia

MuscleAttachments and fiber directionInnervationAction
Rectus abdominisPubic crest and symphysis to costal cartilages 5 to 7 and xiphoid; tendinous intersectionsT7 to T12 ventral ramiFlexes the trunk, tilts pelvis posteriorly
External obliqueRibs 5 to 12 to linea alba, pubic tubercle and iliac crest; fibers down and medial ("hands in pockets"); lower edge forms the inguinal ligamentT7 to T12Flexion, ipsilateral lateral flexion, contralateral rotation
Internal obliqueThoracolumbar fascia, iliac crest, lateral inguinal ligament to ribs 10 to 12 and linea alba; fibers up and medialT7 to L1Flexion, ipsilateral rotation
Transversus abdominisCostal cartilages 7 to 12, thoracolumbar fascia, iliac crest to linea alba; horizontal fibersT7 to L1Compresses the abdomen, tensions the thoracolumbar fascia; fires early in limb movement as a stabilizer
Quadratus lumborumIliac crest and iliolumbar ligament to rib 12 and the L1 to L4 transverse processesT12 to L4 ventral ramiLateral flexion, hip hiking, fixes rib 12 in respiration, stabilizes in the frontal plane
Psoas majorBodies, discs and transverse processes of T12 to L5 to the lesser trochanter (with iliacus)L1 to L3 ventral rami (iliacus by the femoral nerve)Hip flexion; lumbar flexion and lateral flexion; compresses lumbar segments; the lumbar plexus forms within it

The aponeuroses of the three flat muscles form the rectus sheath. Above the arcuate line (about a third of the way from umbilicus to pubis), the internal oblique aponeurosis splits around the rectus; below it, all three aponeuroses pass in front, leaving only transversalis fascia behind the muscle.

The thoracolumbar fascia in the lumbar region has three layers. The posterior layer arises from the spinous processes and supraspinous ligaments and covers the erector spinae; the latissimus dorsi and, through it, the contralateral gluteus maximus attach to it, creating a diagonal "posterior oblique sling" across the sacroiliac joints. The middle layer attaches to the tips of the transverse processes and separates erector spinae from quadratus lumborum. The anterior layer covers the front of quadratus lumborum. The posterior and middle layers fuse at the lateral raphe, where transversus abdominis and internal oblique attach. Tension from these muscles and from the expanding erector spinae within the fascial envelope (the hydraulic amplifier effect) stiffens the lumbar spine and pelvis for load transfer.

Clinical link. Because the psoas lies against the lumbar spine, kidney and colon, a psoas abscess (from vertebral osteomyelitis, tuberculous spondylitis or Crohn disease) or retroperitoneal bleeding presents with flank or back pain, fever and a hip held in flexion; passive hip extension is painful (psoas sign). Appendicitis can produce the same sign on the right.
Key point

All intrinsic back muscles are supplied by dorsal rami, and the suboccipitals by C1. The suboccipital triangle holds the vertebral artery and suboccipital nerve, with the greater occipital nerve emerging below it. Erector spinae extends and laterally flexes, transversospinalis rotates to the opposite side, and multifidus is the key lumbar stabilizer. The scalenes frame the thoracic outlet, the obliques rotate in opposite directions, and the thoracolumbar fascia links the abdominal wall, latissimus and gluteus maximus into a single load-sharing system.

Section 5Development and variants of the spine

Somites, sclerotomes and resegmentation

During the third and fourth weeks, the paraxial mesoderm on each side of the neural tube and notochord segments into paired blocks called somites, beginning in the occipital region around day 20 and reaching about 42 to 44 pairs. Each somite differentiates into a ventromedial sclerotome, which forms the vertebrae and ribs, and a dorsolateral dermomyotome, which gives the dermis of the back (dermatome) and skeletal muscle (myotome). The epaxial part of the myotome forms the intrinsic back muscles (hence their dorsal ramus supply), and the hypaxial part forms the limb and body wall muscles (ventral rami).

Sclerotome cells migrate to surround the notochord and neural tube. Each sclerotome then splits into a loosely packed cranial half and a densely packed caudal half, and in the process of resegmentation the caudal half of one sclerotome fuses with the cranial half of the next to form one vertebral body. This explains three adult facts: each vertebra is intersegmental, built from two adjacent somites; the spinal nerves, which grew out to their own myotomes, now pass between vertebrae through the intervertebral foramina; and the segmental myotomes span two vertebrae, so the deep muscles can move one bone on the next. Because the first cervical sclerotome half joins the occiput, there are eight cervical nerves but only seven cervical vertebrae.

The notochord regresses where it is surrounded by the developing bodies but persists between them, expanding as the nucleus pulposus; the surrounding mesenchyme of the dense sclerotome half forms the annulus fibrosus. Notochordal remnants also form the apical ligament of the dens, and rare malignant chordomas arise from such remnants, most often in the sacrococcygeal region and clivus.

Before: sclerotomes After: vertebrae Cranial half Caudal half Notochord (blue) Spinal nerve Vertebral body Nerve Nucleus pulposus from notochord Caudal half fuses with the next cranial half
Figure 4.5 Resegmentation. Each vertebral body forms from the caudal half of one sclerotome and the cranial half of the next, so the spinal nerves, which stayed level with their own somites, end up passing between vertebrae, and the notochord persists between the bodies as the nucleus pulposus.

Chondrification and ossification

The mesenchymal (membranous) vertebra chondrifies from about the sixth week, and ossification begins around the eighth week. A typical vertebra has three primary ossification centers: one for the centrum and one for each half of the neural arch. Note that the centrum is not the whole adult body: the posterolateral corners of the body come from the arch centers, joined at the neurocentral synchondroses, which fuse between about 3 and 6 years. The two halves of the arch fuse posteriorly in the first year or two (in the lumbar region first). At puberty, secondary centers appear at the tips of the spinous and transverse processes, at the mammillary processes in the lumbar spine and as the ring apophyses on the rims of the bodies; these fuse by about age 25.

BoneOssification patternRadiographic pitfalls
AtlasThree primary centers: two lateral masses (with the posterior arch) and the anterior arch, which ossifies by about the first yearUnfused posterior arch (posterior rachischisis) and an absent ossified anterior arch in infants should not be read as fractures
AxisBody, two neural arch halves and the dens (from two lateral centers that fuse before birth); the ossiculum terminale at the dens tip appears around 3 to 6 years and fuses by about 12; the dens fuses to the body by about 3 to 6 years, though a subdental line can remain into adolescenceA persistent ossiculum terminale is a small separate tip; os odontoideum is a larger rounded ossicle separated from a short dens, associated with instability
SacrumEach segment has a centrum, two arch centers and lateral (costal) centers for the alae; segments fuse from below upward from puberty, completing around 25 to 30 yearsA persistent S1 to S2 disc space is common and normal
Ring apophysesAppear about 10 to 13 years, fuse about 18 to 25A disc herniation through the anterior apophysis before fusion leaves a triangular corner fragment, the limbus vertebra, often mistaken for fracture

Failures of formation and segmentation

  • Block vertebra (failure of segmentation): two or more bodies fused because the intervening disc did not form. Congenital blocks, most common at C2 to C3 and C5 to C6, show a rudimentary disc remnant, a narrowed anteroposterior "wasp waist" at the old disc level and often fused posterior elements, which distinguish them from acquired fusion (infection, ankylosing spondylitis, surgery). Motion concentrates at adjacent segments, accelerating their degeneration.
  • Klippel-Feil syndrome: multiple congenital cervical fusions with the classic (but often incomplete) triad of short neck, low posterior hairline and restricted motion; associated with Sprengel deformity (undescended scapula, sometimes with an omovertebral bone), renal anomalies, hearing loss and scoliosis.
  • Hemivertebra (failure of formation): one lateral half of a body fails to develop, leaving a wedge that causes congenital scoliosis; a posterior hemivertebra causes congenital kyphosis.
  • Butterfly vertebra: failure of fusion of the two lateral chondrification centers, with a sagittal cleft giving a butterfly shape on the frontal film; usually incidental.
  • Agenesis or hypoplasia of a pedicle, with compensatory sclerosis of the opposite pedicle, which must be distinguished from a lytic metastasis destroying a pedicle (the "winking owl" sign).

Neural tube and arch defects

Spina bifida occulta is failure of the laminae to fuse in the midline, most often at L5 or S1, with intact skin and normal neural tissue; it is seen in a large minority of lumbosacral films and is usually incidental, though a hair tuft, dimple or lipoma over it may signal an underlying tethered cord. Spina bifida cystica includes the meningocele (meninges and CSF herniate through the defect) and the far more serious myelomeningocele (cord or roots in the sac), with paralysis, sphincter dysfunction and often Chiari II malformation and hydrocephalus. These neural tube defects are reduced by periconceptional folic acid, and screened for by maternal serum alpha fetoprotein.

Transitional segments and other variants on film

VariantDescriptionClinical relevance
Lumbosacral transitional vertebraSacralization of L5 (enlarged transverse process articulating or fused with the sacrum) or lumbarization of S1Alters level counting (count from C2 or the last rib); a unilateral pseudarthrosis may cause pain (Bertolotti syndrome); increased degeneration at the level above
Cervical ribElongated C7 transverse process or rib articulating with it (a few per thousand people)Neurogenic or arterial thoracic outlet syndrome; distinguished from a T1 rib by transverse processes that point downward (C7) rather than upward (T1)
Lumbar ribRib articulating with L1Mistaken for a transverse process fracture; changes level counting
Occipitalization of the atlasPartial or complete fusion of C1 to the occiputBasilar invagination, increased stress at C1 to C2, possible Chiari association
Posterior ponticleBony arch over the vertebral artery groove of C1Fixes the artery's path; relevant to upper cervical procedures and lateral mass screw placement
Basilar invaginationUpward migration of the dens into the foramen magnum, above Chamberlain or McGregor lineBrainstem compression; seen with Paget disease, rheumatoid arthritis, osteomalacia and congenital anomalies
Schmorl node and Scheuermann diseaseIntraosseous herniation through an endplate; Scheuermann needs wedging of 5 degrees or more in three or more adjacent thoracic vertebrae with endplate irregularityAdolescent thoracic hyperkyphosis, often with pain; distinguish from postural round back, which corrects with extension

Spondylolysis, a defect of the pars interarticularis, is not a true congenital anomaly but a fatigue fracture in a genetically susceptible pars, most often at L5 (about 85 to 90% of cases), common in athletes who repeatedly hyperextend (gymnasts, linemen). Seen on an oblique film as the collar on the "Scottie dog" neck. Bilateral defects allow spondylolisthesis, graded by the Meyerding system in quarters of the sacral endplate (grade 1 up to 25%, through grade 4 up to 100%, and spondyloptosis beyond). The dysplastic (congenital) type arises from deficient upper sacral or L5 facets and carries a higher risk of progression and of cauda equina symptoms.

Board tip. Ages and numbers to know: somites appear at day 20, ossification starts at about week 8, three primary centers per typical vertebra, neurocentral fusion at 3 to 6 years, secondary centers at puberty fusing by 25. The most common site of congenital block vertebra is C2 to C3, of spina bifida occulta L5 and S1, and of spondylolysis L5.
Clinical link. A transitional lumbosacral segment is the most common reason for misnaming a level. Before reporting "L4 to L5 disc narrowing" or correlating a film with an MRI, count down from C2 on a full spine view or up from the last rib-bearing vertebra, and say in the report which method you used. Wrong-level errors have led to treatment and even surgery at the wrong segment.
Key point

Vertebrae form from sclerotomes by resegmentation, so each body is intersegmental, spinal nerves pass between vertebrae, and the notochord survives as the nucleus pulposus. Three primary centers ossify each vertebra, and secondary centers at puberty fuse by 25. Failure of segmentation makes block vertebrae (C2 to C3, wasp waist), failure of formation makes hemivertebrae, failure of arch fusion makes spina bifida, and transitional segments confuse level counting. Recognizing these variants prevents both missed pathology and needless alarm.

The chapter in one breath

  • A typical vertebra has a body, an arch of pedicles and laminae, and seven processes; the pars interarticularis lies between the articular processes.
  • Transverse foramina mark cervical, costal facets thoracic, and large bodies with mammillary processes lumbar vertebrae.
  • C1 lacks a body and spinous process, C2 carries the dens, C7 is the prominens, T12 is transitional and L5 is wedge shaped.
  • There are 23 discs; the nucleus resists compression, the annulus tension and torsion, and only the outer third of the annulus is innervated.
  • Facet planes of 45, 60 and 90 degrees favor general motion in the neck, rotation in the thorax and flexion and extension in the low back.
  • Occiput to C1 nods; C1 to C2 provides about half of cervical rotation; the uncovertebral joints narrow the cervical foramina when they hypertrophy.
  • Cervical nerves exit above their vertebra, all others below; a posterolateral L4 to L5 herniation compresses the L5 root.
  • The ALL limits extension, the PLL and posterior ligaments limit flexion, and the elastic ligamentum flavum buckles into the canal in stenosis.
  • The transverse ligament holds the dens (ADI 3 mm adult, 5 mm child), the alars check rotation and the tectorial membrane continues the PLL.
  • All intrinsic back muscles are supplied by dorsal rami; transversospinalis rotates to the opposite side and multifidus is the key lumbar stabilizer.
  • Vertebrae form by resegmentation of sclerotomes; anomalies include block vertebrae, hemivertebrae, spina bifida and transitional segments.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Pars interarticularisThe bone between the superior and inferior articular processes; the site of spondylolysis.
Uncinate processA raised lip on the lateral upper margin of C3 to C7 bodies that forms the uncovertebral joint.
Mammillary processA knob on the back of the lumbar superior articular process that anchors multifidus.
Vertebra prominensC7, named for its long, palpable, non-bifid spinous process.
Sacral hiatusThe opening at the lower end of the sacral canal where the S5 laminae fail to fuse.
Annulus fibrosusThe layered collagen ring of the disc that contains the nucleus and resists tension and torsion.
Nucleus pulposusThe hydrated proteoglycan gel at the center of the disc, derived from the notochord.
Sinuvertebral nerveThe recurrent meningeal nerve that re-enters the canal to supply the posterior annulus, PLL and dura.
Motion segmentTwo adjacent vertebrae with their disc, facet joints and ligaments, the basic mechanical unit of the spine.
NutationForward and downward tilt of the sacral base relative to the ilia.
Ligamentum flavumThe elastic ligament joining adjacent laminae within the posterior wall of the canal.
Tectorial membraneThe upward continuation of the PLL from C2 to the clivus.
Alar ligamentsPaired cords from the dens to the occipital condyles that limit head rotation.
Atlantodental intervalThe gap between the anterior arch of C1 and the dens on a lateral film.
Suboccipital triangleThe space bounded by rectus capitis posterior major and the two oblique capitis muscles.
TransversospinalisDeep back muscles running from transverse to spinous processes: semispinalis, multifidus, rotatores.
Thoracolumbar fasciaThe layered fascial sheet enclosing the lumbar back muscles and linking trunk and limb muscles.
SclerotomeThe part of a somite that forms vertebrae and ribs.
ResegmentationThe fusion of the caudal half of one sclerotome with the cranial half of the next to form a vertebra.
Block vertebraTwo or more vertebral bodies fused from failure of segmentation.
Transitional vertebraA vertebra at a junction showing features of both regions, such as a sacralized L5.

Check yourself

An isolated vertebra has a bifid spinous process and a foramen in each transverse process. What region is it from, and which cervical vertebra would lack the bifid spine?
Answer. Cervical. C7 has a long, non-bifid spinous process (and C1 has none at all).
Which thoracic vertebrae have a single full costal facet and no transverse costal facet?
Answer. T11 and T12. Their ribs are floating and articulate only with the body or pedicle.
A patient has a posterolateral disc herniation at L4 to L5. Which nerve root is most likely compressed?
Answer. The traversing L5 root. The L4 root has already exited above the disc, so only a far lateral herniation would catch it.
Why are lumbar disc herniations usually posterolateral rather than midline?
Answer. The PLL narrows in the lumbar spine and reinforces only the midline, and the annulus is thinnest posterolaterally.
Which region's facet orientation most limits axial rotation, and why?
Answer. The lumbar region. Its facets are nearly sagittal (about 90 degrees to the transverse plane), so they lock against each other in rotation while allowing flexion and extension.
A lateral cervical film in a patient with rheumatoid arthritis shows an atlantodental interval of 6 mm. Which ligament has failed?
Answer. The transverse ligament of the atlas. An adult ADI over 3 mm indicates instability, which contraindicates upper cervical manipulation.
Name the boundaries and two main contents of the suboccipital triangle.
Answer. Rectus capitis posterior major, obliquus capitis superior and obliquus capitis inferior. It contains the vertebral artery and the suboccipital nerve (C1 dorsal ramus).
Which muscles rotate the trunk to the side opposite their own: the external or internal oblique, multifidus, or splenius?
Answer. The external oblique and multifidus rotate to the opposite side; the internal oblique and splenius rotate to the same side.
A lateral cervical film shows C2 and C3 fused with a narrowed anteroposterior diameter at the old disc level and fused spinous processes. What is it?
Answer. A congenital block vertebra, from failure of segmentation. The wasp waist and posterior element fusion distinguish it from acquired ankylosis.
Explain why there are eight cervical nerves but only seven cervical vertebrae.
Answer. In resegmentation, the cranial half of the first cervical sclerotome joins the occiput, so C1 forms from the next halves. The first nerve then exits between occiput and atlas and the eighth between C7 and T1.
Chapter 5 · Spinal Anatomy

The Spinal Cord and Central Nervous System

Every adjustment, every neurological screen and every red flag decision rests on knowing where a lesion sits inside the central nervous system. This chapter walks from the coverings of the cord to the cortex, linking each structure to the deficit it produces when damaged, because that is exactly how the board asks the question and how a patient presents in your office.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Describe the meninges, their spaces and the denticulate ligaments, and trace cerebrospinal fluid from the choroid plexus to the arachnoid granulations.
  • Relate spinal cord segments to vertebral levels and explain why the conus medullaris ends near L1 to L2.
  • Map the Rexed laminae, the major gray matter nuclei and the three white matter funiculi.
  • Trace the dorsal column medial lemniscus, spinothalamic, spinocerebellar and corticospinal pathways and state where each decussates.
  • Predict the deficits of Brown Sequard syndrome, central cord syndrome, anterior cord syndrome and subacute combined degeneration.
  • Locate the cranial nerve nuclei in the medulla, pons and midbrain and recognize the classic brainstem syndromes.
  • Name the functional areas of the cerebral lobes and describe the internal capsule, thalamus, hypothalamus, basal ganglia, limbic system and cerebellum.
  • Draw the circle of Willis and the vertebrobasilar system and match each artery to its stroke syndrome.

Section 1Meninges, cerebrospinal fluid and the ventricles

Three coverings, three spaces

The brain and spinal cord are wrapped by three connective tissue membranes. From outside in they are the dura mater, the arachnoid mater and the pia mater. A simple memory aid is "PAD" read from the inside out (pia, arachnoid, dura).

The cranial dura has two layers. The outer periosteal (endosteal) layer is simply the periosteum of the inner skull and is firmly attached at the sutures and the skull base. The inner meningeal layer is continuous with the spinal dura. Where the two layers separate they enclose the dural venous sinuses (superior and inferior sagittal, straight, transverse, sigmoid, cavernous and others), which drain venous blood and absorb CSF. The meningeal layer also folds inward to form the dural reflections: the falx cerebri between the hemispheres, the tentorium cerebelli between the occipital lobes and the cerebellum, the falx cerebelli between the cerebellar hemispheres, and the diaphragma sellae over the pituitary. The free edge of the tentorium forms the tentorial notch through which the midbrain passes; a supratentorial mass can push the medial temporal lobe (uncus) through this notch, compressing the oculomotor nerve and producing a "blown" ipsilateral pupil.

The spinal dura is a single meningeal layer. It is separated from the periosteum of the vertebral canal by the epidural space, which in the spine is a real space filled with fat and the internal vertebral (Batson) venous plexus. This valveless plexus communicates with pelvic, abdominal and thoracic veins and is the route by which prostate, breast and lung cancers seed the vertebral bodies. The spinal dura is anchored above to the margin of the foramen magnum and to the posterior surfaces of C2 and C3, and the dural sac ends at about S2. Below that the filum terminale picks up a dural covering (the coccygeal ligament, or filum terminale externum) and attaches to the dorsum of the coccyx. Each spinal nerve root carries a sleeve of dura into the intervertebral foramen, where it blends with the epineurium.

In the skull, by contrast, the epidural space is only a potential space because the dura is fused to bone. An epidural hematoma is usually arterial (classically the middle meningeal artery, torn by a temporal bone fracture at the pterion), forms a lens shaped (biconvex) collection that does not cross sutures, and often follows a lucid interval. A subdural hematoma forms between dura and arachnoid when bridging veins tear, is crescent shaped, crosses sutures, and is common in the elderly and in alcoholics with brain atrophy. A subarachnoid hemorrhage from a ruptured berry aneurysm produces the "worst headache of my life" with neck stiffness.

The arachnoid mater is a thin avascular membrane held against the dura by CSF pressure (the subdural space is normally only potential). Delicate trabeculae cross the subarachnoid space to the pia. This space contains CSF, the major arteries and veins of the brain surface, and the cranial and spinal nerve roots. Where the brain surface pulls away from the arachnoid, the space widens into cisterns: the cerebellomedullary cistern (cisterna magna), the pontine cistern, the interpeduncular cistern, the quadrigeminal cistern and, in the spine, the lumbar cistern between about L2 and S2, which contains the cauda equina and is the target of lumbar puncture.

The pia mater is a delicate vascular layer adherent to the surface of the brain and cord, following every sulcus. In the spine the pia forms two specializations. The denticulate ligaments are 21 or so pairs of tooth like lateral extensions that pass between the dorsal and ventral roots and attach to the dura, suspending the cord in the middle of the dural sac; the first is at the foramen magnum and the last lies between T12 and L1 roots. The filum terminale (internum) is a strand of pia that continues from the tip of the conus medullaris to the end of the dural sac at S2.

Layer or spaceKey featuresClinical relevance
Epidural space (spine)Real space: fat, internal vertebral venous plexus, between dura and periosteumEpidural anesthesia; epidural abscess; metastatic spread via valveless veins
Epidural space (skull)Potential space; dura fused to boneEpidural hematoma, middle meningeal artery, lucid interval
Dura materTough outer layer; cranial dura has periosteal and meningeal layers; spinal sac ends at S2Dural sinuses; dural reflections; herniation under tentorium
Subdural spacePotential space between dura and arachnoid; bridging veins cross itSubdural hematoma, crescent shaped, crosses sutures
Arachnoid materAvascular, trabeculated; forms arachnoid granulationsCSF absorption into the superior sagittal sinus
Subarachnoid spaceCSF, cerebral arteries, cisterns; lumbar cistern L2 to S2Lumbar puncture; subarachnoid hemorrhage
Pia materAdherent to neural tissue; forms denticulate ligaments and filum terminaleTethered cord when the filum is short and thick
Bone (vertebral canal wall) Epidural fat and venous plexus Dura mater Arachnoid (subdural space is potential) Denticulate ligament Subarachnoid space (CSF) Pia mater on cord surface Ventral root Dorsal root Posterior is up
Figure 5.1 The spinal meninges in cross section. Notice that the spinal epidural space is a real space filled with fat and veins, and that the denticulate ligament passes between the dorsal and ventral roots to anchor the pia to the dura.

Cerebrospinal fluid: production, flow and absorption

The adult has roughly 150 mL of CSF at any moment and produces about 500 mL per day, so the whole volume turns over three to four times daily. Most CSF is secreted by the choroid plexus, tufts of fenestrated capillaries covered by a modified ependymal epithelium that projects into the lateral, third and fourth ventricles. The choroid epithelial cells are joined by tight junctions, and these form the blood CSF barrier (the capillaries themselves are leaky; the barrier is the epithelium). Secretion is an active process: Na+/K+ ATPase on the apical surface pumps sodium into the ventricle, carbonic anhydrase supplies bicarbonate, and chloride and water follow. This is why acetazolamide, a carbonic anhydrase inhibitor, reduces CSF production and is used in idiopathic intracranial hypertension.

Compared with plasma, normal CSF is clear and colorless, has much less protein (about 15 to 45 mg/dL), glucose about two thirds of serum glucose (roughly 45 to 80 mg/dL), slightly higher chloride and magnesium, lower potassium and calcium, and fewer than 5 white cells per microliter (all mononuclear). Normal opening pressure in the lateral decubitus position is about 70 to 180 mm H2O (some sources accept up to 200 to 250).

The flow pathway is a favorite board sequence:

  1. Lateral ventricles (one in each hemisphere; anterior horn, body, atrium, posterior and inferior horns).
  2. Through the paired interventricular foramina (of Monro) into the third ventricle, a midline slit between the two thalami.
  3. Through the cerebral aqueduct (of Sylvius) in the midbrain to the fourth ventricle, which lies dorsal to the pons and upper medulla and ventral to the cerebellum.
  4. Out of the fourth ventricle through the single midline median aperture (foramen of Magendie) and the two lateral apertures (foramina of Luschka) into the subarachnoid space (cisterna magna and pontine cistern). A memory aid: Magendie is Medial, Luschka is Lateral. A small amount also passes into the central canal of the cord.
  5. Around the brain and cord in the subarachnoid space, then absorbed by the arachnoid granulations (villi), which herniate into the superior sagittal sinus and act as one way pressure dependent valves into venous blood.
Arachnoid granulations Superior sagittal sinus Subarachnoid space (CSF) Lateral ventricle Interventricularforamen Third ventricle Cerebral aqueduct Central canal Fourth ventricle Cerebellum Median aperture Red arrows:CSF flow
Figure 5.2 The ventricular system and CSF circulation (midsagittal view, anterior to the left). Follow the arrows: lateral ventricle, interventricular foramen, third ventricle, aqueduct, fourth ventricle, apertures, subarachnoid space, arachnoid granulations into the superior sagittal sinus.

Hydrocephalus and the ependyma

The ventricles are lined by ependymal cells, ciliated cuboidal glia whose cilia help move CSF. Hydrocephalus is an excess of CSF with ventricular enlargement. In noncommunicating (obstructive) hydrocephalus flow is blocked within the ventricular system, most often at the narrow cerebral aqueduct (aqueductal stenosis) or at the fourth ventricle outlets (as in Dandy Walker malformation or a posterior fossa tumor). Only the ventricles upstream of the block dilate. In communicating hydrocephalus CSF reaches the subarachnoid space but is poorly absorbed, typically because the arachnoid granulations are scarred by prior meningitis or subarachnoid hemorrhage; all ventricles enlarge. Normal pressure hydrocephalus in older adults causes the triad "wet, wobbly and wacky" (urinary incontinence, a magnetic broad based gait, and dementia) because the enlarged lateral ventricles stretch the corona radiata fibers that serve the legs and bladder.

Board tip. Lumbar puncture is done at L3 to L4 or L4 to L5, using the supracristal (Tuffier) line across the top of the iliac crests, which marks the L4 spinous process or the L4 to L5 interspace. The needle passes skin, subcutaneous tissue, supraspinous ligament, interspinous ligament, ligamentum flavum (the "pop"), epidural space, dura and arachnoid. Because the cord ends at L1 to L2, the needle meets only floating cauda equina roots.
Clinical link. A patient with sudden severe headache and a stiff neck, or headache with fever and a positive Kernig or Brudzinski sign, needs emergency referral, not manipulation. Meningeal irritation stretches inflamed roots and dura; the signs are an anatomical consequence of the dural sleeves being pulled when the neck flexes or the knee extends.
Key point

Dura, arachnoid and pia create a real spinal epidural space (fat and Batson plexus), a potential subdural space and a CSF filled subarachnoid space that widens into cisterns. CSF is secreted by the choroid plexus at about 500 mL a day, flows lateral ventricle to Monro to third ventricle to aqueduct to fourth ventricle to Magendie and Luschka, and is absorbed by arachnoid granulations into the superior sagittal sinus; block it inside the ventricles and you get noncommunicating hydrocephalus.

Section 2Gross and internal anatomy of the spinal cord

Shape, length and enlargements

The spinal cord begins at the foramen magnum, continuous with the medulla, and in the adult ends as the cone shaped conus medullaris at about the L1 to L2 disc level. In the newborn it ends at about L3. The cord is roughly 42 to 45 cm long, about the thickness of a finger, and slightly flattened front to back. It has 31 segments defined by the 31 pairs of spinal nerves: 8 cervical, 12 thoracic, 5 lumbar, 5 sacral and 1 coccygeal. There are 8 cervical nerves but only 7 cervical vertebrae because C1 exits above the atlas and C8 exits below C7.

Two swellings mark the limb segments. The cervical enlargement spans roughly C4 to T1 and supplies the brachial plexus; the lumbosacral (lumbar) enlargement spans roughly L1 (or L2) to S3 and supplies the lumbosacral plexus. They are wider because they hold many more lower motor neurons and interneurons for the limbs.

Because the vertebral column grows longer than the cord during fetal life (the "ascent" of the cord), lower roots must travel downward inside the dural sac before reaching their foramina. Below the conus the lumbar, sacral and coccygeal roots form the cauda equina ("horse's tail") floating in the lumbar cistern, along with the filum terminale.

Segment to vertebra relations

Since the cord is shorter than the canal, a given cord segment lies above the vertebra of the same number. The classic working rule:

Vertebral regionRuleExample
Cervical (C2 to C7)Spinous process + 1 = cord segmentC5 spine overlies C6 segment
Upper thoracic (T1 to T6)Spinous process + 2T4 spine overlies T6 segment
Lower thoracic (T7 to T9)Spinous process + 3T8 spine overlies T11 segment
T10 vertebraOverlies L1 and L2 segmentsLumbar segments under T10 to T11
T11 to T12Overlie L3 to L5 segmentsLumbar enlargement under T11 to T12
L1 vertebraOverlies sacral and coccygeal segments (conus)Conus medullaris at L1 to L2

The other rule to master is root exit. In the cervical spine each nerve exits above the vertebra of the same number (C6 exits between C5 and C6), and C8 exits between C7 and T1. From T1 downward each nerve exits below its numbered vertebra (L4 exits the L4 to L5 foramen). A posterolateral disc herniation at L4 to L5 usually compresses the traversing L5 root, not the exiting L4 root, because the exiting root has already left high in the foramen; a far lateral (foraminal) herniation at the same level catches the exiting L4.

C1T1L1L5SacrumCoccyx Cervical enlargement Lumbosacral enlargement Conus medullaris Cauda equina Dural sac endsat S2 Filum terminale to coccyx Cord ends at theL1 to L2 disc 7 cervical, 12 thoracicand 5 lumbar vertebrae
Figure 5.3 The adult cord is shorter than the canal. It ends as the conus at L1 to L2, the roots below it form the cauda equina, the dural sac continues to S2 and the filum terminale anchors the whole system to the coccyx.

Surface features

The cord surface shows a deep anterior median fissure (with the anterior spinal artery in it), a shallow posterior median sulcus, and paired posterolateral sulci where the dorsal rootlets enter and anterolateral sulci where the ventral rootlets leave. Above T6 a posterior intermediate sulcus separates the fasciculus gracilis medially from the fasciculus cuneatus laterally. Each segment gives off dorsal (sensory) and ventral (motor) rootlets that fuse into roots and join just distal to the dorsal root ganglion in the intervertebral foramen to form the mixed spinal nerve.

Gray matter: horns, laminae and nuclei

In cross section the central gray matter forms an H or butterfly. Its parts are the dorsal (posterior) horn, which is sensory; the ventral (anterior) horn, which is motor; and, from T1 to L2 and from S2 to S4, an intermediate zone with autonomic cell columns. The lateral horn (intermediolateral cell column) is present only from T1 to L2 (or L3) and contains preganglionic sympathetic neurons. The sacral parasympathetic nucleus sits in a similar position at S2 to S4. The gray commissure around the central canal connects the two sides, and the anterior white commissure ventral to it carries crossing fibers, most importantly the spinothalamic fibers.

Bror Rexed divided the gray matter into ten layers, the Rexed laminae, that recur at every level:

LaminaNamed nucleusFunction
IPosterior marginal nucleus (marginal zone)Pain and temperature relay; origin of some spinothalamic fibers
IISubstantia gelatinosaPain modulation; interneurons in gate control; opioid receptors
III and IVNucleus propriusTouch, pressure and mechanoreceptive input; spinothalamic origin
V and VINeck and base of dorsal hornConvergence of visceral and somatic input (wide dynamic range neurons; basis of referred pain); proprioceptive input
VIINucleus dorsalis (Clarke, C8 to L3), intermediolateral (T1 to L2), intermediomedial, sacral parasympathetic (S2 to S4)Posterior spinocerebellar origin; preganglionic autonomic neurons
VIIIMedial ventral hornInterneurons, commissural neurons; receives vestibulospinal and reticulospinal input
IXMotor nuclei (alpha and gamma motor neurons), phrenic (C3 to C5), spinal accessory (C1 to C5)Lower motor neurons to skeletal muscle
XArea around central canal (substantia grisea centralis)Visceral afferents, commissural interneurons

Within lamina IX the motor neurons are arranged somatotopically: medial groups supply axial and trunk muscles and are present at all levels; lateral groups, found only in the enlargements, supply the limbs. Within the lateral group, flexor motor neurons lie dorsal to extensor ones, and those for distal muscles lie lateral to those for proximal muscles.

White matter: three funiculi

The white matter is divided by the roots into a posterior (dorsal) funiculus between the posterior median sulcus and the dorsal roots, a lateral funiculus between the dorsal and ventral roots, and an anterior funiculus between the ventral roots and the anterior median fissure. The posterior funiculus carries the dorsal columns (gracilis and cuneatus). The lateral funiculus carries the lateral corticospinal, rubrospinal, spinocerebellar and lateral spinothalamic tracts. The anterior funiculus carries the anterior corticospinal, vestibulospinal, tectospinal, reticulospinal and anterior spinothalamic tracts and the medial longitudinal fasciculus. Short propriospinal fibers, the fasciculus proprius, hug the gray matter at every level, and Lissauer's dorsolateral tract caps the dorsal horn, carrying pain fibers up or down one or two segments before they synapse.

The proportion of white to gray matter changes with level, and the board asks you to identify a section. The cervical cord has the most white matter (every tract is at full size), is oval, has large ventral horns in the enlargement and shows both gracilis and cuneatus. The thoracic cord is small and round with slender horns, a visible lateral horn and a prominent Clarke nucleus. The lumbar cord is round with large ventral and dorsal horns and relatively less white matter. The sacral cord is small with gray matter dominating and very little white matter.

I to VIVIIIX Fasciculus gracilis (medial) Fasciculus cuneatus (lateral) Lateral corticospinal Dorsal and ventralspinocerebellar Lateralspinothalamic Anterior corticospinal Central canal Ventral horn(lower motor neurons) Dorsal horn Posterior up
Figure 5.4 Cervical cord cross section. The dorsal columns occupy the posterior funiculus (gracilis medial, cuneatus lateral), the lateral corticospinal tract lies in the posterior lateral funiculus, and the lateral spinothalamic tract lies anterolaterally, all with legs most lateral except in the dorsal columns.

Blood supply of the cord

Three longitudinal arteries run the length of the cord. The single anterior spinal artery forms from the union of branches of both vertebral arteries at the level of the foramen magnum, runs in the anterior median fissure and supplies the anterior two thirds of the cord: the ventral and lateral horns, the corticospinal and spinothalamic tracts. The paired posterior spinal arteries arise from the vertebral or posterior inferior cerebellar arteries and supply the posterior one third, mainly the dorsal columns and dorsal horns.

These longitudinal channels are too small to supply the whole cord alone, so they are reinforced by segmental medullary (radicular) arteries from the vertebral, ascending and deep cervical, posterior intercostal, lumbar and lateral sacral arteries. The largest is the great anterior segmental medullary artery of Adamkiewicz, usually arising on the left side between T9 and T12 (range T8 to L2). It supplies most of the lower two thirds of the cord. The upper thoracic cord (about T1 to T4) is a watershed zone with sparse collateral supply, so it is vulnerable to hypotension. Clamping or injuring the artery of Adamkiewicz during aortic aneurysm repair causes anterior spinal artery syndrome: bilateral paralysis and loss of pain and temperature below the lesion with sparing of vibration and position sense.

Board tip. The lateral horn exists only from T1 to L2. If a question shows a cross section with a small lateral horn and a round outline, it is thoracic. If it shows huge ventral horns with lots of white matter and both gracilis and cuneatus, it is lower cervical. Clarke nucleus runs from C8 to L3, so it is absent in most of the cervical cord; that is why upper limb unconscious proprioception travels via the accessory cuneate nucleus in the medulla instead.
Clinical link. Conus medullaris syndrome (lesion at L1 to L2, such as a burst fracture) causes early, symmetric saddle anesthesia, early bladder and bowel dysfunction and sexual dysfunction with relatively mild leg weakness and mixed upper and lower motor neuron signs. Cauda equina syndrome (a large central disc at L4 to L5 or L5 to S1) causes asymmetric radicular pain, lower motor neuron weakness, areflexia and later saddle anesthesia with urinary retention. Both are surgical emergencies; urinary retention with overflow in a low back pain patient means same day referral.
Key point

The adult cord runs from the foramen magnum to the conus at L1 to L2, has 31 segments with cervical (C4 to T1) and lumbosacral (L1 to S3) enlargements, and its segments lie progressively higher than their vertebrae. Gray matter is organized into Rexed laminae with sensory dorsal horns, autonomic lateral horns at T1 to L2 and S2 to S4, and motor ventral horns. White matter forms posterior, lateral and anterior funiculi. The anterior spinal artery feeds the front two thirds, the posterior spinal arteries the back third, with the artery of Adamkiewicz reinforcing the lower cord.

Section 3Ascending and descending tracts

General plan of a sensory pathway

Conscious sensory pathways use a chain of three neurons. The first order neuron has its cell body in a dorsal root ganglion (or a cranial nerve ganglion) and carries the signal into the CNS. The second order neuron lies in the dorsal horn or a brainstem nucleus, and its axon decussates (crosses the midline) and ascends to the thalamus. The third order neuron in the thalamus (ventral posterolateral nucleus, VPL, for the body; ventral posteromedial, VPM, for the face) projects through the posterior limb of the internal capsule to the primary somatosensory cortex in the postcentral gyrus. Where the second order axon crosses determines the side of the deficit, and that single fact solves most lesion questions.

Dorsal column medial lemniscus (DCML)

The DCML carries fine (discriminative) touch, two point discrimination, vibration, conscious proprioception (joint position sense) and stereognosis. Large myelinated A beta fibers from Meissner and Pacinian corpuscles, muscle spindles and joint receptors enter the medial division of the dorsal root and ascend ipsilaterally without synapsing in the cord. Fibers from below T6 (legs and lower trunk) form the medially placed fasciculus gracilis; fibers from T6 and above (arms and upper trunk) add laterally as the fasciculus cuneatus. The dorsal columns are therefore somatotopically layered with the sacral fibers most medial.

The first order neurons synapse in the nucleus gracilis and nucleus cuneatus in the lower medulla. Second order axons sweep across the midline as the internal arcuate fibers (the sensory decussation) and ascend as the medial lemniscus to VPL. Third order neurons go to areas 3, 1 and 2 of the postcentral gyrus. A lesion of the dorsal column in the cord produces ipsilateral loss; a lesion of the medial lemniscus above the decussation produces contralateral loss.

Testing: vibration with a 128 Hz tuning fork, joint position sense at the great toe, two point discrimination, and the Romberg test. A positive Romberg (stable with eyes open, falls with eyes closed) indicates loss of proprioceptive input, a sensory ataxia from dorsal column or large fiber peripheral nerve disease, not a cerebellar problem.

Anterolateral system: spinothalamic tracts

The lateral spinothalamic tract carries pain and temperature; the anterior spinothalamic tract carries crude (nondiscriminative) touch and pressure. First order neurons are small A delta (sharp, fast pain, cold) and C fibers (slow burning pain, warmth). They enter through the lateral division of the dorsal root, may travel one or two segments in Lissauer's tract, and synapse in the dorsal horn (laminae I, II and V). The transmitter is glutamate, with substance P and CGRP for C fibers. Second order axons cross within one or two segments through the anterior white commissure and ascend in the contralateral anterolateral funiculus to VPL. The tract is laminated with sacral fibers most lateral (dorsolateral) and cervical fibers most medial; this explains sacral sparing when an intramedullary lesion expands outward from the center.

Companion anterolateral pathways, the spinoreticular (arousal and the unpleasant quality of pain) and spinomesencephalic tracts, reach the reticular formation and periaqueductal gray, which drives descending pain inhibition via the raphe nuclei and locus ceruleus.

Postcentral gyrusThalamus (VPL)Lower medullaSpinal cord Touch, vibration,position (DRG) Pain, temperature(DRG) Dorsal column,ipsilateral Gracile, cuneate nuclei;internal arcuate fiberscross the midline Medial lemniscus(contralateral) Dorsal horn synapse;cross in anteriorwhite commissure Blue: DCML. Red: lateral spinothalamic. Dashed line: midline.
Figure 5.5 Two sensory systems, two crossing points. The DCML stays ipsilateral in the cord and crosses in the lower medulla; the spinothalamic tract crosses within a segment or two of entry. A cord hemisection therefore splits them onto opposite sides.

Spinocerebellar tracts: unconscious proprioception

These two neuron pathways inform the cerebellum about limb position and movement and end ipsilaterally in the cerebellum (some cross twice, so the net effect is still ipsilateral). The posterior (dorsal) spinocerebellar tract arises from Clarke nucleus (C8 to L3), ascends ipsilaterally in the lateral funiculus and enters through the inferior cerebellar peduncle; it carries leg and lower trunk information from individual muscle spindles and tendon organs. Its upper limb equivalent is the cuneocerebellar tract from the accessory (lateral) cuneate nucleus, also via the inferior peduncle. The anterior (ventral) spinocerebellar tract crosses in the cord, ascends, enters through the superior cerebellar peduncle and crosses back, reporting the activity of spinal interneurons and whole limb movement. The rostral spinocerebellar tract is its upper limb counterpart. Friedreich ataxia degenerates the spinocerebellar tracts, dorsal columns and corticospinal tracts together.

Descending motor tracts

The corticospinal tract is the principal voluntary motor pathway, especially for skilled distal movements. About a third of its fibers arise from the primary motor cortex (area 4, precentral gyrus, including the giant Betz cells), a third from premotor and supplementary motor areas (area 6), and a third from parietal areas 3, 1, 2 and 5. Fibers descend through the corona radiata, the posterior limb of the internal capsule, the middle three fifths of the cerebral peduncle (crus cerebri), the basilar pons and the medullary pyramids. At the medulla to cord junction about 85 to 90 percent cross in the pyramidal decussation to form the lateral corticospinal tract in the lateral funiculus, which synapses on lateral (limb) motor neurons. The remaining 10 to 15 percent continue uncrossed as the anterior corticospinal tract and cross at segmental levels through the anterior white commissure to reach axial motor neurons. In the lateral corticospinal tract the leg fibers are lateral and the arm fibers medial. The corticobulbar tract does the same job for cranial nerve motor nuclei; most of these receive bilateral input, the key exceptions being the lower face (facial nucleus portion for the lower face receives contralateral input only) and, in many people, the hypoglossal nucleus.

TractOriginCrossingFuniculusFunction
Lateral corticospinalMotor, premotor, parietal cortexPyramidal decussation (caudal medulla)LateralSkilled voluntary movement of distal limbs
Anterior corticospinalSameSegmentally in cordAnteriorAxial and proximal muscles
RubrospinalRed nucleus (midbrain)Ventral tegmental decussation (midbrain)LateralFacilitates upper limb flexors
Lateral vestibulospinalLateral vestibular (Deiters) nucleusUncrossedAnteriorFacilitates antigravity extensors, inhibits flexors
Medial vestibulospinalMedial vestibular nucleusBilateral (in MLF)AnteriorHead and neck position with eye movement
Pontine (medial) reticulospinalPontine reticular formationMostly uncrossedAnteriorFacilitates extensors, posture
Medullary (lateral) reticulospinalMedullary reticular formationMostly uncrossedLateralInhibits extensor tone; autonomic control
TectospinalSuperior colliculusDorsal tegmental decussation (midbrain)AnteriorReflex turning of head toward visual and auditory stimuli

These tracts explain posturing. In decorticate posturing (lesion above the red nucleus) the rubrospinal tract is intact, so the arms flex while the legs extend: think "cor" means the hands come to the heart. In decerebrate posturing (lesion between the red nucleus and the vestibular nuclei, at the midbrain or upper pons) the rubrospinal influence is lost and unopposed vestibulospinal and pontine reticulospinal drive extends all four limbs. Decerebrate carries a worse prognosis.

Upper versus lower motor neuron lesions

FeatureUpper motor neuron lesionLower motor neuron lesion
SiteCortex, internal capsule, brainstem or cord tractsVentral horn cell, root, plexus, peripheral nerve
WeaknessGroups of muscles, pyramidal pattern (arm extensors, leg flexors weakest)Individual muscles in a root or nerve distribution
ToneIncreased, spastic (clasp knife)Decreased, flaccid
ReflexesHyperreflexia, clonusHyporeflexia or areflexia
Plantar responseBabinski sign (extensor)Flexor or absent
AtrophyMild, from disuseMarked, early
FasciculationsAbsentPresent (especially ventral horn disease)

Classic cord lesion patterns

Brown Sequard syndrome is a hemisection of the cord, often from a stab wound, lateral disc or tumor. Below the lesion it produces ipsilateral spastic weakness (lateral corticospinal), ipsilateral loss of vibration, position and fine touch (dorsal column) and contralateral loss of pain and temperature starting one or two segments below the lesion (spinothalamic, already crossed). At the level of the lesion there is ipsilateral lower motor neuron weakness and a band of ipsilateral total anesthesia from destroyed roots and dorsal horn. A lesion above T1 can also damage descending hypothalamospinal fibers, causing ipsilateral Horner syndrome.

Central cord syndrome, the most common incomplete cord injury, typically follows hyperextension of a spondylotic cervical spine in an older adult. The central gray and the medially placed arm fibers of the corticospinal tracts suffer most, so the arms are weaker than the legs, there is variable sensory loss below the lesion and often sacral sparing. Syringomyelia, a fluid cavity in the central cord commonly associated with Chiari I malformation, first damages the crossing spinothalamic fibers in the anterior white commissure, giving a bilateral cape like loss of pain and temperature over the shoulders and arms with preserved touch (dissociated sensory loss); as it expands it destroys ventral horn cells (hand wasting) and then the lateral tracts.

SyndromeStructures damagedDeficits
Brown Sequard (hemisection)Half the cordIpsilateral UMN weakness and dorsal column loss; contralateral pain and temperature loss
Central cordCentral gray, medial corticospinal fibersArms worse than legs, sacral sparing, hyperextension injury
Anterior cord (anterior spinal artery)Anterior two thirdsBilateral paralysis, pain and temperature loss; dorsal columns spared
Posterior cord (tabes dorsalis)Dorsal roots and columns (tertiary syphilis)Sensory ataxia, Romberg positive, lightning pains, Argyll Robertson pupils, Charcot joints
Subacute combined degenerationDorsal columns, lateral corticospinal, spinocerebellar (vitamin B12 deficiency)Paresthesias, loss of vibration and position, spastic weakness, Babinski
Amyotrophic lateral sclerosisCorticospinal tracts and ventral horn cellsMixed UMN and LMN signs, no sensory loss
Poliomyelitis, spinal muscular atrophyVentral horn cellsPure LMN flaccid weakness, no sensory loss
SyringomyeliaAnterior white commissure, then ventral hornsCape distribution pain and temperature loss, hand atrophy
Board tip. In Brown Sequard, "the motor and the fine touch stay with you, the pain goes away from you." Ipsilateral motor and DCML loss, contralateral pain and temperature loss. If a question says the right leg is weak and the left leg cannot feel a pinprick, the lesion is on the right.
Clinical link. Cervical spondylotic myelopathy is common in the patients chiropractors see: hand clumsiness, difficulty with buttons, a broad based gait, hyperreflexia, a positive Hoffmann sign and an inverted radial reflex. These are upper motor neuron signs and the cord, not a root, is involved. Such a patient should not receive cervical high velocity manipulation and needs MRI and referral.
Key point

The DCML (touch, vibration, position) ascends ipsilaterally and crosses in the lower medulla; the spinothalamic tract (pain, temperature) crosses within one or two segments; the corticospinal tract crosses at the pyramidal decussation; spinocerebellar tracts end ipsilaterally. Knowing these crossing points lets you predict hemisection, central cord, anterior cord and combined degeneration patterns and separate upper from lower motor neuron disease.

Section 4The brainstem and cranial nerve nuclei

Three parts and their landmarks

The brainstem connects the spinal cord to the diencephalon and contains ascending and descending tracts, the nuclei of cranial nerves III to XII, the reticular formation and vital cardiorespiratory centers. Each level has a basal part (descending motor fibers), a tegmentum (cranial nerve nuclei, reticular formation, ascending tracts) and, in the midbrain, a tectum (colliculi) dorsal to the aqueduct.

The medulla oblongata runs from the foramen magnum to the pontomedullary junction. Ventrally it shows the pyramids (corticospinal fibers) beside the anterior median fissure and the oval olives (inferior olivary nucleus, which sends climbing fibers to the cerebellum) lateral to them. Dorsally the closed lower medulla shows the gracile and cuneate tubercles; the open upper medulla forms the lower half of the floor of the fourth ventricle. The medulla contains the respiratory centers and cardiovascular (vasomotor) center, the nucleus of the solitary tract and the area postrema, a chemoreceptor trigger zone for vomiting that lacks a blood brain barrier.

The pons has a bulging basilar part of transverse pontocerebellar fibers that form the middle cerebellar peduncle, with corticospinal bundles scattered among the pontine nuclei. Its dorsal tegmentum forms the upper floor of the fourth ventricle, where the facial colliculus marks the place the facial nerve fibers loop around the abducens nucleus. The pons houses the pneumotaxic and apneustic respiratory areas and the locus ceruleus.

The midbrain (mesencephalon) surrounds the cerebral aqueduct. Ventrally the cerebral peduncles (crus cerebri) carry corticospinal and corticobulbar fibers, with the interpeduncular fossa between them where CN III exits. Behind the crus lies the pigmented substantia nigra (dopaminergic pars compacta). The tegmentum contains the red nucleus, the oculomotor and trochlear nuclei and the periaqueductal gray. The dorsal tectum holds the superior colliculi (visual reflexes) and inferior colliculi (auditory relay); CN IV is the only nerve to exit the dorsal brainstem, just below the inferior colliculus, and it is the only cranial nerve whose fibers fully decussate.

Organization of cranial nerve nuclei

In the embryo the sulcus limitans divides the alar plate (sensory, dorsolateral) from the basal plate (motor, ventromedial). In the floor of the fourth ventricle this pattern persists: motor nuclei lie medial and sensory nuclei lateral to the sulcus limitans. The nuclei form functional columns: general somatic efferent (III, IV, VI, XII) closest to the midline; special visceral (branchial) efferent (motor V, VII, nucleus ambiguus for IX, X and cranial XI) displaced ventrolaterally; general visceral efferent (Edinger Westphal, superior and inferior salivatory, dorsal motor nucleus of X); then general and special visceral afferent (solitary nucleus); then general somatic afferent (trigeminal); and special somatic afferent (vestibular and cochlear) most laterally.

NucleusLevelNerve and function
OculomotorMidbrain, superior colliculus levelCN III: four extraocular muscles and levator palpebrae
Edinger WestphalMidbrainCN III parasympathetic: pupillary constriction, accommodation
TrochlearMidbrain, inferior colliculus levelCN IV: superior oblique (contralateral)
Mesencephalic nucleus of VMidbrain and ponsProprioception from muscles of mastication (true sensory cell bodies inside the CNS)
Principal (chief) sensory of VMid ponsDiscriminative touch from the face
Motor nucleus of VMid ponsMuscles of mastication, tensor tympani
Spinal nucleus of VPons to C2 or C3Pain and temperature from the face (and from VII, IX, X)
AbducensCaudal pons, under facial colliculusCN VI: lateral rectus
Facial motorCaudal ponsCN VII: muscles of facial expression, stapedius
Superior salivatoryCaudal ponsCN VII parasympathetic: lacrimal, submandibular and sublingual glands
Vestibular and cochlear nucleiPontomedullary junctionCN VIII: balance and hearing
Inferior salivatoryRostral medullaCN IX parasympathetic: parotid gland
Nucleus ambiguusMedullaIX, X: pharynx, larynx, soft palate (swallowing and voice)
Dorsal motor nucleus of XMedullaParasympathetic to thoracic and abdominal viscera
Solitary nucleusMedullaTaste (VII, IX, X) rostrally; visceral afferents (carotid, aortic) caudally
HypoglossalMedulla, near midlineCN XII: tongue muscles
Spinal accessoryCervical cord C1 to C5CN XI: sternocleidomastoid and trapezius
III (interpeduncular fossa)IV (wraps from dorsum) V (lateral pons)VII, VIII (CP angle) VI (pontomedullary)IX, X, XI (postolivary)XII (preolivary) MidbrainPonsMedulla Cerebral peduncle Basilar pons Olive Pyramid
Figure 5.6 Ventral brainstem and cranial nerve exits. III leaves the interpeduncular fossa, IV wraps around from the dorsum, V leaves the lateral pons, VI the pontomedullary junction near the midline, VII and VIII the cerebellopontine angle, IX, X and XI behind the olive and XII between pyramid and olive.

The reticular formation

The reticular formation is a diffuse network of neurons in the core of the tegmentum, from the medulla to the midbrain. Its ascending component, the ascending reticular activating system, projects through the intralaminar thalamic nuclei to the cortex and maintains wakefulness; bilateral damage causes coma. Its descending reticulospinal output modulates muscle tone, posture and pain. Neurochemically distinct groups sit within or beside it: the raphe nuclei (serotonin, sleep and pain modulation), the locus ceruleus in the pons (norepinephrine, arousal and stress) and the ventral tegmental area and substantia nigra (dopamine). Medullary reticular neurons form the respiratory rhythm generator and the vasomotor center.

Brainstem vascular syndromes

Brainstem strokes produce crossed (alternating) findings: a cranial nerve deficit on the side of the lesion and a long tract deficit (hemiplegia or hemianesthesia) on the opposite body, because the cranial nerve has not yet crossed while the long tracts already have or will. The cranial nerve involved localizes the level.

SyndromeArtery, siteIpsilateralContralateral
Medial medullary (Dejerine)Anterior spinal or vertebral; medial medullaTongue deviates toward lesion (XII LMN)Hemiplegia (pyramid), loss of vibration and position (medial lemniscus)
Lateral medullary (Wallenberg)Vertebral or PICA; lateral medullaFacial pain and temperature loss (spinal V), dysphagia and hoarseness (nucleus ambiguus), Horner, ataxia, vertigo and nystagmusBody pain and temperature loss (spinothalamic)
Lateral pontineAICAFacial paralysis, hearing loss, vertigo, facial sensory loss, ataxia, HornerBody pain and temperature loss
Medial pontine (Foville or Millard Gubler)Paramedian basilar branchesLateral rectus palsy (VI), facial palsy if VII involvedHemiplegia
Locked in syndromeBasilar artery; bilateral ventral ponsQuadriplegia and loss of speech; consciousness and vertical eye movements preserved
WeberPosterior cerebral branches; ventral midbrainCN III palsy (eye down and out, dilated pupil)Hemiplegia (crus cerebri)
BenediktMidbrain tegmentumCN III palsyTremor, ataxia (red nucleus), sensory loss
Parinaud (dorsal midbrain)Pineal tumor compressing tectumParalysis of upward gaze, light near dissociation, convergence retraction nystagmus
Board tip. In any brainstem lesion, the tongue points to the lesion (the intact genioglossus pushes the tongue toward the weak side), the jaw deviates toward a lesion of motor V, and the uvula deviates away from a lesion of the nucleus ambiguus or vagus. Wallenberg syndrome classically has no weakness, because the pyramids are medial and spared.
Key point

The medulla, pons and midbrain each have a basal motor region, a tegmentum with cranial nerve nuclei and the reticular formation, and (in the midbrain) a tectum. Motor nuclei sit medial and sensory nuclei lateral in the fourth ventricle floor. Brainstem strokes give crossed signs, and the cranial nerve involved tells you the level: III midbrain, VI and VII pons, IX, X and XII medulla.

Section 5Cerebrum, diencephalon, cerebellum and their blood supply

Lobes and functional areas

Each cerebral hemisphere has a frontal, parietal, temporal and occipital lobe, plus the insula buried beneath the lateral sulcus and the limbic lobe on the medial surface. The central sulcus separates frontal from parietal; the lateral (Sylvian) fissure separates temporal below from frontal and parietal above; the parieto-occipital sulcus marks the occipital lobe medially, and the calcarine sulcus holds primary visual cortex.

Area (Brodmann)LocationFunctionLesion
Primary motor (4)Precentral gyrusVoluntary movement, somatotopic homunculusContralateral UMN weakness
Premotor and supplementary motor (6)Anterior to area 4Planning and sequencing movementApraxia
Frontal eye field (8)Middle frontal gyrusVoluntary saccades to the opposite sideEyes deviate toward the lesion
Broca area (44, 45)Inferior frontal gyrus, dominant hemisphereSpeech productionExpressive, nonfluent aphasia with intact comprehension
Prefrontal cortexAnterior frontal lobeExecutive function, personality, judgmentDisinhibition, apathy, frontal release signs
Primary somatosensory (3, 1, 2)Postcentral gyrusTouch, position, pain localizationContralateral cortical sensory loss
Superior parietal and association (5, 7)Parietal lobeSpatial awareness, sensory integrationNondominant: hemineglect; dominant: Gerstmann syndrome
Primary auditory (41, 42)Transverse temporal gyri (Heschl)Hearing, bilateral inputLittle deficit if unilateral
Wernicke area (22)Posterior superior temporal gyrus, dominantLanguage comprehensionFluent receptive aphasia, word salad
Primary visual (17)Banks of calcarine sulcusVision from contralateral fieldContralateral homonymous hemianopia with macular sparing

Broca and Wernicke areas are connected by the arcuate fasciculus; its lesion causes conduction aphasia with poor repetition. White matter fibers are classified as association fibers (within one hemisphere), commissural fibers (corpus callosum, anterior commissure, joining hemispheres) and projection fibers (to and from lower centers, through the internal capsule).

Internal capsule

The internal capsule is a compact band of projection fibers between the caudate and thalamus medially and the lentiform nucleus laterally. Its anterior limb (between caudate head and lentiform) carries frontopontine and thalamocortical fibers. The genu carries corticobulbar fibers. The posterior limb (between thalamus and lentiform) carries corticospinal fibers (arm anterior, leg posterior) and thalamocortical somatosensory fibers; its retrolenticular and sublenticular parts carry the optic radiations and auditory radiations. Because so many fibers converge in so small a space, a small lacunar infarct of the lenticulostriate branches of the middle cerebral artery can cause a pure motor hemiparesis of face, arm and leg equally.

Diencephalon: thalamus and hypothalamus

The thalamus is the relay station for nearly all sensory input to the cortex (smell is the exception) and for motor loops from the basal ganglia and cerebellum.

Thalamic nucleusInputOutput
VPLMedial lemniscus, spinothalamicSomatosensory cortex (body)
VPMTrigeminal lemniscus, tasteSomatosensory cortex (face), gustatory cortex
Lateral geniculate (LGN)Optic tractPrimary visual cortex ("L for light")
Medial geniculate (MGN)Inferior colliculusPrimary auditory cortex ("M for music")
Ventral lateral (VL) and ventral anterior (VA)Cerebellum (VL), basal ganglia (VA, VL)Motor and premotor cortex
Anterior nucleusMammillothalamic tractCingulate gyrus (Papez circuit, memory)
DorsomedialAmygdala, prefrontal cortexPrefrontal cortex (memory, emotion)

The hypothalamus, below the hypothalamic sulcus, controls autonomic, endocrine and homeostatic functions. The supraoptic nucleus makes mainly ADH and the paraventricular nucleus mainly oxytocin and CRH; both travel down the infundibulum to the posterior pituitary. The lateral nucleus drives hunger (lesion: anorexia), the ventromedial nucleus produces satiety (lesion: hyperphagia and obesity), the anterior hypothalamus promotes cooling and parasympathetic activity, the posterior promotes heat conservation and sympathetic activity, the suprachiasmatic nucleus sets circadian rhythm from retinal input, and the mammillary bodies participate in memory and are damaged in Wernicke Korsakoff syndrome (thiamine deficiency).

Basal ganglia and limbic system

The basal ganglia include the caudate and putamen (together the striatum), the globus pallidus (putamen plus globus pallidus form the lentiform nucleus), the subthalamic nucleus and the substantia nigra. They modulate movement through a loop: cortex to striatum to globus pallidus internus to VA and VL thalamus and back to cortex. The direct pathway disinhibits the thalamus and facilitates movement; the indirect pathway (via globus pallidus externus and subthalamic nucleus) inhibits it. Dopamine from the substantia nigra pars compacta excites the direct pathway through D1 receptors and inhibits the indirect pathway through D2 receptors, so loss of nigral dopamine in Parkinson disease produces bradykinesia, rigidity, resting tremor and postural instability. Huntington disease (CAG repeat, autosomal dominant) degenerates the caudate, causing chorea and dementia. A lesion of the subthalamic nucleus causes contralateral hemiballismus.

The limbic system governs emotion, memory and drives. Its core structures are the hippocampus (memory consolidation), amygdala (fear and emotional memory; bilateral damage gives Kluver Bucy syndrome), cingulate and parahippocampal gyri, fornix, mammillary bodies and anterior thalamus.

Cerebellum

The cerebellum coordinates movement, balance and motor learning. It has a midline vermis and two hemispheres, divided into three functional regions. The vestibulocerebellum (flocculonodular lobe) controls balance and eye movements; the spinocerebellum (vermis and paravermis) controls axial and proximal limb tone and posture; the cerebrocerebellum (lateral hemispheres) plans and times skilled limb movement. The cortex has three layers (molecular, Purkinje, granular). Purkinje cells are the only output of the cortex and are inhibitory (GABA) onto the deep nuclei: from medial to lateral, fastigial, globose, emboliform and dentate ("Fat Girls Eat Doughnuts"). Inputs arrive as climbing fibers from the inferior olive and mossy fibers from everywhere else. The inferior peduncle carries mostly input from the cord and vestibular system, the middle peduncle carries pontocerebellar input from the opposite cortex, and the superior peduncle carries most output, from the dentate to the contralateral red nucleus and VL thalamus.

Because the output crosses once to the opposite cortex and the corticospinal tract crosses back, a cerebellar hemisphere controls the ipsilateral body. Hemisphere lesions give ipsilateral limb ataxia, dysmetria (positive finger to nose), intention tremor, dysdiadochokinesia and hypotonia; vermis lesions give truncal ataxia and a wide based gait, typical of alcoholic degeneration.

Blood supply of the brain

Two internal carotid arteries (anterior circulation) and two vertebral arteries (posterior circulation) supply the brain. The vertebral arteries arise from the subclavians, ascend through the transverse foramina of C6 to C1, loop behind the lateral mass of the atlas in the suboccipital triangle, pierce the posterior atlanto-occipital membrane and dura, enter the foramen magnum and unite at the pontomedullary junction to form the basilar artery. Before joining they give the anterior spinal artery and the posterior inferior cerebellar artery (PICA). The basilar gives the anterior inferior cerebellar artery (AICA), the labyrinthine artery (often from AICA), pontine branches and the superior cerebellar artery, then divides into the two posterior cerebral arteries (PCA).

The circle of Willis joins the systems around the optic chiasm and pituitary stalk: the anterior communicating artery links the two anterior cerebral arteries (ACA), and each posterior communicating artery joins the internal carotid to the PCA. The most common site of a berry aneurysm is the anterior communicating artery; a posterior communicating aneurysm compresses CN III and dilates the pupil.

Anterior communicating Anterior cerebral Middle cerebral Internal carotid Posterior communicating Posterior cerebral Superior cerebellar Pontine branches AICA Basilar PICA Vertebral Anterior spinal
Figure 5.7 The circle of Willis and vertebrobasilar system, viewed from below. Trace the posterior circulation upward: vertebrals (PICA, anterior spinal), basilar (AICA, pontine, superior cerebellar), then the posterior cerebrals, which join the carotids through the posterior communicating arteries.
ArteryTerritoryOcclusion produces
Anterior cerebralMedial frontal and parietal lobes (leg and foot area of homunculus)Contralateral leg weakness and sensory loss, urinary incontinence, abulia
Middle cerebralLateral convexity, lenticulostriate branches to internal capsuleContralateral face and arm more than leg weakness and sensory loss; aphasia (dominant) or neglect (nondominant); homonymous hemianopia
Posterior cerebralOccipital lobe, inferior temporal lobe, thalamusContralateral homonymous hemianopia with macular sparing; thalamic pain syndrome
VertebrobasilarBrainstem, cerebellum, occipital lobesDizziness, diplopia, dysarthria, dysphagia, drop attacks, ataxia, nystagmus, crossed signs
Board tip. The MCA is the most commonly occluded cerebral artery and spares the leg (the leg cortex is medial in ACA territory). PICA gives the lateral medullary syndrome; AICA gives the lateral pontine syndrome with hearing loss and facial paralysis. Macular sparing in a PCA stroke happens because the occipital pole receives collateral supply from the MCA.
Clinical link. Cervical artery dissection, of the vertebral or internal carotid artery, may present first as neck pain and headache before ischemic signs appear. Screen every new neck pain patient for the "5 D's and 3 N's" of vertebrobasilar ischemia: dizziness, diplopia, dysarthria, dysphagia, drop attacks, nystagmus, nausea and numbness, plus ataxia. Sudden unusual neck pain with any of these means no manipulation and emergency referral.
Key point

Cortical areas map function onto lobes (motor and Broca frontal, sensory parietal, Wernicke and hearing temporal, vision occipital). The internal capsule funnels motor and sensory fibers into a small space; the thalamus relays sensation through specific nuclei; the hypothalamus controls homeostasis; the basal ganglia scale movement through dopamine dependent loops; the cerebellum coordinates the ipsilateral body. The carotids feed the ACA and MCA, the vertebrobasilar system feeds the brainstem, cerebellum and PCA, and the circle of Willis links them.

The chapter in one breath

  • The meninges are dura, arachnoid and pia; the spinal epidural space is real (fat, Batson plexus), the subdural space is potential and the subarachnoid space holds CSF.
  • CSF (about 500 mL a day) is made by the choroid plexus, flows through Monro, the third ventricle, the aqueduct and the fourth ventricle, exits via Magendie and Luschka, and is absorbed by arachnoid granulations.
  • The adult cord ends as the conus medullaris at L1 to L2; the dural sac ends at S2; the cauda equina fills the lumbar cistern.
  • Rexed laminae organize the gray matter: II is the substantia gelatinosa, VII holds Clarke and the intermediolateral column, IX holds the lower motor neurons.
  • The anterior spinal artery supplies the front two thirds of the cord; the artery of Adamkiewicz (left, T9 to T12) reinforces the lower cord.
  • The DCML crosses in the lower medulla, the spinothalamic tract within one or two segments, and the corticospinal tract at the pyramidal decussation.
  • Brown Sequard: ipsilateral motor and dorsal column loss with contralateral pain and temperature loss; central cord: arms worse than legs after hyperextension.
  • Brainstem lesions give crossed signs; the cranial nerve involved gives the level (Weber midbrain, medial pontine, Wallenberg lateral medulla).
  • The internal capsule posterior limb carries corticospinal and somatosensory fibers; lacunar infarcts there cause pure motor hemiparesis.
  • The basal ganglia use dopamine dependent direct and indirect pathways; the cerebellum controls the ipsilateral body through Purkinje cell output to the deep nuclei.
  • The vertebrobasilar system supplies brainstem, cerebellum and occipital lobes; screen for its ischemia before cervical manipulation.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Arachnoid granulationA tuft of arachnoid that projects into a dural venous sinus and returns CSF to the blood.
Batson plexusThe valveless internal vertebral venous plexus in the epidural space, a route for metastasis to the spine.
Cauda equinaThe bundle of lumbar, sacral and coccygeal roots descending below the conus medullaris.
Choroid plexusCapillary tufts covered by ependyma in the ventricles that secrete CSF.
Conus medullarisThe tapered lower end of the spinal cord, at about the L1 to L2 level in adults.
Denticulate ligamentA lateral pial extension between dorsal and ventral roots that anchors the cord to the dura.
Filum terminaleA thread of pia running from the conus to the coccyx that anchors the cord below.
Rexed laminaeTen cytoarchitectural layers of the spinal gray matter numbered dorsal to ventral.
Substantia gelatinosaLamina II of the dorsal horn, a key site of pain modulation.
Clarke nucleusNucleus dorsalis in lamina VII from C8 to L3, origin of the posterior spinocerebellar tract.
Intermediolateral cell columnThe lateral horn from T1 to L2 containing preganglionic sympathetic neurons.
Artery of AdamkiewiczThe largest segmental medullary artery, usually left sided between T9 and T12.
Anterior white commissureWhite matter ventral to the central canal where spinothalamic fibers cross.
Pyramidal decussationThe crossing of most corticospinal fibers at the junction of medulla and spinal cord.
Brown Sequard syndromeHemisection of the cord with ipsilateral motor and dorsal column loss and contralateral pain and temperature loss.
SyringomyeliaA fluid cavity in the central cord producing cape like loss of pain and temperature.
Reticular formationThe diffuse neuronal core of the brainstem that controls arousal, tone and vital functions.
Internal capsuleThe band of projection fibers between the thalamus and caudate medially and the lentiform nucleus laterally.
Basal gangliaDeep nuclei (striatum, globus pallidus, subthalamic nucleus, substantia nigra) that modulate movement.
Purkinje cellThe large inhibitory neuron that forms the sole output of the cerebellar cortex.
Circle of WillisThe arterial ring at the base of the brain linking the carotid and vertebrobasilar systems.
PICAPosterior inferior cerebellar artery, a vertebral branch whose occlusion causes Wallenberg syndrome.

Check yourself

A newborn has progressive head enlargement. Imaging shows dilated lateral and third ventricles with a normal sized fourth ventricle. Where is the obstruction?
Cerebral aqueduct. Only ventricles upstream of the block dilate. A normal fourth ventricle with enlarged lateral and third ventricles places the block in the aqueduct of Sylvius, the narrowest part of the system (noncommunicating hydrocephalus).
During lumbar puncture, what is the last ligament the needle pierces before entering the epidural space?
Ligamentum flavum. The needle crosses supraspinous, interspinous and then ligamentum flavum, which produces the characteristic loss of resistance as it enters the epidural space.
At what vertebral level does the spinal cord end in the adult, and where does the dural sac end?
Cord at L1 to L2; dural sac at S2. The cord ends as the conus medullaris near the L1 to L2 disc, while the dura and arachnoid continue to S2, creating the lumbar cistern.
A stab wound to the left side of the T10 cord produces what pattern of deficits below the lesion?
Left spastic weakness and loss of vibration and position; right loss of pain and temperature. This is Brown Sequard syndrome. The corticospinal and dorsal column fibers are ipsilateral in the cord, while spinothalamic fibers have already crossed.
A 70 year old falls forward, hyperextending his neck. He has marked weakness of both hands and arms but only mild leg weakness. Name the syndrome.
Central cord syndrome. Hyperextension pinches a spondylotic cord, injuring the central gray and the medially placed arm fibers of the corticospinal tracts, so the arms suffer more than the legs.
Which spinal cord lesion produces bilateral loss of pain and temperature in a cape distribution with preserved touch?
Syringomyelia. A central cavity in the cervical cord first destroys spinothalamic fibers crossing in the anterior white commissure, sparing the dorsal columns.
A patient has loss of pain and temperature on the left face and right body, hoarseness, dysphagia, left Horner syndrome and left limb ataxia. Which artery is occluded?
Left PICA (or left vertebral). This is lateral medullary (Wallenberg) syndrome: spinal trigeminal nucleus, spinothalamic tract, nucleus ambiguus, descending sympathetics and inferior cerebellar peduncle are all in the lateral medulla.
A patient has a right eye that is down and out with a dilated pupil and weakness of the left arm and leg. Where is the lesion?
Right ventral midbrain (Weber syndrome). The oculomotor fascicles pass through the crus cerebri, which carries corticospinal fibers that cross below, so the hemiplegia is contralateral.
Which cerebellar structure is the sole output of the cerebellar cortex, and what transmitter does it use?
Purkinje cells, using GABA. Purkinje axons inhibit the deep cerebellar nuclei, which then send excitatory output through the superior and inferior peduncles.
A stroke causes weakness and numbness of the right leg much more than the right arm and face, plus urinary incontinence. Which artery?
Left anterior cerebral artery. The ACA supplies the medial frontal and parietal cortex, where the leg and foot are represented on the homunculus, and the medial frontal micturition center.
Chapter 6 · Spinal Anatomy

Peripheral and Autonomic Nervous Systems and the Special Senses

The peripheral nervous system is where chiropractic lives: the intervertebral foramen, the spinal nerve, its rami and the reflex arcs you test on every new patient. This chapter connects those spinal nerves to the twelve cranial nerves, the autonomic outflow that runs every organ, and the special senses of vision, hearing, balance, taste and smell, all at the level of detail the board expects.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Describe how a spinal nerve forms, the contents of the intervertebral foramen, and the distribution of the dorsal and ventral rami and the recurrent meningeal nerve.
  • Use dermatome, myotome and deep tendon reflex levels to localize a radiculopathy.
  • State the components, skull foramina, functions and bedside tests of all twelve cranial nerves.
  • Contrast sympathetic (thoracolumbar) and parasympathetic (craniosacral) outflow, including the chain, splanchnic nerves and cranial ganglia.
  • Match autonomic neurotransmitters and receptors to their effects and explain referred visceral pain.
  • Name the layers of the globe and the extraocular muscles, and predict visual field defects from lesions of the visual pathway.
  • Trace the pupillary light reflex and the accommodation response.
  • Describe the external, middle and inner ear, the auditory and vestibular pathways, and the gustatory and olfactory pathways.

Section 1Spinal nerves, rami, dermatomes and myotomes

Formation of a spinal nerve

Each of the 31 pairs of spinal nerves forms from two roots. The dorsal (posterior) root carries afferent fibers whose cell bodies are pseudounipolar neurons in the dorsal root ganglion (DRG). The ventral (anterior) root carries efferent fibers from alpha and gamma motor neurons in the ventral horn and, from T1 to L2 and S2 to S4, preganglionic autonomic fibers. The two roots unite just distal to the DRG, within or immediately beyond the intervertebral foramen (IVF), to form a short mixed spinal nerve about 1 cm long. Almost immediately it divides into a dorsal (posterior) ramus and a ventral (anterior) ramus, both of which are mixed nerves.

The DRG usually sits in the IVF itself, directly beneath the pedicle. In the cervical spine the ganglia lie somewhat lateral to the foramen on the groove of the transverse process; in the lower lumbar and sacral regions they may lie more medially, and the S1 and S2 ganglia sit within the sacral canal. The DRG is exquisitely sensitive to mechanical compression and to inflammatory mediators from a degenerating disc, which is one reason a small foraminal protrusion can produce severe radicular pain.

The intervertebral foramen and its contents

The IVF is bounded above and below by the pedicles of adjacent vertebrae, anteriorly by the posterolateral vertebral bodies and the intervertebral disc (and in the cervical spine the uncovertebral joint), and posteriorly by the zygapophyseal (facet) joint capsule and the lateral edge of the ligamentum flavum. It is largest in the upper lumbar region and is shaped like an inverted teardrop. Flexion opens it and extension, lateral flexion and rotation toward the same side narrow it, the basis of foraminal compression tests such as the Spurling (maximum cervical foraminal compression) test.

IVF contentNotes
Spinal nerve roots or mixed spinal nerve, with dural root sleeveOccupies about a third to a half of the foramen; the rest is fat and vessels
Dorsal root ganglionUsually directly under the pedicle
Recurrent meningeal (sinuvertebral) nerveRe-enters the canal to supply dura, PLL, outer annulus
Spinal branch of a segmental arteryGives radicular and segmental medullary branches
Intervertebral veinsConnect internal and external vertebral venous plexuses
Lymphatics and adipose tissueFat cushions the nerve
Transforaminal ligaments (inconstant)Bands that may subdivide the foramen and narrow the space for the nerve

Rami and branches

The dorsal ramus passes backward around the articular pillar and divides into a medial branch and a lateral branch (with an intermediate branch in the lumbar region). It supplies the deep (true, intrinsic) back muscles (erector spinae, transversospinalis and segmental muscles), the zygapophyseal joints and the skin of the back near the midline. Each facet joint receives medial branch input from two levels, the level above and the level of the joint, which is why medial branch blocks and radiofrequency neurotomy must target two nerves. Named dorsal rami include the suboccipital nerve (C1 dorsal ramus, motor to the suboccipital muscles, usually no cutaneous branch), the greater occipital nerve (C2 medial branch, piercing semispinalis capitis and trapezius to supply the posterior scalp) and the third occipital nerve (C3, supplying the C2 to C3 facet). The lateral branches of L1 to L3 dorsal rami become the superior cluneal nerves over the iliac crest, and S1 to S3 give the middle cluneal nerves.

The ventral ramus is larger. In the thoracic region it continues as an intercostal nerve (T1 to T11) or the subcostal nerve (T12), supplying intercostal and abdominal wall muscles and the skin of the anterolateral trunk. Elsewhere ventral rami join to form the cervical plexus (C1 to C4), brachial plexus (C5 to T1), lumbar plexus (L1 to L4), sacral plexus (L4 to S4) and coccygeal plexus. The phrenic nerve, from C3, C4 and C5 ventral rami ("keeps the diaphragm alive"), is the most important branch of the cervical plexus.

Rami communicantes connect ventral rami to the sympathetic chain. The white ramus communicans is myelinated, carries preganglionic sympathetic fibers into the chain and exists only from T1 to L2. The gray ramus communicans is unmyelinated, carries postganglionic sympathetic fibers back to every spinal nerve (all 31) for sweat glands, piloerector muscles and blood vessels, and lies medial to the white ramus.

The recurrent meningeal (sinuvertebral) nerve of Luschka arises from the ventral ramus just beyond the DRG, receives a sympathetic contribution from a gray ramus, and re-enters the canal through the IVF. It supplies the posterior longitudinal ligament, the anterior dura, the outer third of the posterior annulus fibrosus, the periosteum and the epidural vessels, with branches extending one or two levels up and down. It is the principal pain pathway for discogenic and ligamentous pain, explaining why a torn annulus can hurt without any root compression. The anterior and lateral annulus and the anterior longitudinal ligament receive branches from the ventral rami and gray rami.

Vertebral body and disc Spinal cord in dura Dorsal root Dorsal root ganglion Dorsal ramus Ventral ramus Spinal nerve Ventral root White ramus (T1 to L2) Gray ramus (all levels) Sympathetic ganglion Recurrent meningealnerve (PLL, annulus)
Figure 6.1 Formation of a thoracic or upper lumbar spinal nerve. The roots join beyond the DRG, the nerve splits into rami at once, the white ramus carries preganglionic fibers into the chain and the gray ramus brings postganglionic fibers back. The recurrent meningeal nerve (dashed) loops back into the canal.

Dermatomes and myotomes

A dermatome is the strip of skin supplied by the sensory fibers of one spinal nerve (one DRG); a myotome is the group of muscles supplied by the motor fibers of one segment. Because adjacent dermatomes overlap considerably, sectioning one root produces only a small area of reduced sensation, while loss of a whole dermatome usually means two or three roots are involved. Pain and temperature dermatomes overlap less than touch dermatomes, so pinprick is the more sensitive screen. C1 typically has no dermatome. Most muscles are supplied by two or more segments, so a single radiculopathy weakens but does not paralyze.

Useful landmarks: C2 posterior scalp, C3 neck, C4 shoulder cap and clavicle, C5 lateral arm (deltoid patch), C6 lateral forearm, thumb and index finger, C7 middle finger, C8 ring and little fingers and medial forearm, T1 medial arm, T2 axilla, T4 nipple, T6 xiphoid, T10 umbilicus, L1 inguinal ligament, L3 medial knee, L4 medial leg and medial malleolus, L5 dorsum of foot and great toe, S1 lateral foot, little toe and sole, S2 posterior thigh, S3 to S5 concentric saddle rings around the anus.

C5 lateral arm C6 lateral forearm,thumb C7 middle finger C8 medial forearm,little finger T4 nipple line T10 umbilicus L1 inguinal L3 medial knee L4 medial leg L5 dorsum, great toe S1 lateral foot
Figure 6.2 Key dermatome landmarks on a simplified anterior figure. Memorize the anchors (C6 thumb, C7 middle finger, C8 little finger, T4 nipple, T10 umbilicus, L4 medial leg, L5 great toe, S1 lateral foot) and fill in the rest by sequence.

Deep tendon reflexes and the radiculopathy grid

A deep tendon (muscle stretch) reflex is a monosynaptic arc: the tap stretches muscle spindles, Ia afferents enter through the dorsal root and synapse directly on alpha motor neurons of the same muscle, while inhibitory interneurons relax the antagonist (reciprocal inhibition). A lesion anywhere in the arc (sensory root, ventral horn, motor root, peripheral nerve, neuromuscular junction, muscle) diminishes the reflex. Loss of descending inhibition (upper motor neuron lesion) exaggerates it. Reflexes are graded 0 (absent), 1+ (diminished), 2+ (normal), 3+ (brisk, may spread) and 4+ (with sustained clonus).

RootTypical discKey muscle weaknessReflexSensory area
C5C4 to C5Deltoid, biceps (shoulder abduction, elbow flexion)Biceps (C5, C6)Lateral arm
C6C5 to C6Wrist extensors, bicepsBrachioradialis (C6)Lateral forearm, thumb, index
C7C6 to C7 (most common)Triceps, wrist flexors, finger extensorsTriceps (C7)Middle finger
C8C7 to T1Finger flexorsNone reliableLittle finger, medial forearm
T1T1 to T2Finger abductors and adductors (interossei)NoneMedial arm
L4L3 to L4Tibialis anterior, quadricepsPatellar (L2 to L4, mainly L4)Medial leg, medial malleolus
L5L4 to L5Extensor hallucis longus, gluteus medius (heel walk weak)Medial hamstring (unreliable)Dorsum of foot, great toe
S1L5 to S1Gastrocnemius and soleus, peroneals (toe walk weak)Achilles (S1, S2)Lateral foot, sole, little toe

Superficial (polysynaptic) reflexes include the abdominal reflexes (upper T8 to T10, lower T10 to T12), the cremasteric reflex (L1, L2: genitofemoral nerve), the plantar reflex (L5, S1) and the anal wink (S2 to S4). Superficial reflexes are lost with upper motor neuron lesions, while the Babinski response emerges.

Board tip. A memory aid for reflex levels counts upward: S1, S2 buckle my shoe (Achilles); L3, L4 kick the door (patellar); C5, C6 pick up sticks (biceps and brachioradialis); C7, C8 lay them straight (triceps). And remember that the lumbar disc at L4 to L5 usually hits L5, the traversing root.
Clinical link. A patient with low back pain, a positive straight leg raise between 30 and 70 degrees, weakness of great toe extension, numbness over the dorsum of the foot and a normal Achilles reflex has an L5 radiculopathy, most often from an L4 to L5 posterolateral disc. Weak plantar flexion with a diminished ankle jerk points to S1 instead. Document both before and after treatment so progression of a deficit is caught early.
Key point

Dorsal and ventral roots unite beyond the DRG to form a spinal nerve inside the IVF, which splits into a dorsal ramus (deep back muscles, facets, midline skin) and a ventral ramus (limbs, anterior trunk, plexuses). White rami (T1 to L2) and gray rami (all levels) link to the sympathetic chain, and the recurrent meningeal nerve carries disc and PLL pain. Dermatomes, myotomes and reflex levels together pinpoint the root.

Section 2The cranial nerves

Functional components

Cranial nerves carry seven possible fiber types. General somatic afferent (GSA) fibers carry touch, pain, temperature and proprioception (mostly V). General visceral afferent (GVA) fibers carry sensation from viscera (IX, X). Special visceral afferent (SVA) fibers carry taste (VII, IX, X) and smell (I). Special somatic afferent (SSA) fibers carry vision (II), hearing and balance (VIII). General somatic efferent (GSE) fibers supply muscles derived from somites: extraocular muscles (III, IV, VI) and tongue (XII). General visceral efferent (GVE) fibers are parasympathetic (III, VII, IX, X). Special visceral (branchial) efferent (SVE) fibers supply pharyngeal arch muscles (V, VII, IX, X, XI). A classic memory aid for the sensory, motor or both classification is "Some Say Marry Money, But My Brother Says Big Brains Matter More" (I sensory, II sensory, III motor, IV motor, V both, VI motor, VII both, VIII sensory, IX both, X both, XI motor, XII motor).

Two nerves are exceptions to the rule that cranial nerves are peripheral nerves. CN I (olfactory) and CN II (optic) are outgrowths of the forebrain: the optic nerve is a CNS tract wrapped in meninges and myelinated by oligodendrocytes, which is why it is affected by multiple sclerosis (optic neuritis) and why raised intracranial pressure reaches the optic disc (papilledema).

NerveExit from skullMain functionsBedside test
I OlfactoryCribriform plate of ethmoidSmellIdentify a familiar nonirritating odor, each nostril separately
II OpticOptic canalVision; afferent limb of light reflexAcuity (Snellen), fields by confrontation, fundoscopy, pupils
III OculomotorSuperior orbital fissureSuperior, inferior and medial rectus, inferior oblique, levator palpebrae; pupil constriction, accommodationH pattern eye movements, ptosis, pupil response
IV TrochlearSuperior orbital fissureSuperior oblique (depresses the adducted eye, intorts)Look down and in; head tilt away from lesion compensates
V TrigeminalV1 superior orbital fissure, V2 foramen rotundum, V3 foramen ovaleFacial sensation; muscles of mastication, tensor tympani, tensor veli palatini, mylohyoid, anterior digastricLight touch and pinprick in V1 to V3, corneal reflex (afferent), clench jaw, jaw jerk
VI AbducensSuperior orbital fissureLateral rectusLateral gaze
VII FacialInternal acoustic meatus, then stylomastoid foramenFacial expression, stapedius, posterior digastric; taste anterior two thirds of tongue; lacrimal, submandibular, sublingual glandsRaise eyebrows, close eyes tight, smile, puff cheeks; corneal reflex (efferent); taste
VIII VestibulocochlearInternal acoustic meatusHearing and balanceWhisper or finger rub, Weber and Rinne, nystagmus, head impulse
IX GlossopharyngealJugular foramenTaste and sensation of posterior third of tongue; pharynx sensation; stylopharyngeus; parotid; carotid sinus and bodyGag reflex (afferent limb)
X VagusJugular foramenPharynx, larynx, soft palate muscles; parasympathetic to thoracic and abdominal viscera; taste from epiglottis; aortic arch receptorsSay "ah" (uvula deviates away from lesion), gag (efferent), voice
XI AccessoryJugular foramen (spinal root enters via foramen magnum)Sternocleidomastoid and trapeziusShrug shoulders, turn head against resistance
XII HypoglossalHypoglossal canalIntrinsic and extrinsic tongue muscles except palatoglossusProtrude tongue (deviates toward lesion), push into cheek
Cribriform plate: I Optic canal: II, ophthalmic a. Superior orbital fissure:III, IV, V1, VI Rotundum: V2 Ovale: V3 Internal acousticmeatus: VII, VIII Jugular foramen:IX, X, XI Hypoglossal canal: XII Foramen magnum: medulla,vertebral aa., spinal XI Anterior fossaMiddle fossaPosterior fossa
Figure 6.3 Cranial nerve exits from the cranial fossae (left side shown, viewed from above). Group them by fossa: I anterior; II to VI middle; VII to XII posterior. The jugular foramen trio (IX, X, XI) and the superior orbital fissure group (III, IV, V1, VI) are frequent board pairs.

Notes on individual nerves

Oculomotor (III). A compressive lesion (posterior communicating aneurysm, uncal herniation) affects the parasympathetic fibers on the outside of the nerve first, so the pupil dilates early. An ischemic lesion (diabetes) damages the core and typically spares the pupil. A complete palsy leaves the eye "down and out" (unopposed lateral rectus and superior oblique), with ptosis and a fixed dilated pupil.

Trochlear (IV). The longest intracranial course and the only dorsal exit. A palsy gives vertical diplopia worst when looking down and in (reading, descending stairs), and the patient tilts the head away from the affected side.

Trigeminal (V). The trigeminal (semilunar) ganglion in Meckel cave holds the sensory cell bodies. V1 carries the afferent limb of the corneal reflex; the efferent limb is VII. The spinal trigeminal tract descends to about C2 to C3 and overlaps the upper cervical dorsal horn, forming the trigeminocervical nucleus, the anatomical basis of cervicogenic headache referred from C1 to C3 structures to the forehead and orbit. Trigeminal neuralgia causes brief lancinating pain, usually in V2 or V3.

Abducens (VI). A long course along the clivus makes it the nerve most often affected by raised intracranial pressure (a "false localizing sign"). Palsy causes horizontal diplopia and inability to abduct.

Facial (VII). The motor root and the nervus intermedius (taste and parasympathetic) enter the internal acoustic meatus, pass the geniculate ganglion (taste cell bodies) and give the greater petrosal nerve (lacrimal gland via the pterygopalatine ganglion), the nerve to stapedius, and the chorda tympani (taste from the anterior two thirds of the tongue and parasympathetic to the submandibular and sublingual glands via the submandibular ganglion) before exiting the stylomastoid foramen to supply the facial muscles through five branches (temporal, zygomatic, buccal, marginal mandibular, cervical). Bell palsy (a lower motor neuron lesion, often viral) paralyzes the whole half of the face including the forehead. A cortical stroke (upper motor neuron) causes contralateral weakness of the lower face only, because the forehead receives bilateral cortical input. Losing the stapedius produces hyperacusis.

Glossopharyngeal (IX), vagus (X) and accessory (XI). All exit the jugular foramen, so a jugular foramen tumor (Vernet syndrome) affects all three. IX carries the afferent limb of the gag reflex and the carotid sinus reflex; X carries the efferent limb. The recurrent laryngeal nerve loops under the aortic arch on the left and the subclavian artery on the right and supplies all intrinsic laryngeal muscles except the cricothyroid (superior laryngeal nerve); damage causes hoarseness. The spinal accessory nerve arises from C1 to C5, ascends through the foramen magnum, then exits the jugular foramen; it crosses the posterior triangle superficially, where it is vulnerable to lymph node biopsy, producing trapezius weakness and lateral scapular winging.

Hypoglossal (XII). A lower motor neuron lesion causes ipsilateral tongue atrophy and fasciculations with deviation toward the lesion on protrusion.

Board tip. For eye movements, "LR6 SO4, all the rest 3": lateral rectus is CN VI, superior oblique is CN IV, and all others are CN III. Parasympathetic fibers ride in "1973": CN X, IX, VII and III.
Clinical link. The accessory nerve and upper cervical roots share territory: trapezius and sternocleidomastoid weakness after neck surgery points to CN XI, not C3 or C4 radiculopathy. Likewise, when a patient reports headache behind the eye that worsens with neck posture, the trigeminocervical convergence explains why treating the upper cervical joints can reduce it, but new facial numbness or a cranial nerve deficit is never cervicogenic and needs imaging.
Key point

Know each cranial nerve by four facts: its fiber components, where it leaves the skull, what it does and how you test it. Group the foramina by fossa, remember the parasympathetic carriers (III, VII, IX, X), the eye muscle rule (LR6 SO4) and the classic lesions: pupil involving III palsy from compression, Bell palsy versus central facial palsy, jugular foramen syndrome, and tongue deviation toward a XII lesion.

Section 3The autonomic nervous system

General plan: a two neuron chain

The autonomic nervous system controls smooth muscle, cardiac muscle and glands without conscious effort. Unlike somatic motor output, which uses one neuron from the CNS to skeletal muscle, autonomic output uses two neurons. The preganglionic neuron has its cell body in the brainstem or spinal cord and sends a thinly myelinated B fiber to an autonomic ganglion. The postganglionic neuron has its cell body in that ganglion and sends an unmyelinated C fiber to the effector. The two divisions, sympathetic and parasympathetic, differ in where their preganglionic neurons sit, where their ganglia lie, and which transmitters they use. The enteric nervous system is often counted as a third division.

FeatureSympatheticParasympathetic
Origin of preganglionic neuronsThoracolumbar: lateral horn T1 to L2Craniosacral: nuclei of III, VII, IX, X; sacral cord S2 to S4
Ganglia locationNear the cord (paravertebral chain, prevertebral ganglia)Near or within the target organ (terminal, intramural)
Preganglionic fiberShortLong
Postganglionic fiberLongShort
DivergenceHigh (one preganglionic to many postganglionic neurons), widespread effectsLow, localized effects
Ganglionic transmitter and receptorAcetylcholine on nicotinic (NN) receptorsAcetylcholine on nicotinic (NN) receptors
Postganglionic transmitterNorepinephrine (exceptions: sweat glands use ACh)Acetylcholine on muscarinic receptors
Overall roleFight or flight, exercise, stressRest and digest, feed and breed

Sympathetic outflow and the chain

Preganglionic sympathetic neurons lie in the intermediolateral cell column from T1 to L2. Their axons leave through the ventral root, enter the spinal nerve and pass through a white ramus communicans into the sympathetic trunk (chain), a beaded cord of paravertebral ganglia that runs from the base of the skull to the coccyx along the sides of the vertebral bodies. In the chain a preganglionic fiber has four options:

  1. Synapse at the same level and return through a gray ramus to the spinal nerve (sweat glands, arrector pili, vessels of the body wall and limbs).
  2. Ascend or descend in the chain to synapse at a higher or lower ganglion. This is how the cervical and the lumbosacral ganglia, which have no white rami, are supplied.
  3. Synapse in the chain and leave as a visceral branch, such as the cardiac and pulmonary branches from the cervical and upper thoracic ganglia.
  4. Pass through the chain without synapsing as a splanchnic nerve to a prevertebral ganglion in the abdomen.

There are usually three cervical ganglia: the superior cervical ganglion (C1 to C4 level, supplying the head: pupil dilator, superior tarsal muscle, sweat glands and vessels of the face, salivary glands), the small middle cervical ganglion (C6) and the inferior cervical ganglion, which commonly fuses with the first thoracic ganglion to form the cervicothoracic (stellate) ganglion in front of the neck of the first rib and the C7 transverse process. Cervical ganglia give cardiac nerves. There are about 11 thoracic, 4 lumbar and 4 sacral ganglia, and the two chains unite in front of the coccyx at the single ganglion impar.

The splanchnic nerves carry preganglionic fibers to the prevertebral ganglia around the branches of the abdominal aorta:

Splanchnic nerveSpinal levelsSynapses inSupplies
Greater thoracicT5 to T9Celiac ganglion (some fibers to adrenal medulla)Foregut: stomach, liver, gallbladder, pancreas, proximal duodenum, spleen
Lesser thoracicT10 to T11Aorticorenal and superior mesenteric gangliaMidgut and kidneys
Least thoracicT12Renal plexusKidney
Lumbar splanchnicsL1 to L2Inferior mesenteric and hypogastric plexusesHindgut, pelvic viscera
Pelvic splanchnics (parasympathetic)S2 to S4Intramural gangliaDescending and sigmoid colon, rectum, bladder, erectile tissue

The adrenal medulla is the exception to the two neuron rule. Its chromaffin cells are modified postganglionic neurons, receive preganglionic fibers directly from the splanchnic nerves, and release about 80 percent epinephrine and 20 percent norepinephrine into the blood.

Interrupting the sympathetic supply to the head anywhere along the three neuron chain (hypothalamus, descending through the brainstem and cervical cord to T1, then the chain and superior cervical ganglion, then along the internal carotid) causes Horner syndrome: ptosis (superior tarsal muscle), miosis (pupil dilator) and anhidrosis of the face, often with apparent enophthalmos. Causes include lateral medullary infarct, cervical cord injury, a Pancoast tumor at the lung apex, carotid dissection and trauma to the lower brachial plexus (Klumpke palsy with T1 involvement).

Parasympathetic outflow

The cranial parasympathetic outflow uses four nerves and four head ganglia, plus the vagus for the body:

NerveBrainstem nucleusGanglionTarget
IIIEdinger WestphalCiliarySphincter pupillae (miosis), ciliary muscle (accommodation)
VIISuperior salivatoryPterygopalatine (via greater petrosal)Lacrimal gland, nasal and palatal glands
VIISuperior salivatorySubmandibular (via chorda tympani)Submandibular and sublingual glands
IXInferior salivatoryOtic (via lesser petrosal)Parotid gland (postganglionics ride the auriculotemporal nerve of V3)
XDorsal motor nucleus of X, nucleus ambiguus (cardiac)Terminal ganglia in organ wallsHeart, lungs and the gut to the left colic (splenic) flexure

The sacral parasympathetic outflow arises from S2 to S4 and leaves as the pelvic splanchnic nerves (nervi erigentes). These supply the hindgut beyond the splenic flexure, the bladder detrusor (contraction for voiding), and erectile tissue ("point and shoot": parasympathetic for erection, sympathetic for emission and ejaculation). Note the important trap: the sympathetic supply to the gut travels in splanchnic nerves from the thoracolumbar region, while the parasympathetic supply to the pelvis travels in the pelvic splanchnic nerves from S2 to S4.

BrainSpinal cord T1toL2S2to S4 Parasympathetic Long preganglionicACh, nicotinic Short post: ACh,muscarinic Pelvic splanchnicsTerminal ganglion Sympathetic Paravertebral chain Long post: NE ACh, nicotinic Prevertebral ganglion(splanchnic route) Effector
Figure 6.4 Autonomic outflow. Parasympathetic (left) leaves the brainstem and S2 to S4 with long preganglionic fibers to ganglia near the target; sympathetic (right) leaves T1 to L2 with short preganglionic fibers to the chain or, via splanchnic nerves, to prevertebral ganglia, and long postganglionic fibers. Solid lines are preganglionic, dashed postganglionic.

The enteric nervous system

The gut wall contains its own network of roughly as many neurons as the spinal cord. The myenteric (Auerbach) plexus, between the circular and longitudinal muscle layers, controls motility; the submucosal (Meissner) plexus controls secretion and local blood flow. The enteric system can run peristalsis independently, while sympathetic input slows and parasympathetic input speeds it. Absence of ganglion cells in the distal colon (failure of neural crest migration) causes Hirschsprung disease; destruction of the myenteric plexus in the esophagus causes achalasia.

Neurotransmitters and receptors

Cholinergic neurons release acetylcholine: all preganglionic neurons of both divisions, all parasympathetic postganglionic neurons, sympathetic postganglionic neurons to sweat glands, and somatic motor neurons. Adrenergic neurons release norepinephrine: most sympathetic postganglionic neurons. Sympathetic fibers to renal vessels release dopamine.

ReceptorMechanismMain locations and effects
Nicotinic NNLigand gated cation channelAll autonomic ganglia, adrenal medulla
Nicotinic NMLigand gated cation channelSkeletal neuromuscular junction
M1GqCNS, enteric neurons, gastric parietal cell regulation
M2GiHeart: slows SA node rate and AV conduction
M3GqSmooth muscle contraction (bronchi, gut, bladder detrusor, sphincter pupillae), gland secretion, sweat glands; endothelial NO release
Alpha 1GqVasoconstriction, pupil dilator (mydriasis), internal urethral sphincter contraction
Alpha 2GiPresynaptic inhibition of NE release, decreased insulin release
Beta 1GsHeart: increased rate and contractility; renin release
Beta 2GsBronchodilation, vasodilation in skeletal muscle, uterine relaxation, glycogenolysis
Beta 3GsLipolysis, bladder detrusor relaxation

Most organs receive dual innervation with opposing effects. The main exceptions with sympathetic supply only are the sweat glands, arrector pili muscles, adrenal medulla and most blood vessels. Vascular tone is therefore controlled by increasing or decreasing a single sympathetic signal.

Visceral afferents and referred pain

Visceral pain fibers travel back with the sympathetic nerves to the spinal segments that supplied the organ's sympathetic outflow (T1 to L2), while reflex afferents (stretch, chemoreceptors) and pelvic pain from structures below the pelvic pain line travel with the parasympathetic nerves. In the dorsal horn, visceral afferents converge on the same lamina V neurons as somatic afferents from the dermatome of that segment. The brain, accustomed to somatic input, misattributes the pain to the body wall: referred pain.

OrganSegmentsTypical referral area
HeartT1 to T4 (T5)Left chest, medial left arm, jaw
Esophagus, stomachT5 to T8Retrosternal, epigastric
Gallbladder, liverT6 to T9; diaphragm via C3 to C5Right upper quadrant, inferior angle of right scapula; right shoulder (phrenic)
PancreasT6 to T10Epigastric pain boring to the back
AppendixT10Periumbilical first, then right lower quadrant when the parietal peritoneum is involved
Kidney and ureterT10 to L1Flank and costovertebral angle to groin (loin to groin)
Uterus, bladderT10 to L1 and S2 to S4Suprapubic, low back, sacrum
Board tip. "White rami are only from T1 to L2; gray rami go to all 31 nerves." Every spinal nerve therefore carries sympathetic fibers, but only T1 to L2 send them out. Also remember the two cholinergic exceptions on the sympathetic side: sweat glands (muscarinic) and the adrenal medulla (nicotinic, directly innervated).
Clinical link. Thoracic and shoulder pain is not always musculoskeletal. Left arm and interscapular pain with exertion may be cardiac; right scapular pain after fatty meals suggests gallbladder disease; flank pain with fever suggests pyelonephritis. Before treating a "thoracic subluxation," ask what makes it worse: visceral referred pain does not change with movement or palpation the way mechanical pain does.
Key point

Sympathetic outflow is thoracolumbar (T1 to L2) with short preganglionic fibers to the chain or prevertebral ganglia and long noradrenergic postganglionic fibers; parasympathetic outflow is craniosacral (III, VII, IX, X and S2 to S4) with long preganglionic fibers to terminal ganglia and short cholinergic postganglionic fibers. Ganglia use nicotinic receptors, targets use muscarinic or adrenergic receptors, and visceral pain returns along sympathetic routes to be referred to the matching dermatomes.

Section 4The eye and vision

The bony orbit

The orbit is a four sided pyramid whose apex points posteromedially toward the optic canal. Seven bones contribute: frontal, zygomatic, maxilla, ethmoid, sphenoid, lacrimal and palatine. The roof is the orbital plate of the frontal bone with the lesser wing of the sphenoid; the lateral wall, the strongest, is the zygomatic bone and greater wing of the sphenoid; the floor is mainly the maxilla; the medial wall, thinnest of all, is the paper thin lamina papyracea of the ethmoid with the lacrimal bone. A blow to the eye raises orbital pressure and fractures the weak floor into the maxillary sinus (blowout fracture), trapping the inferior rectus and limiting upward gaze. The optic canal transmits CN II and the ophthalmic artery; the superior orbital fissure transmits III, IV, V1 branches, VI and the superior ophthalmic vein; the inferior orbital fissure transmits the infraorbital nerve and vessels (V2).

The globe

The eyeball has three coats. The outer fibrous tunic is the opaque white sclera posteriorly and the transparent, avascular cornea anteriorly, which provides about two thirds of the eye's refractive power. The middle vascular tunic (uvea) consists of the choroid (pigmented vascular layer nourishing the outer retina), the ciliary body (ciliary muscle for accommodation and ciliary processes that secrete aqueous humor) and the iris with its two muscles: the sphincter (constrictor) pupillae, parasympathetic via CN III, and the dilator pupillae, sympathetic via alpha 1 receptors. The inner neural tunic is the retina.

Aqueous humor is secreted by the ciliary processes into the posterior chamber, flows through the pupil into the anterior chamber and drains through the trabecular meshwork into the canal of Schlemm (scleral venous sinus) at the iridocorneal angle. Impaired drainage raises intraocular pressure: open angle glaucoma is chronic and painless with gradual peripheral field loss and cupping of the optic disc; closed (narrow) angle glaucoma is an emergency with a painful red eye, blurred vision, halos and a mid dilated pupil, and drugs that dilate the pupil can precipitate it. The lens, held by the suspensory ligaments (zonule fibers), separates the aqueous compartment from the gel like vitreous body. Clouding of the lens is a cataract.

The retina

Light passes through the inner retina to reach the photoreceptors at the back, next to the retinal pigment epithelium. The signal then travels forward through three neurons: photoreceptors (rods and cones), bipolar cells and ganglion cells, whose axons form the optic nerve. Horizontal and amacrine cells provide lateral processing. Rods (about 120 million) contain rhodopsin, are very sensitive, mediate night and peripheral vision, and are absent from the fovea. Cones (about 6 million) provide color and high acuity in bright light and are concentrated in the fovea centralis of the macula lutea, where the inner layers are pushed aside. The optic disc, about 3 mm medial (nasal) to the fovea, has no photoreceptors and creates the physiological blind spot. The central retinal artery (from the ophthalmic artery, a branch of the internal carotid) supplies the inner retina; the choroid supplies the photoreceptors. Vitamin A deficiency impairs rhodopsin regeneration and causes night blindness.

Extraocular muscles

Six muscles move each eye. The four recti arise from the common tendinous ring (annulus of Zinn) around the optic canal; the superior oblique arises from the sphenoid above the ring and turns through the trochlea, a fibrocartilage pulley on the frontal bone; the inferior oblique arises from the orbital floor near the lacrimal fossa. Because the orbit points laterally about 23 degrees from the line of sight, the superior and inferior recti also adduct, and the obliques, which insert behind the equator, also abduct.

MuscleNervePrimary actionSecondary actionsClinical test (isolate it)
Medial rectusIIIAdductionNoneLook medially
Lateral rectusVIAbductionNoneLook laterally
Superior rectusIIIElevationAdduction, intorsionLook laterally, then up
Inferior rectusIIIDepressionAdduction, extorsionLook laterally, then down
Superior obliqueIVIntorsionDepression, abductionLook medially, then down
Inferior obliqueIIIExtorsionElevation, abductionLook medially, then up
Levator palpebrae superiorisIII (with sympathetic superior tarsal muscle)Elevates upper eyelidObserve ptosis

Coordinated horizontal gaze depends on the paramedian pontine reticular formation (PPRF) and abducens nucleus, which drive the ipsilateral lateral rectus and, through the medial longitudinal fasciculus (MLF), the contralateral medial rectus. A lesion of the MLF, classic in young adults with multiple sclerosis, causes internuclear ophthalmoplegia: on attempted lateral gaze the eye on the side of the lesion fails to adduct while the abducting eye shows nystagmus; convergence is preserved.

Visual pathway and field defects

Each eye sees a visual field; the image falls inverted and reversed on the retina, so the temporal field falls on the nasal retina and the upper field falls on the lower retina. Ganglion cell axons leave as the optic nerve. At the optic chiasm, above the pituitary, fibers from the nasal halves of each retina cross; temporal fibers stay ipsilateral. Each optic tract therefore carries information about the opposite visual field from both eyes and ends mainly in the lateral geniculate nucleus, with collaterals to the pretectal area (light reflex), superior colliculus (reflex orientation) and suprachiasmatic nucleus. From the LGN the optic radiations (geniculocalcarine tract) pass to the primary visual cortex. Fibers serving the lower retina (upper field) loop forward through the temporal lobe as Meyer loop; fibers serving the upper retina (lower field) take a direct course through the parietal lobe. All end on the banks of the calcarine sulcus: upper retina on the cuneus above, lower retina on the lingual gyrus below, with the macula at the occipital pole.

12345 Left eyeRight eye Optic nerveOptic tractLGNOptic radiationVisual cortex Chiasm Field defect (left eye, right eye) 12345 Left anopia Bitemporalhemianopia Right homonymoushemianopia Right upperquadrantanopia Right hemianopia,macular sparing
Figure 6.5 The visual pathway and five classic lesions, shown for a left sided pathway: (1) left optic nerve, (2) chiasm, (3) left optic tract, (4) left Meyer loop in the temporal lobe, (5) left visual cortex with macular sparing. Dark areas are the lost portions of each eye's field.
Lesion siteDefectTypical cause
Optic nerveIpsilateral monocular blindness (anopia)Optic neuritis, central retinal artery occlusion, trauma
Optic chiasm (central)Bitemporal heteronymous hemianopiaPituitary adenoma, craniopharyngioma
Lateral chiasmIpsilateral nasal hemianopiaCalcified internal carotid artery
Optic tractContralateral homonymous hemianopia (incongruous)Stroke, tumor
Meyer loop (temporal lobe)Contralateral upper homonymous quadrantanopia ("pie in the sky")Temporal lobe tumor or MCA stroke
Parietal radiationsContralateral lower homonymous quadrantanopia ("pie on the floor")Parietal lobe stroke (MCA)
Primary visual cortexContralateral homonymous hemianopia with macular sparingPCA stroke

Pupillary light reflex and accommodation

The pupillary light reflex uses CN II as the afferent limb and CN III as the efferent limb. Light on one retina sends signals through the optic nerve and tract (bypassing the LGN) to the pretectal nucleus in the midbrain. Each pretectal nucleus projects to both Edinger Westphal nuclei (crossing through the posterior commissure), whose preganglionic fibers travel in CN III to the ciliary ganglion, and short ciliary nerves then constrict the sphincter pupillae. Because of this bilateral projection, light in one eye constricts both pupils: the direct and consensual responses.

  • Lesion of the left optic nerve (afferent): shining light in the left eye constricts neither pupil, while light in the right eye constricts both. The swinging flashlight test reveals a relative afferent pupillary defect (Marcus Gunn pupil): the affected pupil paradoxically dilates when the light swings to it.
  • Lesion of the left oculomotor nerve (efferent): the left pupil stays dilated whichever eye is lit, while the right pupil constricts to light in either eye.

The accommodation (near) response has three parts: convergence of the eyes (medial recti), pupillary constriction, and thickening of the lens. To focus near, the parasympathetically driven ciliary muscle contracts, which relaxes tension on the zonule fibers and lets the elastic lens round up and increase its refractive power. The pathway runs through the visual cortex to the midbrain near response center, Edinger Westphal and the oculomotor complex. Loss of lens elasticity with age is presbyopia. The Argyll Robertson pupil of neurosyphilis is small, irregular, and reacts to accommodation but not to light, a light near dissociation from a pretectal lesion.

Board tip. Bitemporal hemianopia means the chiasm, and the chiasm means look at the pituitary. A homonymous defect means a lesion behind the chiasm, on the side opposite the missing field. "Pie in the sky" is temporal (Meyer loop); "pie on the floor" is parietal.
Key point

The globe has fibrous, vascular and neural coats, aqueous drains through the canal of Schlemm, and the fovea is all cones. Six extraocular muscles obey LR6 SO4, rest III, and the MLF links the eyes in horizontal gaze. Nasal retinal fibers cross at the chiasm, so lesions behind it produce contralateral homonymous defects. The light reflex runs II to pretectum to both Edinger Westphal nuclei to III; accommodation adds convergence and lens rounding by ciliary muscle contraction.

Section 5The ear, balance, taste and smell

External and middle ear

The external ear consists of the elastic cartilage auricle (pinna) and the external acoustic meatus, about 2.5 cm long, its outer third cartilaginous and inner two thirds bony, lined by skin with ceruminous glands. Sensory supply is mixed: the auriculotemporal nerve (V3), the great auricular nerve (C2, C3), and small branches of VII and the auricular branch of X, which explains why cleaning the ear canal can trigger a cough. The canal ends at the tympanic membrane, which is angled, concave outward, and attached at its center to the handle of the malleus (the umbo). On otoscopy a cone of light points anteroinferiorly.

The middle ear (tympanic cavity) is an air filled space in the petrous temporal bone. It connects anteriorly to the nasopharynx through the auditory (pharyngotympanic, Eustachian) tube, which equalizes pressure and is opened by the tensor veli palatini during swallowing; in children it is shorter and more horizontal, favoring otitis media. Posteriorly it opens into the mastoid antrum and air cells. Its roof is the thin tegmen tympani, separating it from the middle cranial fossa; its floor lies over the internal jugular vein; its medial wall shows the promontory (basal turn of the cochlea), the oval window and the round window.

Three ossicles form a lever chain: the malleus (attached to the tympanic membrane), the incus and the stapes, whose footplate sits in the oval window. Because the tympanic membrane is about 17 to 20 times larger than the footplate and the ossicles add a lever advantage, sound pressure is amplified roughly 20 times (about 25 to 30 dB), matching the impedance of air to the fluid of the inner ear. Two small muscles damp loud sounds: the tensor tympani (V3) on the malleus and the stapedius (VII) on the stapes, the smallest skeletal muscle in the body. The chorda tympani crosses the middle ear between the malleus and incus.

Inner ear

The inner ear lies in the petrous temporal bone and has two parts: a bony labyrinth filled with perilymph (like extracellular fluid, high sodium) and, suspended within it, a membranous labyrinth filled with endolymph (unusual extracellular fluid with high potassium and low sodium, secreted by the stria vascularis). The bony labyrinth includes the vestibule, three semicircular canals and the cochlea; the membranous labyrinth includes the utricle and saccule in the vestibule, three semicircular ducts and the cochlear duct (scala media).

The cochlea makes about 2.5 turns around a central bony pillar, the modiolus, which contains the spiral ganglion (bipolar first order neurons). In cross section it has three channels: the scala vestibuli (perilymph, beginning at the oval window), the scala media (endolymph) and the scala tympani (perilymph, ending at the round window); the two perilymph channels connect at the apex through the helicotrema. The scala media is separated from the scala vestibuli by Reissner (vestibular) membrane and from the scala tympani by the basilar membrane, on which sits the organ of Corti with one row of inner hair cells (the true sensory receptors, about 95 percent of afferent fibers) and three rows of outer hair cells (which amplify by changing length), their stereocilia touching the overlying tectorial membrane.

Stapes movement creates a pressure wave that displaces the basilar membrane. The membrane is narrow and stiff at the base near the oval window, where it responds best to high frequencies, and wide and flexible at the apex, where it responds to low frequencies: this is tonotopic organization (place theory). Bending the stereocilia toward the tallest one opens mechanically gated channels, letting K+ flow in from the endolymph and depolarizing the hair cell. Noise induced and age related hearing loss (presbycusis) first damages the basal, high frequency region.

Auricle External acoustic meatus Tympanic membrane Malleus, incus Stapes Auditory tube to pharynx Semicircular canals Vestibule Cochlea CN VIII Middle ear
Figure 6.6 The three parts of the ear. Sound is collected by the external ear, amplified by the ossicular chain of the middle ear, and transduced in the cochlea; the semicircular canals and vestibule sense head movement. Both inner ear branches join as CN VIII.

Auditory pathway and hearing tests

First order bipolar neurons in the spiral ganglion form the cochlear nerve and synapse in the dorsal and ventral cochlear nuclei at the pontomedullary junction. From there fibers ascend bilaterally, many crossing in the trapezoid body to the superior olivary nuclei (which compare timing and intensity between ears to localize sound), then through the lateral lemniscus to the inferior colliculus, the medial geniculate nucleus of the thalamus, and finally the primary auditory cortex in the transverse temporal gyri of Heschl. Because input ascends bilaterally above the cochlear nuclei, a unilateral lesion central to the cochlear nuclei does not cause deafness in one ear; only cochlear, nerve or cochlear nucleus lesions do.

TestNormalConductive loss (left)Sensorineural loss (left)
Weber (fork on vertex)Heard in midlineLateralizes to the affected (left) earLateralizes to the normal (right) ear
Rinne (mastoid versus air)Air conduction louder than bone (positive)Bone louder than air in left ear (negative)Air still louder than bone in left ear (positive, both reduced)
Common causesCerumen, otitis media, otosclerosis, perforationPresbycusis, noise, acoustic neuroma, ototoxic drugs

Vestibular apparatus and pathways

The vestibular system senses head position and movement. The utricle and saccule (otolith organs) contain a macula whose hair cells are covered by a gelatinous membrane studded with calcium carbonate crystals (otoconia). They detect linear acceleration and static head tilt relative to gravity: the utricle mainly horizontal, the saccule mainly vertical. The three semicircular ducts (anterior, posterior and lateral), set at right angles to one another, each have a swelling, the ampulla, with a crista ampullaris whose hair cells are embedded in a gelatinous cupula. When the head rotates, endolymph lags behind and bends the cupula, so the canals detect angular (rotational) acceleration. Each canal pairs with a canal on the opposite side in the same plane. Displaced otoconia that drift into a semicircular canal, usually the posterior canal, cause benign paroxysmal positional vertigo (BPPV): brief vertigo with head position change, diagnosed by the Dix Hallpike maneuver (torsional upbeating nystagmus) and treated with the Epley canalith repositioning maneuver.

First order neurons in the vestibular (Scarpa) ganglion in the internal acoustic meatus project to the four vestibular nuclei (superior, inferior, medial and lateral) in the floor of the fourth ventricle and directly to the flocculonodular lobe of the cerebellum. The vestibular nuclei project to:

  • The extraocular motor nuclei (III, IV, VI) through the MLF, producing the vestibulo-ocular reflex, which keeps the eyes fixed on a target while the head moves. Its integrity is tested with the head impulse test, doll's eye maneuver and caloric testing (cold water produces nystagmus with its fast phase to the opposite side, warm to the same side: "COWS").
  • The spinal cord through the lateral vestibulospinal tract (extensor antigravity tone) and the medial vestibulospinal tract (neck muscles for head stabilization).
  • The cerebellum, and through the thalamus to the cortex (posterior insula and parietal areas) for conscious perception of motion.
FeaturePeripheral vertigoCentral vertigo
ExamplesBPPV, vestibular neuritis, Meniere disease (endolymphatic hydrops with tinnitus, fluctuating hearing loss and aural fullness)Brainstem or cerebellar stroke, multiple sclerosis, vertebrobasilar ischemia
NystagmusHorizontal or torsional, unidirectional, suppressed by fixation, fatiguesMay be vertical or direction changing, not suppressed by fixation
Head impulse testAbnormal (corrective saccade)Often normal (a worrying sign in acute vertigo)
Other neurological signsAbsent; hearing loss possibleOften present: diplopia, dysarthria, ataxia, weakness

Taste

Taste receptor cells sit in taste buds on fungiform, foliate and circumvallate papillae (filiform papillae have none) and on the palate, pharynx and epiglottis. The five basic tastes are sweet, salty, sour, bitter and umami; sweet, bitter and umami use G protein coupled receptors (bitter through gustducin), while salty and sour act through ion channels. Taste is carried by three nerves: VII (chorda tympani) from the anterior two thirds of the tongue and the greater petrosal nerve from the palate; IX from the posterior third including the circumvallate papillae; and X from the epiglottis and pharynx. General sensation of the anterior two thirds is V3 (lingual nerve), while IX supplies both general sensation and taste to the posterior third. All taste fibers enter the solitary tract and synapse in the rostral (gustatory) part of the nucleus of the solitary tract, ascend ipsilaterally in the central tegmental tract to VPM of the thalamus, and reach the gustatory cortex in the anterior insula and frontal operculum.

Smell

The olfactory epithelium lines the roof of the nasal cavity, the upper septum and the superior conchae. Its olfactory receptor neurons are bipolar neurons that, unusually, are continuously replaced from basal stem cells. Each expresses one of several hundred odorant receptors (G protein coupled, using Golf, cAMP and cyclic nucleotide gated channels). Their unmyelinated axons form about 20 bundles, the true olfactory nerves (CN I), which pass through the cribriform plate to synapse with mitral and tufted cells in the glomeruli of the olfactory bulb. The olfactory tract runs back and divides into lateral and medial striae. The lateral stria reaches the primary olfactory cortex (piriform cortex, periamygdaloid region, uncus and entorhinal area of the medial temporal lobe) and the amygdala, tying smell to emotion and memory. Smell is the only sense that reaches the cortex without a mandatory thalamic relay (a secondary route reaches the orbitofrontal cortex through the dorsomedial thalamus). Fracture of the cribriform plate in head trauma can shear the olfactory nerves (anosmia) and leak CSF from the nose (CSF rhinorrhea).

Board tip. Base of the cochlea hears high pitch, apex hears low pitch. Otolith organs (utricle and saccule) detect linear acceleration and gravity; semicircular canals detect angular acceleration. Weber lateralizes to the bad ear in conductive loss and to the good ear in sensorineural loss.
Clinical link. Dizziness is a common complaint in the chiropractic office. Brief positional spins with a positive Dix Hallpike test suggest BPPV, which responds to repositioning maneuvers. Cervicogenic dizziness is a diagnosis of exclusion. Vertigo accompanied by any central sign (diplopia, dysarthria, dysphagia, ataxia, numbness) or a new severe headache or neck pain must be treated as possible vertebrobasilar ischemia and referred urgently.
Key point

The external ear collects sound, the ossicles amplify it about 20 times, and the cochlea sorts frequencies along the basilar membrane, high at the base and low at the apex, with signals ascending bilaterally through the cochlear nuclei, superior olive, lateral lemniscus, inferior colliculus and medial geniculate. Otolith organs sense linear acceleration and canals sense rotation, feeding the vestibular nuclei, MLF and vestibulospinal tracts. Taste runs via VII, IX and X to the solitary nucleus and VPM; smell runs via CN I to the olfactory bulb and temporal cortex without an obligatory thalamic relay.

The chapter in one breath

  • Dorsal and ventral roots join beyond the DRG in the IVF; the spinal nerve splits into a dorsal ramus (deep back muscles, facets) and a ventral ramus (plexuses, intercostals).
  • The recurrent meningeal nerve supplies the PLL, anterior dura and outer posterior annulus and carries discogenic pain.
  • Reflex levels: biceps C5 to C6, brachioradialis C6, triceps C7, patellar L4, Achilles S1; an L4 to L5 posterolateral disc usually compresses L5.
  • Cranial nerves: I and II are CNS tracts; III, VII, IX, X carry parasympathetics; LR6 SO4; the tongue points toward and the uvula away from the lesion.
  • Bell palsy paralyzes the whole half face; a cortical lesion spares the forehead.
  • Sympathetic outflow is T1 to L2 through white rami to the chain; gray rami return to all 31 nerves; splanchnic nerves reach prevertebral ganglia.
  • Parasympathetic outflow uses the ciliary, pterygopalatine, submandibular and otic ganglia, the vagus, and the pelvic splanchnics S2 to S4.
  • Visceral pain follows sympathetic routes and is referred to the matching dermatomes.
  • Nasal retinal fibers cross at the chiasm: chiasm lesions give bitemporal hemianopia, lesions behind it give contralateral homonymous defects.
  • The light reflex is II in, III out through the pretectum and Edinger Westphal; accommodation adds convergence and ciliary muscle contraction.
  • The cochlear base hears high frequencies; otoliths sense linear and canals angular acceleration; taste goes to the solitary nucleus, smell bypasses the thalamus.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Dorsal root ganglionThe swelling on the dorsal root holding the cell bodies of sensory neurons.
Intervertebral foramenThe opening between adjacent pedicles through which a spinal nerve leaves the canal.
Recurrent meningeal nerveA small branch that re-enters the canal to supply the dura, PLL and outer annulus.
White ramus communicansA myelinated connection carrying preganglionic sympathetic fibers from T1 to L2 nerves into the chain.
Gray ramus communicansAn unmyelinated connection returning postganglionic sympathetic fibers to every spinal nerve.
Splanchnic nerveA nerve carrying autonomic fibers to the viscera, usually preganglionic sympathetic fibers bound for prevertebral ganglia.
Stellate ganglionThe fused inferior cervical and first thoracic sympathetic ganglia near the neck of the first rib.
Horner syndromePtosis, miosis and anhidrosis from interrupted sympathetic supply to the head.
Referred painVisceral pain felt in the body wall dermatome that shares its spinal segment.
Muscarinic receptorA G protein coupled acetylcholine receptor on parasympathetic target organs and sweat glands.
Nicotinic receptorA ligand gated ion channel for acetylcholine in autonomic ganglia and at the neuromuscular junction.
Optic chiasmThe site above the pituitary where nasal retinal fibers cross to the opposite optic tract.
Homonymous hemianopiaLoss of the same half of the visual field in both eyes from a lesion behind the chiasm.
Meyer loopOptic radiation fibers that sweep through the temporal lobe and carry the upper visual field.
Fovea centralisThe central pit of the macula containing only cones and giving the sharpest vision.
Medial longitudinal fasciculusA brainstem tract linking vestibular and eye movement nuclei to coordinate gaze.
EndolymphThe potassium rich fluid inside the membranous labyrinth.
Organ of CortiThe sensory organ on the basilar membrane containing inner and outer hair cells.
Otolith organsThe utricle and saccule, which sense linear acceleration and head tilt.
CupulaThe gelatinous flap in each ampulla that bends with endolymph flow during head rotation.
Nucleus of the solitary tractThe medullary nucleus receiving taste and visceral afferent input.
Olfactory bulbThe forebrain structure above the cribriform plate where olfactory nerves synapse on mitral cells.

Check yourself

Which structure carries pain from the outer posterior annulus fibrosus and posterior longitudinal ligament?
The recurrent meningeal (sinuvertebral) nerve. It branches from the ventral ramus, takes a gray ramus contribution and re-enters the canal through the IVF to supply the PLL, anterior dura and outer annulus.
A patient has weak elbow extension, numbness of the middle finger and a diminished triceps reflex. Which root and which disc are most likely involved?
C7 root, C6 to C7 disc. Cervical roots exit above their numbered vertebra, so the C6 to C7 disc compresses C7, the most common cervical radiculopathy.
Which spinal levels give rise to white rami communicantes?
T1 to L2. Only these segments contain the intermediolateral cell column. Gray rami, by contrast, join all 31 spinal nerves.
A patient cannot wrinkle the forehead, close the eye or smile on the right, and has hyperacusis on the right. Where is the lesion?
Right facial nerve, proximal to the nerve to stapedius (a Bell palsy type lower motor neuron lesion). Forehead involvement means a peripheral lesion; hyperacusis means stapedius paralysis.
Through which opening do cranial nerves IX, X and XI leave the skull?
The jugular foramen. A tumor there causes a combined deficit of all three (jugular foramen syndrome).
A smoker has ptosis, a small pupil and a dry face on the left, with pain down the medial left arm. What is the likely cause?
A left Pancoast (apical lung) tumor causing Horner syndrome. It invades the stellate ganglion and sympathetic chain and the lower trunk of the brachial plexus (C8, T1).
Which ganglion relays parasympathetic fibers to the parotid gland, and which cranial nerve supplies the preganglionic fibers?
The otic ganglion; CN IX. Fibers from the inferior salivatory nucleus travel via the lesser petrosal nerve; postganglionic fibers ride the auriculotemporal nerve to the parotid.
A pituitary macroadenoma compresses the center of the optic chiasm. What field defect results?
Bitemporal hemianopia. The crossing nasal retinal fibers carry the temporal visual fields of both eyes.
In a patient with conductive hearing loss in the right ear, where does the Weber test lateralize and what does the Rinne test show on the right?
Weber lateralizes to the right; Rinne is negative on the right (bone louder than air). Conductive loss blocks ambient noise, so bone conducted sound seems louder in the affected ear.
Brief vertigo occurs every time a patient rolls over in bed, and the Dix Hallpike test produces torsional upbeating nystagmus. What is the diagnosis and the mechanism?
Benign paroxysmal positional vertigo. Otoconia displaced from the utricle drift into the posterior semicircular canal and move the cupula with each head position change; canalith repositioning treats it.
Chapter 7 · Physiology

Neurophysiology and Muscle Physiology

Every reflex you test with a hammer, every muscle you grade on a five point scale and every patient who describes burning, tingling or weakness is telling you something about excitable membranes. This chapter builds neuromuscular physiology from the ion up, through synapses, receptors and reflex arcs, to the contraction of skeletal, smooth and cardiac muscle. Physiology carries a large share of Part I, and these mechanisms return again in pathology, pharmacology and every neurological exam you will ever perform.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Explain how the Na+/K+ ATPase, leak channels and the Nernst and Goldman relationships set the resting membrane potential.
  • Describe each phase of the action potential, the absolute and relative refractory periods, and how myelin and diameter set conduction velocity.
  • Classify nerve fibers by the Erlanger Gasser and Lloyd Hunt systems and match each class to its function.
  • Trace transmitter release from calcium entry through SNARE fusion to receptor binding, and contrast ionotropic and metabotropic receptors.
  • Explain muscle spindle and Golgi tendon organ function, the stretch and withdrawal reflexes, and gate control of pain.
  • Distinguish upper from lower motor neuron lesions by their signs.
  • Describe excitation contraction coupling, the cross bridge cycle, the length tension relationship and motor unit recruitment.
  • Compare skeletal, smooth and cardiac muscle, including the latch state and calcium handling.
  • Match the phosphagen, glycolytic and oxidative energy systems to exercise duration and fiber type.

Section 1Membranes, resting potential and the action potential

The membrane as a capacitor with gates

The plasma membrane is a phospholipid bilayer that ions cannot cross on their own. Charged particles move only through proteins: channels (passive, fast, down an electrochemical gradient), carriers (facilitated diffusion), and pumps (primary active transport using ATP). Because the bilayer separates two conducting solutions, it behaves as a capacitor. Only a tiny number of ions need to cross to change the voltage across it, which is why the bulk concentrations inside and outside a neuron barely change during a single action potential.

The key concentration gradients in a typical mammalian neuron are shown below. Sodium, chloride and calcium are high outside; potassium and organic anions are high inside.

IonIntracellular (mM)Extracellular (mM)Approximate equilibrium potential
Na+about 12 to 15about 145+60 to +65 mV
K+about 140 to 150about 4 to 5-90 to -95 mV
Cl-about 7 to 10about 105 to 110about -70 to -80 mV
Ca2+ (free)about 0.0001about 2 to 2.5about +120 to +130 mV

Equilibrium potentials: the Nernst idea

If a membrane were permeable to only one ion, that ion would diffuse down its concentration gradient until the electrical force pulling it back exactly balanced the chemical force pushing it out. The voltage at which this balance occurs is the ion's equilibrium (Nernst) potential. At body temperature the Nernst equation simplifies to E = (61.5 / z) log ([ion]outside / [ion]inside), where z is the ion's valence. For potassium, a roughly 30 fold higher concentration inside gives about -90 mV. For sodium, about 10 fold higher outside gives about +60 mV. Note the sign convention: the inside is always reported relative to the outside.

Two consequences matter clinically. First, the potassium equilibrium potential depends heavily on extracellular potassium, because extracellular potassium is low and small absolute changes alter the ratio greatly. Hyperkalemia makes E(K) less negative and depolarizes cells; hypokalemia hyperpolarizes them. Second, the driving force on any ion is the difference between the membrane potential and that ion's equilibrium potential (Vm minus E ion). The bigger the difference, the stronger the push when a channel opens.

The resting membrane potential: the Goldman idea

Real membranes are permeable to several ions at once. The Goldman Hodgkin Katz equation weights each ion's concentration gradient by its permeability. At rest, neurons have many open potassium leak channels (two pore domain and inward rectifier types), so potassium permeability dominates and the resting potential (about -70 mV in neurons, about -90 mV in skeletal and ventricular muscle) sits close to E(K). It is a little less negative than E(K) because a small sodium leak pulls it toward E(Na). Whichever ion has the highest permeability at a moment drags the membrane toward its own equilibrium potential: that single principle explains the resting potential, the upstroke and repolarization.

The Na+/K+ ATPase moves 3 Na+ out and 2 K+ in per ATP. It maintains the gradients that leak channels use, and because it moves net positive charge out it is electrogenic, contributing only a few millivolts directly. Its main job is long term: block it with digitalis (ouabain, digoxin) or starve it of ATP in ischemia, and the gradients slowly run down, cells depolarize and swell.

Board tip. When asked which ion "contributes most" to the resting potential, answer potassium, because permeability to it is highest at rest. When asked what "maintains" the gradients, answer the Na+/K+ ATPase. When a vignette changes extracellular potassium, think resting potential; when it changes extracellular sodium, think action potential height (overshoot).

Graded potentials

Graded potentials are local changes in membrane potential at dendrites, cell bodies and sensory endings: excitatory and inhibitory postsynaptic potentials, receptor (generator) potentials and the end plate potential. They vary in size with stimulus strength, can be depolarizing or hyperpolarizing, decay with distance (decremental conduction) and can summate. How far they spread is set by the length constant (lambda), which increases with higher membrane resistance and lower internal (axial) resistance. The time constant (resistance times capacitance) sets how quickly they rise and fall.

The action potential

The action potential is an all or none, regenerative, non decremental depolarization that travels along axons and muscle fibers. It begins when graded depolarization at the axon initial segment (or axon hillock), which has the highest density of voltage gated sodium channels, reaches threshold (about -55 mV in neurons).

  1. Upstroke (depolarization). Voltage gated Na+ channels open their activation (m) gates. Sodium entry depolarizes the membrane, which opens more sodium channels: a positive feedback loop (the Hodgkin cycle). The membrane overshoots zero and approaches, but never reaches, E(Na), peaking near +30 to +40 mV.
  2. Peak and inactivation. Within about a millisecond the slower inactivation (h) gates close the sodium channels. They cannot reopen until the membrane repolarizes and the h gate resets.
  3. Repolarization. Voltage gated (delayed rectifier) K+ channels open more slowly than sodium channels. Potassium leaves, returning the membrane toward rest.
  4. Afterhyperpolarization (undershoot). Potassium channels close slowly, so for a few milliseconds total potassium conductance exceeds that at rest and the membrane dips toward E(K).

Threshold is the voltage at which inward sodium current just exceeds outward potassium and leak current. A stimulus that depolarizes slowly can fail to fire because sodium channels inactivate as they open, a phenomenon called accommodation. The pump plays no direct role in a single spike: an action potential still fires for thousands of cycles after the pump is poisoned.

mV time (ms) +300-55-70-90 threshold gNa gK overshoot (Na+ channels inactivate) upstroke repolarization (K+ out) afterhyperpolarization rest absolute RP relative RP
Figure 7.1 The neuronal action potential. Sodium conductance (gold) rises fast and inactivates; potassium conductance (blue) rises later and lingers, producing the undershoot. The absolute refractory period spans the upstroke and most of repolarization; the relative refractory period overlaps the afterhyperpolarization.

Refractory periods

During the absolute refractory period no stimulus, however strong, can trigger a second action potential, because most sodium channels are inactivated. It lasts from threshold until repolarization is largely complete, and it limits maximum firing frequency (roughly 1 kHz for large neurons). During the relative refractory period, which overlaps the afterhyperpolarization, a stronger than normal stimulus can fire the cell: some sodium channels have recovered, but potassium conductance is still elevated and the membrane is farther from threshold. Refractoriness also forces one way propagation in the normal axon, because the patch just behind the advancing spike cannot fire again.

Conduction and myelination

An action potential spreads because local currents flow from the active region to adjacent resting membrane and depolarize it to threshold. Conduction velocity rises with axon diameter (lower internal resistance) and with myelination (higher membrane resistance and lower capacitance, so current spreads farther and charges the membrane faster). Myelin is formed by oligodendrocytes in the CNS (one cell wraps many axons) and Schwann cells in the PNS (one cell per internode). Voltage gated sodium channels cluster at the nodes of Ranvier, so the impulse jumps from node to node: saltatory conduction. It is faster and also metabolically cheaper, because ion exchange occurs only at nodes.

Demyelination slows or blocks conduction. In multiple sclerosis (CNS) and Guillain Barré syndrome (PNS), current leaks through the bare internode and may fail to reach threshold at the next node. Warmth worsens conduction in demyelinated fibers (Uhthoff phenomenon) because sodium channels inactivate faster at higher temperature.

Unmyelinated: continuous conduction (slow) Na+ channels along the whole membrane; each patch must depolarize in turn (C fibers, 0.5 to 2 m/s) Myelinated: saltatory conduction (fast) myelin internode node of Ranvier current jumps node to node Na+ channels concentrated at nodes; A alpha fibers conduct at 70 to 120 m/s
Figure 7.2 Continuous versus saltatory conduction. Myelin raises membrane resistance and lowers capacitance so local current reaches the next node, where dense sodium channels regenerate the spike.

Nerve fiber classification

Two systems coexist. The Erlanger Gasser (letter) system applies to all fibers, sensory and motor, and sorts them by conduction velocity. The Lloyd Hunt (Roman numeral) system applies to sensory fibers from muscle and skin. Boards test the matches.

Letter classSensory equivalentDiameter and myelinVelocity (m/s)Function
A alphaIa, Ib12 to 20 µm, heavy myelin70 to 120Muscle spindle primary (Ia), Golgi tendon organ (Ib), alpha motor neurons
A betaII6 to 12 µm, myelinated30 to 70Touch, pressure, vibration, spindle secondary endings
A gammanone3 to 6 µm, myelinated15 to 30Gamma motor neurons to intrafusal fibers
A deltaIII1 to 5 µm, thin myelin5 to 30Fast, sharp, well localized pain; cold
Bnone1 to 3 µm, thin myelin3 to 15Preganglionic autonomic
CIV0.2 to 1.5 µm, unmyelinated0.5 to 2Slow, burning, poorly localized pain; warmth; itch; postganglionic sympathetic

Susceptibility to block differs by mechanism. Local anesthetics block small fibers first (C and B, then A delta), so pain and autonomic function disappear before touch and motor power. Pressure and ischemia affect large myelinated fibers first, which is why a "dead leg" from sitting on the sciatic nerve loses proprioception and motor function before pain. Hypoxia affects B fibers most.

Clinical link. Vibration (128 Hz tuning fork) and joint position sense ride on large A beta and Ia fibers, so they are often the first modalities lost in early diabetic or compressive neuropathy. A patient with a sore lumbar spine who also has absent ankle vibration bilaterally is telling you about a peripheral neuropathy, not just a radiculopathy, and the workup changes.
Key point

Concentration gradients built by the Na+/K+ ATPase plus selective permeability set the resting potential near E(K). An action potential is a brief switch in dominant permeability from potassium to sodium and back, driven by voltage gated channels with fast activation and slower inactivation. Refractory periods follow from sodium channel inactivation; conduction speed follows from diameter and myelin; and fiber classes map directly to the sensations and functions a clinician tests.

Section 2Synapses and neurotransmitters

Electrical and chemical synapses

An electrical synapse is a gap junction: connexin proteins (six form a connexon, two connexons span the gap) create a pore that lets ions and small molecules pass directly from cell to cell. Transmission is nearly instantaneous, usually bidirectional, and synchronizes groups of cells. Gap junctions couple cardiac myocytes at intercalated discs, single unit smooth muscle cells, some brainstem and hypothalamic neurons, and glia. A chemical synapse releases a transmitter across a cleft of about 20 to 40 nm. It is slower (a synaptic delay of about 0.5 ms), strictly one way, and can amplify, invert (inhibit) and modulate signals. Nearly all synapses tested on boards are chemical.

Release: from spike to vesicle fusion

  1. The action potential invades the presynaptic terminal and opens voltage gated calcium channels (N and P/Q types at most neuronal and neuromuscular terminals).
  2. Calcium enters and binds synaptotagmin, the calcium sensor on docked vesicles.
  3. The SNARE complex zips together: v SNARE synaptobrevin on the vesicle pairs with t SNAREs syntaxin and SNAP 25 on the membrane, pulling the membranes into fusion.
  4. Transmitter is released by exocytosis in discrete packets, or quanta, each the contents of one vesicle. A spontaneous single quantum at the neuromuscular junction produces a miniature end plate potential.
  5. Vesicle membrane is retrieved by clathrin mediated endocytosis (dynamin pinches it off) and refilled by vesicular transporters driven by a proton gradient.

Release depends steeply on calcium: roughly the fourth power of calcium concentration in the terminal. Botulinum toxin and tetanus toxin are proteases that cleave SNARE proteins. Botulinum acts at peripheral cholinergic terminals and causes descending flaccid paralysis. Tetanus toxin travels retrograde to the spinal cord and blocks release of glycine and GABA from inhibitory Renshaw and interneurons, causing spastic paralysis, trismus and opisthotonus. Lambert Eaton syndrome produces antibodies against presynaptic voltage gated calcium channels; weakness improves with repeated effort as calcium accumulates.

action potential arrives Ca2+ channel vesicle withtransmitter fusion(SNARE) cleft postsynaptic receptors postsynaptic membrane terminal bouton reuptake
Figure 7.3 A chemical synapse. Calcium entry triggers SNARE driven fusion; transmitter diffuses across the cleft to postsynaptic receptors and is cleared by reuptake, enzymatic breakdown or diffusion.

Receptors: ionotropic and metabotropic

Ionotropic receptors are ligand gated ion channels. They act in milliseconds. Examples: nicotinic acetylcholine receptors (Na+ and K+, excitatory), AMPA and kainate glutamate receptors (Na+ and K+), NMDA glutamate receptors (Ca2+ plus Na+, blocked by Mg2+ at rest), GABA-A and glycine receptors (Cl-, inhibitory) and 5-HT3 serotonin receptors. Metabotropic receptors are G protein coupled receptors that act over hundreds of milliseconds to minutes through second messengers. Examples: muscarinic, adrenergic, dopamine, most serotonin, GABA-B, metabotropic glutamate and opioid receptors.

G proteinMain effectorSecond messenger resultExamples
GsStimulates adenylyl cyclaseRaises cAMP, activates protein kinase ABeta 1, beta 2, D1, H2, V2
GiInhibits adenylyl cyclase; opens K+ channelsLowers cAMP; hyperpolarizesAlpha 2, M2, D2, GABA-B, mu opioid
GqActivates phospholipase CIP3 releases Ca2+; DAG activates protein kinase CAlpha 1, M1, M3, H1, V1, AT1
Board tip. The NMDA receptor is a coincidence detector: it needs glutamate binding plus enough depolarization to expel the magnesium plug, and it needs glycine as a co agonist. Its calcium influx drives long term potentiation in the hippocampus (learning) and, in excess, excitotoxicity after stroke.

Postsynaptic potentials and summation

An EPSP depolarizes the postsynaptic membrane, usually by opening channels permeable to both Na+ and K+, whose combined reversal potential is near 0 mV. An IPSP usually opens Cl- or K+ channels, holding the membrane near or below rest. When E(Cl) equals the resting potential, opening chloride channels produces no voltage change but still inhibits by shunting: it clamps the membrane and short circuits excitatory current. A single EPSP at a central synapse is often only 0.5 to 1 mV, far below what is needed to reach threshold, so neurons integrate many inputs.

  • Temporal summation: successive inputs from one synapse arrive before the previous potential decays (favored by a long time constant).
  • Spatial summation: simultaneous inputs from different synapses add (favored by a long length constant).
  • Presynaptic inhibition: an axoaxonic synapse reduces calcium entry into another terminal, selectively reducing its release; this is a key mechanism in spinal pain modulation.

The axon initial segment is the integration point because it has the lowest threshold. Synapses on the cell body and near the initial segment (often inhibitory) have more influence than distant dendritic synapses.

The neuromuscular junction

At the skeletal neuromuscular junction, one motor axon spike releases about 100 to 200 quanta of acetylcholine. ACh binds nicotinic receptors (NM type, two ACh molecules per receptor) concentrated on the crests of junctional folds. The end plate potential is large, well above what is needed, so transmission normally has a generous safety factor: every motor nerve spike produces a muscle spike. Acetylcholinesterase in the basal lamina hydrolyzes ACh to acetate and choline within about a millisecond, and choline is taken back up by a sodium coupled transporter (the rate limiting step for ACh synthesis, blocked by hemicholinium). ACh itself is made from acetyl CoA and choline by choline acetyltransferase and loaded into vesicles by the vesicular ACh transporter.

Disorder or drugSiteMechanism and result
Myasthenia gravisPostsynapticAntibodies to nicotinic ACh receptors; fatigable weakness worse with use, ptosis, diplopia; improves with cholinesterase inhibitors
Lambert Eaton syndromePresynapticAntibodies to voltage gated Ca2+ channels; proximal weakness that improves with repetition; associated with small cell lung cancer
BotulismPresynapticCleaves SNAREs; no ACh release; descending flaccid paralysis
Organophosphates, nerve agentsCleftIrreversibly inhibit acetylcholinesterase; muscarinic excess (salivation, lacrimation, urination, bronchorrhea) plus nicotinic fasciculation then paralysis
Curare (tubocurarine), rocuroniumPostsynapticCompetitive nondepolarizing blockade; reversed by neostigmine
SuccinylcholinePostsynapticDepolarizing blocker; persistent depolarization inactivates Na+ channels; fasciculations then flaccid paralysis

The major transmitters and their pathways

TransmitterSynthesized fromMain sourcesKey roles and associations
AcetylcholineCholine plus acetyl CoAMotor neurons, all preganglionic autonomic, parasympathetic postganglionic, basal nucleus of MeynertMuscle contraction, rest and digest, memory; reduced in Alzheimer disease
DopamineTyrosine to L-DOPASubstantia nigra pars compacta, ventral tegmental area, arcuate nucleusMovement (nigrostriatal), reward (mesolimbic), inhibits prolactin (tuberoinfundibular); low in Parkinson disease
NorepinephrineDopamine via dopamine beta hydroxylaseLocus coeruleus, sympathetic postganglionicArousal, attention, fight or flight
Serotonin (5-HT)TryptophanRaphe nucleiMood, sleep, appetite, descending pain inhibition
HistamineHistidineTuberomammillary nucleus of hypothalamusWakefulness
GlutamateGlutamine, alpha ketoglutarateMost excitatory neurons, primary afferentsMain CNS excitatory transmitter; excitotoxicity
GABAGlutamate via glutamic acid decarboxylase (needs B6)Interneurons, Purkinje cells, striatumMain brain inhibitory transmitter; low in Huntington disease
GlycineSerineSpinal interneurons, Renshaw cellsMain spinal inhibitory transmitter; blocked by strychnine
Substance PPeptideC fiber nociceptors, dorsal hornPain transmission, neurogenic inflammation
Endorphins, enkephalinsPeptides (POMC, proenkephalin)Periaqueductal gray, dorsal horn interneuronsPain suppression via opioid receptors
Nitric oxideArginineMany neurons, endotheliumDiffusible retrograde messenger, vasodilation via cGMP

Neurons often co release a small molecule transmitter with a neuropeptide; peptides, stored in large dense core vesicles, need higher firing frequencies, are cleared by diffusion and must be resynthesized in the cell body. Reuptake transporters clear most amines and amino acids (SSRIs block SERT; cocaine blocks NET, DAT and SERT), while MAO and COMT degrade catecholamines.

Clinical link. A patient with fluctuating ptosis and diplopia that worsens by evening, plus proximal weakness, should be screened for myasthenia gravis before any cervical work is attributed to the symptoms. The ice pack test (cold slows acetylcholinesterase and improves ptosis) is a simple in office clue; refer for acetylcholine receptor antibody testing, and remember the association with thymoma.
Key point

Chemical transmission converts an electrical spike into calcium entry, SNARE mediated quantal release and receptor binding. Ionotropic receptors give fast EPSPs and IPSPs; metabotropic receptors give slow modulation through Gs, Gi and Gq. Neurons integrate inputs by temporal and spatial summation at the initial segment. Toxins and diseases map neatly onto each step, and the major transmitters each have signature nuclei and disorders.

Section 3Sensory and motor physiology

Receptors and transduction

A sensory receptor converts a stimulus into a receptor (generator) potential, a graded depolarization that, if large enough, fires action potentials in the afferent axon. Each receptor has an adequate stimulus, the form of energy to which it is most sensitive (the law of specific nerve energies: activation of a pathway produces its own sensation however it is stimulated, which is why pressing on the eye makes you "see" light). Stimulus intensity is coded by frequency of firing and by the number of receptors recruited (population coding). Location is coded by which fibers fire, and spatial resolution depends on receptive field size and receptor density; the fingertips and lips have small fields and the best two point discrimination.

Adaptation is a fall in firing during a constant stimulus. Tonic (slowly adapting) receptors signal sustained stimuli: Merkel discs (pressure, texture), Ruffini endings (skin stretch), muscle spindles, Golgi tendon organs, nociceptors and baroreceptors. Phasic (rapidly adapting) receptors signal change: Meissner corpuscles (light touch, flutter), Pacinian corpuscles (vibration, especially near 250 Hz; the onion like capsule filters out sustained pressure) and hair follicle receptors.

ReceptorLocationAdaptationModalityFiber
Free nerve endingsSkin, viscera, jointsSlowPain, temperature, itch, crude touchA delta, C
Meissner corpuscleDermal papillae, glabrous skinFastLight discriminative touch, low frequency vibrationA beta
Pacinian corpuscleDeep dermis, joints, periosteumVery fastHigh frequency vibration, deep pressure changeA beta
Merkel discBasal epidermisSlowSustained pressure, texture, shapeA beta
Ruffini endingDermis, joint capsulesSlowSkin stretch, joint angleA beta
Muscle spindleWithin skeletal musclePrimary fast and slow componentsMuscle length and rate of changeIa, II
Golgi tendon organMusculotendinous junctionSlowMuscle tensionIb

Pain physiology

Nociceptors are free nerve endings that respond to tissue damaging mechanical, thermal or chemical stimuli. A delta fibers carry first (fast) pain, sharp and well localized, and synapse mainly in laminae I and V of the dorsal horn using glutamate. C fibers carry second (slow) pain, burning, aching and poorly localized, and synapse in laminae I and II (the substantia gelatinosa) using glutamate and substance P.

Injured tissue releases bradykinin, prostaglandins (especially PGE2), histamine, serotonin, potassium and H+. Prostaglandins do not cause pain much by themselves but lower nociceptor threshold: this is peripheral sensitization and the basis of NSAID analgesia. Antidromic release of substance P and CGRP from C fiber terminals causes vasodilation and plasma extravasation: neurogenic inflammation. Repetitive C fiber input to the dorsal horn produces wind up and central sensitization (NMDA receptor dependent), giving hyperalgesia (more pain from a painful stimulus) and allodynia (pain from a normally innocuous stimulus such as light touch).

Referred pain arises because visceral and somatic afferents converge on the same dorsal horn projection neurons (convergence projection theory): cardiac ischemia felt in the left arm and jaw (T1 to T4), diaphragmatic irritation in the shoulder (C3 to C5), appendicitis first around the umbilicus (T10).

Gate control and descending modulation

The gate control theory (Melzack and Wall) proposes that large diameter A beta touch fibers excite inhibitory interneurons in the substantia gelatinosa, which in turn inhibit transmission from nociceptive fibers to the projection (T) cells of the spinothalamic tract. Small fiber input inhibits those same interneurons, "opening the gate." Rubbing a bumped elbow, TENS, vibration and manual therapy all exploit this mechanism.

The brain also closes the gate from above. The periaqueductal gray (midbrain) excites the rostral ventromedial medulla, including the nucleus raphe magnus (serotonin), and the locus coeruleus sends noradrenergic fibers; both descend in the dorsolateral funiculus to the dorsal horn, where they activate enkephalin interneurons. Enkephalins act on mu and delta opioid receptors to cause presynaptic inhibition (less calcium entry, less substance P release) and postsynaptic hyperpolarization. Stress induced analgesia, placebo analgesia and part of the analgesic effect of spinal manipulation are thought to engage this descending system.

Board tip. Gate control: large fibers (A beta) close the gate, small fibers (A delta and C) open it, and the gate is in the substantia gelatinosa (lamina II). Descending inhibition: periaqueductal gray to raphe magnus (serotonin) to dorsal horn enkephalin interneurons.

Muscle spindles and Golgi tendon organs

The muscle spindle lies in parallel with ordinary (extrafusal) muscle fibers and senses length and rate of change of length. Inside its capsule are intrafusal fibers: nuclear bag fibers (dynamic and static) and nuclear chain fibers. Group Ia primary (annulospiral) endings wrap all intrafusal fibers and respond to both length and velocity (dynamic response). Group II secondary (flower spray) endings lie mainly on chain and static bag fibers and signal static length. Gamma motor neurons innervate the contractile poles of intrafusal fibers. When the muscle shortens, the spindle would go slack and stop reporting; alpha gamma coactivation contracts the intrafusal poles in step with the extrafusal fibers, keeping the spindle taut and sensitive throughout movement. Increased gamma drive raises spindle sensitivity and reflex gain.

The Golgi tendon organ lies in series with extrafusal fibers at the musculotendinous junction. Its Ib afferent endings are squeezed between collagen strands when the tendon is loaded, so it signals tension, especially tension produced by active contraction. It is sensitive throughout the normal range, not only at dangerous loads.

quadriceps (agonist)hamstrings (antagonist) muscle spindle Golgi tendon organ Ia afferent Ib afferent Ia inhibitoryinterneuron Ib inhibitoryinterneuron alpha MN(agonist) alpha MN(antagonist) dorsalventral Navy: inhibitory interneurons
Figure 7.4 Spinal reflex circuitry. Stretch excites Ia afferents that synapse directly on agonist alpha motor neurons (monosynaptic) and, through a Ia inhibitory interneuron, inhibit the antagonist (reciprocal inhibition). The Golgi tendon organ Ib pathway uses an inhibitory interneuron to reduce agonist output (autogenic inhibition).

Spinal reflexes

ReflexReceptor and afferentSynapsesResponse
Stretch (myotatic, deep tendon) reflexMuscle spindle, IaMonosynaptic onto alpha motor neuronsContraction of the stretched muscle; reciprocal inhibition of the antagonist
Inverse myotatic (autogenic inhibition)Golgi tendon organ, IbDisynaptic via inhibitory interneuronRelaxation of the tensed muscle; facilitation of the antagonist
Flexor withdrawalNociceptors, A delta and C (flexor reflex afferents)PolysynapticIpsilateral flexion, ipsilateral extensor inhibition
Crossed extensorSame as withdrawalPolysynaptic, crosses midlineContralateral extension to support weight

The deep tendon reflex tests the whole arc: receptor, afferent, root, cord segment, alpha motor neuron, neuromuscular junction and muscle. Standard levels: biceps C5 to C6, brachioradialis C6, triceps C7, patellar L4 (L2 to L4), Achilles S1. Renshaw cells are glycinergic interneurons excited by alpha motor neuron collaterals; they feed back to inhibit the same and synergistic motor neurons (recurrent inhibition), limiting firing rate. The Jendrassik maneuver (clenching teeth or pulling hooked fingers apart) increases gamma drive and facilitates a hard to elicit reflex.

Board tip. Spindle in parallel senses length; tendon organ in series senses tension. Ia makes the only monosynaptic reflex. The "clasp knife" phenomenon in spasticity, in which resistance suddenly gives way, has classically been attributed to Ib autogenic inhibition, though group II and other afferents also contribute.

The motor control hierarchy

Motor control is organized in levels. The spinal cord contains the final common pathway (alpha motor neurons), reflex circuits and central pattern generators for rhythmic stepping. The brainstem (vestibulospinal, reticulospinal and tectospinal tracts) controls posture, balance, head and eye orientation and axial and proximal muscles. The motor cortex (primary motor area 4, premotor and supplementary motor areas 6) plans and commands voluntary, especially fine distal, movement through the corticospinal and corticobulbar tracts. Two side loops refine commands without projecting directly to the cord. The cerebellum compares intended with actual movement and corrects errors in timing, coordination and smoothness; damage gives ipsilateral ataxia, dysmetria, intention tremor and dysdiadochokinesia. The basal ganglia select wanted movements and suppress unwanted ones through the direct (facilitates movement, D1) and indirect (inhibits movement, D2) pathways; damage gives hypokinetic (Parkinson disease) or hyperkinetic (Huntington chorea, hemiballismus) disorders with resting tremor and rigidity rather than weakness.

Upper versus lower motor neuron signs

The upper motor neuron (UMN) runs from cortex or brainstem to the anterior horn; the lower motor neuron (LMN) runs from the anterior horn (or cranial nerve nucleus) to the muscle. The pattern of signs locates a lesion and is among the most tested topics in neurophysiology.

FeatureUpper motor neuron lesionLower motor neuron lesion
WeaknessGroups of muscles in a pyramidal pattern (extensors in arm, flexors in leg)Individual muscles in a root, nerve or segment pattern
ToneIncreased (spasticity, velocity dependent)Decreased (flaccid)
Deep tendon reflexesHyperreflexia, clonusHyporeflexia or areflexia
Plantar responseExtensor (Babinski sign); Hoffmann sign in the handFlexor or absent
AtrophyMild, from disuse, lateMarked, early
FasciculationsAbsentPresent
Superficial reflexes (abdominal, cremasteric)LostMay be preserved unless the segment is involved

In the acute phase of a UMN lesion (spinal shock or acute stroke) tone and reflexes are depressed for days to weeks before spasticity appears. Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis characteristically produces both UMN and LMN signs, sometimes in the same limb, with sensation spared.

Clinical link. A patient with neck pain, clumsy hands, a positive Hoffmann sign, brisk lower limb reflexes and an unsteady gait has cervical myelopathy until proved otherwise: UMN signs below the level of cord compression, sometimes with LMN signs at the compressed segment. That is a red flag for high velocity cervical manipulation and a reason for MRI and surgical referral.
Key point

Receptors convert stimuli to graded generator potentials coded by frequency and adapt slowly or quickly. Pain travels on A delta and C fibers, is amplified by sensitization and is damped by gate control and descending opioid systems. Spindles (parallel, length, Ia) and tendon organs (series, tension, Ib) feed the spinal reflexes that the hammer tests. The motor hierarchy runs from cortex through brainstem to cord, with cerebellar and basal ganglia loops, and UMN versus LMN signs locate the lesion.

Section 4Skeletal muscle physiology

Structure that explains function

A skeletal muscle is made of fascicles, each a bundle of multinucleated muscle fibers (cells), each packed with myofibrils, each a chain of sarcomeres, the contractile unit running from one Z line (Z disc) to the next. Thin filaments are actin with the regulatory proteins tropomyosin and troponin (troponin C binds calcium, troponin I inhibits actin myosin interaction, troponin T binds tropomyosin) and are anchored at the Z line. Thick filaments are myosin II, each molecule with two heads that carry an ATPase site and an actin binding site, anchored at the M line. The giant elastic protein titin runs from Z line to M line, centers the thick filament and provides passive tension when the muscle is stretched. Nebulin sets thin filament length. Dystrophin links the cytoskeleton through the sarcolemma to the extracellular matrix; its absence (Duchenne) or truncation (Becker) makes the membrane fragile.

Band or zoneContainsDuring contraction
A bandFull length of thick filaments (with overlapping thin)Stays the same length
I bandThin filaments only, bisected by the Z lineShortens
H zoneThick filaments only, center of A bandShortens or disappears
M lineProteins linking thick filamentsStays centered
Sarcomere (Z to Z)One contractile unit, about 2.0 to 2.2 µm at restShortens
Board tip. "The A band is Always the same length." Only the I band and H zone shrink, because filaments slide past each other without changing their own length: that is the sliding filament theory (Huxley and Huxley, 1954).

Excitation contraction coupling

Excitation contraction coupling links the muscle action potential to the rise in cytosolic calcium that starts contraction.

  1. ACh at the end plate triggers an end plate potential and then a muscle action potential that spreads along the sarcolemma.
  2. The action potential dives into the fiber along transverse (T) tubules, which in skeletal muscle lie at the A band to I band junction, two per sarcomere, flanked by terminal cisternae of the sarcoplasmic reticulum (a triad).
  3. T tubule depolarization changes the shape of the dihydropyridine receptor (DHPR), an L type calcium channel that in skeletal muscle acts mainly as a voltage sensor.
  4. The DHPR is mechanically coupled to the ryanodine receptor (RyR1) in the SR membrane, which opens and releases stored calcium into the cytosol. Skeletal muscle does not need extracellular calcium entry to contract.
  5. Calcium binds troponin C, shifting tropomyosin off the myosin binding sites on actin.
  6. Cross bridge cycling proceeds until calcium is pumped back into the SR by SERCA (sarcoplasmic and endoplasmic reticulum Ca2+ ATPase), where it is held by calsequestrin. Relaxation therefore also requires ATP.

The cross bridge cycle

  1. Rigor (attached) state: myosin head bound to actin, no nucleotide.
  2. ATP binds to the myosin head, reducing its affinity for actin; the head detaches.
  3. ATP is hydrolyzed to ADP and Pi, which stay bound; the head swings into the cocked, high energy position.
  4. Weak binding to a new actin site (possible only if calcium has moved tropomyosin).
  5. Pi release triggers the power stroke: the head pivots, pulling the thin filament about 10 nm toward the M line.
  6. ADP release returns the head to the rigor state, ready for another ATP.

ATP has three roles in muscle: powering the cross bridge (hydrolysis), detaching myosin from actin (binding) and pumping calcium back into the SR (SERCA), plus running the Na+/K+ ATPase. Without ATP, heads remain locked to actin: rigor mortis, which begins a few hours after death and resolves as proteins degrade.

Clinical link. Malignant hyperthermia is an inherited RyR1 (or DHPR) defect in which volatile anesthetics or succinylcholine cause uncontrolled SR calcium release, sustained contraction, rigidity, hyperthermia, hypercapnia and hyperkalemia. Dantrolene, which blocks RyR1, is the treatment. Ask about anesthesia reactions in the family history of any patient heading for surgery.

Twitch, summation and tetanus

A single action potential produces a twitch. Because the muscle action potential lasts only 2 to 4 ms while the twitch lasts tens of milliseconds, a second stimulus can arrive before relaxation is complete, adding force: summation (wave summation). At higher frequencies twitches fuse into a smooth sustained contraction, tetanus, with force several times that of a single twitch, because calcium stays high and the series elastic elements are fully stretched. Skeletal muscle can be tetanized because its refractory period is far shorter than its contraction; cardiac muscle cannot (Section 5).

Length tension and force velocity

Isometric force depends on sarcomere length. Active tension peaks at the optimal length (about 2.0 to 2.2 µm), where overlap between thin filaments and the cross bridge region of thick filaments is maximal. When the muscle is stretched beyond that, overlap falls and active force declines; when shortened, thin filaments overlap one another and thick filaments butt against Z lines, also reducing force. Passive tension, from titin and connective tissue, rises steeply as the muscle is stretched past resting length. Total tension is the sum. In the body, most muscles operate near the peak of the active curve.

The force velocity relationship states that the faster a muscle shortens, the less force it can produce, because fewer cross bridges are attached at any moment. Maximum velocity occurs with zero load; maximum force is isometric. During eccentric (lengthening) contraction, force can exceed isometric maximum, which is one reason eccentric exercise causes more delayed onset muscle soreness and is also used to load tendons in rehabilitation.

A bandhalf I bandH zone Z lineZ lineM line thin filament (actin) thick filament (myosin) tension sarcomere length (µm) 1.52.12.83.6 active (optimal overlap)passivetotal
Figure 7.5 Top: one sarcomere. Bottom: the length tension relationship. Active tension tracks filament overlap and peaks near 2.0 to 2.2 µm; passive tension from titin and connective tissue rises with stretch; total tension is their sum.

Motor units and recruitment

A motor unit is one alpha motor neuron plus all the muscle fibers it innervates; all fibers of a unit are the same type and contract together. Muscles for fine control (extraocular, intrinsic hand, laryngeal) have small units of a few to about 10 fibers; postural and power muscles (gastrocnemius, quadriceps) have units of hundreds to over a thousand fibers. Force is graded in two ways: recruitment of more motor units, and rate coding, increasing firing frequency toward tetanus. Recruitment follows Henneman size principle: small motor neurons (lower threshold, because a given synaptic current produces a larger voltage change across their higher input resistance) are recruited first and innervate slow, fatigue resistant fibers; large motor neurons innervating fast, fatigable fibers are recruited last, only for strong efforts. This order gives fine control at low force and keeps the fatigable units in reserve.

Fiber types

FeatureType I (slow oxidative)Type IIa (fast oxidative glycolytic)Type IIx (fast glycolytic)
ColorRedRed to pinkWhite
Myosin ATPase speedSlowFastFast
Mitochondria, capillaries, myoglobinManyMany to moderateFew
Main ATP sourceOxidative phosphorylationOxidative and glycolyticAnaerobic glycolysis, phosphocreatine
GlycogenLowIntermediateHigh
Fatigue resistanceHighIntermediateLow
Motor unit size and recruitmentSmall, firstIntermediateLarge, last
Typical muscleSoleus, deep postural spinal muscles (multifidus)Mixed limb musclesSuperficial gastrocnemius bursts, extraocular (fast)

Fiber type is set mainly by the motor neuron: cross innervation experiments convert slow to fast fibers and vice versa. Endurance training shifts IIx toward IIa and increases mitochondria and capillaries; resistance training produces hypertrophy (more myofibrils per fiber) with little true hyperplasia. Disuse, bed rest and spaceflight cause atrophy, especially of type I postural fibers.

Fatigue

Muscle fatigue is a reversible fall in force or power during sustained or repeated activity. Central fatigue arises in the CNS: reduced motor drive, motivation, serotonergic effects. Peripheral fatigue arises in the muscle: accumulation of inorganic phosphate (which reduces cross bridge force and calcium release; now considered a major contributor), reduced SR calcium release, extracellular potassium accumulation in T tubules impairing action potentials, glycogen depletion in prolonged exercise, and, to a lesser degree than once believed, H+ accumulation. Lactate itself is not the cause of fatigue and is actually a fuel that heart and type I fibers oxidize. Neuromuscular junction failure is rare in healthy people but central to myasthenia gravis.

Key point

Skeletal muscle contracts when a T tubule action potential flips the DHPR voltage sensor, which mechanically opens RyR1, releasing SR calcium that binds troponin C and lets myosin cycle on actin. ATP powers the stroke, releases the head and refills the SR. Force depends on filament overlap (length tension), shortening speed (force velocity), and the number and firing rate of motor units recruited in size order, with fiber type set by the motor neuron.

Section 5Smooth and cardiac muscle and muscle energetics

Smooth muscle structure

Smooth muscle cells are small, spindle shaped and uninucleate, with no sarcomeres and therefore no striations. Actin filaments attach to dense bodies in the cytoplasm (the functional equivalent of Z lines, containing alpha actinin) and to dense plaques on the membrane. Myosin is arranged in side polar filaments, which let filaments slide over a long distance: smooth muscle can generate force over a much wider range of lengths than skeletal muscle, an advantage for hollow organs such as bladder and uterus. Smooth muscle lacks troponin. The SR is sparse, there are no T tubules, and instead shallow membrane invaginations called caveolae sit near the SR.

Single unit and multiunit smooth muscle

FeatureSingle unit (unitary, visceral)Multiunit
Gap junctionsMany; cells contract as a syncytiumFew; each cell acts independently
Spontaneous activityYes: pacemaker cells and slow wavesNo; depends on nerve input
ControlStretch, hormones, local factors; nerves modulateDense autonomic innervation, fine graded control
ExamplesGI tract, uterus, ureter, bladder, small arteriolesIris and ciliary muscle, arrector pili, vas deferens, large arteries and airways

Single unit smooth muscle shows slow waves, rhythmic oscillations of membrane potential generated by interstitial cells of Cajal in the gut. Spikes, and contraction, occur when slow wave peaks reach threshold. Single unit muscle also shows the myogenic response (stretch causes contraction, important in arteriolar autoregulation) and stress relaxation (plasticity): after a filled bladder stretches, tension slowly falls back toward its prior level, so the organ can hold more volume without a large rise in pressure. Autonomic nerves release transmitter from varicosities along the axon rather than from discrete end plates.

Calcium and the regulation of smooth muscle contraction

Smooth muscle uses myosin based (thick filament) regulation. Calcium comes from two sources: extracellular entry through L type voltage gated channels, receptor operated and stretch activated channels, and release from the SR through IP3 receptors (after Gq activation) and ryanodine receptors (calcium induced calcium release).

  1. Calcium binds calmodulin.
  2. Calcium calmodulin activates myosin light chain kinase (MLCK).
  3. MLCK phosphorylates the regulatory light chain of myosin, allowing cross bridge cycling.
  4. Myosin light chain phosphatase (MLCP) dephosphorylates the light chain, causing relaxation.

The ratio of MLCK to MLCP activity sets tone. Calcium sensitization occurs through the RhoA and Rho kinase pathway, which inhibits MLCP so that more force is generated at the same calcium. Relaxation is promoted by cAMP (protein kinase A phosphorylates and inhibits MLCK; beta 2 agonists relax bronchi this way) and by cGMP (protein kinase G activates MLCP and lowers calcium; this is how nitric oxide, nitroglycerin and sildenafil act).

Ca2+ entry: L type,stretch, receptor operated SR release: IP3 receptor(Gq), RyR Ca2+ bindscalmodulin Ca2+ calmodulinactivates MLCK myosin light chainphosphorylated: cycling MLCP removes phosphate:relaxation cGMP (NO, nitrates)activates MLCP Rho kinase inhibits MLCP(Ca2+ sensitization) cAMP (PKA) inhibitsMLCK: relaxation Arrow: activates or leads to. Flat bar: inhibits.
Figure 7.6 Smooth muscle is regulated through myosin. Calcium calmodulin activates MLCK to start cycling; MLCP ends it. Nitric oxide and cGMP favor relaxation, Rho kinase favors contraction at a given calcium, and cAMP relaxes by inhibiting MLCK.

The latch state

When calcium and MLCK activity fall after a contraction, some myosin heads become dephosphorylated while still attached to actin. These latch bridges detach very slowly, so force is maintained with minimal cross bridge cycling and very low ATP use (up to several hundred times more economical than skeletal muscle). The latch state explains how sphincters, vascular smooth muscle and the uterus hold tone for hours without fatigue.

Cardiac muscle properties

Cardiac myocytes are striated (they have sarcomeres, troponin and tropomyosin), branched, usually have one or two central nuclei, and are joined end to end by intercalated discs containing desmosomes (mechanical coupling) and gap junctions (electrical coupling), so the atria and ventricles each behave as a functional syncytium. T tubules lie at the Z lines and pair with SR cisternae to form dyads. Mitochondria occupy about a third of cell volume, reflecting almost purely aerobic metabolism (fatty acids are the preferred fuel, plus lactate, glucose and ketones).

The key difference from skeletal muscle is calcium induced calcium release. During the plateau of the ventricular action potential, L type calcium channels (DHPRs) admit a small trigger of extracellular calcium, which opens RyR2 and releases much larger amounts from the SR. The strength of contraction therefore depends on extracellular calcium entry and SR load: catecholamines (beta 1, cAMP, protein kinase A) increase L type current and SERCA activity via phosphorylation of phospholamban, raising both contractility and relaxation rate (lusitropy). Digoxin inhibits the Na+/K+ ATPase, raising intracellular sodium, slowing the sodium calcium exchanger (NCX) and leaving more calcium in the cell for the SR: a positive inotrope.

PropertySkeletalCardiacSmooth
Striations, troponinYesYesNo (calmodulin, caldesmon)
T tubulesTriads at A and I junctionDyads at Z line, widerNone (caveolae)
Gap junctionsNoYes, intercalated discsSingle unit yes; multiunit few
Calcium sourceSR via mechanical DHPR and RyR1 couplingTrigger entry plus SR (CICR, RyR2)Extracellular plus SR (IP3R)
Calcium bindsTroponin CTroponin CCalmodulin
InitiationNeurogenic (motor neuron)Myogenic (SA node pacemaker)Myogenic and neurogenic
Tetanus possibleYesNo (long refractory period)Tonic contraction
Grading of forceRecruitment, rate codingContractility (calcium), preloadCalcium, sensitization
RegenerationSatellite cells, goodVery limitedGood (cells divide)

The ventricular action potential has a long plateau (phase 2) produced by L type calcium entry balanced by potassium exit, so it lasts about 250 to 300 ms, nearly as long as the contraction. The effective refractory period therefore extends until the muscle has begun to relax, which prevents summation and tetanus and guarantees that the ventricles fill between beats. Chapter 8 develops pacemaker potentials and the ECG.

Board tip. Extracellular calcium: skeletal muscle does not need it for contraction, cardiac muscle does (CICR), and smooth muscle relies on it heavily. That is why calcium channel blockers affect heart and vessels but not biceps.

Muscle energetics: where the ATP comes from

Resting muscle holds only enough ATP for a few seconds of maximal effort (about 5 to 8 mM). Three systems regenerate it, overlapping in time rather than switching on and off.

  • Phosphagen system. Creatine phosphate (phosphocreatine) donates its phosphate to ADP via creatine kinase: PCr + ADP gives Cr + ATP. Stores are 3 to 5 times those of ATP and support maximal efforts of roughly 10 seconds (sprint, lift, jump). Creatine is made in liver and kidney from arginine, glycine and methionine; spontaneous breakdown of creatine phosphate produces creatinine, excreted at a rate proportional to muscle mass, which is why serum creatinine estimates kidney function. Elevated serum CK indicates muscle damage (rhabdomyolysis, muscular dystrophy, statin myopathy, intense exercise).
  • Anaerobic glycolysis. Muscle glycogen and blood glucose are broken down to pyruvate in the cytosol, netting 2 ATP per glucose (3 from glycogen, because glycogen phosphorylase produces glucose 1 phosphate without spending ATP at hexokinase). When oxygen delivery or mitochondrial capacity is exceeded, lactate dehydrogenase converts pyruvate to lactate to regenerate NAD+ so glycolysis can continue. This system dominates efforts of about 10 seconds to 2 minutes. Lactate travels to the liver for gluconeogenesis (Cori cycle) or to heart and type I fibers for oxidation.
  • Oxidative phosphorylation. Pyruvate, fatty acids (via beta oxidation) and amino acids feed acetyl CoA into the citric acid cycle; the electron transport chain yields about 30 to 32 ATP per glucose. It is slow to ramp up but has nearly unlimited capacity and dominates any effort longer than about 2 to 3 minutes. Fat dominates at low intensity; carbohydrate rises as intensity increases (the crossover concept).
% of ATP 010 s30 s2 min10 min duration of maximal effort (not to scale) phosphagen (ATP, creatine phosphate)anaerobic glycolysisoxidative
Figure 7.7 Energy systems overlap. Creatine phosphate dominates the first seconds, glycolysis peaks between roughly 10 seconds and 2 minutes, and oxidative metabolism supplies nearly all ATP in sustained activity.

After exercise, oxygen consumption stays elevated: excess post exercise oxygen consumption (once called oxygen debt) pays for resynthesis of creatine phosphate and ATP, reloading of myoglobin and hemoglobin, lactate clearance and the higher temperature and catecholamine levels. The lactate threshold (onset of blood lactate accumulation, often 50 to 60 percent of VO2max in untrained and 70 to 80 percent in trained people) marks the intensity above which glycolytic flux outpaces clearance.

Clinical link. Dark, cola colored urine, muscle pain and weakness after an unaccustomed high volume workout, a crush injury or a heat illness suggest exertional rhabdomyolysis. Massive CK elevation and myoglobinuria can cause acute kidney injury and life threatening hyperkalemia; this is an emergency referral, not a soft tissue complaint to treat in the office.
Key point

Smooth muscle is regulated through calcium calmodulin and MLCK, balanced by MLCP, sensitized by Rho kinase, relaxed by cAMP and cGMP, and holds tone cheaply in the latch state. Cardiac muscle is striated but depends on trigger calcium for calcium induced calcium release, and its long refractory period prevents tetanus. ATP is buffered by creatine phosphate for seconds, produced by glycolysis for up to about two minutes and by oxidative metabolism thereafter, matched to type IIx, IIa and I fibers.

The chapter in one breath

  • The Na+/K+ ATPase builds gradients; high resting K+ permeability sets the resting potential near E(K), and hyperkalemia depolarizes cells.
  • The action potential is a fast rise in Na+ conductance, then inactivation plus delayed K+ conductance; inactivation explains the absolute refractory period.
  • Conduction velocity rises with diameter and myelin; saltatory conduction jumps between nodes of Ranvier; A alpha fastest, C slowest.
  • Calcium entry and SNARE proteins release transmitter in quanta; botulinum and tetanus toxins cleave SNAREs with opposite clinical pictures.
  • Ionotropic receptors are fast channels; metabotropic receptors act through Gs, Gi and Gq; neurons integrate by temporal and spatial summation.
  • Pain uses A delta and C fibers, is amplified by sensitization, and is reduced by gate control and descending opioid and serotonergic pathways.
  • Spindles sense length (parallel, Ia, gamma control); Golgi tendon organs sense tension (series, Ib); the stretch reflex is the only monosynaptic reflex.
  • UMN lesions give spasticity, hyperreflexia and Babinski; LMN lesions give flaccidity, atrophy, fasciculations and areflexia.
  • Skeletal excitation contraction coupling: T tubule DHPR to RyR1 to calcium on troponin C; ATP detaches myosin and powers SERCA.
  • Force depends on length tension, force velocity, and motor unit recruitment in size order plus rate coding.
  • Smooth muscle uses calmodulin and MLCK and holds tone in the latch state; cardiac muscle uses calcium induced calcium release and cannot tetanize.
  • ATP comes from creatine phosphate (seconds), glycolysis (to about 2 minutes) and oxidative phosphorylation (sustained work).

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Equilibrium potentialThe membrane voltage at which the electrical force on an ion exactly balances its concentration gradient, so there is no net movement.
Resting membrane potentialThe steady voltage across an unstimulated cell membrane, about -70 mV in neurons, set mostly by potassium permeability.
ThresholdThe membrane voltage at which inward sodium current overcomes outward current and an action potential becomes self sustaining.
Absolute refractory periodThe interval during which no stimulus can fire another action potential, because sodium channels are inactivated.
Relative refractory periodThe interval after the absolute period when a stronger than normal stimulus can fire the cell.
Saltatory conductionJumping of the action potential from node to node of Ranvier along a myelinated axon.
SNARE proteinsSynaptobrevin, syntaxin and SNAP 25, which zip vesicle and plasma membranes together for exocytosis.
Ionotropic receptorA receptor that is itself an ion channel and opens when transmitter binds, giving a fast response.
Metabotropic receptorA G protein coupled receptor that acts through second messengers, giving slower, longer lasting effects.
EPSP and IPSPGraded postsynaptic depolarization (excitatory) or hyperpolarization or clamping (inhibitory) produced by transmitter.
AdaptationDecline in a receptor's firing rate during a constant stimulus; fast in Pacinian corpuscles, slow in spindles and nociceptors.
AllodyniaPain produced by a stimulus that normally does not hurt, such as light touch, a sign of central sensitization.
Gate controlThe theory that large fiber input activates dorsal horn inhibitory interneurons that reduce nociceptive transmission.
Muscle spindleAn encapsulated stretch receptor in parallel with muscle fibers that signals length and rate of change through Ia and II afferents.
Golgi tendon organA tension receptor in series at the musculotendinous junction that signals through Ib afferents.
Alpha gamma coactivationSimultaneous firing of alpha and gamma motor neurons that keeps the spindle taut during shortening.
Renshaw cellA glycinergic spinal interneuron that receives motor neuron collaterals and feeds back to inhibit them.
Babinski signExtension of the great toe with fanning of the others on plantar stimulation, indicating an upper motor neuron lesion.
Dihydropyridine receptorThe L type calcium channel in T tubules; a voltage sensor in skeletal muscle and a calcium trigger channel in heart.
Ryanodine receptorThe SR calcium release channel; RyR1 in skeletal muscle, RyR2 in cardiac muscle.
Motor unitOne alpha motor neuron and all the muscle fibers it innervates.
Size principleRecruitment of motor units in order of increasing motor neuron size, so slow small units fire first.
Tetanus (physiological)Smooth sustained contraction produced by fused twitches at high stimulation frequency.
Latch stateMaintenance of smooth muscle force by slowly detaching dephosphorylated cross bridges, using little ATP.
Calcium induced calcium releaseRelease of SR calcium through RyR2 triggered by a small influx of extracellular calcium, as in heart muscle.
Creatine phosphateA high energy phosphate store that regenerates ATP from ADP via creatine kinase during brief intense effort.

Check yourself

A patient with renal failure has a serum potassium of 7.2 mEq/L. What happens to the resting membrane potential of skeletal muscle, and why can this cause weakness rather than hyperexcitability?
The membrane depolarizes, then becomes less excitable. Raising extracellular K+ makes E(K) less negative, so the resting potential moves toward threshold. Sustained depolarization keeps sodium channel inactivation gates closed, so fewer channels are available and action potentials fail, producing weakness and dangerous cardiac conduction changes.
Which ion movement is responsible for the upstroke of a neuronal action potential, and what ends it?
Sodium influx through voltage gated Na+ channels. Positive feedback opens more channels until inactivation gates close them; delayed opening of voltage gated K+ channels then repolarizes the membrane.
During a dental block, a patient loses pain sensation before touch and before motor function. Explain the order.
Small diameter fibers are most sensitive to local anesthetics. Thin C and A delta fibers have short internodes (or none), so a short length of nerve exposed to the drug blocks enough channels to stop conduction; large A alpha and A beta fibers need a longer blocked segment.
A farm worker exposed to an insecticide has pinpoint pupils, drooling, wheezing, diarrhea and muscle fasciculations followed by weakness. What is the mechanism?
Organophosphate inhibition of acetylcholinesterase. ACh accumulates at muscarinic synapses (secretions, miosis, bronchospasm) and at nicotinic neuromuscular junctions, where persistent depolarization first causes fasciculations and then depolarization block and paralysis.
A child with a deep puncture wound develops lockjaw and painful spasms with arching of the back. Which transmitters are blocked and where?
Glycine and GABA release from spinal inhibitory interneurons. Tetanus toxin is carried retrograde to the cord and cleaves synaptobrevin in Renshaw and other inhibitory interneurons, removing inhibition of alpha motor neurons and causing spastic paralysis.
Tapping the patellar tendon produces knee extension. Name the receptor, afferent fiber, number of synapses and the spinal levels tested.
Muscle spindle, group Ia afferent, one synapse, L2 to L4 (mainly L4). The Ia fiber excites quadriceps alpha motor neurons directly and inhibits hamstring motor neurons via a Ia inhibitory interneuron (reciprocal inhibition).
A patient has right leg weakness, increased tone, a sustained ankle clonus and an upgoing right toe. Upper or lower motor neuron lesion?
Upper motor neuron. Spasticity, hyperreflexia, clonus and the Babinski sign follow loss of descending corticospinal and inhibitory control; LMN lesions give flaccidity, atrophy, fasciculations and reduced reflexes.
Which sarcomere band does not change length during contraction, and what does that prove?
The A band. Its length equals the thick filament length; constant A band with shrinking I band and H zone shows that filaments slide past one another rather than shortening, the sliding filament theory.
Why can a skeletal muscle be stimulated into tetanus while the ventricle cannot?
Refractory period length relative to contraction. The skeletal muscle action potential and refractory period last only a few milliseconds, far shorter than the twitch, so twitches can summate. The ventricular action potential plateau keeps the cell refractory until relaxation begins, preventing summation and allowing filling.
A sprinter's first 8 to 10 seconds of maximal effort rely mainly on which energy source, and which enzyme catalyzes it?
Creatine phosphate, via creatine kinase. The phosphagen system regenerates ATP fastest but is exhausted in about 10 seconds; anaerobic glycolysis then predominates for efforts up to roughly two minutes, with oxidative metabolism supplying longer work.
Chapter 8 · Physiology

Cardiovascular, Respiratory and Renal Physiology

The heart, lungs and kidneys are a single team: the heart moves blood, the lungs load it with oxygen and unload carbon dioxide, and the kidneys decide how much water, salt and acid the body keeps. Board questions in this area reward students who can reason from a few relationships (flow equals pressure over resistance, Starling forces, clearance, Henderson Hasselbalch) rather than memorize isolated numbers. In practice, the same reasoning lets you recognize the patient whose fatigue, dyspnea, edema or back pain is really cardiopulmonary or renal.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Describe the phases of the cardiac cycle, read a pressure volume loop and place the heart sounds.
  • Relate the waves and intervals of the ECG to atrial and ventricular electrical events and to pacemaker physiology.
  • Explain cardiac output in terms of preload, afterload, contractility and the Frank Starling mechanism.
  • Apply Poiseuille and Starling forces to flow, resistance, edema and capillary exchange.
  • Explain short term (baroreceptor) and long term (renin angiotensin aldosterone) control of blood pressure.
  • Define lung volumes and capacities, compliance, V/Q matching and the oxyhemoglobin dissociation curve.
  • Calculate GFR and clearance, and trace sodium, water and glucose handling along the nephron, including the countercurrent multiplier.
  • Describe fluid compartments, osmolality, and sodium, potassium and calcium balance.
  • Classify acid base disorders, predict compensation and use the anion gap.

Section 1The heart as a pump

Cardiac electrical activity

The heartbeat starts in the sinoatrial (SA) node, whose cells have no stable resting potential. Their pacemaker potential (phase 4) is driven by the funny current (If, an inward Na+ current through HCN channels that opens on hyperpolarization), then T type and finally L type calcium channels. The upstroke of nodal cells (phase 0) is carried by calcium, so it is slow, and repolarization (phase 3) by potassium. The SA node fires about 60 to 100 times per minute; the AV node about 40 to 60; Purkinje fibers about 20 to 40.

Sympathetic stimulation (norepinephrine on beta 1, raising cAMP) increases If and calcium current, steepening phase 4 and raising heart rate (positive chronotropy) and speeding AV conduction (positive dromotropy). Vagal stimulation (ACh on M2, Gi) opens ACh activated K+ channels, hyperpolarizes nodal cells and flattens phase 4, slowing rate and AV conduction. At rest, vagal tone dominates: the intrinsic rate of a denervated (transplanted) heart is about 100 per minute.

PhaseVentricular myocyteSA and AV nodal cell
0 (upstroke)Fast Na+ influxCa2+ influx (L type), slow
1 (early repolarization)Transient K+ outflow (Ito), Na+ channels inactivateAbsent
2 (plateau)L type Ca2+ in balanced by K+ outAbsent
3 (repolarization)Delayed rectifier K+ outK+ out
4 (rest or pacemaker)Stable near -90 mV (inward rectifier K+)Slow depolarization by If, then Ca2+

Conduction velocity is fastest in Purkinje fibers (about 2 to 4 m/s), so the ventricles contract nearly simultaneously, and slowest in the AV node (about 0.05 m/s). The AV nodal delay (about 0.1 s) lets the atria finish emptying before the ventricles contract.

ECG basics

The electrocardiogram records the summed extracellular currents of the heart from the body surface. Standard paper speed is 25 mm/s, so one small box is 0.04 s and one large box is 0.20 s; 10 mm equals 1 mV.

Wave or intervalRepresentsNormal value
P waveAtrial depolarizationUnder 0.12 s
PR intervalAtrial depolarization plus AV nodal delay (start of P to start of QRS)0.12 to 0.20 s
QRS complexVentricular depolarization (atrial repolarization is hidden here)Under 0.12 s (often under 0.10 s)
ST segmentPlateau; entire ventricle depolarized, normally isoelectricElevation or depression suggests injury or ischemia
T waveVentricular repolarizationUpright in most leads
QT intervalWhole ventricular action potentialCorrected QT under about 0.44 s (men) and 0.46 s (women)

Heart rate estimate: 300 divided by the number of large boxes between R waves. A prolonged PR interval is first degree AV block; dropped QRS complexes indicate second degree block; complete dissociation is third degree block.

The cardiac cycle

At a heart rate of 75, each cycle lasts 0.8 s: about 0.3 s systole and 0.5 s diastole. Tachycardia shortens diastole far more than systole, reducing filling and coronary perfusion.

  1. Atrial systole. Follows the P wave. Tops up ventricular filling (about 20 percent at rest, more at high heart rates or with a stiff ventricle). Produces the a wave of the jugular venous and atrial pressure tracing. Lost in atrial fibrillation.
  2. Isovolumetric contraction. Begins with the QRS. Ventricular pressure exceeds atrial pressure, the mitral and tricuspid valves close (S1), and pressure rises steeply with all valves shut. The c wave appears as the tricuspid bulges back.
  3. Rapid and reduced ejection. When left ventricular pressure exceeds aortic pressure (about 80 mm Hg), the aortic valve opens. Pressure peaks near 120 mm Hg. Stroke volume, about 70 mL, leaves; the T wave occurs late in ejection.
  4. Isovolumetric relaxation. Ventricular pressure falls below aortic pressure, the aortic and pulmonic valves close (S2), and the brief backflow produces the dicrotic notch (incisura). Pressure plunges with all valves shut. The v wave reflects atrial filling against a closed AV valve.
  5. Rapid and reduced filling. Ventricular pressure falls below atrial pressure, the AV valves open and blood rushes in (most filling occurs in this early phase). Slow filling (diastasis) follows.

Typical left heart values: end diastolic volume (EDV) about 120 to 140 mL, end systolic volume (ESV) about 50 to 70 mL, stroke volume (SV = EDV minus ESV) about 70 mL, ejection fraction (EF = SV/EDV) about 55 to 70 percent.

Pressure volume loops

Plotting left ventricular pressure against volume over one beat traces a counterclockwise loop. The width of the loop is stroke volume; the area inside is stroke work. The lower boundary is the end diastolic pressure volume relationship (passive compliance); the upper left corner lies on the end systolic pressure volume relationship (ESPVR), whose slope (elastance) is an index of contractility.

LV pressure (mm Hg) LV volume (mL) 1080100120 50120 ESPVR (contractility) mitral opens mitral closes (S1) aortic opens aortic closes (S2) filling isovolumetriccontraction ejection isovolumetricrelaxation stroke volume (EDV minus ESV)
Figure 8.1 The left ventricular pressure volume loop runs counterclockwise: filling along the bottom, isovolumetric contraction up the right side, ejection across the top and isovolumetric relaxation down the left. Loop width is stroke volume; loop area is stroke work.
ChangeEffect on the loopStroke volume
Increased preload (more venous return)Right edge moves right (higher EDV)Increases
Increased afterload (hypertension, aortic stenosis)Loop taller and narrower; ESV risesDecreases
Increased contractility (sympathetic, inotropes)ESPVR steeper; left edge moves left (lower ESV)Increases
Reduced compliance (hypertrophy, diastolic dysfunction)Diastolic curve steeper; higher filling pressure for a given EDVDecreases or maintained at high pressure

Heart sounds and murmurs

S1 is closure of the mitral and tricuspid valves at the start of systole, loudest at the apex. S2 is closure of the aortic and pulmonic valves, loudest at the base. Inspiration increases venous return to the right heart and delays pulmonic closure, producing physiologic splitting of S2. Wide fixed splitting suggests an atrial septal defect; paradoxical splitting (split on expiration) suggests delayed aortic closure, as in left bundle branch block or aortic stenosis. S3, in early diastole during rapid filling, is normal in children and athletes but in older adults suggests volume overload or systolic heart failure. S4, just before S1, is atrial contraction against a stiff ventricle (hypertrophy, ischemia, long standing hypertension) and is never heard in atrial fibrillation.

Cardiac output and its determinants

Cardiac output (CO) = heart rate times stroke volume, about 5 L/min at rest (70 per minute times 70 mL), rising to 20 to 25 L/min in trained exercise or more in elite athletes. The Fick principle measures it: CO = oxygen consumption divided by the arteriovenous O2 content difference (about 250 mL/min divided by 50 mL O2 per liter = 5 L/min).

  • Preload is the ventricular wall stress at end diastole, approximated by EDV or end diastolic pressure. It depends on venous return, blood volume, venous tone, atrial contraction and filling time.
  • Afterload is the wall stress the ventricle must develop to eject, approximated by aortic pressure (or total peripheral resistance). By the law of Laplace, wall stress = pressure times radius divided by (2 times wall thickness), so a dilated ventricle faces higher afterload and a hypertrophied wall reduces it.
  • Contractility (inotropy) is force generated at a given preload, reflecting calcium handling. It rises with sympathetic stimulation, catecholamines, digoxin and higher heart rate (the Bowditch staircase), and falls with ischemia, acidosis, hypoxia, beta blockers, calcium channel blockers and heart failure.

The Frank Starling mechanism

The Frank Starling law states that, within physiological limits, the heart pumps whatever blood returns to it: increasing EDV stretches sarcomeres toward optimal length and increases stroke volume. Cardiac muscle normally operates on the ascending limb of its length tension curve, below the optimal length (unlike skeletal muscle, which sits near the peak). Stretch also raises troponin C calcium sensitivity. The mechanism automatically matches the outputs of the right and left ventricles beat by beat. A family of Starling curves exists: positive inotropes shift the curve up and left; heart failure shifts it down and right, so a higher filling pressure (and congestion) is needed for the same output.

stroke volume (cardiac output) preload (end diastolic volume or pressure) increased contractilitynormalheart failure normal operating point failing heart needs higher preload
Figure 8.2 Frank Starling curves. Raising preload increases stroke volume along any one curve; inotropes shift the curve up, while a failing heart sits on a flatter, lower curve and needs a higher filling pressure.
Board tip. Preload changes move you along a Starling curve; contractility changes move you to a different curve. Afterload is inversely related to stroke volume. Ejection fraction is the classic clinical index of contractility, and it is preserved in diastolic (HFpEF) but reduced in systolic (HFrEF) heart failure.
Clinical link. A patient who reports new exertional dyspnea, ankle swelling and needing extra pillows at night (orthopnea) has signs of rising filling pressures. An S3, elevated jugular venous pressure and pitting edema point toward heart failure. Left shoulder or interscapular pain brought on by exertion and relieved by rest is angina until proved otherwise; do not treat it as a thoracic segmental problem.
Key point

Pacemaker cells generate rhythm through the funny current and calcium; the ECG maps the sequence of depolarization and repolarization. Valves open and close passively with pressure gradients, producing the phases of the cycle, the heart sounds and the pressure volume loop. Cardiac output is heart rate times stroke volume, and stroke volume rises with preload (Frank Starling) and contractility and falls with afterload.

Section 2Hemodynamics and blood pressure control

Flow, pressure and resistance

The basic law of the circulation is the hydraulic version of Ohm's law: flow (Q) = pressure difference (ΔP) / resistance (R). For the whole systemic circulation, cardiac output = (mean arterial pressure minus right atrial pressure) / total peripheral resistance, usually simplified to MAP = CO times TPR. Mean arterial pressure is about diastolic plus one third of pulse pressure (for 120/80, about 93 mm Hg). Pulse pressure (systolic minus diastolic) rises with stroke volume and with stiffer arteries (reduced compliance in aging, isolated systolic hypertension) and widens in aortic regurgitation and hyperthyroidism.

Poiseuille's law describes resistance to laminar flow in a tube: R = 8ηL / πr4, where η is viscosity, L length and r radius. Because resistance varies with the fourth power of the radius, halving a vessel's radius raises its resistance 16 fold. This is why arterioles, whose smooth muscle changes radius, are the main resistance vessels and the site of the largest pressure drop. Viscosity depends mainly on hematocrit: polycythemia raises resistance, anemia lowers it.

  • Series resistances add (R total = R1 + R2 + ...), as when blood passes artery, arteriole, capillary and vein.
  • Parallel resistances combine reciprocally (1/R total = 1/R1 + 1/R2 + ...), so total resistance is lower than any single branch. Organs are arranged in parallel, so each can regulate its own flow.
  • Velocity = flow / cross sectional area. Total capillary cross section is enormous, so velocity is slowest there, allowing exchange; it is fastest in the aorta.
  • Turbulence is predicted by a high Reynolds number (high velocity, large diameter, low viscosity). Turbulent flow makes noise: murmurs, bruits and the Korotkoff sounds heard when measuring blood pressure.
  • Compliance = ΔV / ΔP. Veins are about 20 to 24 times more compliant than arteries and hold about 60 to 70 percent of blood volume (the capacitance vessels).
SegmentMain roleApproximate mean pressure (mm Hg)
Aorta and large arteriesElastic reservoir (windkessel), smooths flowAbout 95 to 100
ArteriolesResistance; largest pressure drop; distribute flowAbout 85 falling to 35
CapillariesExchange; largest total area, slowest velocityAbout 35 (arterial end) to 15 (venous end)
Venules and veinsCapacitance; blood reservoirAbout 15 falling to 5
Right atrium (central venous pressure)Filling pressure for right heartAbout 0 to 5

Capillary exchange and Starling forces

Gases diffuse through endothelial cells; water and small solutes pass through clefts and fenestrations. Bulk fluid movement follows the Starling equation:

Net filtration = Kf [(Pc minus Pi) minus σ(πc minus πi)]

Pc is capillary hydrostatic pressure (pushes fluid out), Pi interstitial hydrostatic pressure (normally near zero or slightly negative), πc plasma oncotic pressure (about 25 mm Hg, mainly from albumin; pulls fluid in), πi interstitial oncotic pressure, Kf the filtration coefficient (permeability times area) and σ the reflection coefficient for protein. At the arterial end filtration predominates; toward the venous end absorption occurs, but slightly more fluid is filtered than reabsorbed overall (about 2 to 4 L per day systemically), and the lymphatics return the excess and any leaked protein to the blood.

interstitial fluid arterial end venous end plasma oncotic πc ~25 (albumin) Pc ~35 out > πc ~25 in: filtration Pc ~15 out < πc ~25 in: absorption net filtered excess lymphatic capillary returns excess fluid and protein
Figure 8.3 Starling forces along a systemic capillary. Hydrostatic pressure dominates at the arterial end and oncotic pressure at the venous end; the small net excess is returned by lymphatics.
Cause of edemaStarling changeExamples
Raised capillary hydrostatic pressurePc upHeart failure, venous obstruction (DVT), excess salt and water retention, standing
Reduced plasma oncotic pressureπc downNephrotic syndrome, liver cirrhosis, protein malnutrition (kwashiorkor)
Increased capillary permeabilityKf up, σ downInflammation, burns, sepsis, allergic reactions
Lymphatic obstructionImpaired removal; high protein edemaNode dissection, filariasis, tumor (nonpitting lymphedema)

Local control of blood flow

Each organ adjusts its own arteriolar resistance to match flow to need.

  • Autoregulation keeps flow nearly constant across a range of perfusion pressures (roughly 60 to 150 mm Hg for brain and kidney). The myogenic mechanism (stretch of arteriolar smooth muscle triggers contraction) and the metabolic mechanism (washout or accumulation of metabolites) both contribute.
  • Active (functional) hyperemia: increased metabolism raises local CO2, H+, K+, adenosine, lactate and temperature and lowers O2, all of which dilate arterioles. Adenosine is especially important in the coronary circulation.
  • Endothelial factors: nitric oxide (from shear stress and ACh via eNOS, acting through cGMP) and prostacyclin dilate; endothelin and thromboxane A2 constrict.
Board tip. Hypoxia dilates systemic arterioles but constricts pulmonary arterioles. That single contrast appears in many forms: it explains V/Q matching, high altitude pulmonary hypertension and cor pulmonale in chronic lung disease.

The baroreceptor reflex

Short term blood pressure control is a negative feedback loop that acts within seconds.

  1. Receptors: stretch receptors in the carotid sinus (afferents in the glossopharyngeal nerve, CN IX, via the sinus nerve of Hering) and the aortic arch (afferents in the vagus, CN X). The carotid sinus responds to both rises and falls in pressure and is more sensitive; the aortic arch responds mainly to rises.
  2. Integration: the nucleus tractus solitarius in the medulla. Increased firing excites the vagal motor nuclei (nucleus ambiguus, dorsal motor nucleus) and inhibits the sympathetic vasomotor center in the rostral ventrolateral medulla.
  3. Effectors: when pressure falls, baroreceptor firing falls, so vagal tone drops and sympathetic outflow rises: heart rate, contractility, arteriolar constriction (TPR) and venoconstriction all increase, restoring MAP.

The reflex buffers moment to moment changes, such as standing up, but it resets within days to a sustained new pressure, so it does not set long term blood pressure.

Clinical link. Orthostatic hypotension (a fall of 20 systolic or 10 diastolic on standing) results when the baroreceptor reflex cannot compensate for venous pooling: dehydration, antihypertensives, diabetic autonomic neuropathy or Parkinson disease. Check sitting and standing pressures in older or dizzy patients before positional procedures, and have them rise slowly from the table.

The renin angiotensin aldosterone system

Long term pressure control works through blood volume, and therefore through renal sodium handling. Renin is released by the juxtaglomerular (granular) cells of the afferent arteriole in response to three signals: reduced renal perfusion pressure (intrarenal baroreceptor), reduced NaCl delivery to the macula densa, and sympathetic stimulation via beta 1 receptors.

  1. Renin cleaves angiotensinogen (from the liver) to angiotensin I.
  2. Angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE), mainly on pulmonary endothelium, converts angiotensin I to angiotensin II. ACE also breaks down bradykinin, which is why ACE inhibitors cause cough and angioedema.
  3. Angiotensin II acts on AT1 receptors: arteriolar vasoconstriction; constriction of the efferent arteriole more than the afferent (preserving GFR); stimulation of aldosterone release from the zona glomerulosa; increased proximal tubule Na+ reabsorption (Na+/H+ exchanger); ADH release and thirst; and enhanced sympathetic activity.
  4. Aldosterone acts on principal cells of the late distal tubule and collecting duct to increase ENaC sodium channels and Na+/K+ ATPase, retaining sodium (and water) and secreting K+ and H+.

Opposing the system, atrial and brain natriuretic peptides (ANP from atria, BNP from ventricles, released by stretch) dilate the afferent arteriole, raise GFR, inhibit renin, aldosterone and collecting duct sodium reabsorption, and cause natriuresis. BNP is a useful blood marker of heart failure. Pressure natriuresis, the direct increase in renal salt and water excretion as arterial pressure rises, is the ultimate long term set point for blood pressure.

Key point

Flow equals pressure difference over resistance, and resistance depends on radius to the fourth power, so arterioles control pressure and distribution. Starling forces govern capillary fluid exchange and explain edema. The baroreceptor reflex corrects pressure in seconds through the autonomic system, while the renin angiotensin aldosterone system and natriuretic peptides regulate volume and long term pressure through the kidney; local metabolic and myogenic factors set each organ's share.

Section 3Respiratory physiology

Mechanics of breathing

Air flows down a pressure gradient, so to inhale the alveolar pressure must fall below atmospheric pressure. The diaphragm (phrenic nerve, C3 to C5) is the main inspiratory muscle; contraction flattens its dome and enlarges the thorax vertically, while the external intercostals raise the ribs (pump handle in upper ribs, bucket handle in lower ribs). Expansion makes intrapleural pressure more negative (from about -5 to about -8 cm H2O), alveoli expand, alveolar pressure falls slightly below atmospheric and air enters. Quiet expiration is passive, driven by elastic recoil of lung and chest wall. Forced expiration and coughing use the internal intercostals and abdominal muscles.

Intrapleural pressure is negative at rest because the lung tends to recoil inward while the chest wall tends to spring outward; the thin pleural fluid layer couples them. At functional residual capacity (FRC) these opposing recoils balance. If air enters the pleural space (pneumothorax), intrapleural pressure becomes atmospheric, the lung collapses inward and the chest wall springs outward.

Compliance and surface tension

Compliance = ΔV / ΔP, a measure of distensibility (the inverse of elastance). Compliance is reduced in pulmonary fibrosis, pulmonary edema, atelectasis and surfactant deficiency (stiff lungs, low volumes) and increased in emphysema, where destruction of elastic tissue makes lungs easy to inflate but poor at recoil, trapping air. About two thirds of lung recoil comes from surface tension at the air liquid interface of alveoli. By the law of Laplace (P = 2T / r), small alveoli would collapse into large ones without help. Surfactant (mainly dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine, made by type II pneumocytes) lowers surface tension, more so in smaller alveoli, stabilizing them, increasing compliance and keeping alveoli dry. Premature infants lacking it develop neonatal respiratory distress syndrome.

Lung volumes and capacities

MeasureDefinitionTypical adult value
Tidal volume (TV)Air moved in a quiet breathAbout 500 mL
Inspiratory reserve volume (IRV)Extra air inspired beyond a normal breathAbout 3,000 mL
Expiratory reserve volume (ERV)Extra air forcibly expired after a normal expirationAbout 1,100 to 1,200 mL
Residual volume (RV)Air left after maximal expiration; not measurable by simple spirometryAbout 1,200 mL
Inspiratory capacity (IC)TV + IRVAbout 3,500 mL
Functional residual capacity (FRC)ERV + RV; volume at end of quiet expirationAbout 2,300 to 2,400 mL
Vital capacity (VC)IRV + TV + ERVAbout 4,600 to 4,800 mL
Total lung capacity (TLC)VC + RVAbout 5,800 to 6,000 mL

A capacity is a sum of two or more volumes. Any capacity containing RV (FRC, TLC) requires helium dilution, nitrogen washout or body plethysmography. FEV1/FVC distinguishes patterns: in obstructive disease (asthma, COPD, bronchiectasis) FEV1 falls more than FVC, so the ratio is below about 0.70, and TLC and RV rise (air trapping). In restrictive disease (fibrosis, chest wall deformity such as severe kyphoscoliosis or ankylosing spondylitis, neuromuscular weakness, obesity) both fall proportionally, the ratio is normal or high, and TLC is reduced.

Ventilation and dead space

Minute ventilation = tidal volume times respiratory rate (about 500 mL times 12 = 6 L/min). Not all of it reaches gas exchange surfaces. Anatomic dead space (conducting airways, about 150 mL, or roughly 1 mL per pound of ideal body weight) plus alveolar dead space (ventilated but unperfused alveoli) equals physiologic dead space. Alveolar ventilation = (TV minus dead space) times rate, about 4.2 L/min. Rapid shallow breathing wastes more ventilation on dead space than slow deep breathing at the same minute ventilation. Alveolar PCO2 is inversely proportional to alveolar ventilation: double the ventilation and PaCO2 halves.

Ventilation and perfusion

Both ventilation and perfusion are greater at the base of the upright lung than at the apex, but perfusion increases more steeply with gravity. So the apex has a high V/Q ratio (about 3; high PO2, low PCO2) and the base has a low V/Q (about 0.6). The overall average is about 0.8 to 1.0.

  • V/Q = 0 (shunt): perfusion without ventilation (airway obstruction, pneumonia filling alveoli, atelectasis, right to left cardiac shunt). Hypoxemia does not correct with 100 percent oxygen.
  • V/Q = infinity (dead space): ventilation without perfusion (pulmonary embolism). Wasted ventilation.
  • Hypoxic pulmonary vasoconstriction diverts blood away from poorly ventilated regions to limit mismatch.

Causes of hypoxemia: hypoventilation (normal A-a gradient, high PaCO2), low inspired O2 such as altitude (normal A-a gradient), V/Q mismatch (raised A-a gradient, corrects with O2), shunt (raised gradient, does not correct) and diffusion limitation (raised gradient, worse with exercise). The alveolar gas equation estimates alveolar PO2: PAO2 = FiO2 (Patm minus PH2O) minus PaCO2 / R = 0.21 (760 minus 47) minus 40/0.8, which is about 100 mm Hg at sea level. The normal A-a gradient is about 5 to 15 mm Hg and widens with age.

Gas exchange

Gas diffuses across the alveolar capillary membrane according to Fick's law: rate is proportional to area, the partial pressure difference and the gas's diffusion coefficient (solubility over the square root of molecular weight), and inversely proportional to thickness. CO2 is about 20 times more soluble than O2, so it diffuses about 20 times faster and its exchange is rarely limited. Thickening (fibrosis) or loss of surface area (emphysema) impairs O2 transfer first, measured as reduced DLCO. Normally blood equilibrates with alveolar O2 within the first third of its 0.75 s transit, leaving a reserve for exercise; O2 uptake is perfusion limited in health and becomes diffusion limited in fibrosis, strenuous exercise and at altitude.

Oxygen transport

Each deciliter of arterial blood carries about 20 mL O2: about 0.3 mL dissolved (0.003 mL per mm Hg PO2 per dL) and the rest bound to hemoglobin (1.34 mL O2 per gram of saturated Hb, at 15 g/dL). Oxygen content = (1.34 times Hb times SaO2) + (0.003 times PaO2). Anemia lowers content but not PaO2 or saturation; carbon monoxide lowers content and saturation measured by co-oximetry while PaO2 stays normal.

The oxyhemoglobin dissociation curve is sigmoidal because of cooperative binding: each O2 bound increases the affinity of the remaining hemes (the shift from tense to relaxed state). The flat upper part means saturation stays above 90 percent until PaO2 falls below about 60 mm Hg, protecting loading. The steep middle part means small falls in tissue PO2 release large amounts of O2. Key points: PaO2 100 gives about 98 percent saturation; PO2 40 (mixed venous) about 75 percent; P50, the PO2 at 50 percent saturation, about 26 to 27 mm Hg.

Hb saturation (%) PO2 (mm Hg) 100500 20406080100 P50 about 27 arterial (100, 97%) venous (40, 75%) normal adult curve right shift: lower affinity, unloads O2 up CO2, H+, temperature, 2,3-BPG, exercise left shift: higher affinity fetal Hb, CO, alkalosis, cold, low 2,3-BPG
Figure 8.4 The oxyhemoglobin dissociation curve. Right shifts (higher P50) favor unloading in active tissue; left shifts (lower P50) favor loading but hinder release.

The Bohr effect is the rightward shift caused by CO2 and H+; it helps unload O2 in metabolically active tissue. 2,3-BPG, made by red cells in glycolysis, binds deoxyhemoglobin and rises with chronic hypoxia, altitude and anemia. Fetal hemoglobin (alpha 2 gamma 2) binds 2,3-BPG poorly, so it has higher affinity and draws O2 from maternal blood. Carbon monoxide binds hemoglobin about 200 to 250 times more avidly than O2, lowers carrying capacity and shifts the remaining curve left, causing severe tissue hypoxia despite a normal PaO2 and often misleadingly normal pulse oximetry.

Carbon dioxide transport

CO2 travels in three forms: about 70 percent as bicarbonate, about 20 to 23 percent as carbamino compounds (bound to hemoglobin's amino groups) and about 7 to 10 percent dissolved. In red cells, carbonic anhydrase converts CO2 and H2O to H2CO3, which dissociates to H+ and HCO3-. Hemoglobin buffers the H+; HCO3- leaves the cell in exchange for Cl- (the chloride shift, via band 3). In the lungs the process reverses. The Haldane effect describes how deoxygenated hemoglobin binds more CO2 and H+, so oxygenation in the lungs releases CO2.

Control of breathing

The rhythm generator is in the medulla. The dorsal respiratory group (in the nucleus tractus solitarius) drives mainly inspiration and receives afferents from CN IX and X. The ventral respiratory group, including the pre-Botzinger complex (the core rhythm generator), handles forced expiration and inspiration. Pontine centers fine tune the pattern, and the cortex allows voluntary control.

  • Central chemoreceptors on the ventral medulla respond to the pH of CSF, which reflects arterial PCO2 because CO2 crosses the blood brain barrier freely while H+ and HCO3- do not. They provide about 70 to 80 percent of the drive at rest. PaCO2 is the main minute to minute stimulus.
  • Peripheral chemoreceptors in the carotid bodies (CN IX) and aortic bodies (CN X) respond to low PaO2 (strongly below about 60 mm Hg), high PaCO2 and low pH. The carotid bodies are the only receptors that drive ventilation in response to hypoxemia and the main responders to metabolic acidosis.
  • Lung receptors: pulmonary stretch receptors (Hering Breuer inflation reflex, vagal), irritant receptors (cough, bronchoconstriction) and juxtacapillary (J) receptors (rapid shallow breathing in pulmonary edema).
Board tip. In chronic CO2 retention, central chemoreceptors adapt as CSF bicarbonate rises, and hypoxemia becomes a larger part of the drive. High flow oxygen can then worsen hypercapnia, mainly through worsened V/Q matching (release of hypoxic vasoconstriction) and the Haldane effect, plus some loss of hypoxic drive. Titrate oxygen to a saturation around 88 to 92 percent in such patients.
Clinical link. Chest expansion measured at the fourth intercostal space (normally more than about 2.5 cm) falls in ankylosing spondylitis as costovertebral joints fuse, producing a restrictive pattern. Severe thoracic kyphoscoliosis does the same. Spinal disorders can therefore present with dyspnea, and pulmonary function testing is part of their workup.
Key point

Breathing depends on pressure gradients created by the diaphragm against lung recoil, with surfactant countering surface tension. Spirometry separates obstructive (low FEV1/FVC, high volumes) from restrictive (normal ratio, low volumes) patterns. Gas exchange depends on V/Q matching and diffusion; oxygen rides mainly on cooperative hemoglobin whose curve shifts right in active tissue, CO2 rides mainly as bicarbonate, and ventilation is driven chiefly by PaCO2 through central chemoreceptors and by hypoxemia through the carotid bodies.

Section 4Renal physiology

Renal blood flow and glomerular filtration

The kidneys receive about 20 to 25 percent of cardiac output (renal blood flow about 1.1 to 1.2 L/min; renal plasma flow about 600 to 650 mL/min) despite making up less than 1 percent of body weight. Blood passes through two capillary beds in series: the glomerulus, a high pressure bed between the afferent and efferent arterioles that filters, and the peritubular capillaries (and vasa recta in the medulla), a low pressure bed that reabsorbs.

The filtration barrier has three layers: fenestrated capillary endothelium, the glomerular basement membrane (negatively charged heparan sulfate) and the filtration slits between podocyte foot processes, bridged by nephrin. Filtration depends on size (molecules below about 7,000 Da filter freely; albumin at about 69,000 Da and negatively charged is largely held back) and charge.

Glomerular filtration rate follows the Starling equation: GFR = Kf [(PGC minus PBS) minus πGC]. Glomerular capillary hydrostatic pressure (about 45 to 60 mm Hg) favors filtration; Bowman's space pressure (about 10 to 15) and glomerular oncotic pressure (about 25 rising to 35 along the capillary) oppose it. Normal GFR is about 125 mL/min, or 180 L/day; the filtration fraction (GFR / RPF) is about 20 percent.

ChangeRPFGFRFiltration fraction
Afferent arteriole constriction (sympathetic, NSAIDs remove prostaglandin dilation)DownDownNo change
Afferent arteriole dilation (prostaglandins)UpUpNo change
Efferent arteriole constriction (angiotensin II, moderate)DownUpUp
Efferent arteriole dilation (ACE inhibitors, ARBs)UpDownDown
Ureteral obstruction (raised Bowman's space pressure)No changeDownDown

GFR is autoregulated between mean arterial pressures of about 80 and 180 mm Hg by the myogenic response of the afferent arteriole and by tubuloglomerular feedback: when GFR and NaCl delivery to the macula densa rise, the macula densa releases adenosine, constricting the afferent arteriole and bringing GFR back down. The macula densa, juxtaglomerular cells and extraglomerular mesangial cells together form the juxtaglomerular apparatus.

Board tip. NSAIDs (block afferent dilation by prostaglandins) plus ACE inhibitors or ARBs (block efferent constriction by angiotensin II) plus a diuretic is the classic "triple whammy" that drops GFR into acute kidney injury, especially in the dehydrated or elderly. Ask back pain patients on blood pressure drugs about NSAID use.

Clearance

Clearance is the volume of plasma completely cleared of a substance per unit time: C = (U times V) / P, where U is urine concentration, V urine flow rate and P plasma concentration. It is the key tool for measuring kidney function.

  • Inulin is freely filtered and neither reabsorbed nor secreted, so its clearance equals GFR exactly (the gold standard).
  • Creatinine is freely filtered and slightly secreted, so its clearance slightly overestimates GFR; it is the routine clinical estimate. Serum creatinine rises as GFR falls: halving GFR roughly doubles serum creatinine at steady state. Because creatinine production reflects muscle mass, the same serum value means a lower GFR in a small elderly woman than in a muscular young man.
  • Para-aminohippuric acid (PAH) is filtered and almost completely secreted in one pass, so its clearance estimates effective renal plasma flow.
  • If clearance of a substance is less than GFR, it is net reabsorbed (glucose, normally zero; urea, about half); if greater than GFR, it is net secreted (PAH, many drugs, K+ under some conditions).

A BUN to creatinine ratio above 20 suggests prerenal azotemia, because slow tubular flow increases urea reabsorption.

Tubular reabsorption and secretion along the nephron

Of the 180 L filtered daily, about 99 percent of water and sodium is reabsorbed. Each segment has a characteristic set of transporters, all ultimately powered by the basolateral Na+/K+ ATPase.

cortex medulla glomerulus proximal tubule 67% Na+ and water,all glucose, amino acids,most HCO3- thin descending limb:water out, not solute thick ascendinglimb: NKCC2,impermeable towater(loop diuretics) distal tubule: NCC (thiazides),PTH Ca2+ reabsorption collecting duct:aldosterone: ENaC, K+ out(K+ sparing diuretics) ADH: aquaporin 2water reabsorption urea recycling ininner medulla ~300 mOsm/kg up to ~1,200 mOsm/kg at the papilla
Figure 8.5 The nephron and its workhorses. The proximal tubule reabsorbs the bulk isosmotically; the thick ascending limb builds the medullary gradient; the distal tubule and collecting duct make the fine, hormone regulated adjustments. Diuretic sites are shown in parentheses.
SegmentKey transportRegulationDrug or disorder
Proximal convoluted tubuleAbout two thirds of Na+ and water (isosmotic), 100 percent of glucose (SGLT2) and amino acids, about 80 to 85 percent of HCO3- (Na+/H+ exchange plus carbonic anhydrase), phosphate; secretes organic acids and bases (PAH, penicillin, uric acid)Angiotensin II stimulates Na+/H+ exchange; PTH inhibits phosphate reabsorptionAcetazolamide (carbonic anhydrase), SGLT2 inhibitors, Fanconi syndrome
Thin descending limbPermeable to water, not solute; fluid becomes concentratedPassiveOsmotic diuretics (mannitol) act here and in the proximal tubule
Thick ascending limbAbout 25 percent of Na+ via Na+/K+/2Cl- (NKCC2); impermeable to water ("diluting segment"); paracellular Mg2+ and Ca2+ reabsorption driven by lumen positive voltageADH increases NKCC2 activityLoop diuretics (furosemide); Bartter syndrome
Distal convoluted tubuleAbout 5 percent of Na+ via Na+/Cl- cotransporter (NCC); Ca2+ reabsorptionPTH increases Ca2+ reabsorptionThiazides (lower urinary calcium); Gitelman syndrome
Collecting duct, principal cellsNa+ via ENaC, K+ secretion, water via aquaporin 2Aldosterone (ENaC, Na+/K+ ATPase); ADH (aquaporin 2)Spironolactone, amiloride; Liddle syndrome
Collecting duct, intercalated cellsAlpha cells secrete H+ (H+ ATPase, H+/K+ ATPase) and reclaim HCO3-; beta cells secrete HCO3-Aldosterone stimulates H+ secretionDistal (type 1) renal tubular acidosis

Glucose reabsorption is a transport maximum (Tm) system. Below a plasma glucose of about 200 mg/dL (the renal threshold, where the first nephrons saturate) none appears in urine; above about 375 mg/dL all nephrons are saturated (Tm about 375 mg/min). Glucosuria with polyuria is a classic sign of uncontrolled diabetes.

The countercurrent mechanism

To concentrate urine to as much as 1,200 mOsm/kg, the kidney builds a gradient of interstitial osmolality from 300 mOsm/kg at the corticomedullary junction to about 1,200 at the papilla.

  1. Countercurrent multiplier (loop of Henle). The thick ascending limb pumps NaCl into the interstitium without water, creating a single effect of about 200 mOsm/kg between tubule and interstitium at each level. The descending limb loses water to the concentrated interstitium, so its fluid becomes concentrated and is then carried deeper. Flow in opposite directions in the two limbs multiplies the small horizontal gradient into a large vertical one.
  2. Urea recycling. ADH increases urea permeability (UT-A1 transporters) in the inner medullary collecting duct; urea diffuses into the interstitium and contributes about half of inner medullary osmolality. Protein malnutrition lowers concentrating ability.
  3. Countercurrent exchanger (vasa recta). The hairpin, slow flowing vasa recta capillaries passively exchange solute and water so blood leaving the medulla does not wash out the gradient. Very high medullary blood flow reduces concentrating ability.

Fluid leaving the thick ascending limb is hypo-osmotic (about 100 mOsm/kg) regardless of hydration. Whether final urine is dilute (as low as 50 mOsm/kg) or concentrated then depends on ADH.

ADH and aldosterone

FeatureADH (vasopressin)Aldosterone
SourceSupraoptic and paraventricular nuclei; released from posterior pituitaryZona glomerulosa of adrenal cortex
Main stimuliRise in plasma osmolality (about 1 to 2 percent, via hypothalamic osmoreceptors); large fall in volume or pressure (about 10 percent or more); angiotensin II, nausea, painAngiotensin II, raised plasma K+; ACTH (minor)
Receptor and actionV2 (Gs, cAMP): inserts aquaporin 2 in collecting duct; increases urea permeability; V1 (Gq): vasoconstrictionIntracellular mineralocorticoid receptor; new ENaC and Na+/K+ ATPase in principal cells; H+ secretion by alpha intercalated cells
Main effectWater reabsorption without sodium; regulates osmolalitySodium reabsorption (with water); regulates volume; K+ and H+ excretion
DeficiencyCentral diabetes insipidus: dilute polyuria, responds to desmopressinAddison disease: hyponatremia, hyperkalemia, hypotension, acidosis
ExcessSIADH: concentrated urine, dilutional hyponatremia, euvolemiaConn syndrome: hypertension, hypokalemia, metabolic alkalosis, low renin

In nephrogenic diabetes insipidus the collecting duct does not respond to ADH (lithium, demeclocycline, hypercalcemia, hypokalemia, V2 receptor mutations), so desmopressin does not help.

Micturition

Urine moves down the ureters by peristalsis into the bladder, whose detrusor muscle is single unit smooth muscle. Stress relaxation lets the bladder fill to about 300 to 400 mL with little rise in pressure; the first urge appears around 150 mL. Control involves three systems.

PathwaySpinal level and nerveAction
ParasympatheticS2 to S4, pelvic splanchnic nervesDetrusor contraction (M3), internal sphincter relaxation: voiding
SympatheticT10 (T11) to L2, hypogastric nerveDetrusor relaxation (beta 3) and internal sphincter contraction (alpha 1): storage
SomaticS2 to S4, pudendal nerve (from Onuf nucleus)External urethral sphincter contraction (voluntary)

Stretch afferents travel in the pelvic nerves to the sacral cord and up to the pontine micturition center, which coordinates detrusor contraction with sphincter relaxation. The frontal cortex inhibits the pons until voiding is socially appropriate. Lesions produce predictable patterns: a suprapontine lesion (stroke, dementia) causes urge incontinence with coordinated voiding; a spinal cord lesion above the sacral segments causes a spastic, small capacity bladder with detrusor sphincter dyssynergia; a sacral or cauda equina lesion causes a flaccid, overfilled bladder with retention and overflow incontinence.

Clinical link. Low back pain with new urinary retention (often painless), saddle anesthesia, bilateral sciatica or reduced anal tone suggests cauda equina syndrome. Retention with overflow is the most consistent bladder sign. This is a surgical emergency: same day referral for MRI and decompression, never another manipulation.
Key point

GFR is set by Starling forces across the glomerulus and protected by myogenic and tubuloglomerular autoregulation, while arteriolar tone changes GFR, RPF and filtration fraction in predictable ways. Clearance measures function: inulin for GFR, creatinine clinically, PAH for plasma flow. The proximal tubule does bulk reabsorption, the thick ascending limb drives the countercurrent multiplier, and ADH and aldosterone fine tune water and sodium in the collecting duct. Micturition is a sacral parasympathetic reflex coordinated by the pons and held by the cortex.

Section 5Body fluids, electrolytes and acid base balance

Fluid compartments

Total body water is about 60 percent of body weight in a lean adult man (about 42 L in a 70 kg man), lower in women and older adults (more fat, which holds little water) and higher in infants. The 60-40-20 rule: total body water 60 percent of weight, intracellular fluid (ICF) 40 percent, extracellular fluid (ECF) 20 percent. ECF is divided into interstitial fluid (about three quarters of ECF) and plasma (about one quarter, roughly 3 L), plus small transcellular volumes (CSF, synovial, pleural fluid).

Osmolality and water shifts

Osmolality is solute particles per kilogram of water. Plasma osmolality is normally about 285 to 295 mOsm/kg and can be estimated as 2 times Na+ + glucose/18 + BUN/2.8 (mg/dL units). Because water crosses most cell membranes freely (through aquaporins), ICF and ECF osmolality are always equal at steady state; water moves to wherever solute concentration is higher. Sodium is effectively confined to the ECF and potassium to the ICF, so ECF volume is determined by total body sodium and plasma sodium concentration reflects water balance. Urea is an ineffective osmole because it crosses membranes.

Sodium and water balance

Normal plasma Na+ is 135 to 145 mEq/L. Hyponatremia almost always means relative water excess. It is classified by volume status: hypovolemic (diuretics, vomiting, adrenal insufficiency), euvolemic (SIADH, hypothyroidism, primary polydipsia) and hypervolemic (heart failure, cirrhosis, nephrotic syndrome, in which low effective arterial volume drives ADH). Correcting chronic hyponatremia too quickly risks osmotic demyelination. Hypernatremia means water deficit (inadequate access to water, diabetes insipidus, osmotic diuresis), most often in infants and frail elderly people who cannot drink; brain cells shrink.

Potassium balance

About 98 percent of body potassium is intracellular; plasma K+ is only 3.5 to 5.0 mEq/L, so small shifts across membranes change plasma levels greatly. Internal balance (shift into cells) is promoted by insulin, beta 2 agonists (epinephrine, albuterol), alkalosis and aldosterone. Shift out of cells is caused by insulin deficiency, beta blockers, acidosis (H+ enters cells in exchange for K+), hyperosmolality, cell lysis (rhabdomyolysis, hemolysis, tumor lysis) and strenuous exercise. External balance is set by renal secretion in the late distal tubule and collecting duct principal cells, which increases with aldosterone, high K+ intake, high tubular flow and sodium delivery (why loop and thiazide diuretics waste potassium) and alkalosis.

FeatureHypokalemiaHyperkalemia
Common causesDiuretics, vomiting, diarrhea, hyperaldosteronism, insulin, alkalosisRenal failure, ACE inhibitors and K+ sparing diuretics, Addison disease, acidosis, cell lysis, insulin deficiency
Membrane effectHyperpolarization; reduced excitabilityDepolarization; Na+ channel inactivation
MuscleWeakness, cramps, ileus, rhabdomyolysisWeakness, ascending paralysis
ECGFlat T waves, U waves, ST depressionPeaked T waves, wide QRS, loss of P, sine wave, arrest

Calcium and phosphate balance

Total plasma calcium is about 8.5 to 10.5 mg/dL: about 40 percent bound to albumin, about 10 percent complexed with anions and about 50 percent ionized, the physiologically active form. Total calcium falls with low albumin (correct by adding about 0.8 mg/dL per 1 g/dL drop in albumin below 4). Alkalosis increases binding of calcium to albumin (fewer H+ competing for negative sites) and lowers ionized calcium; this is why hyperventilation causes perioral tingling, carpopedal spasm and tetany even though total calcium is normal.

HormoneBoneKidneyGutNet effect
Parathyroid hormone (PTH)Increases resorption (via osteoblast RANKL)Increases Ca2+ reabsorption in distal tubule; decreases phosphate reabsorption in proximal tubule; stimulates 1 alpha hydroxylaseIndirect, via calcitriolRaises Ca2+, lowers phosphate
Calcitriol (1,25 dihydroxyvitamin D)Mobilizes Ca2+ and phosphate; needed for mineralizationIncreases Ca2+ and phosphate reabsorptionIncreases Ca2+ and phosphate absorptionRaises Ca2+ and phosphate
Calcitonin (parafollicular C cells)Inhibits osteoclastsIncreases Ca2+ excretionNoneLowers Ca2+ (minor role in adults)

The parathyroid calcium sensing receptor detects ionized calcium; a fall stimulates PTH secretion within minutes. Magnesium is required for PTH release and action, so severe hypomagnesemia causes refractory hypocalcemia. Hypercalcemia (primary hyperparathyroidism, malignancy) causes "stones, bones, groans, thrones and psychiatric overtones": kidney stones, bone pain, abdominal pain and constipation, polyuria and confusion, with a shortened QT. Hypocalcemia causes neuromuscular irritability (Chvostek and Trousseau signs), tetany, laryngospasm and a long QT.

Clinical link. Diffuse bone pain, fatigue, constipation and a history of kidney stones in a middle aged patient should prompt a serum calcium. Primary hyperparathyroidism and myeloma both present to manual therapists as "back pain," and myeloma adds anemia, raised total protein and lytic lesions on film. Osteomalacia from vitamin D deficiency similarly produces diffuse aching and proximal weakness.

Buffers

Normal arterial pH is 7.35 to 7.45 ([H+] about 40 nmol/L), maintained despite daily production of about 15,000 mmol of volatile acid (CO2) and about 50 to 100 mEq of nonvolatile (fixed) acid from protein and phospholipid metabolism. Three lines of defense act in sequence: chemical buffers (seconds), respiratory compensation (minutes to hours) and renal compensation (hours to days).

  • Bicarbonate/CO2 is the main extracellular buffer. Although its pK (6.1) is far from 7.4, it is powerful because it is an open system: the lungs adjust CO2 and the kidneys adjust HCO3-.
  • Hemoglobin (histidine imidazole groups) and plasma proteins buffer within blood; deoxyhemoglobin is the better buffer.
  • Phosphate (pK 6.8) is an important intracellular and urinary buffer (titratable acid).

The Henderson Hasselbalch equation: pH = 6.1 + log ([HCO3-] / (0.03 times PCO2)). With HCO3- 24 mEq/L and PCO2 40 mm Hg, the ratio is 24/1.2 = 20, log 20 is 1.3, and pH is 7.4. pH depends on the ratio of bicarbonate to CO2, not on either value alone, which is the basis of compensation.

The kidneys handle acid in two ways: reabsorbing filtered bicarbonate (mostly in the proximal tubule, using Na+/H+ exchange and carbonic anhydrase) and generating new bicarbonate by excreting H+ as titratable acid (H2PO4-) and ammonium (NH4+, from glutamine metabolism in the proximal tubule). Ammonium excretion is the main adaptive response to chronic acidosis. Each H+ excreted adds one new HCO3- to the blood.

Acid base disorders and compensation

DisorderpHPrimary changeCompensationExpected compensation (rule of thumb)
Metabolic acidosisLowHCO3- downHyperventilation lowers PCO2Winters formula: PCO2 = 1.5 times HCO3- + 8 (plus or minus 2)
Metabolic alkalosisHighHCO3- upHypoventilation raises PCO2PCO2 rises about 0.7 mm Hg per 1 mEq/L rise in HCO3-
Respiratory acidosisLowPCO2 upKidneys retain HCO3-Per 10 mm Hg PCO2 rise: HCO3- up 1 (acute) or 3.5 to 4 (chronic)
Respiratory alkalosisHighPCO2 downKidneys excrete HCO3-Per 10 mm Hg PCO2 fall: HCO3- down 2 (acute) or 4 to 5 (chronic)

Compensation never fully returns pH to 7.40 and never overshoots. If PCO2 or HCO3- falls outside the expected range, a second (mixed) disorder is present.

1. pH: below or above 7.40? Acidemia (pH below 7.35) Alkalemia (pH above 7.45) HCO3- low:metabolic acidosis PCO2 high:respiratory acidosis HCO3- high:metabolic alkalosis PCO2 low:respiratory alkalosis 2. Anion gap = Na+ minus (Cl- + HCO3-) above about 12: MUDPILES; normal: HARDASS 3. Is compensation as expected? If not, a second disorder is present Normal values: pH 7.35 to 7.45, PaCO2 35 to 45 mm Hg, HCO3- 22 to 26 mEq/L, anion gap about 8 to 12 mEq/L
Figure 8.6 A stepwise approach to arterial blood gases: identify the pH direction, find the primary disturbance, calculate the anion gap in any metabolic acidosis, then check whether compensation fits.

The anion gap

The anion gap = Na+ minus (Cl- + HCO3-), normally about 8 to 12 mEq/L, represents unmeasured anions, mostly albumin (lower the expected gap by about 2.5 for each 1 g/dL fall in albumin). In metabolic acidosis, if an unmeasured acid is added, bicarbonate falls and the gap rises (high anion gap). If bicarbonate is lost and replaced by chloride, the gap stays normal (normal anion gap acidosis, with chloride rising in place of bicarbonate).

High anion gap (MUDPILES)Normal anion gap (HARDASS)
Methanol (formic acid)Hyperalimentation
Uremia (renal failure)Acetazolamide
Diabetic (and alcoholic, starvation) ketoacidosisRenal tubular acidosis
Propylene glycol, ParaldehydeDiarrhea (most common)
Iron, IsoniazidAddison disease, ureterosigmoid diversion
Lactic acidosis (shock, sepsis, hypoxia, metformin)Saline infusion (large volumes)
Ethylene glycol (oxalic acid), Salicylates (late)Spironolactone
Board tip. Work every gas in the same order: pH, then which value (PCO2 or HCO3-) moved in the direction that explains it, then the anion gap if there is metabolic acidosis, then whether compensation is in the expected range. In vomiting, think metabolic alkalosis with hypokalemia; in diarrhea, normal gap metabolic acidosis; in anxiety, acute respiratory alkalosis with low ionized calcium.
Key point

Body water is 60 percent of weight, two thirds inside cells. Water follows osmoles, so sodium content sets ECF volume while sodium concentration reflects water balance. Potassium is mostly intracellular and shifts with insulin, catecholamines and pH; calcium is regulated by PTH, calcitriol and FGF23, with alkalosis lowering ionized calcium. pH depends on the bicarbonate to CO2 ratio; the lungs and kidneys compensate for one another, and the anion gap sorts metabolic acidoses.

The chapter in one breath

  • SA node cells pace the heart with the funny current and calcium; the AV node delays conduction, Purkinje fibers conduct fastest, and the ECG maps this sequence.
  • Valves move with pressure gradients: S1 is AV valve closure, S2 semilunar closure; the pressure volume loop width is stroke volume.
  • CO = HR times SV; stroke volume rises with preload (Frank Starling) and contractility and falls with afterload.
  • MAP = CO times TPR; resistance varies with radius to the fourth power (Poiseuille), so arterioles control pressure.
  • Starling forces set capillary exchange; edema follows high hydrostatic pressure, low albumin, leaky capillaries or blocked lymph.
  • The baroreceptor reflex (CN IX and X, NTS) corrects pressure in seconds; RAAS and natriuretic peptides set long term volume and pressure.
  • Spirometry: obstructive (low FEV1/FVC, high volumes) versus restrictive (normal ratio, low volumes); surfactant lowers surface tension.
  • V/Q is high at the apex and low at the base; shunt does not correct with oxygen; the oxyhemoglobin curve shifts right with CO2, acid, heat and 2,3-BPG.
  • Breathing is driven chiefly by PaCO2 through central chemoreceptors and by hypoxemia through the carotid bodies.
  • Clearance = UV/P: inulin measures GFR, creatinine estimates it, PAH estimates renal plasma flow.
  • The countercurrent multiplier (thick ascending limb), urea recycling and vasa recta build the medullary gradient; ADH sets water and aldosterone sets sodium and potassium.
  • pH depends on the HCO3- to PCO2 ratio; compensation is partial, and the anion gap separates MUDPILES from HARDASS acidoses.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Funny currentAn inward sodium current through HCN channels, activated by hyperpolarization, that drives pacemaker depolarization in the SA node.
Ejection fractionStroke volume divided by end diastolic volume, normally about 55 to 70 percent; the main clinical index of contractility.
PreloadVentricular wall stretch at the end of diastole, approximated by end diastolic volume or pressure.
AfterloadThe load the ventricle must overcome to eject, approximated by aortic pressure or peripheral resistance.
Frank Starling lawThe principle that greater ventricular filling stretches myocytes and increases stroke volume.
Poiseuille's lawThe relationship showing that resistance to flow varies with viscosity and length and inversely with the fourth power of radius.
Baroreceptor reflexA fast negative feedback loop from carotid and aortic stretch receptors through the medulla that adjusts heart rate and vascular tone.
ReninA juxtaglomerular enzyme that cleaves angiotensinogen to angiotensin I, released when renal perfusion or macula densa NaCl falls.
SurfactantA phospholipid mixture from type II pneumocytes that lowers alveolar surface tension and prevents collapse.
Dead spaceVentilated air that does not take part in gas exchange, either in conducting airways or in unperfused alveoli.
V/Q ratioThe ratio of alveolar ventilation to pulmonary blood flow in a lung region; mismatch is the most common cause of hypoxemia.
ShuntBlood that reaches the arterial side without passing ventilated alveoli; its hypoxemia does not correct with oxygen.
P50The PO2 at which hemoglobin is 50 percent saturated, about 27 mm Hg; a higher value means a right shift.
Glomerular filtration rateThe volume of plasma filtered by all glomeruli per minute, about 125 mL/min.
ClearanceThe volume of plasma completely cleared of a substance per unit time, calculated as UV/P.
Tubuloglomerular feedbackMacula densa sensing of NaCl that constricts the afferent arteriole when filtration rises.
Countercurrent multiplierThe loop of Henle mechanism that builds a medullary osmotic gradient by pumping NaCl out of the water impermeable ascending limb.
OsmolalityThe concentration of osmotically active particles per kilogram of water, normally about 285 to 295 mOsm/kg in plasma.
Ionized calciumThe free, physiologically active fraction of plasma calcium, about half the total, which falls in alkalosis.
Henderson Hasselbalch equationThe relationship pH = 6.1 + log (HCO3- / 0.03 PCO2), showing that pH depends on the bicarbonate to CO2 ratio.
Anion gapSodium minus the sum of chloride and bicarbonate, normally about 8 to 12 mEq/L, reflecting unmeasured anions.

Check yourself

During which phase of the cardiac cycle are all four valves closed while ventricular pressure rises steeply, and what heart sound marks its start?
Isovolumetric contraction, beginning with S1. After the mitral and tricuspid valves close, pressure builds with constant volume until it exceeds aortic and pulmonary pressures and the semilunar valves open.
A patient's end diastolic volume is 140 mL and end systolic volume is 70 mL at a heart rate of 80. Calculate stroke volume, ejection fraction and cardiac output.
SV 70 mL, EF 50 percent, CO 5.6 L/min. SV = EDV minus ESV; EF = SV/EDV = 70/140; CO = HR times SV = 80 times 70 mL.
An arteriole constricts so that its radius falls by half. By what factor does its resistance change?
It rises 16 fold. Poiseuille's law makes resistance inversely proportional to the fourth power of radius: (1/2)4 = 1/16, so resistance is multiplied by 16 and flow falls accordingly if pressure is unchanged.
A patient with nephrotic syndrome has serum albumin of 1.8 g/dL and generalized pitting edema. Which Starling force explains the edema?
Reduced plasma oncotic pressure. Low albumin lowers the force holding fluid in capillaries, so filtration exceeds absorption and lymphatic return, and fluid accumulates in the interstitium.
A patient stands up quickly. Describe the immediate reflex that keeps him from fainting.
The baroreceptor reflex. Venous pooling lowers MAP, reducing carotid sinus (CN IX) and aortic (CN X) firing to the nucleus tractus solitarius; vagal tone falls and sympathetic outflow rises, increasing heart rate, contractility, arteriolar resistance and venous tone.
Spirometry shows FEV1 45 percent predicted, FVC 80 percent predicted and an increased total lung capacity. Which pattern is this and what is a likely cause?
Obstructive, such as COPD or asthma. FEV1/FVC is well below 0.70 and air trapping raises TLC and residual volume; restrictive disease would show a normal or high ratio with a reduced TLC.
A firefighter has headache and confusion after smoke exposure; PaO2 is 98 mm Hg and pulse oximetry reads 99 percent. What is happening to oxygen delivery?
Carbon monoxide poisoning reduces oxygen content and unloading. CO occupies heme sites and shifts the curve left, so content and tissue delivery fall while dissolved O2 (PaO2) is normal; standard oximeters misread carboxyhemoglobin as oxyhemoglobin. Co-oximetry and 100 percent oxygen are needed.
Which substance's clearance equals GFR, and which estimates renal plasma flow?
Inulin for GFR; PAH for renal plasma flow. Inulin is freely filtered and neither reabsorbed nor secreted; PAH is filtered and almost completely secreted in one pass. Creatinine, slightly secreted, is the routine clinical estimate of GFR.
A patient after a head injury produces 8 L/day of dilute urine; urine concentrates only after desmopressin. Diagnosis and mechanism?
Central diabetes insipidus. Damage to the hypothalamus or posterior pituitary stops ADH release, so collecting duct aquaporin 2 channels are not inserted and water cannot be reabsorbed; the kidney still responds to exogenous ADH, unlike nephrogenic DI.
Arterial blood gas: pH 7.28, PCO2 26 mm Hg, HCO3- 12 mEq/L, Na+ 140, Cl- 104. Interpret it.
High anion gap metabolic acidosis with appropriate respiratory compensation. Low pH with low HCO3- is metabolic acidosis; the anion gap is 140 minus (104 + 12) = 24, which is high (consider ketoacidosis, lactic acidosis, uremia or toxins); Winters formula predicts PCO2 = 1.5 times 12 + 8 = 26 (plus or minus 2), which matches.
Chapter 9 · Physiology

Gastrointestinal, Endocrine, Reproductive and Exercise Physiology

The gut, the endocrine glands, the reproductive axes and the exercising body look like four separate subjects, but each one is a lesson in the same idea: signals released in one place change behavior somewhere else, and negative feedback keeps the whole system stable. The board rewards students who can trace a hormone from its source to its target and predict what happens when one link fails. In practice, these systems explain the fatigue, weight change, bone loss, menstrual change and exercise intolerance that patients bring to a chiropractic office long before anyone has named a diagnosis.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Describe slow waves, peristalsis, the migrating motor complex and the reflexes that coordinate motility from swallowing to defecation.
  • Name the source, stimulus and action of gastrin, CCK, secretin, GIP and motilin, and explain how the parietal cell secretes acid.
  • Trace the digestion and absorption of carbohydrates, proteins and fats, including SGLT1, micelles and chylomicrons, and the enterohepatic circulation of bile.
  • Compare peptide, steroid and amine hormones by receptor location, transport and second messenger.
  • Diagram the hypothalamic pituitary axes for growth hormone, prolactin, thyroid and cortisol and predict lab patterns in primary and secondary disease.
  • Contrast the fed and fasted states under insulin and glucagon, and explain PTH, calcitriol and calcitonin in calcium balance.
  • Outline the male and female reproductive axes, the ovarian and menstrual cycles, and the hormones of pregnancy, parturition, lactation and menopause.
  • Explain the acute responses to exercise, VO2 max, the lactate threshold, the three energy systems and long term training adaptations.
  • Apply principles of thermoregulation and hydration to recognize heat illness in athletes.

Section 1Gastrointestinal physiology

The enteric nervous system and its controls

The gut has its own nervous system. The myenteric (Auerbach) plexus lies between the circular and longitudinal muscle layers and mainly controls motility. The submucosal (Meissner) plexus lies in the submucosa and mainly controls secretion and local blood flow. Together they hold roughly as many neurons as the spinal cord and can run reflexes with no input from the brain. Extrinsic nerves modulate this system: parasympathetic fibers (vagus to the proximal colon, pelvic splanchnic nerves from S2 to S4 beyond that) generally increase motility and secretion, using acetylcholine, while sympathetic fibers (from T5 to L2 through the celiac, superior mesenteric and inferior mesenteric ganglia) slow motility, constrict sphincters and reduce blood flow, using norepinephrine.

Key enteric transmitters are acetylcholine and substance P (contraction) and VIP and nitric oxide (relaxation of smooth muscle and sphincters). Loss of inhibitory nitric oxide neurons explains two classic disorders: achalasia, where the lower esophageal sphincter fails to relax, and Hirschsprung disease, where absent ganglion cells in the distal colon leave a tonically contracted segment.

Motility

GI smooth muscle shows slow waves: rhythmic oscillations of membrane potential generated by the interstitial cells of Cajal, the gut pacemakers. Slow waves are not action potentials and do not by themselves cause contraction. When a slow wave carries the membrane above threshold, spike potentials fire (calcium entry), and the muscle contracts. Acetylcholine raises the plateau so more spikes ride each wave. Slow wave frequency sets the maximum contraction rate: about 3 per minute in the stomach, 12 per minute in the duodenum and about 8 to 9 per minute in the terminal ileum.

Swallowing has an oral (voluntary) phase, a pharyngeal phase coordinated by the swallowing center in the medulla (soft palate rises, larynx elevates, epiglottis tips, breathing pauses, upper esophageal sphincter relaxes) and an esophageal phase. Primary peristalsis follows the swallow; secondary peristalsis is triggered by distension if food remains. The lower esophageal sphincter relaxes ahead of the bolus by vagal inhibitory (VIP and nitric oxide) pathways, a process called receptive relaxation that also lets the fundus accommodate a meal.

The stomach stores, mixes and empties. The orad stomach relaxes; the caudad antrum grinds food against a closed pylorus (retropulsion) until particles are about 1 to 2 mm. Emptying is slowed by fat, acid, hyperosmolar contents and protein in the duodenum through the enterogastric reflex and the hormones CCK and GIP. Liquids empty faster than solids, and fats slowest.

In the small intestine, segmentation contractions mix chyme with secretions, and peristalsis (contraction above, relaxation below the bolus, the law of the intestine) propels it. Between meals, the migrating motor complex sweeps from stomach to ileum about every 90 minutes, clearing residue and limiting bacterial overgrowth; it is driven by motilin. In the colon, haustral contractions mix and slowly move contents, and mass movements one to three times a day push material into the rectum, often after a meal (the gastrocolic reflex). Rectal distension triggers the rectosphincteric reflex: the internal anal sphincter (smooth muscle, involuntary) relaxes, while the external anal sphincter (skeletal muscle, pudendal nerve, voluntary) holds until defecation is appropriate.

Vomiting is coordinated by the vomiting center in the medulla, which receives input from the chemoreceptor trigger zone in the area postrema (outside the blood brain barrier), the vestibular system, the pharynx and vagal afferents from the gut. Antiperistalsis starts in the small intestine, followed by forceful contraction of abdominal muscles against a relaxed stomach.

Secretions

About 7 to 9 liters of fluid enter the gut each day from saliva, gastric juice, bile, pancreatic juice and intestinal secretion, and nearly all is reabsorbed, most in the small intestine.

Saliva (1 to 1.5 L/day) contains salivary amylase (ptyalin), lingual lipase, mucus, lysozyme and IgA. Acinar cells make an isotonic primary fluid, and ductal cells reabsorb sodium and chloride and secrete potassium and bicarbonate, so final saliva is hypotonic, more so at low flow. Unusually, salivary secretion is stimulated by both parasympathetic (copious, watery) and sympathetic (small volume, protein rich) activity.

Gastric secretion comes from oxyntic glands in the body and fundus and pyloric glands in the antrum.

CellLocationProductFunction
Parietal (oxyntic)Body, fundusHCl, intrinsic factorAcid kills microbes, activates pepsinogen; intrinsic factor needed for B12 absorption in the ileum
ChiefBody, fundusPepsinogen, gastric lipasePepsinogen is cleaved to pepsin at low pH and begins protein digestion
Mucous neck and surface cellsThroughoutMucus, bicarbonateProtective gel layer; prostaglandins sustain it
G cellsAntrumGastrinStimulates acid secretion and gastric mucosal growth
D cellsAntrum, body, isletsSomatostatinUniversal inhibitor of acid and of most GI hormones
ECL cellsBodyHistamineParacrine stimulant of parietal cells via H2 receptors

The parietal cell secretes acid through the H+/K+ ATPase (proton pump) on its apical membrane. Inside the cell, carbonic anhydrase combines CO2 and water into carbonic acid, which splits into H+ (pumped into the lumen) and bicarbonate. Bicarbonate leaves across the basolateral membrane in exchange for chloride, and chloride then exits apically into the lumen. The bicarbonate entering the blood after a meal produces the alkaline tide. Three stimulants converge: acetylcholine (vagus, M3 receptors) and gastrin (CCK-B receptors) raise intracellular calcium, and histamine (H2 receptors) raises cAMP. They potentiate one another, which is why an H2 blocker reduces responses to all three. Proton pump inhibitors act at the final common step. Somatostatin and prostaglandins inhibit acid; low antral pH stimulates somatostatin, a built in brake.

Acid secretion runs in three phases: the cephalic phase (sight, smell, thought of food; vagal, about 30 percent), the gastric phase (distension and amino acids or peptides in the stomach; gastrin and local reflexes, about 60 percent) and the intestinal phase (small, and mostly inhibitory).

Pancreatic juice (about 1.5 L/day) has two parts. Ductal cells secrete a bicarbonate rich fluid in response to secretin, neutralizing acid in the duodenum. Acinar cells secrete enzymes in response to CCK and vagal acetylcholine. Proteases are secreted as inactive zymogens: duodenal enterokinase (enteropeptidase) converts trypsinogen to trypsin, and trypsin activates chymotrypsinogen, proelastase, procarboxypeptidases and more trypsinogen. Pancreatic amylase, lipase (with colipase) and phospholipase A2 complete the set. Trypsin inhibitor in the acinar cell guards against premature activation, whose failure is the core event in acute pancreatitis.

Where the GI hormones come from Stomach antrum Duodenum and jejunum Ileum distal gut Islets (D cells too) G cell: gastrin raises acid, mucosal growth I cell: CCK gallbladder, enzymes S cell: secretin pancreatic HCO3 K cell: GIP insulin release M cell: motilin fasting MMC L cell: GLP-1 incretin, satiety L cell: PYY ileal brake D cell: somatostatin inhibits nearly all GI secretion
Figure 9.1 The GI hormones by segment. Gastrin is the only major one made in the stomach; CCK, secretin, GIP and motilin are duodenal and jejunal; GLP-1 and PYY come from distal L cells. Somatostatin brakes them all.

The GI hormones

HormoneSourceMain stimulusMain actions
GastrinG cells, antrum and duodenumPeptides and amino acids, distension, vagus (via GRP); inhibited by acidIncreases H+ secretion (directly and via ECL histamine), trophic to gastric mucosa
CCKI cells, duodenum and jejunumFatty acids, monoglycerides, amino acidsGallbladder contraction, sphincter of Oddi relaxation, pancreatic enzyme secretion, slows gastric emptying, satiety
SecretinS cells, duodenumH+ in the duodenum (pH below about 4.5), fatty acidsPancreatic and biliary bicarbonate secretion, decreases gastric acid, potentiates CCK
GIPK cells, duodenum and jejunumGlucose, fatty acids, amino acidsStimulates insulin release (incretin), modestly slows acid secretion
GLP-1L cells, ileum and colonLuminal nutrientsIncretin, slows gastric emptying, satiety; basis of GLP-1 agonist drugs
MotilinM cells, duodenumFastingInitiates the migrating motor complex; erythromycin acts on its receptor
SomatostatinD cellsH+ in the lumenInhibits gastrin, acid, pancreatic and biliary secretion, and other hormones
Board tip. Oral glucose produces a larger insulin response than the same amount of intravenous glucose. The difference is the incretin effect from GIP and GLP-1. A second classic: the only GI hormone that responds to acid by turning on is secretin (bicarbonate fixes acid), and the one that responds to fat and protein by emptying the gallbladder is CCK. In Zollinger Ellison syndrome, a gastrinoma drives massive acid output, multiple ulcers and diarrhea; secretin paradoxically raises gastrin further in that tumor.

Digestion and absorption

Carbohydrates. Starch is broken down by salivary and pancreatic α-amylase (which splits α-1,4 bonds) into maltose, maltotriose and α-limit dextrins. Brush border enzymes (maltase, isomaltase or α-dextrinase, sucrase and lactase) finish the job, producing monosaccharides. Only monosaccharides are absorbed. Glucose and galactose enter enterocytes by SGLT1, secondary active cotransport with sodium driven by the basolateral Na+/K+ ATPase. Fructose enters by facilitated diffusion through GLUT5. All three exit the basolateral side through GLUT2. Lactase deficiency leaves lactose in the lumen, where it draws water osmotically and is fermented by colonic bacteria into gas and short chain fatty acids, causing bloating and osmotic diarrhea. The SGLT1 mechanism is also why oral rehydration solutions contain both glucose and sodium.

Proteins. Pepsin begins digestion in the stomach (it is not essential). Pancreatic endopeptidases (trypsin, chymotrypsin, elastase) cut internal bonds; exopeptidases (carboxypeptidases A and B) remove terminal residues. Brush border peptidases make free amino acids, dipeptides and tripeptides. Free amino acids are absorbed by several sodium dependent cotransporters, while di- and tripeptides enter by PepT1, an H+ cotransporter, and are hydrolyzed inside the cell. Hartnup disease (neutral amino acid transporter defect) and cystinuria (dibasic amino acid transporter in gut and kidney) show that transporters, not enzymes, can be the weak link.

Fats. Lingual and gastric lipases start the process, but most triglyceride digestion happens in the duodenum. Bile salts emulsify large fat droplets, and pancreatic lipase, anchored by colipase, splits triglycerides into 2-monoglycerides and free fatty acids. Cholesterol esterase and phospholipase A2 act on their substrates. The products, with bile salts, form micelles, whose hydrophilic surface lets them cross the unstirred water layer to the brush border, where lipids diffuse into the enterocyte. Inside, triglycerides are re-esterified in the smooth endoplasmic reticulum, packaged with apoB-48 into chylomicrons, and exocytosed into the lacteals, reaching the blood through the thoracic duct. Short and medium chain fatty acids skip this and enter portal blood directly. The fat soluble vitamins (A, D, E, K) ride in micelles, so any cause of fat malabsorption (pancreatic insufficiency, bile salt loss, mucosal disease) can cause their deficiency and steatorrhea.

Water, electrolytes, vitamins and minerals. Water follows solute. Sodium is absorbed by cotransport with nutrients and by Na+/H+ exchange in the small intestine and through ENaC channels in the colon (aldosterone sensitive). Chloride is secreted by crypt cells through CFTR; cholera toxin permanently activates Gs, raises cAMP, and drives CFTR open, producing a secretory diarrhea of liters per day. Iron is absorbed as ferrous iron (Fe2+) in the duodenum, calcium mainly in the duodenum under the control of calcitriol, folate in the jejunum, and vitamin B12 (bound to intrinsic factor) and bile salts in the terminal ileum.

Clinical link. A patient with low back pain who also reports numbness in both feet, unsteady gait in the dark and fatigue may have B12 deficiency (subacute combined degeneration of the dorsal columns and lateral corticospinal tracts). Risk factors include pernicious anemia (antibodies against parietal cells or intrinsic factor), gastric bypass, ileal resection or Crohn disease, a strict vegan diet and long term metformin or acid suppression. Recognizing the pattern is a reason to coordinate laboratory testing rather than treat the back alone.

Liver and bile

The liver receives about 25 percent of cardiac output, roughly three quarters through the portal vein and one quarter through the hepatic artery. It handles carbohydrate (glycogen storage, gluconeogenesis), lipid (lipoprotein synthesis, fatty acid oxidation, ketone production), protein (plasma proteins such as albumin and clotting factors, the urea cycle), detoxification (cytochrome P450 phase I reactions and conjugation in phase II), storage (vitamins A, D, B12, iron, copper) and bile formation.

Bile contains bile salts, phospholipid (lecithin), cholesterol, bilirubin, water and electrolytes. Hepatocytes make primary bile acids (cholic and chenodeoxycholic acid) from cholesterol, the rate limiting enzyme being 7α-hydroxylase, and conjugate them with glycine or taurine to make bile salts that are more water soluble and stay in the lumen. Colonic bacteria convert some to secondary bile acids (deoxycholic and lithocholic acid). About 95 percent of bile salts are reabsorbed in the terminal ileum and return to the liver by the portal vein, the enterohepatic circulation; the pool cycles several times per day. Between meals, bile is concentrated in the gallbladder by sodium and water absorption. CCK contracts the gallbladder and relaxes the sphincter of Oddi; secretin increases bicarbonate rich ductal bile. When cholesterol exceeds the capacity of bile salts and lecithin to keep it in solution, cholesterol gallstones form.

Bilirubin comes mostly from the breakdown of hemoglobin heme in macrophages of the spleen: heme to biliverdin (heme oxygenase) to unconjugated bilirubin, which is lipid soluble, travels bound to albumin and cannot be filtered into urine. Hepatocytes conjugate it with glucuronic acid using UDP-glucuronosyltransferase, making water soluble conjugated bilirubin that is secreted into bile. Gut bacteria convert it to urobilinogen; some is reabsorbed and excreted in urine as urobilin (yellow color), and the rest becomes stercobilin (brown stool). Hemolysis and Gilbert syndrome raise unconjugated bilirubin; biliary obstruction raises conjugated bilirubin with dark urine, pale stools and pruritus.

Key point

The gut is controlled by an intrinsic nervous system modulated by autonomic nerves and a short list of hormones: gastrin for acid, secretin for bicarbonate, CCK for enzymes and bile, GIP and GLP-1 for insulin, motilin for fasting motility and somatostatin to inhibit everything. Digestion turns polymers into absorbable monomers, carbohydrate as monosaccharides through SGLT1 and GLUT5, protein as amino acids and small peptides, fat through micelles into chylomicrons, while location matters: iron in the duodenum, B12 and bile salts in the terminal ileum.

Section 2Endocrine physiology I: hormone signaling and the hypothalamic pituitary axes

Hormone classes and how they act

A hormone is a chemical messenger released into the blood that acts on distant target cells bearing a specific receptor. Paracrine signals act on neighboring cells and autocrine signals on the secreting cell itself. Hormones fall into three chemical classes, and the class predicts almost everything about how the hormone behaves.

FeaturePeptide and proteinSteroidAmine
ExamplesInsulin, glucagon, GH, ACTH, PTH, ADH, oxytocin, prolactinCortisol, aldosterone, testosterone, estradiol, progesterone, calcitriolCatecholamines (water soluble); thyroid hormones (lipid soluble)
Synthesis and storageMade as preprohormones, stored in vesiclesMade from cholesterol on demand, not storedCatecholamines stored in granules; T4 and T3 stored on thyroglobulin in colloid
Transport in bloodMostly freeBound to carrier proteins (CBG, SHBG, albumin)Catecholamines free; thyroid hormone bound to TBG
Half lifeMinutesHoursCatecholamines seconds to minutes; T4 about 7 days
ReceptorCell membraneCytoplasmic or nuclearCatecholamines membrane; thyroid hormone nuclear
MechanismSecond messengers (cAMP, IP3 and calcium, tyrosine kinase, JAK-STAT, cGMP)Hormone receptor complex binds DNA response elements and alters transcriptionCatecholamines via G proteins; T3 via gene transcription

Membrane receptor pathways are worth knowing by hormone. Gs and cAMP: ACTH, TSH, LH, FSH, glucagon, PTH, calcitonin, CRH, ADH at V2 (kidney), and β receptors. Gq, IP3 and calcium: GnRH, TRH, GHRH (also cAMP), oxytocin, ADH at V1 (vascular), angiotensin II, gastrin and α1 receptors. Receptor tyrosine kinase: insulin and IGF-1. JAK-STAT (receptor associated tyrosine kinase): growth hormone, prolactin, erythropoietin and cytokines. cGMP: atrial natriuretic peptide and nitric oxide. A useful memory device for Gs hormones is that most anterior pituitary trophic hormones and calcium regulating peptides use cAMP.

Free hormone is the biologically active fraction. Changes in binding proteins change total but not free levels: pregnancy and oral estrogen raise TBG and total T4 while free T4 and the patient's thyroid status stay normal.

Feedback and the hypothalamic pituitary unit

Most endocrine systems are regulated by negative feedback: the end hormone (or the variable it controls) inhibits its own release, keeping levels within a range. Feedback can be long loop (target gland hormone back to the hypothalamus and pituitary), short loop (pituitary hormone back to the hypothalamus) or variable based (glucose controls insulin, calcium controls PTH). Positive feedback is rare: the LH surge driven by rising estradiol, oxytocin during labor and the milk ejection reflex.

The posterior pituitary (neurohypophysis) is neural tissue. Its hormones, ADH (vasopressin) and oxytocin, are made in the supraoptic and paraventricular nuclei of the hypothalamus, carried down axons bound to neurophysins, and released from nerve terminals. The anterior pituitary (adenohypophysis) is glandular tissue derived from Rathke pouch. Hypothalamic releasing and inhibiting hormones reach it through the hypothalamic hypophyseal portal system, a second capillary bed that delivers high concentrations of these peptides directly to pituitary cells.

Hypothalamic hormonePituitary targetPituitary hormoneEnd organ effect
TRH (+)Thyrotrophs (also lactotrophs)TSHT4 and T3 from thyroid
CRH (+)CorticotrophsACTH (from POMC)Cortisol and adrenal androgens
GnRH (+, pulsatile)GonadotrophsLH, FSHSex steroids, gametogenesis
GHRH (+); somatostatin (−)SomatotrophsGHIGF-1 from liver, growth, metabolism
Dopamine (−, tonic)LactotrophsProlactinMilk synthesis, inhibits GnRH

Three anterior pituitary hormones (TSH, LH and FSH) share an identical α subunit with hCG; their β subunits confer specificity. This explains why very high hCG in pregnancy or molar disease can weakly stimulate the thyroid.

Thyroid axis Adrenal axis Hypothalamus Anterior pituitary Thyroid Hypothalamus Anterior pituitary Adrenal cortex TRHTSHCRHACTH T4 to T3 in tissues Cortisol negative feedback negative feedback Solid arrows stimulate; dashed red arrows inhibit
Figure 9.2 The thyroid and adrenal axes run the same three tier plan. The end hormone inhibits both the hypothalamus and the pituitary, so the level of the pituitary hormone tells you where a defect lies.

Reading primary and secondary disease

Feedback makes laboratory patterns predictable. In primary disease the target gland fails or overacts, so the pituitary hormone moves in the opposite direction from the end hormone. In secondary (pituitary) disease, the two move in the same direction. Primary hypothyroidism (Hashimoto thyroiditis): low free T4, high TSH. Secondary hypothyroidism: low free T4, low or inappropriately normal TSH. Graves disease: high T4, suppressed TSH because thyroid stimulating immunoglobulin, not TSH, drives the gland. Primary adrenal insufficiency (Addison disease): low cortisol, high ACTH, with hyperpigmentation because the POMC precursor also yields MSH, and with aldosterone loss (hyperkalemia, hyponatremia, hypotension). Secondary adrenal insufficiency: low ACTH, no hyperpigmentation, and aldosterone is largely spared because renin and angiotensin, not ACTH, control the zona glomerulosa.

Board tip. TSH is the single best screening test of thyroid function because the pituitary amplifies small changes in free T4 into large changes in TSH. For cortisol excess, remember that exogenous glucocorticoids are the most common cause of Cushing syndrome, and they suppress ACTH. A high dose dexamethasone test suppresses a pituitary adenoma (Cushing disease) but not an ectopic ACTH source such as small cell lung carcinoma.

Growth hormone

Growth hormone (somatotropin) is secreted in pulses, the largest during slow wave sleep. Release is stimulated by GHRH, ghrelin, hypoglycemia, fasting, amino acids (arginine), exercise, stress and deep sleep, and inhibited by somatostatin, IGF-1 (feedback), hyperglycemia, obesity and glucocorticoid excess. GH acts on the liver (and other tissues) through JAK-STAT to produce IGF-1 (somatomedin C), which mediates most growth effects: linear bone growth at the epiphyseal plates, protein synthesis and lean mass. GH itself has direct anti-insulin (diabetogenic) effects: it raises blood glucose, decreases glucose uptake, and increases lipolysis.

Excess GH before epiphyseal closure causes gigantism; after closure it causes acromegaly with enlarged hands and feet, coarse facial features, prognathism, organomegaly, insulin resistance, carpal tunnel syndrome and arthropathy. The best screening test is IGF-1, confirmed by failure of GH suppression after an oral glucose load. GH deficiency in children causes short stature; Laron dwarfism is GH receptor resistance with high GH and low IGF-1.

Prolactin

Prolactin is unique among anterior pituitary hormones because its dominant control is tonic inhibition by dopamine from the hypothalamus. Anything that cuts the pituitary stalk or blocks dopamine D2 receptors (antipsychotics, metoclopramide) raises prolactin. TRH, estrogen, suckling, sleep and stress also stimulate it. Prolactin promotes milk synthesis and breast development, and it inhibits GnRH, which is why breastfeeding suppresses ovulation and why a prolactinoma (the most common functioning pituitary adenoma) causes amenorrhea, galactorrhea and infertility in women and decreased libido and erectile dysfunction in men. Large adenomas compress the optic chiasm and cause bitemporal hemianopia. Dopamine agonists (cabergoline, bromocriptine) are first line therapy.

The thyroid axis

Thyroid follicular cells trap iodide with the sodium iodide symporter, move it into the colloid through pendrin, and oxidize it with thyroid peroxidase, which also iodinates tyrosine residues on thyroglobulin (organification) and couples them: MIT plus DIT forms T3, and DIT plus DIT forms T4. TSH stimulates every step, including endocytosis of colloid and release of hormone. The gland secretes mainly T4, but T3 is the active hormone, about four times more potent, formed in tissues by 5′-deiodinase. Reverse T3 is an inactive product that rises in severe illness and fasting.

Thyroid hormone acts on nuclear receptors and its effects follow from raising metabolic rate: increased Na+/K+ ATPase activity, oxygen consumption, heat production and basal metabolic rate; increased β1 receptor expression in the heart (raising heart rate, contractility and cardiac output); increased glycogenolysis, gluconeogenesis and lipolysis; and essential roles in brain development and bone growth (synergy with GH). Deficiency in infancy causes congenital hypothyroidism with intellectual disability and short stature, which is why newborns are screened. In adults, hypothyroidism causes fatigue, weight gain, cold intolerance, constipation, dry skin, bradycardia, delayed relaxation of deep tendon reflexes, myalgia and carpal tunnel syndrome; hyperthyroidism causes the reverse plus tremor, anxiety, heat intolerance, tachycardia or atrial fibrillation, and bone loss.

The adrenal axis and the stress response

The adrenal cortex has three zones, each with its own product and control. A simple memory device: "salt, sugar, sex" from outside in, matching "GFR" for glomerulosa, fasciculata, reticularis.

ZoneMain productPrimary regulatorKey enzyme note
Zona glomerulosaAldosterone (mineralocorticoid)Angiotensin II, plasma K+ (ACTH minor)Aldosterone synthase is unique to this zone
Zona fasciculataCortisol (glucocorticoid)ACTH11β-hydroxylase and 21-hydroxylase needed
Zona reticularisDHEA, androstenedioneACTH17α-hydroxylase directs toward androgens
MedullaEpinephrine (about 80%), norepinephrineSympathetic preganglionic fibers (ACh, nicotinic)PNMT is induced by cortisol from the cortex

All adrenal steroids derive from cholesterol. The rate limiting step is transfer of cholesterol into mitochondria by the StAR protein and its conversion to pregnenolone by desmolase (side chain cleavage enzyme), which ACTH stimulates. The most common form of congenital adrenal hyperplasia is 21-hydroxylase deficiency: cortisol and aldosterone cannot be made, ACTH rises, precursors are shunted into androgens, and the result is salt wasting, hypotension and hyperkalemia with virilization of female infants.

Cortisol follows a circadian rhythm, peaking just before waking and lowest near midnight. Its effects prepare the body for prolonged stress: it raises blood glucose by stimulating gluconeogenesis and reducing peripheral glucose uptake; mobilizes amino acids by protein catabolism in muscle; promotes lipolysis yet redistributes fat centrally; maintains vascular responsiveness to catecholamines (permissive action) and so blood pressure; suppresses inflammation and immunity (inhibiting phospholipase A2, IL-2 and histamine release, causing lymphopenia and eosinopenia with neutrophilia); inhibits bone formation and calcium absorption; and inhibits collagen synthesis and wound healing.

The stress response joins the HPA axis to the sympathetic nervous system. Physical or psychological stressors activate CRH neurons and the locus ceruleus. CRH (with ADH as a cofactor) raises ACTH and cortisol over minutes to hours, while sympathetic outflow and adrenal medullary epinephrine act in seconds. Chronic activation, with sustained cortisol, contributes to central adiposity, insulin resistance, hypertension, muscle wasting, osteoporosis, poor sleep and impaired immunity.

Clinical link. Long term oral corticosteroid use is one of the most important causes of secondary osteoporosis and of vertebral compression fractures. Before high velocity thrust techniques, take a medication history: a patient on prednisone for asthma, rheumatoid arthritis or inflammatory bowel disease may have fragile bone, thin skin and a suppressed HPA axis. Abrupt discontinuation risks adrenal crisis, so changes belong to the prescriber.
Key point

Hormone class predicts behavior: peptides act fast through membrane receptors and second messengers, steroids and thyroid hormone act slowly through nuclear receptors and gene transcription. The anterior pituitary axes run on negative feedback, so comparing the pituitary hormone with the end hormone locates the lesion. Prolactin is the exception held down by dopamine. Growth hormone acts through IGF-1 and opposes insulin, thyroid hormone sets metabolic rate, and cortisol mobilizes fuel and suppresses inflammation.

Section 3Endocrine physiology II: metabolic and calcium regulating hormones

Insulin

The islets of Langerhans hold β cells (insulin, about 65 to 80 percent, central), α cells (glucagon, peripheral), δ cells (somatostatin) and PP cells. Islet blood flows from the core outward, so insulin reaches α cells first and restrains glucagon. Insulin is made as preproinsulin, cleaved to proinsulin, then to insulin plus C-peptide in equal amounts. C-peptide is the marker of endogenous secretion: high with an insulinoma or a sulfonylurea, low when hypoglycemia comes from injected insulin.

Glucose stimulates insulin through a sequence worth memorizing: glucose enters the β cell by GLUT2, is phosphorylated by glucokinase, and is metabolized to ATP. Rising ATP closes ATP sensitive K+ channels, the cell depolarizes, voltage gated calcium channels open, and calcium triggers exocytosis of insulin granules. Sulfonylureas close the same K+ channel. Amino acids (arginine, leucine), incretins (GIP, GLP-1), vagal acetylcholine and glucagon also stimulate secretion; α2 adrenergic activity and somatostatin inhibit it, which is why stress and exercise lower insulin.

Insulin binds a receptor tyrosine kinase, which autophosphorylates and recruits IRS proteins, activating the PI3K and Akt pathway (metabolic effects) and the MAP kinase pathway (growth). In skeletal muscle and adipose tissue, insulin moves GLUT4 transporters to the membrane. Brain, red cells, liver, kidney and the intestinal mucosa do not need insulin for glucose uptake. Insulin is the hormone of plenty: it promotes glycogen synthesis, glycolysis, fatty acid and triglyceride synthesis, and protein synthesis; it inhibits glycogenolysis, gluconeogenesis, lipolysis (hormone sensitive lipase), ketogenesis and proteolysis. It also drives potassium into cells through the Na+/K+ ATPase, the basis for treating hyperkalemia with insulin and glucose.

Glucagon and the counterregulatory hormones

Glucagon is released by hypoglycemia, amino acids and sympathetic stimulation and suppressed by glucose and insulin. It acts mainly on the liver through Gs and cAMP to stimulate glycogenolysis, gluconeogenesis, fatty acid oxidation and ketogenesis. It has little effect on muscle glycogen, because muscle lacks glucagon receptors. Glucagon, epinephrine, cortisol and growth hormone are the counterregulatory hormones that defend blood glucose: glucagon and epinephrine act in minutes, cortisol and GH over hours.

Fed and fasted states

ProcessFed (absorptive), insulin highFasting (postabsorptive), glucagon highProlonged starvation
Liver glycogenSynthesizedBroken down; lasts about 12 to 24 hoursDepleted
GluconeogenesisSuppressedActive (lactate, alanine, glycerol)Active, then declines to spare protein
Adipose tissueTakes up fatty acids (lipoprotein lipase), stores triglycerideLipolysis releases fatty acids and glycerolMain fuel source
Ketone bodiesLowRisingHigh; brain uses them for much of its energy
MuscleTakes up glucose (GLUT4) and amino acidsUses fatty acids, releases alanine and glutamineProtein catabolism slows as ketones rise

Red blood cells always depend on glucose (no mitochondria), and the brain depends on glucose unless ketones are high. In type 1 diabetes, autoimmune destruction of β cells leaves no insulin: unopposed glucagon drives hepatic glucose output and ketogenesis, producing diabetic ketoacidosis with hyperglycemia, an anion gap metabolic acidosis, Kussmaul breathing, dehydration from osmotic diuresis, and total body potassium depletion despite a normal or high serum potassium. In type 2 diabetes, insulin resistance comes first and β cell failure follows; enough insulin usually remains to prevent ketosis, so severe decompensation is the hyperosmolar hyperglycemic state.

Board tip. Diagnostic thresholds commonly tested: fasting plasma glucose of 126 mg/dL or more, HbA1c of 6.5 percent or more, a 2 hour glucose of 200 mg/dL or more on an oral glucose tolerance test, or a random glucose of 200 mg/dL or more with symptoms. Prediabetes is a fasting glucose of 100 to 125 mg/dL or HbA1c of 5.7 to 6.4 percent. Exercise increases GLUT4 translocation independent of insulin, which is why activity improves glucose control.

Calcium, phosphate and the three regulating hormones

About 99 percent of body calcium sits in bone as hydroxyapatite. Plasma calcium (normal about 8.5 to 10.5 mg/dL) exists as roughly 45 percent free ionized calcium (the active fraction), 40 percent bound to albumin and 15 percent complexed with anions. Low albumin lowers total but not ionized calcium. Alkalosis increases binding of calcium to albumin and lowers ionized calcium, which is why hyperventilation causes perioral tingling and carpopedal spasm. Low ionized calcium increases neuronal excitability (it lowers the threshold for sodium channel opening), producing tetany, Chvostek sign (facial twitch on tapping the facial nerve) and Trousseau sign (carpal spasm with a blood pressure cuff).

HormoneSource and stimulusBoneKidneyGutNet effect
PTHChief cells of the parathyroid; low ionized Ca2+ sensed by the calcium sensing receptorIncreases resorption (via osteoblast RANKL)Increases Ca2+ reabsorption in the distal tubule; decreases phosphate reabsorption in the proximal tubule; activates 1α-hydroxylaseIndirect, through calcitriolRaises Ca2+, lowers phosphate
Calcitriol (1,25(OH)2D)Kidney 1α-hydroxylase, stimulated by PTH and low phosphateSupports mineralization; high levels resorbIncreases Ca2+ and phosphate reabsorptionIncreases Ca2+ and phosphate absorptionRaises Ca2+ and phosphate
CalcitoninParafollicular (C) cells of the thyroid; high Ca2+Inhibits osteoclastsMild calciuriaNoneLowers Ca2+ (minor role in humans)

Vitamin D is made in skin when UVB light converts 7-dehydrocholesterol to cholecalciferol (D3), or absorbed from diet (D2 or D3). The liver adds a hydroxyl at carbon 25 to form 25-hydroxyvitamin D (calcidiol), the main storage form and the best measure of vitamin D status. The kidney's 1α-hydroxylase forms active 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (calcitriol). Deficiency causes rickets in children (bowed legs, rachitic rosary, widened growth plates) and osteomalacia in adults (poorly mineralized osteoid, bone pain, proximal weakness, Looser zones). Chronic kidney disease loses 1α-hydroxylation and phosphate excretion, leading to secondary hyperparathyroidism and renal osteodystrophy. Granulomatous diseases such as sarcoidosis make calcitriol in macrophages and can cause hypercalcemia.

Plasma ionized Ca2+ falls sensed by CaSR Parathyroid chief cells secrete PTH Bone osteoclast resorption releases Ca2+ and PO4 Kidney reabsorb Ca2+, excrete PO4 1α-hydroxylase on Small intestine absorbs more Ca2+ and PO4 calcitriol Plasma Ca2+ restored High Ca2+ instead: PTH falls and calcitonin rises
Figure 9.3 The PTH and vitamin D loop. PTH acts directly on bone and kidney and indirectly on the gut by switching on renal 1α-hydroxylase. Notice that PTH raises calcium but lowers plasma phosphate.

Bone remodeling

Bone is remodeled throughout life by basic multicellular units: osteoclasts resorb a pit over a few weeks, and osteoblasts fill it with new osteoid over a few months, which then mineralizes. Osteoblasts (from mesenchymal stem cells) make type I collagen and alkaline phosphatase, and they control osteoclasts. They express RANKL, which binds RANK on osteoclast precursors (monocyte macrophage lineage) and, with M-CSF, drives their maturation. Osteoblasts also secrete osteoprotegerin (OPG), a decoy receptor that binds RANKL and blocks resorption. The RANKL to OPG ratio is the dial: PTH, calcitriol, glucocorticoids and inflammatory cytokines (IL-1, IL-6, TNF-α) raise it; estrogen lowers it. Osteoclasts are multinucleated cells that seal onto bone, acidify the space with a proton pump and dissolve mineral, then digest collagen with cathepsin K.

Continuous high PTH favors resorption, but intermittent PTH (teriparatide) is anabolic. Peak bone mass is reached in the late twenties to early thirties. Weight bearing and resistance exercise strengthen bone by mechanical loading sensed by osteocytes, which normally restrain formation by secreting sclerostin. Serum calcium, phosphate and PTH are normal in osteoporosis, which helps distinguish it from osteomalacia (low calcium or phosphate, high alkaline phosphatase) and hyperparathyroidism (high calcium, low phosphate, high PTH).

Clinical link. Primary hyperparathyroidism, usually a single adenoma, is often found on routine labs in an older woman with vague complaints remembered as "stones, bones, groans and psychiatric overtones": kidney stones, bone pain and osteoporosis, constipation or peptic ulcer, and fatigue or depression. On film, subperiosteal resorption of the radial side of the middle phalanges and a salt and pepper skull are classic. Osteopenia in a patient with these features deserves a calcium level before spinal manipulation.

The adrenal medulla

The adrenal medulla is a modified sympathetic ganglion: chromaffin cells, derived from neural crest, receive preganglionic sympathetic fibers that release acetylcholine onto nicotinic receptors. Catecholamines are made from tyrosine: tyrosine hydroxylase (rate limiting) forms DOPA, DOPA decarboxylase forms dopamine, dopamine β-hydroxylase forms norepinephrine, and PNMT methylates norepinephrine to epinephrine. Cortisol arriving through the intra-adrenal portal blood induces PNMT, linking the cortex and medulla. Catecholamines are degraded by MAO and COMT to metanephrines and vanillylmandelic acid (VMA), measured in the workup of a pheochromocytoma, which causes episodic headache, sweating, palpitations and hypertension.

Epinephrine raises heart rate and contractility (β1), dilates skeletal muscle arterioles and bronchioles (β2), constricts skin and splanchnic vessels (α1), raises blood glucose through glycogenolysis and gluconeogenesis, stimulates lipolysis (β3 and β1) and inhibits insulin release (α2). Together these effects make up the acute fight or flight metabolic response.

Key point

Insulin, the only hormone that lowers blood glucose, stores fuel by acting on liver, muscle and fat; glucagon, epinephrine, cortisol and growth hormone release fuel and protect the brain's glucose supply. Calcium is held within a narrow range by PTH (raise calcium, dump phosphate), calcitriol (absorb both from the gut) and, weakly, calcitonin. Bone turnover is set by the RANKL to OPG ratio, which estrogen restrains and glucocorticoids push toward resorption.

Section 4Reproductive physiology

The male axis and spermatogenesis

Pulsatile GnRH drives the anterior pituitary to release LH and FSH. Continuous GnRH (as with long acting agonists) paradoxically suppresses the axis. In the testis, LH acts on Leydig cells to make testosterone. FSH acts on Sertoli cells, which nurse developing sperm, form the blood testis barrier with tight junctions, secrete androgen binding protein (keeping local testosterone high), and make inhibin B, which selectively inhibits FSH. Testosterone feeds back on both the hypothalamus and pituitary, mainly suppressing LH.

Testosterone is converted in target tissues by 5α-reductase to the more potent dihydrotestosterone (DHT), and by aromatase to estradiol. Testosterone itself drives differentiation of the Wolffian ducts (epididymis, vas deferens, seminal vesicles), spermatogenesis, muscle growth, libido, deepening of the voice and growth of the penis at puberty. DHT drives the external genitalia and prostate in the fetus, and prostate growth, male pattern hair loss and acne in adults. Estrogen derived from testosterone is what closes the epiphyseal plates in males.

Spermatogenesis takes about 64 to 74 days in the seminiferous tubules: spermatogonia (diploid) divide by mitosis, primary spermatocytes enter meiosis I to become secondary spermatocytes, meiosis II yields haploid spermatids, and spermiogenesis remodels them into spermatozoa with an acrosome, condensed nucleus and flagellum. Sperm gain motility in the epididymis and capacitation in the female tract. The process requires a scrotal temperature about 2 °C below core, maintained by the pampiniform plexus countercurrent exchanger and the cremaster muscle. Exogenous anabolic steroids suppress LH and FSH, causing testicular atrophy and low sperm counts.

The female axis and the ovarian cycle

The ovary uses a two cell, two gonadotropin system. LH stimulates theca cells to make androgens (androstenedione) from cholesterol; FSH stimulates granulosa cells to express aromatase, converting those androgens to estradiol. Granulosa cells also make inhibin. After ovulation, the follicle becomes the corpus luteum, which secretes progesterone and estradiol under LH.

The cycle averages 28 days. In the follicular phase (variable length), FSH recruits a cohort of follicles; one dominant follicle with the most FSH receptors survives as estradiol and inhibin lower FSH. Low to moderate estradiol exerts negative feedback, but once estradiol stays above a threshold (about 200 pg/mL for roughly 2 days) feedback switches to positive, triggering the LH surge. Ovulation follows the surge by about 24 to 36 hours. The luteal phase is the constant one, about 14 days: progesterone and estradiol from the corpus luteum suppress GnRH. Without pregnancy, the corpus luteum regresses, progesterone and estrogen fall, and menstruation begins while FSH rises to start the next cycle.

ovulation, day 14 17142128 relative level LH surge FSH Estradiol Progesterone mensesproliferative (estrogen)secretory (progesterone) Follicular phase: variable lengthLuteal phase: about 14 days
Figure 9.4 The ovarian and menstrual cycles. Sustained high estradiol flips feedback to positive and triggers the LH surge; the corpus luteum then makes progesterone, which converts the endometrium to its secretory form.

The menstrual (uterine) cycle

The endometrium tracks the ovarian hormones. During the proliferative phase, estradiol rebuilds the functional layer, lengthens glands and spiral arteries, induces progesterone receptors and produces thin, stretchy cervical mucus that sperm can penetrate. During the secretory phase, progesterone makes glands coiled and glycogen rich, stabilizes the endometrium for implantation, thickens cervical mucus and raises basal body temperature by about 0.3 to 0.5 °C, a sign that ovulation has occurred. Withdrawal of progesterone causes spiral artery constriction, ischemia and shedding of the functional layer (menses, days 1 to 5); prostaglandins mediate the cramping of dysmenorrhea.

Pregnancy, parturition and lactation

Fertilization occurs in the ampulla of the uterine tube, and the blastocyst implants about 6 days later. The syncytiotrophoblast secretes hCG, structurally similar to LH, which rescues the corpus luteum so progesterone continues; hCG is the basis of pregnancy tests, detectable in blood about 8 days after fertilization, and peaks near 8 to 10 weeks. By the end of the first trimester the placenta takes over progesterone and estrogen production (the luteal placental shift). Estriol synthesis needs fetal adrenal DHEA-S, so it reflects fetal wellbeing. Human placental lactogen (hPL) causes maternal insulin resistance, sparing glucose for the fetus and contributing to gestational diabetes. Pregnancy also raises blood volume (about 40 to 50 percent), cardiac output, GFR and tidal volume, and relaxin and hormonal changes loosen pelvic ligaments.

Parturition involves rising estrogen to progesterone ratio, more oxytocin receptors and gap junctions in the myometrium, and prostaglandins that soften the cervix. Stretch of the cervix sends signals to the hypothalamus that release more oxytocin, which strengthens contractions, a positive feedback loop (the Ferguson reflex) that ends with delivery.

Lactation: during pregnancy, estrogen, progesterone, prolactin and hPL develop the breast, but high estrogen and progesterone block milk production. After delivery of the placenta these fall, and prolactin initiates milk synthesis. Suckling maintains prolactin (by inhibiting dopamine) and releases oxytocin, which contracts myoepithelial cells for milk ejection; oxytocin release can also be conditioned by a crying infant.

Menopause

Menopause is defined as 12 months without menses, at an average age of about 51, caused by depletion of ovarian follicles. With fewer follicles, estradiol and inhibin fall, so FSH rises (the best lab marker) along with LH. Effects include vasomotor symptoms (hot flashes), vaginal atrophy, sleep and mood change, an atherogenic shift in lipids and accelerated bone loss, fastest in the first five or so years, because estrogen no longer restrains RANKL.

ConditionGnRH, LH, FSHSex steroid
Menopause, primary ovarian insufficiency, KlinefelterHighLow (primary hypogonadism)
Hypothalamic amenorrhea (low energy availability), Kallmann syndrome, prolactinomaLowLow (secondary or tertiary)
Anabolic steroid useLowHigh exogenous androgen; low intrinsic testosterone
Polycystic ovary syndromeHigh LH to FSH ratioHigh androgens, anovulation
Board tip. Ovulation is triggered by positive feedback of estradiol on LH; progesterone is the hormone of the luteal phase and of pregnancy maintenance; and the luteal phase, not the follicular phase, is fixed at about 14 days, so ovulation occurs about 14 days before the next menses. In the female athlete triad, low energy availability suppresses GnRH, causing amenorrhea and low bone density with stress fractures.
Key point

Both sexes use pulsatile GnRH, LH and FSH. In men, LH makes Leydig cells produce testosterone and FSH supports Sertoli cells and spermatogenesis, with inhibin trimming FSH. In women, the two cell system makes estradiol, whose sustained rise flips feedback to positive and causes the LH surge and ovulation; the corpus luteum then makes progesterone for about 14 days. hCG rescues the corpus luteum in pregnancy, oxytocin drives labor and milk ejection, prolactin makes milk, and follicle depletion at menopause raises FSH and speeds bone loss.

Section 5Exercise and sports physiology

Acute cardiovascular and respiratory responses

Cardiac output (heart rate times stroke volume) rises from about 5 L/min at rest to 20 to 25 L/min in an untrained adult and 35 L/min or more in an elite endurance athlete. Heart rate climbs roughly linearly with workload toward a maximum (estimated as 220 minus age). Stroke volume rises through greater venous return (muscle and respiratory pumps, venoconstriction) and sympathetic contractility, and plateaus at about 40 to 60 percent of VO2 max in untrained people. Blood flow is redistributed: local metabolites (K+, adenosine, CO2, H+, lactate, nitric oxide) dilate active muscle arterioles, while sympathetic vasoconstriction reduces flow to the gut and kidneys. Total peripheral resistance falls, so systolic pressure rises while diastolic pressure stays the same or falls slightly during dynamic exercise; heavy isometric or resistance exercise raises both sharply.

Minute ventilation rises from about 6 L/min at rest to over 100 L/min. At the onset, ventilation jumps abruptly (a neural feedforward drive from the motor cortex and joint and muscle receptors), then rises more gradually. Arterial PO2 and PCO2 change little in moderate exercise; the mixed venous PO2 falls because muscle extracts more oxygen. The oxygen dissociation curve shifts right in working muscle (higher CO2, H+, temperature and 2,3-BPG), unloading more oxygen. Ventilation is rarely the limit to performance in healthy people.

VO2 max and the lactate threshold

VO2 max is the highest rate of oxygen consumption a person can reach, the best single measure of aerobic fitness. By the Fick principle, VO2 = cardiac output × (arterial minus mixed venous O2 content). In healthy people VO2 max is limited mainly by maximal cardiac output (central delivery), not by the lungs. Typical values are about 35 to 45 mL/kg/min in untrained young adults and 70 to 85 mL/kg/min in elite endurance athletes; it is largely genetic, trainable by about 15 to 25 percent, and declines about 10 percent per decade after age 30 without training. One MET equals 3.5 mL O2/kg/min.

The lactate threshold is the intensity at which blood lactate begins to rise above resting levels because production exceeds clearance, typically 50 to 60 percent of VO2 max untrained and 70 to 85 percent in trained endurance athletes. Lactate is not a waste product: the heart, liver (Cori cycle) and oxidative muscle fibers use it as fuel. The accompanying H+ is buffered by bicarbonate, producing extra CO2 that drives ventilation up disproportionately (the ventilatory threshold). The respiratory exchange ratio (VCO2/VO2) is about 0.7 when burning fat and 1.0 with carbohydrate, and exceeds 1.0 above the threshold. Lactate threshold predicts endurance performance better than VO2 max.

After exercise, oxygen consumption stays high (EPOC, the old oxygen debt) to restore phosphocreatine, reoxygenate myoglobin, clear lactate and pay for elevated temperature and hormones.

share of ATP supply 0 s10 s1 min3 min10 minhours duration of all out effort (not to scale) Phosphagen (ATP-PCr) Glycolytic Oxidative sprint, lift400 mmarathon
Figure 9.5 All three energy systems run at once, but their share shifts with duration. Phosphagen dominates the first seconds, anaerobic glycolysis the next minute or two, and oxidative metabolism everything longer.

Energy systems in sport

SystemFuelRate and capacityDominant in
Phosphagen (ATP-PCr)Stored ATP and phosphocreatine (creatine kinase)Fastest, smallest; about 10 secondsSprints, jumps, throws, heavy lifts
Anaerobic glycolysisMuscle glycogen and glucose to pyruvate and lactate; 2 ATP per glucoseFast, limited by H+ accumulation; about 10 seconds to 2 minutes200 to 800 m runs, repeated sprints
Oxidative (aerobic)Carbohydrate, fat (and a little protein) through the Krebs cycle and electron transport; about 30 to 32 ATP per glucoseSlowest, nearly unlimitedEvents longer than about 2 to 3 minutes

As intensity rises, fuel shifts from fat toward carbohydrate (the crossover concept). Muscle glycogen depletion causes fatigue ("hitting the wall") in prolonged events, which is why carbohydrate loading and carbohydrate intake during long events help. Type I (slow oxidative) fibers suit endurance; type IIx (fast glycolytic) fibers suit power.

Training adaptations

Endurance training raises VO2 max mainly by increasing stroke volume (larger left ventricular cavity, eccentric hypertrophy, more plasma volume), so resting and submaximal heart rates fall (athletic bradycardia from increased vagal tone); maximal heart rate barely changes. In muscle it increases mitochondrial density, oxidative enzymes, capillary density, myoglobin and fat oxidation, shifting the lactate threshold to a higher percentage of VO2 max. Resistance training produces early strength gains through neural adaptation (better motor unit recruitment and synchronization, less co-contraction), within the first 6 to 8 weeks, followed by hypertrophy of fibers (mainly type II) through mTOR driven protein synthesis, with mild concentric thickening of the left ventricle wall. Detraining reverses aerobic gains within weeks.

Thermoregulation and hydration

Only about 20 to 25 percent of the energy of contraction does mechanical work; the rest is heat. The preoptic anterior hypothalamus responds to rising core temperature with cutaneous vasodilation and sweating. Evaporation is the main route of heat loss during exercise, and it fails in high humidity; radiation, conduction and convection work only when skin is warmer than the surroundings. Sweat is hypotonic, and losses can exceed 1 to 2 L/hour. Plasma volume falls, skin and muscle compete for cardiac output, and heart rate rises at a fixed workload (cardiovascular drift). Losing 2 percent of body mass impairs performance. Heat acclimatization over about 10 to 14 days brings earlier, more profuse and more dilute sweating (aldosterone conserves sodium), expanded plasma volume, and lower heart rate and core temperature at a given workload.

Replace fluids by thirst and by weight change (about 1.25 to 1.5 L for every kilogram lost). Overdrinking plain water in long events can cause exercise associated hyponatremia, with confusion, nausea and seizures.

Clinical link. An athlete who collapses in the heat with a core (rectal) temperature above 40 °C and central nervous system dysfunction (confusion, irritability, ataxia) has exertional heat stroke, a medical emergency; sweating may persist. Cool first, then transport: whole body cold water immersion is the fastest method. Heat exhaustion, by contrast, has a core temperature below 40 °C and normal mental status. Know the difference before covering a sporting event.
Board tip. The limiting factor for VO2 max in healthy people is cardiac output. Endurance training lowers resting heart rate by raising stroke volume; maximal heart rate is unchanged. During dynamic exercise systolic pressure rises, diastolic pressure stays about the same and total peripheral resistance falls.
Key point

Exercise is integrative physiology: sympathetic drive and local metabolites raise cardiac output and steer it to active muscle, ventilation matches CO2 production, and oxygen unloading rises. VO2 max reflects maximal oxygen delivery, while the lactate threshold predicts sustainable pace. Three energy systems overlap by duration, training remodels heart and muscle in ways specific to the stimulus, and heat illness follows when sweating and blood flow cannot keep pace with heat production.

The chapter in one breath

  • The myenteric plexus runs motility, the submucosal plexus secretion; slow waves from interstitial cells of Cajal set the maximum contraction rate.
  • Gastrin raises acid, secretin raises bicarbonate, CCK releases enzymes and bile, GIP and GLP-1 are incretins, motilin drives the fasting MMC and somatostatin inhibits them all.
  • Parietal cells secrete acid through the H+/K+ ATPase, stimulated by ACh, gastrin and histamine.
  • Glucose and galactose enter by SGLT1, fructose by GLUT5; fats travel in micelles and leave as chylomicrons; B12 and bile salts are absorbed in the terminal ileum.
  • Peptide hormones use membrane receptors; steroid and thyroid hormones act on gene transcription.
  • In primary endocrine failure the pituitary hormone rises; in secondary failure both fall. Prolactin is held down by dopamine.
  • GH acts through IGF-1 and opposes insulin; cortisol drives gluconeogenesis and suppresses inflammation and bone formation.
  • Insulin stores fuel through GLUT4 and anabolic pathways; glucagon, epinephrine, cortisol and GH defend glucose.
  • PTH raises calcium and lowers phosphate; calcitriol raises both; the RANKL to OPG ratio sets bone resorption.
  • Sustained estradiol triggers the LH surge; the corpus luteum makes progesterone for about 14 days; hCG rescues it in pregnancy; menopause raises FSH.
  • VO2 max is limited by cardiac output; the lactate threshold predicts endurance; the phosphagen, glycolytic and oxidative systems overlap by duration.
  • Heat stroke means core temperature above 40 °C with CNS dysfunction: cool first, then transport.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Slow waveRhythmic oscillation of GI smooth muscle membrane potential set by interstitial cells of Cajal.
Migrating motor complexFasting wave of contraction, driven by motilin, that sweeps the gut about every 90 minutes.
Incretin effectGreater insulin release after oral than intravenous glucose, due to GIP and GLP-1.
Alkaline tideRise in blood bicarbonate as parietal cells secrete acid after a meal.
EnterokinaseBrush border enzyme that activates trypsinogen to trypsin.
MicelleSmall bile salt aggregate that carries lipid digestion products to the brush border.
ChylomicronLipoprotein made by enterocytes, carrying dietary fat into the lymph.
Enterohepatic circulationReabsorption of bile salts in the terminal ileum and their return to the liver.
Portal systemTwo capillary beds in series, as in the hypothalamus and anterior pituitary.
IGF-1Liver derived growth factor that mediates most growth effects of GH.
5′-deiodinaseEnzyme that converts T4 to the more active T3 in tissues.
Permissive actionA hormone enabling another hormone's full effect, as cortisol does for catecholamines.
C-peptideFragment cleaved from proinsulin; a marker of the body's own insulin secretion.
GLUT4Insulin regulated glucose transporter of skeletal muscle and fat.
Calcitriol1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D, the active form made by the kidney.
RANKLOsteoblast signal that drives osteoclast formation; blocked by osteoprotegerin.
Sertoli cellTesticular cell that supports sperm development, responds to FSH and makes inhibin.
Corpus luteumPost ovulation follicle that secretes progesterone.
hCGPlacental hormone that rescues the corpus luteum; detected by pregnancy tests.
VO2 maxHighest rate of oxygen consumption a person can reach.
Lactate thresholdExercise intensity where blood lactate starts to rise above baseline.
EPOCExcess oxygen consumption after exercise while the body restores its stores.

Check yourself

Which hormone is released when acidic chyme enters the duodenum, and what does it do?
Secretin. From S cells; it stimulates pancreatic and biliary bicarbonate secretion and reduces gastric acid.
A patient with ileal resection develops macrocytic anemia and diarrhea. Explain both.
Loss of terminal ileum absorption. B12 with intrinsic factor and bile salts are absorbed there; B12 deficiency causes megaloblastic anemia, and bile salt loss causes fat malabsorption and diarrhea.
Why does an H2 blocker reduce acid secretion stimulated by gastrin and acetylcholine as well as histamine?
Potentiation. The three stimulants amplify each other at the parietal cell, and gastrin acts partly by releasing histamine from ECL cells.
Low free T4 with a high TSH indicates what level of disease?
Primary hypothyroidism. The thyroid fails and the pituitary responds to absent feedback; Hashimoto thyroiditis is the common cause.
A woman has amenorrhea, galactorrhea and a bitemporal visual field defect. What is the lesion?
Prolactinoma. Prolactin inhibits GnRH, and a macroadenoma compresses the optic chiasm.
How does glucose trigger insulin release from the β cell?
ATP closes K+ channels. Glucose enters by GLUT2 and raises ATP, which closes ATP sensitive K+ channels; depolarization opens calcium channels and triggers exocytosis.
Name the lab pattern of primary hyperparathyroidism.
High calcium, low phosphate, high PTH. PTH increases bone resorption and renal calcium reabsorption and causes phosphaturia.
What triggers the mid cycle LH surge?
Sustained high estradiol. From the dominant follicle, it switches feedback from negative to positive.
What is the main factor limiting VO2 max in a healthy young adult, and how does endurance training raise it?
Maximal cardiac output. Training raises stroke volume (larger ventricle, more plasma volume) and muscle oxygen extraction; maximal heart rate does not change.
A runner collapses in the heat, confused, with a rectal temperature of 41.5 °C. What is it and what comes first?
Exertional heat stroke. Core temperature above 40 °C with CNS dysfunction; cold water immersion immediately, then transport.
Chapter 10 · Chemistry

Biomolecules: Carbohydrates, Lipids, Proteins, Enzymes and Nucleic Acids

Every structure a chiropractor examines, from the hydrated nucleus pulposus to the collagen of a ligament and the hemoglobin carrying oxygen to an injured muscle, is built from four families of molecules: carbohydrates, lipids, proteins and nucleic acids. The chemistry section of the board tests whether you know their structures well enough to predict function, and whether you can link a missing enzyme or a changed amino acid to a disease. This chapter builds that foundation and ties each molecule to the tissues and lab values you will meet in practice.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Classify monosaccharides and distinguish enantiomers, epimers and anomers, and name the glycosidic bonds of the common disaccharides and polysaccharides.
  • Describe the glycosaminoglycans and proteoglycans of cartilage and the intervertebral disc and explain how they hold water.
  • Compare fatty acids, triglycerides, phospholipids, sphingolipids and steroids, and trace the eicosanoid pathways from arachidonic acid.
  • Match each lipoprotein to its apolipoproteins, cargo and function.
  • Classify the amino acids, describe the peptide bond and the four levels of protein structure, and explain collagen and elastin synthesis.
  • Contrast hemoglobin and myoglobin oxygen binding and list the factors that shift the dissociation curve.
  • Interpret Michaelis Menten and Lineweaver Burk plots, identify inhibition types and name the vitamin derived coenzymes.
  • Use clinical enzymes such as CK, ALT, AST and alkaline phosphatase to localize tissue injury.
  • Describe DNA and RNA structure, replication, transcription, translation, mutation types and the pathway from purines to uric acid.

Section 1Carbohydrates

Monosaccharides

Carbohydrates have the general formula (CH2O)n. The simplest units, monosaccharides, are classified two ways: by the carbonyl group, as aldoses (an aldehyde at carbon 1) or ketoses (a ketone, usually at carbon 2), and by the number of carbons, as trioses, tetroses, pentoses and hexoses. Glyceraldehyde (an aldotriose) and dihydroxyacetone (a ketotriose) are intermediates of glycolysis. Ribose and deoxyribose are aldopentoses of RNA and DNA. The key hexoses are glucose (aldohexose, the main blood sugar), galactose (aldohexose, from lactose), mannose (aldohexose, used in glycoproteins) and fructose (ketohexose, from fruit and sucrose).

Stereochemistry and anomers

A carbon with four different substituents is a chiral center. Glucose in its open chain form has four chiral carbons (C2 to C5), giving 24 = 16 stereoisomers. Several kinds of isomer are tested:

  • Enantiomers are nonsuperimposable mirror images. The D or L label is set by the chiral carbon farthest from the carbonyl (C5 in glucose): hydroxyl on the right in the Fischer projection means D. Natural sugars are almost all D, while natural amino acids are L.
  • Epimers differ in configuration at only one chiral carbon: glucose and galactose are C4 epimers; glucose and mannose are C2 epimers.
  • Anomers differ only at the new chiral carbon created when the sugar cyclizes, the anomeric carbon (C1 in aldoses, C2 in ketoses).

In solution, hexoses exist mostly as rings. The C5 hydroxyl of glucose attacks the C1 aldehyde to form a cyclic hemiacetal, a six membered pyranose ring (fructose forms a five membered furanose through a hemiketal). Ring closure makes C1 chiral. In the Haworth projection of D-glucose, the α anomer has the C1 hydroxyl below the ring (trans to the CH2OH group at C5) and the β anomer has it above (cis). The two interconvert through the open chain in a process called mutarotation; at equilibrium about two thirds is β and one third α, with a trace of open chain. β-D-glucose is the most stable because in its chair form every bulky group is equatorial.

A sugar with a free anomeric carbon can open to an aldehyde and reduce copper or other oxidizing agents; it is a reducing sugar. All monosaccharides are reducing. This chemistry underlies the old Benedict test, and the same open chain aldehyde reacts nonenzymatically with protein amino groups in glycation, the basis of HbA1c and of advanced glycation end products that stiffen collagen in diabetes and aging.

α-D-glucopyranose β-D-glucopyranose O O CH2OHOHOHOH CH2OHOHOHOH OHOH C1C1C5C5C4C4 C1 hydroxyl down, trans to CH2OH C1 hydroxyl up, cis to CH2OH
Figure 10.1 The two anomers of glucose in Haworth projection. Only the anomeric carbon (C1, red hydroxyl) differs. Starch and glycogen are built from α linkages; cellulose from β linkages, which human enzymes cannot cut.

Glycosidic bonds and disaccharides

A glycosidic bond forms when the anomeric hydroxyl of one sugar condenses with a hydroxyl of another, releasing water. The bond is named by the anomeric configuration and the carbons joined (for example α-1,4). Once the anomeric carbon is locked in a glycosidic bond it can no longer open, so a disaccharide is reducing only if one anomeric carbon remains free.

DisaccharideUnitsBondReducing?Brush border enzyme
MaltoseGlucose + glucoseα-1,4YesMaltase
IsomaltoseGlucose + glucoseα-1,6YesIsomaltase
LactoseGalactose + glucoseβ-1,4YesLactase
SucroseGlucose + fructoseα-1,β-2No (both anomeric carbons bonded)Sucrase

Polysaccharides

Starch, the plant storage form, has two parts: amylose, an unbranched chain of glucose in α-1,4 linkage that coils into a helix, and amylopectin, which adds α-1,6 branch points about every 24 to 30 residues. Glycogen, the animal storage form in liver and muscle, has the same bonds but branches more often, about every 8 to 12 residues. Heavy branching makes glycogen compact and soluble and gives many nonreducing ends for glycogen phosphorylase to attack at once, so glucose can be released fast. Cellulose, a structural plant polymer, is glucose in β-1,4 linkage; the straight chains hydrogen bond into fibers. Humans lack cellulase, so cellulose is dietary fiber, adding bulk and feeding colonic bacteria. Chitin (in fungal walls and arthropod exoskeletons) is a β-1,4 polymer of N-acetylglucosamine.

Glycoproteins, glycosaminoglycans and proteoglycans

Glycoproteins are proteins with short, branched oligosaccharide chains attached by N-linkage (to asparagine, begun in the rough ER) or O-linkage (to serine or threonine, in the Golgi). They are mostly protein by weight and include most plasma proteins, antibodies, hormones such as FSH and hCG, membrane receptors and the ABO blood group antigens.

Glycosaminoglycans (GAGs) are long, unbranched polymers of repeating disaccharides, typically an amino sugar (N-acetylglucosamine or N-acetylgalactosamine) plus a uronic acid (glucuronic or iduronic acid). Carboxyl and sulfate groups make them strongly negatively charged. The charges repel one another, so GAGs extend into stiff, space filling chains, and they attract cations, whose osmotic effect draws in large amounts of water. The result is a hydrated, compression resistant gel.

GAGMain locationsNotes
Hyaluronic acidSynovial fluid, vitreous, cartilage, loose connective tissueNot sulfated, not bound to a core protein, very large; gives synovial fluid its viscosity and forms the backbone of aggrecan aggregates
Chondroitin sulfateCartilage, intervertebral disc, bone, tendonMost abundant GAG; main chain on aggrecan
Keratan sulfateCornea, cartilage, nucleus pulposusContains galactose instead of a uronic acid; its share rises with age in the disc
Dermatan sulfateSkin, blood vessels, heart valves, tendonContains iduronic acid
Heparan sulfateBasement membranes, cell surfacesContributes to the charge barrier of the glomerulus
HeparinMast cell granulesMost highly sulfated; activates antithrombin

Proteoglycans are a core protein with many GAG chains attached, and unlike glycoproteins they are mostly carbohydrate (often 95 percent). The major proteoglycan of cartilage and disc is aggrecan: about 100 chondroitin sulfate and keratan sulfate chains on a core protein, many of which attach noncovalently, with the help of a link protein, to a central strand of hyaluronic acid. The resulting aggregate, trapped in a meshwork of collagen, behaves like a sponge in a net: proteoglycans pull water in and swell; collagen resists the swelling, generating the internal pressure that lets cartilage and the nucleus pulposus resist load. Under compression, water is squeezed out and returns when the load is removed, which is why the disc loses height during the day and regains it overnight. Smaller proteoglycans (decorin, biglycan) bind collagen and regulate fibril size.

Lysosomal enzymes degrade GAGs stepwise. Missing enzymes cause the mucopolysaccharidoses, in which GAGs accumulate and dermatan and heparan sulfate spill into urine: Hurler syndrome (α-L-iduronidase; corneal clouding, coarse facies, skeletal dysplasia) and Hunter syndrome (iduronate sulfatase; X-linked, no corneal clouding). Morquio syndrome affects keratan sulfate breakdown and produces severe skeletal dysplasia with odontoid hypoplasia and atlantoaxial instability.

Board tip. Glucose and galactose are C4 epimers, glucose and mannose are C2 epimers, and α versus β glucose are anomers. Sucrose is the classic nonreducing disaccharide. Hyaluronic acid is the only GAG that is neither sulfated nor attached to a core protein. Glycogen branches more often than amylopectin, and both use α-1,6 branch points.
Clinical link. With age and degeneration, the nucleus pulposus loses proteoglycan, especially chondroitin sulfate, so it holds less water and loses its swelling pressure. On MRI the disc darkens on T2 weighted images (the "black disc"), disc height falls, load shifts to the annulus and facets, and annular fissures become more likely. Explaining to a patient that the disc is a hydrated proteoglycan gel that needs movement for nutrient exchange is a solid rationale for graded activity.
Key point

Monosaccharides are classified by carbonyl type and chain length, and their stereochemistry matters: enzymes distinguish D from L, epimers from one another and α from β anomers. Glycosidic bonds determine whether a polymer is a digestible fuel (α-linked starch and glycogen) or indigestible fiber (β-linked cellulose). Negatively charged GAGs on proteoglycan cores hold water, giving cartilage and the disc their resistance to compression.

Section 2Lipids

Lipids are a chemically diverse group defined by a shared property: they are poorly soluble in water and soluble in nonpolar solvents. They store energy, form membranes, insulate, and serve as hormones and signals.

Fatty acids

A fatty acid is a hydrocarbon chain with a carboxyl group at one end. Most natural fatty acids have an even number of carbons (12 to 24, most commonly 16 and 18) because they are built two carbons at a time. At physiological pH the carboxyl is ionized, so the molecule is amphipathic. Saturated fatty acids (palmitic, 16:0; stearic, 18:0) have no double bonds and pack tightly, so they are solid at room temperature. Unsaturated fatty acids have one (monounsaturated, oleic acid, 18:1 Δ9) or more (polyunsaturated) double bonds, almost always in the cis configuration, which puts a kink in the chain, lowers the melting point and increases membrane fluidity. Trans fats, made mainly by partial hydrogenation, are straight like saturated chains; they raise LDL, lower HDL and increase cardiovascular risk.

Two naming systems are used. The Δ system counts from the carboxyl carbon (C1). The omega (ω) system counts from the methyl end, so linoleic acid is an ω-6 fatty acid and α-linolenic acid an ω-3. Humans cannot insert double bonds beyond carbon 9, so linoleic and α-linolenic acids are essential. Linoleic acid is the precursor of arachidonic acid (20:4, ω-6), and α-linolenic acid gives rise to EPA and DHA (ω-3), important in retina and brain and with mildly anti-inflammatory effects.

Triglycerides

A triglyceride (triacylglycerol) is three fatty acids joined by ester bonds to glycerol. Triglycerides are neutral, very hydrophobic and stored nearly water free in adipocytes, which is why fat yields about 9 kcal/g compared with about 4 kcal/g for carbohydrate and protein, and why it is the body's main long term energy store. Hormone sensitive lipase in adipose tissue (activated by epinephrine and glucagon, inhibited by insulin) releases fatty acids and glycerol; lipoprotein lipase on capillary endothelium hydrolyzes triglycerides in circulating lipoproteins.

Phospholipids and sphingolipids

Glycerophospholipids have two fatty acids on glycerol carbons 1 and 2 and a phosphate on carbon 3 linked to a polar head group. They are the main membrane lipids.

  • Phosphatidylcholine (lecithin): the most abundant membrane phospholipid, concentrated in the outer leaflet. Dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine is the main component of lung surfactant; a lecithin to sphingomyelin ratio above about 2 in amniotic fluid indicates fetal lung maturity.
  • Phosphatidylethanolamine and phosphatidylserine: inner leaflet. Phosphatidylserine flips outward in apoptosis, marking the cell for phagocytosis, and on activated platelets it supports clotting.
  • Phosphatidylinositol: phosphorylated to PIP2, which phospholipase C cleaves into the second messengers IP3 and DAG.
  • Cardiolipin: in the inner mitochondrial membrane; the antigen detected in nontreponemal syphilis tests.

Sphingolipids are built on sphingosine, an amino alcohol, instead of glycerol. Adding a fatty acid by an amide bond makes ceramide, the parent compound. Ceramide plus phosphocholine gives sphingomyelin, abundant in myelin and the only sphingolipid that is also a phospholipid. Ceramide plus one sugar gives a cerebroside (galactocerebroside in myelin, glucocerebroside elsewhere); ceramide plus an oligosaccharide with sialic acid gives a ganglioside, concentrated in neuronal membranes. Their lysosomal breakdown failures, the sphingolipidoses, are high yield.

DiseaseMissing enzymeAccumulatesHallmarks
Tay-SachsHexosaminidase AGM2 gangliosideNeurodegeneration, cherry red macula, no hepatosplenomegaly
Niemann-PickSphingomyelinaseSphingomyelinCherry red macula with hepatosplenomegaly, foam cells
Gaucher (most common)GlucocerebrosidaseGlucocerebrosideHepatosplenomegaly, bone pain, avascular necrosis of the femoral head, Erlenmeyer flask femur, crumpled tissue paper macrophages
Fabry (X-linked)α-galactosidase ACeramide trihexosideBurning pain in hands and feet, angiokeratomas, renal and cardiac disease
KrabbeGalactocerebrosidaseGalactocerebroside, psychosinePeripheral neuropathy, optic atrophy, globoid cells
Metachromatic leukodystrophyArylsulfatase ACerebroside sulfateCentral and peripheral demyelination, ataxia

Steroids and cholesterol

Steroids share a four fused ring nucleus (three six membered rings and one five membered ring). Cholesterol (27 carbons) has a hydroxyl at C3, which makes it weakly amphipathic, and a hydrocarbon tail. It is synthesized from acetyl CoA in the liver and other tissues, with HMG-CoA reductase as the rate limiting enzyme (inhibited by statins, suppressed by cholesterol, activated by insulin). Cholesterol is the precursor of three families: bile acids (the main route of elimination), steroid hormones (glucocorticoids, mineralocorticoids, androgens, estrogens, progestins) and vitamin D. In membranes, cholesterol slots between phospholipids and acts as a fluidity buffer: it stiffens membranes at high temperature and keeps them fluid at low temperature.

Eicosanoids

Eicosanoids are 20 carbon signaling lipids made from arachidonic acid, which phospholipase A2 releases from membrane phospholipids. Glucocorticoids inhibit this step (through lipocortin), blocking both branches below.

Membrane phospholipid Arachidonic acid Cyclooxygenase (COX) 5-Lipoxygenase phospholipase A2 blocked by corticosteroids blocked by aspirin, NSAIDs blocked by zileuton PGE2, PGF2αpain, fever,inflammation PGI2vasodilates,inhibits platelets TXA2constricts,aggregates platelets LeukotrienesLTB4: neutrophil chemotaxisLTC4, D4, E4: bronchoconstriction
Figure 10.2 Arachidonic acid feeds two branches. COX products include prostacyclin from endothelium and thromboxane from platelets, which have opposite effects; lipoxygenase products drive neutrophil recruitment and asthma.

Aspirin irreversibly acetylates COX, so platelets, which lack a nucleus and cannot make new enzyme, lose thromboxane production for their lifespan of 7 to 10 days, while endothelial cells recover their prostacyclin synthesis. That imbalance is the basis of low dose aspirin's antiplatelet effect. Other NSAIDs inhibit COX reversibly. COX-1 is constitutive (gastric mucosal protection, platelet thromboxane, renal blood flow); COX-2 is inducible at sites of inflammation. Blocking COX can shunt arachidonic acid toward leukotrienes, explaining aspirin exacerbated respiratory disease.

Membranes and lipoproteins

The fluid mosaic model describes the membrane as a phospholipid bilayer with hydrophobic tails inward and polar heads facing water, studded with integral (transmembrane) and peripheral proteins and carbohydrate on the outer face (glycocalyx). Lipids and many proteins diffuse laterally; flipping between leaflets is slow and enzyme driven (flippases), so the two leaflets differ. Small nonpolar molecules (O2, CO2, steroids) cross freely, while ions and polar molecules need channels or carriers.

Because lipids do not dissolve in plasma, they travel in lipoproteins: a core of triglyceride and cholesteryl ester surrounded by a monolayer of phospholipid, free cholesterol and apolipoproteins. Larger particles carry more triglyceride and are less dense.

LipoproteinMade byMain cargoKey apolipoproteinsFunction
ChylomicronIntestineDietary triglycerideB-48, C-II, ECarries dietary fat to muscle and adipose; remnant taken up by liver via apoE
VLDLLiverHepatic triglycerideB-100, C-II, ECarries liver made fat to tissues
IDLFrom VLDLTriglyceride and cholesterolB-100, EIntermediate; taken up by liver or converted to LDL
LDLFrom IDLCholesterol (esters)B-100Delivers cholesterol to tissues through the LDL receptor; atherogenic
HDLLiver and intestineCholesterol (collected)A-I, also C-II and E reservoirReverse cholesterol transport to the liver; apoA-I activates LCAT

ApoC-II activates lipoprotein lipase, apoB-100 binds the LDL receptor, apoE mediates remnant uptake, and apoA-I activates LCAT, which esterifies cholesterol on HDL. In familial hypercholesterolemia (autosomal dominant, LDL receptor defects), LDL is very high, with tendon xanthomas (often on the Achilles tendon), corneal arcus and premature coronary disease.

Board tip. Phospholipase A2 is blocked by corticosteroids, COX by aspirin and NSAIDs. Thromboxane A2 (platelets) aggregates and constricts; prostacyclin (endothelium) does the opposite. Chylomicrons carry apoB-48, VLDL and LDL carry apoB-100. Gaucher disease is the sphingolipidosis with bone involvement and avascular necrosis.
Key point

Fatty acids vary in length and saturation, which sets melting point and membrane fluidity; linoleic and α-linolenic acids are essential. Triglycerides store energy, phospholipids and sphingolipids build membranes, and cholesterol both buffers fluidity and serves as the parent of bile acids, steroid hormones and vitamin D. Arachidonic acid is converted by COX and lipoxygenase into short lived inflammatory signals, and lipoproteins carry insoluble lipids through plasma, each identified by its apolipoproteins.

Section 3Amino acids, peptides and proteins

Amino acids

Each of the 20 standard amino acids has a central α-carbon bonded to an amino group, a carboxyl group, a hydrogen and a distinctive side chain (R group). All except glycine (whose R group is hydrogen) are chiral, and proteins use the L form. At physiological pH, amino acids exist as zwitterions, with a protonated amino group (NH3+) and a deprotonated carboxyl (COO−). The isoelectric point (pI) is the pH at which the net charge is zero; for a simple amino acid it is the average of the two pKa values. Histidine, with an imidazole side chain pKa near 6, is the only residue that buffers well near physiological pH, which is why histidine rich hemoglobin is an important blood buffer.

GroupMembersFeatures worth knowing
Nonpolar, aliphaticGlycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, methionine, prolineBuried in protein cores; glycine is smallest and flexible; proline is a ring that breaks α-helices; valine, leucine and isoleucine are the branched chain amino acids (maple syrup urine disease)
AromaticPhenylalanine, tyrosine, tryptophanAbsorb UV at 280 nm; phenylalanine to tyrosine by phenylalanine hydroxylase (deficient in PKU); tryptophan gives serotonin, melatonin and niacin
Polar, unchargedSerine, threonine, cysteine, asparagine, glutamineSerine and threonine are O-glycosylation and phosphorylation sites; cysteine forms disulfide bonds; asparagine is the N-glycosylation site
Acidic (negative)Aspartate, glutamateGlutamate is the main excitatory neurotransmitter and precursor of GABA
Basic (positive)Lysine, arginine, histidineAbundant in histones, which bind negatively charged DNA; arginine makes nitric oxide and is a urea cycle intermediate

The essential amino acids, which must come from the diet, are phenylalanine, valine, threonine, tryptophan, isoleucine, methionine, histidine, leucine and lysine (memory aid: "PVT TIM HaLL"); arginine is conditionally essential in growth. Leucine and lysine are purely ketogenic, several are both ketogenic and glucogenic (isoleucine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, tryptophan, threonine), and the rest are glucogenic. Tyrosine becomes essential in PKU.

The peptide bond

Amino acids join by a peptide bond, an amide bond formed by condensation between the carboxyl of one residue and the amino group of the next, releasing water. Chains are written from the free amino (N-terminus) to the free carboxyl (C-terminus), the same direction in which ribosomes build them. Resonance gives the C-N bond partial double bond character, so the bond is rigid and planar, usually in the trans configuration, and cannot rotate. Rotation is possible only around the bonds to the α-carbon (the φ and ψ angles), which constrains the shapes a chain can adopt. Peptide bonds are very stable and are broken by proteases or by strong acid with heat.

Levels of protein structure

  • Primary: the amino acid sequence, held by covalent peptide bonds and dictated by the gene. It determines all higher levels. A single substitution, as in sickle cell disease, can change function.
  • Secondary: local folding stabilized by hydrogen bonds between backbone C=O and N-H groups. The α-helix is right handed with 3.6 residues per turn and side chains pointing outward; proline and runs of glycine disrupt it. The β-pleated sheet links extended strands side by side, parallel or antiparallel. Turns and loops connect them.
  • Tertiary: the complete three dimensional fold of one polypeptide, stabilized by side chain interactions: the hydrophobic effect (the main driving force, burying nonpolar residues), hydrogen bonds, ionic bonds (salt bridges), van der Waals forces and covalent disulfide bonds between cysteines, common in extracellular proteins such as antibodies and insulin.
  • Quaternary: the arrangement of two or more polypeptide subunits, as in hemoglobin (four), collagen (three) and immunoglobulins (four chains). It allows cooperativity and allosteric control.

Proteins are broadly globular (compact, soluble, usually enzymes, transporters and antibodies) or fibrous (elongated, insoluble, structural, such as collagen, elastin and keratin). Folding is assisted by chaperones (heat shock proteins), and misfolded proteins are tagged with ubiquitin and degraded in proteasomes.

Collagen

Collagen is the most abundant protein in the body and the main tensile element of bone, tendon, ligament, skin, the annulus fibrosus and cartilage. Its sequence is a repeating Gly-X-Y triplet, where X is often proline and Y often hydroxyproline or hydroxylysine. Glycine at every third position is essential because only its tiny side chain fits in the crowded center of the triple helix, three left handed α chains wound into a right handed superhelix.

Synthesis spans the cell and the extracellular space:

  1. Translation of pre-pro-α chains on the rough ER.
  2. Hydroxylation of selected proline and lysine residues by prolyl and lysyl hydroxylase, which require vitamin C (ascorbate) and iron. Deficiency causes scurvy: weak collagen, bleeding gums, perifollicular hemorrhages, easy bruising and poor wound healing.
  3. Glycosylation of hydroxylysine residues.
  4. Assembly of three chains into a procollagen triple helix, stabilized by disulfide bonds at the C-terminal propeptides, then secretion.
  5. Outside the cell, procollagen peptidases cleave the propeptides to give tropocollagen, which self assembles into fibrils.
  6. Lysyl oxidase, a copper dependent enzyme, forms covalent cross links between lysine and hydroxylysine residues, giving tensile strength. Copper deficiency (Menkes disease) weakens collagen and elastin.
TypeWhereLinked disorder
I (most abundant)Bone, tendon, ligament, skin, dentin, annulus fibrosus, late scarOsteogenesis imperfecta (fractures, blue sclerae, hearing loss)
IIHyaline cartilage, nucleus pulposus, vitreous humorSome chondrodysplasias
IIIBlood vessels, skin, reticular fibers, early granulation tissueVascular Ehlers-Danlos (arterial and organ rupture)
IVBasement membranesAlport syndrome, Goodpasture syndrome target

Memory aid: type I is in "bone" (b-ONE), type II in "car-TWO-lage", type III in "reticular" and type IV "under the floor" (basement membrane).

Elastin

Elastin lets tissues stretch and recoil: large arteries, lung, skin, the ligamentum flavum (whose yellow color comes from its high elastin content) and the ligamentum nuchae. It is rich in glycine, proline, alanine and valine, has little hydroxyproline and no hydroxylysine, and is not glycosylated. Tropoelastin is secreted and laid on a scaffold of fibrillin microfibrils, then cross linked by lysyl oxidase into desmosine cross links (four lysines), forming a rubber like network that recoils after stretch. Fibrillin defects cause Marfan syndrome (tall stature, long limbs, lens dislocation, aortic root dilation), and unopposed neutrophil elastase in α1-antitrypsin deficiency destroys alveolar elastin, causing panacinar emphysema.

Hemoglobin and myoglobin

Myoglobin is a single polypeptide with one heme group that stores oxygen in muscle. Hemoglobin (adult HbA, α2β2) is a tetramer with four hemes, each carrying one O2 on iron in the ferrous (Fe2+) state. Heme is a protoporphyrin ring; a proximal histidine binds iron from one side, and a distal histidine limits carbon monoxide binding. Both chains are mostly α-helix, a classic globular fold.

Myoglobin binds O2 with high affinity and a hyperbolic curve (P50 about 1 to 3 mmHg), so it releases oxygen only when muscle PO2 falls very low. Hemoglobin shows cooperativity: deoxyhemoglobin is in the low affinity T (tense) state, and binding of each O2 shifts the molecule toward the high affinity R (relaxed) state, producing a sigmoidal curve with a P50 of about 26 to 27 mmHg. The steep middle portion lets hemoglobin load fully in the lungs (PO2 near 100 mmHg) and unload a lot of oxygen in tissues (PO2 about 40 mmHg at rest, lower in working muscle).

0255075100 PO2 (mmHg) 050100 % saturation Myoglobin HbA right shift HbA P50 about 27 mmHg Right shiftCO2 upH+ up (Bohr)temperature up2,3-BPG upexerciseLeft shiftHbF, CO,alkalosis, cold
Figure 10.3 Myoglobin's hyperbolic curve sits far to the left; hemoglobin's sigmoidal curve reflects cooperative binding. A right shift raises P50, lowers affinity and delivers more oxygen to tissue, exactly what working muscle needs.

A right shift (lower affinity, more unloading) is caused by increased CO2, H+ (the Bohr effect), temperature and 2,3-bisphosphoglycerate, all features of active muscle; 2,3-BPG also rises at altitude and in chronic anemia. A left shift is caused by the opposite changes and by fetal hemoglobin (α2γ2), which binds 2,3-BPG poorly and so takes oxygen from maternal blood. Carbon monoxide binds heme about 200 to 250 times more avidly than oxygen, lowers carrying capacity and shifts the remaining curve left. Methemoglobin has iron oxidized to Fe3+ and cannot carry O2. In sickle cell disease, a glutamate to valine substitution at position 6 of the β chain makes deoxygenated HbS polymerize.

Denaturation

Denaturation is loss of secondary, tertiary and quaternary structure with the primary sequence intact; peptide bonds are not broken. Causes include heat, extremes of pH, organic solvents, detergents, urea, heavy metals (which bind sulfhydryl groups) and mechanical agitation. Function is lost, solubility usually falls and the protein may aggregate (as egg white does when cooked). Some small proteins refold spontaneously when the denaturant is removed, which showed that sequence alone encodes the native fold. Misfolding with aggregation into β sheet rich fibrils underlies amyloidosis and the prion diseases.

Board tip. The α-helix and β-sheet are held by hydrogen bonds between backbone atoms, not side chains; disulfide bonds are a tertiary (or quaternary) feature. Vitamin C is the cofactor for collagen hydroxylation, copper for lysyl oxidase cross linking. Myoglobin curves are hyperbolic, hemoglobin curves sigmoidal; CO2, acid, heat and 2,3-BPG shift hemoglobin's curve right.
Clinical link. Ligaments and tendons are mostly type I collagen with slow turnover, which is why sprains and tendinopathies take months to remodel and why early controlled loading helps align new fibers. Repair starts with disorganized type III collagen that is gradually replaced by type I. Patients with joint hypermobility, easy bruising, poor wound healing or a Marfan body habitus may have an inherited connective tissue disorder that changes how you choose and dose manipulative techniques.
Key point

Amino acid side chains determine charge, polarity and reactivity, and the rigid planar peptide bond limits how a chain can fold. Primary sequence dictates secondary structure (backbone hydrogen bonds), tertiary structure (side chain interactions and disulfides) and quaternary assembly. Collagen's Gly-X-Y triple helix depends on vitamin C hydroxylation and copper dependent cross linking, elastin recoils on a fibrillin scaffold, and hemoglobin's cooperative, shiftable oxygen binding contrasts with myoglobin's high affinity storage.

Section 4Enzymes

How enzymes catalyze

Enzymes are biological catalysts, nearly all proteins (a few catalytic RNAs, or ribozymes, exist, including the peptidyl transferase of the ribosome). They speed reactions by factors of a million or more by lowering the activation energy, the energy barrier to the transition state. They do not change the free energy change (ΔG) of the reaction, the equilibrium constant or the final equilibrium position; they only help equilibrium arrive sooner, and they are not consumed. Whether a reaction is favorable is a matter of ΔG (negative means spontaneous), while how fast it goes depends on activation energy.

Substrate binds in the active site, a pocket formed by residues that may be far apart in the primary sequence. The induced fit model (an update of the lock and key model) holds that binding changes the shape of the enzyme to fit the transition state more tightly. Mechanisms include orienting substrates close together (proximity), straining bonds, acid base catalysis by side chains such as histidine, covalent catalysis (the serine of serine proteases) and metal ion catalysis. Enzyme activity depends on temperature (rising until denaturation, near 37 °C optimum in humans) and pH (pepsin works best near pH 2, trypsin near pH 8).

The six enzyme classes are oxidoreductases (dehydrogenases, oxidases), transferases (kinases, transaminases), hydrolases (proteases, lipases, phosphatases), lyases (add or remove groups without hydrolysis, such as aldolase and decarboxylases), isomerases and ligases (join molecules using ATP, such as DNA ligase and carboxylases). A kinase adds phosphate from ATP; a phosphatase removes it by hydrolysis; a phosphorylase adds inorganic phosphate to break a bond (glycogen phosphorylase).

Michaelis Menten kinetics

For a simple enzyme, E + S ⇌ ES → E + P, the initial reaction velocity follows the Michaelis Menten equation: v = Vmax[S] / (Km + [S]). Plotted against substrate concentration, velocity rises steeply and then plateaus in a hyperbola as the enzyme becomes saturated.

  • Vmax is the maximum velocity at saturating substrate. It is proportional to enzyme concentration; adding more enzyme raises Vmax.
  • Km (the Michaelis constant) is the substrate concentration at which v = ½ Vmax. It is a property of the enzyme and substrate and does not depend on enzyme amount. A low Km means high affinity: the enzyme is half saturated at low substrate.
  • When [S] is much less than Km, velocity is roughly proportional to [S] (first order); when [S] is much greater, velocity approaches Vmax (zero order). Ethanol metabolism by alcohol dehydrogenase saturates at low blood levels, so it follows zero order kinetics.

A classic physiological comparison: hexokinase (most tissues) has a low Km for glucose and is inhibited by its product, glucose 6-phosphate, so tissues trap glucose even when blood sugar is low; glucokinase (liver and β cells) has a high Km and high capacity and is not inhibited by product, so the liver takes up glucose mainly after a meal and the β cell senses glucose across its physiological range.

The Lineweaver Burk plot

Taking the reciprocal of both sides gives a straight line: 1/v = (Km/Vmax)(1/[S]) + 1/Vmax. On this double reciprocal plot the y-intercept is 1/Vmax, the x-intercept is −1/Km, and the slope is Km/Vmax. The plot makes changes in Km and Vmax easy to read and is the standard way the board presents inhibitors. The farther right the x-intercept (closer to zero), the larger the Km and the lower the affinity; the higher the y-intercept, the lower the Vmax.

1/[S] 1/v 1/Vmax −1/Km −1/Km app No inhibitor Competitive Noncompetitive Competitive: Km up, Vmax same lines meet on the y axis Noncompetitive: Vmax down, Km same lines meet on the x axis
Figure 10.4 On a Lineweaver Burk plot the y-intercept is 1/Vmax and the x-intercept is −1/Km. A competitive inhibitor pivots the line around the y-intercept; a noncompetitive inhibitor pivots it around the x-intercept. An uncompetitive inhibitor (not drawn) gives a parallel line.

Types of inhibition

TypeWhere inhibitor bindsKmVmaxOvercome by more substrate?Lineweaver BurkExamples
Competitive (reversible)Active site, resembles substrateIncreasedUnchangedYesLines intersect on y axisMethotrexate on dihydrofolate reductase, statins on HMG-CoA reductase, ethanol for methanol poisoning
Noncompetitive (reversible)Allosteric site, on E or ES equallyUnchangedDecreasedNoLines intersect on x axisHeavy metals at some sites, many allosteric drugs
UncompetitiveOnly the ES complexDecreasedDecreasedNoParallel linesLithium on inositol monophosphatase
IrreversibleCovalent bond, usually active siteBehaves like loss of enzymeDecreasedNo; needs new enzymeLike noncompetitiveAspirin on COX, organophosphates on acetylcholinesterase, penicillin on transpeptidase

A memory device: competitive inhibitors compete for the active site, so flooding the system with substrate wins back full speed (Vmax unchanged) but it takes more substrate to get halfway there (Km up). Noncompetitive inhibitors effectively remove enzyme from service, so Vmax falls while the remaining enzyme behaves normally (Km unchanged).

Regulation: allosteric and covalent

Allosteric enzymes are usually multisubunit proteins with regulatory sites separate from the active site. Binding of an effector shifts the enzyme between low and high activity conformations, and cooperative substrate binding gives a sigmoidal velocity curve rather than a hyperbola. Positive effectors shift the curve left (activation) and negative effectors right. Allosteric enzymes typically catalyze the committed, rate limiting step of a pathway and are inhibited by the pathway's end product (feedback inhibition). The model example is phosphofructokinase-1 of glycolysis, inhibited by ATP and citrate (energy plentiful) and activated by AMP and fructose 2,6-bisphosphate (energy needed, insulin signal). Other rate limiting enzymes: HMG-CoA reductase (cholesterol), carnitine acyltransferase I (fatty acid oxidation, inhibited by malonyl CoA), acetyl CoA carboxylase (fatty acid synthesis), glycogen synthase and glycogen phosphorylase.

Covalent modification regulates activity more slowly but often more powerfully. Phosphorylation by kinases (for example protein kinase A, activated by cAMP after glucagon or epinephrine) and dephosphorylation by phosphatases (activated downstream of insulin) switch enzymes on or off: phosphorylation activates glycogen phosphorylase and inactivates glycogen synthase, so a single glucagon signal turns glycogen breakdown on and synthesis off. Proteolytic activation of zymogens is irreversible: trypsinogen, pepsinogen, chymotrypsinogen and the clotting factors are made inactive and switched on by cleavage where they are needed. Activity is also controlled by the amount of enzyme (induction and repression of genes) and by isozymes, different proteins catalyzing the same reaction with different kinetics or locations, such as the CK and LDH isozymes.

Cofactors and coenzymes

Many enzymes need a nonprotein helper. The protein alone is an apoenzyme; with its helper it is a holoenzyme. Inorganic cofactors are metal ions (Zn2+ in carbonic anhydrase and alcohol dehydrogenase, Mg2+ for nearly all ATP using kinases, Fe and Cu in cytochrome oxidase, Cu in lysyl oxidase, Se in glutathione peroxidase). Organic coenzymes are mostly derived from vitamins; a tightly bound coenzyme is a prosthetic group.

VitaminCoenzymeReaction type and key enzymesDeficiency
B1 thiamineThiamine pyrophosphate (TPP)Oxidative decarboxylation: pyruvate dehydrogenase, α-ketoglutarate dehydrogenase, branched chain dehydrogenase; transketolaseBeriberi, Wernicke Korsakoff
B2 riboflavinFAD, FMNRedox (succinate dehydrogenase, electron transport)Cheilosis, glossitis
B3 niacinNAD+, NADP+Redox (dehydrogenases)Pellagra: dermatitis, diarrhea, dementia
B5 pantothenic acidCoenzyme AAcyl group transferDermatitis, adrenal insufficiency (rare)
B6 pyridoxinePyridoxal phosphate (PLP)Transamination (ALT, AST), decarboxylation, heme synthesis (ALA synthase)Neuropathy, seizures, sideroblastic anemia
B7 biotinBiotinCarboxylation (pyruvate carboxylase, acetyl CoA carboxylase)Dermatitis, alopecia (raw egg white avidin)
B9 folateTetrahydrofolateOne carbon transfer, purine and thymidine synthesisMegaloblastic anemia, neural tube defects
B12 cobalaminMethylcobalamin, adenosylcobalaminMethionine synthase, methylmalonyl CoA mutaseMegaloblastic anemia, subacute combined degeneration
C ascorbate(Reducing agent)Prolyl and lysyl hydroxylase, dopamine β-hydroxylaseScurvy
K(Hydroquinone form)γ-carboxylation of factors II, VII, IX, X, proteins C and S, osteocalcinBleeding

Clinical enzymes

Enzymes that normally work inside cells leak into plasma when cells are damaged, and the pattern of elevation points to the tissue.

  • Creatine kinase (CK): CK-MM from skeletal muscle (rises after intense exercise, intramuscular injection, trauma, statin myopathy and rhabdomyolysis, and is very high in Duchenne dystrophy and polymyositis); CK-MB from heart; CK-BB from brain. Cardiac troponin, a regulatory protein rather than an enzyme, is now the preferred marker of myocardial injury.
  • ALT is relatively specific to the liver; AST is also found in heart and muscle. An AST to ALT ratio above 2 suggests alcoholic liver disease.
  • Alkaline phosphatase (ALP) comes mainly from bone (osteoblasts) and liver (bile ducts). Bone sources: growing children, healing fractures, Paget disease (very high), osteoblastic metastases (prostate), osteomalacia and hyperparathyroidism. Liver sources: cholestasis. A raised GGT alongside ALP indicates a liver source.
  • Amylase and lipase rise in acute pancreatitis; lipase is more specific.
  • LDH is nonspecific (hemolysis, tissue injury, lymphoma).
  • Acid phosphatase (prostate) has been replaced by PSA, but it is historically tied to prostate cancer and osteoclast activity (tartrate resistant acid phosphatase).
Board tip. Competitive inhibition: Km up, Vmax unchanged, lines cross on the y axis. Noncompetitive: Vmax down, Km unchanged, lines cross on the x axis. Uncompetitive: both down, parallel lines. Enzymes change rate, never equilibrium or ΔG. Low Km means high affinity.
Clinical link. An older patient with deep, aching bone pain, an enlarged skull or bowed tibia, and coarse thickened trabeculae with cortical thickening on film may have Paget disease of bone; serum alkaline phosphatase is markedly raised while calcium and phosphate are usually normal. By contrast, a very high ALP with destructive or sclerotic lesions in a patient with a cancer history suggests metastasis, a red flag that changes management.
Key point

Enzymes lower activation energy without changing equilibrium. Vmax reflects enzyme amount and Km reflects affinity; the Lineweaver Burk plot reads these as intercepts, which makes inhibition patterns easy to identify. Cells regulate key steps through allosteric effectors, phosphorylation, zymogen activation and gene expression. Most coenzymes are B vitamin derivatives, and tissue specific enzymes in plasma help localize injury to muscle, liver, bone or pancreas.

Section 5Nucleotides and nucleic acids

Purines, pyrimidines and nucleotides

A nucleoside is a nitrogenous base joined to a pentose sugar by an N-glycosidic bond; a nucleotide is a nucleoside with one to three phosphates on the 5′ carbon. The purines, adenine (A) and guanine (G), have two fused rings (a six membered and a five membered ring). The pyrimidines, cytosine (C), thymine (T) and uracil (U), have a single six membered ring. Memory aids: "PURe As Gold" and "CUT the PYe". DNA contains A, G, C and T on 2′-deoxyribose; RNA contains A, G, C and U on ribose, whose 2′ hydroxyl makes RNA less stable and more reactive. Thymine is uracil with a methyl group; cytosine deaminates spontaneously to uracil, and having T rather than U in DNA lets repair enzymes recognize that damage.

Beyond nucleic acids, nucleotides are the energy currency (ATP, GTP), second messengers (cAMP, cGMP), parts of coenzymes (NAD+, FAD, coenzyme A) and activated carriers in synthesis (UDP-glucose for glycogen, CDP-choline for phospholipids, S-adenosylmethionine for methylation).

DNA and RNA structure

Nucleotides are linked by 3′,5′-phosphodiester bonds, giving each strand a sugar phosphate backbone with a negative charge and a direction from a free 5′ phosphate to a free 3′ hydroxyl. Sequences are written 5′ to 3′. The Watson Crick double helix (B-DNA) has two antiparallel strands wound in a right handed helix about 2 nm wide with about 10.5 base pairs per turn, a major groove and a minor groove where proteins read the sequence. Bases pair by hydrogen bonds inside the helix, A with T (two bonds) and G with C (three bonds); base stacking also stabilizes the helix. Chargaff's rules follow: in double stranded DNA, A = T, G = C, and purines equal pyrimidines. More GC content means a higher melting temperature, the point at which half the DNA has separated.

In eukaryotes, DNA wraps about 1.7 turns around a histone octamer (two each of H2A, H2B, H3 and H4) to form a nucleosome, with H1 binding linker DNA. Histones are rich in positively charged lysine and arginine. Loosely packed euchromatin is transcriptionally active; condensed heterochromatin is silent. Histone acetylation loosens chromatin and promotes transcription, while DNA methylation at CpG islands silences genes; both are epigenetic marks.

RNA is usually single stranded but folds into hairpins by internal base pairing. mRNA carries the code (least abundant, most heterogeneous); rRNA is the most abundant and forms the structure and catalytic center of ribosomes; tRNA is the smallest, with a cloverleaf shape, an anticodon loop and a 3′ CCA end where the amino acid attaches. Small nuclear RNAs function in splicing, and microRNAs silence genes.

Replication

DNA replication is semiconservative: each daughter duplex contains one parental and one new strand. It starts at origins (one in bacteria, many in eukaryotes) and proceeds in both directions from each origin. All DNA polymerases synthesize only 5′ to 3′, adding nucleotides to a free 3′ hydroxyl, and none can start a chain from nothing, so each new strand needs an RNA primer.

5′3′3′5′ Helicase Topoisomerase Leading strand (continuous) RNA primer (primase) Okazaki fragment Ligase seals nick Fork moves to the left; every new strand grows 5′ to 3′
Figure 10.5 At the replication fork, helicase unwinds and topoisomerase relieves the coiling ahead. The leading strand (top) is made continuously toward the fork; the lagging strand (bottom) is made away from the fork in short Okazaki fragments, each started from an RNA primer and later joined by ligase.
ProteinJob
HelicaseUnwinds the double helix at the fork using ATP
Single strand binding proteinsKeep separated strands from reannealing
TopoisomerasesCut and rejoin DNA to relieve supercoiling ahead of the fork (bacterial DNA gyrase is the fluoroquinolone target)
PrimaseLays down short RNA primers
DNA polymerase III (prokaryotes); δ and ε (eukaryotes)Main elongation, 5′ to 3′, with 3′ to 5′ exonuclease proofreading
DNA polymerase I (prokaryotes)Removes RNA primers (5′ to 3′ exonuclease) and fills the gaps
DNA ligaseSeals nicks by forming a phosphodiester bond
TelomeraseReverse transcriptase with its own RNA template that extends chromosome ends; active in stem and cancer cells

Because the two templates are antiparallel, one new strand, the leading strand, can be made continuously toward the fork, while the lagging strand is made in short Okazaki fragments away from the fork. Proofreading and mismatch repair together give an error rate of about one in a billion bases per replication.

Transcription

In transcription, RNA polymerase reads the template (antisense) strand 3′ to 5′ and builds RNA 5′ to 3′; the RNA matches the coding (sense) strand except that U replaces T. No primer is needed. In eukaryotes, RNA polymerase I makes rRNA, II makes mRNA (inhibited by α-amanitin from death cap mushrooms) and III makes tRNA and 5S rRNA; bacteria use a single polymerase (inhibited by rifampin). Polymerase II binds the promoter (including the TATA box about 25 bases upstream) with general transcription factors; enhancers and silencers, which can be far away, bind specific factors that raise or lower the rate.

The eukaryotic primary transcript (pre-mRNA) is processed in the nucleus: a 7-methylguanosine cap on the 5′ end, a poly-A tail on the 3′ end (after the AAUAAA signal), and splicing by the spliceosome (snRNPs) to remove noncoding introns and join coding exons. Alternative splicing lets one gene encode several proteins. Bacterial mRNA is not processed and is translated while still being transcribed.

Translation

The genetic code is read in nonoverlapping triplet codons, 5′ to 3′. Of 64 codons, 61 specify amino acids and 3 are stop codons (UAA, UAG, UGA). AUG codes for methionine and is the start codon (N-formylmethionine in bacteria). The code is degenerate (most amino acids have several codons, usually differing at the third, "wobble", position), unambiguous (each codon means only one amino acid) and nearly universal.

Each aminoacyl-tRNA synthetase attaches the correct amino acid to its tRNA using ATP; this charging step is where accuracy of the code is enforced. Eukaryotic ribosomes are 80S (60S + 40S); bacterial ribosomes are 70S (50S + 30S), the difference that many antibiotics exploit (aminoglycosides and tetracyclines on 30S; macrolides, chloramphenicol and clindamycin on 50S). During initiation, the small subunit and initiator tRNA find the start codon and the large subunit joins. In elongation, a charged tRNA enters the A site, the rRNA peptidyl transferase forms the peptide bond, and translocation (using GTP) moves the tRNAs to the P and E sites. At a stop codon, release factors free the polypeptide. The chain then folds and may be modified (phosphorylation, glycosylation, hydroxylation, cleavage).

Mutations and repair

MutationWhat happensExample
SilentBase change, same amino acid (often wobble position)Usually harmless
MissenseBase change, different amino acidSickle cell disease (Glu to Val, β6)
NonsenseBase change creates a stop codon; truncated proteinSome β-thalassemias, some cystic fibrosis alleles
FrameshiftInsertion or deletion not a multiple of 3; reading frame shiftsDuchenne muscular dystrophy, Tay-Sachs
In frame deletionLoss of a codon without frameshiftCystic fibrosis ΔF508
Trinucleotide repeat expansionRepeats grow across generations (anticipation)Huntington (CAG), fragile X (CGG), myotonic dystrophy (CTG), Friedreich ataxia (GAA)

Repair systems correct damage. Mismatch repair fixes replication errors (defective in Lynch syndrome, hereditary nonpolyposis colorectal cancer). Nucleotide excision repair removes bulky lesions such as UV induced thymine dimers (defective in xeroderma pigmentosum, with extreme sun sensitivity and skin cancers). Base excision repair removes single damaged bases such as deaminated cytosine. Double strand breaks are repaired by homologous recombination (BRCA1 and BRCA2) or error prone nonhomologous end joining.

Purine metabolism and uric acid

Purines are built de novo on a ribose 5-phosphate scaffold, activated as PRPP, from glycine, glutamine, aspartate, CO2 and two one carbon units from tetrahydrofolate, yielding IMP, which branches to AMP and GMP. Pyrimidines are made as a free ring (from carbamoyl phosphate and aspartate, via orotic acid) and then attached to PRPP. Ribonucleotide reductase converts ribonucleotides to deoxyribonucleotides (inhibited by hydroxyurea), and thymidylate synthase makes dTMP using folate (inhibited by 5-fluorouracil; methotrexate starves it by blocking dihydrofolate reductase). Because synthesis is costly, cells recycle free bases through salvage enzymes, chiefly HGPRT for hypoxanthine and guanine.

Purine degradation: AMP is converted to inosine (adenosine deaminase acts on adenosine), then to hypoxanthine; GMP gives guanine. Xanthine oxidase converts hypoxanthine to xanthine and xanthine to uric acid, the end product in humans, who lack uricase. Pyrimidines, by contrast, break down to soluble products (β-alanine, β-aminoisobutyrate, CO2 and ammonia) and do not form crystals. Adenosine deaminase deficiency causes a form of severe combined immunodeficiency, because toxic deoxyadenosine metabolites kill lymphocytes. Lesch-Nyhan syndrome (X-linked HGPRT deficiency) blocks salvage, so PRPP accumulates and drives purine overproduction, with hyperuricemia, gout, intellectual disability and self mutilation.

Hyperuricemia results from underexcretion (about 90 percent of cases: kidney disease, thiazide and loop diuretics, low dose aspirin, alcohol, lactic acidosis and ketosis competing for renal secretion) or overproduction (high cell turnover, tumor lysis, purine rich meats and seafood, fructose, enzyme defects). Above about 6.8 mg/dL urate exceeds its solubility, and monosodium urate crystals can deposit in cooler, distal joints and form tophi. Allopurinol and febuxostat inhibit xanthine oxidase; probenecid increases renal excretion; colchicine and NSAIDs treat the acute inflammation.

Board tip. Gout crystals are needle shaped and negatively birefringent (yellow when parallel to the compensator axis); pseudogout (calcium pyrophosphate) crystals are rhomboid and weakly positively birefringent and favor the knee and wrist with chondrocalcinosis. Purines have two rings (A, G); pyrimidines one (C, T, U). G-C pairs have three hydrogen bonds.
Clinical link. A middle aged man with sudden, severe pain, redness and swelling of the first metatarsophalangeal joint overnight after a heavy meal with alcohol (podagra) is having acute gout, not a foot sprain. Chronic gout shows punched out juxta-articular erosions with overhanging edges on film. Gentle care of compensatory complaints is fine, but the acutely inflamed joint should not be manipulated, and the patient needs medical management of urate.
Key point

Nucleotides are bases (two ring purines, one ring pyrimidines) on ribose or deoxyribose with phosphate. DNA is an antiparallel right handed double helix held by A-T and G-C pairing; it is copied semiconservatively, 5′ to 3′, by a team of enzymes at the fork, transcribed by RNA polymerase into processed mRNA, and translated in triplet codons by ribosomes and charged tRNAs. Mutations range from silent to frameshift, repair systems catch most damage, and purine catabolism ends in uric acid, whose excess causes gout.

The chapter in one breath

  • Glucose and galactose are C4 epimers; α and β glucose are anomers; sucrose is nonreducing.
  • Starch and glycogen use α-1,4 chains with α-1,6 branches; cellulose uses indigestible β-1,4 bonds.
  • Negatively charged GAGs on aggrecan bound to hyaluronic acid hold water in cartilage and the nucleus pulposus.
  • Linoleic and α-linolenic acids are essential; cholesterol yields bile acids, steroid hormones and vitamin D.
  • Phospholipase A2, COX and lipoxygenase convert arachidonic acid to prostaglandins, thromboxane, prostacyclin and leukotrienes.
  • Lipoproteins are identified by apolipoproteins: B-48 chylomicrons, B-100 VLDL and LDL, A-I HDL.
  • Secondary structure rests on backbone hydrogen bonds; tertiary on side chains and disulfide bonds.
  • Collagen is Gly-X-Y, needs vitamin C for hydroxylation and copper for cross links; elastin recoils on a fibrillin scaffold.
  • Hemoglobin binds O2 cooperatively (sigmoidal); CO2, H+, heat and 2,3-BPG shift it right; myoglobin is hyperbolic.
  • Low Km means high affinity; competitive inhibitors raise Km, noncompetitive inhibitors lower Vmax.
  • DNA is copied semiconservatively, 5′ to 3′, with leading and lagging (Okazaki) strands; mRNA is capped, tailed and spliced.
  • Xanthine oxidase makes uric acid; urate crystals cause gout, classically podagra.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Aldose and ketoseSugars with an aldehyde or a ketone carbonyl group.
EpimerSugar differing from another at only one chiral carbon.
AnomerRing form isomer differing only at the anomeric carbon (α or β).
MutarotationInterconversion of α and β anomers through the open chain in solution.
Reducing sugarSugar with a free anomeric carbon that can reduce an oxidizing agent.
Glycosidic bondBond joining the anomeric carbon of one sugar to another molecule.
GlycosaminoglycanLong unbranched, negatively charged polymer of repeating amino sugar disaccharides.
ProteoglycanCore protein bearing many GAG chains; mostly carbohydrate.
AggrecanMain proteoglycan of cartilage and disc, bound to hyaluronic acid.
AmphipathicHaving both water loving and water fearing regions.
SphingolipidLipid built on sphingosine, such as sphingomyelin and gangliosides.
EicosanoidTwenty carbon signal made from arachidonic acid.
ApolipoproteinProtein on a lipoprotein that targets it and activates enzymes.
ZwitterionMolecule with both positive and negative charges and no net charge.
Isoelectric pointpH at which a molecule carries no net charge.
Peptide bondRigid, planar amide bond linking amino acids.
CooperativityBinding at one site raises affinity at the others, as in hemoglobin.
Bohr effectLower hemoglobin O2 affinity with more H+ and CO2.
DenaturationLoss of folded structure with the primary sequence intact.
KmSubstrate concentration giving half of Vmax; inverse of affinity.
VmaxMaximum reaction rate when the enzyme is saturated.
Allosteric enzymeEnzyme regulated by effectors binding away from the active site.
ZymogenInactive enzyme precursor activated by cleavage.
CoenzymeOrganic, often vitamin derived, helper molecule for an enzyme.
Okazaki fragmentShort DNA piece made on the lagging strand.
IntronNoncoding sequence spliced out of pre-mRNA.
CodonThree base mRNA sequence specifying an amino acid or stop.
Xanthine oxidaseEnzyme producing uric acid; blocked by allopurinol.

Check yourself

Which disaccharide is nonreducing, and why?
Sucrose. Its glucose C1 and fructose C2 anomeric carbons are both locked in the glycosidic bond, so neither can open.
Why does the nucleus pulposus resist compression, and what changes with degeneration?
Proteoglycan swelling pressure. Negatively charged GAGs on aggrecan draw in water against a collagen net; with age proteoglycan falls, so the disc dehydrates and loses height.
How does low dose aspirin reduce platelet aggregation but spare vessel prostacyclin?
Irreversible COX acetylation. Anucleate platelets cannot replace COX and lose thromboxane for life; endothelial cells make new enzyme.
Which lipoprotein carries apoB-48, and which apolipoprotein activates lipoprotein lipase?
Chylomicrons; apoC-II. ApoB-48 is made only in the intestine.
A patient has bleeding gums, perifollicular hemorrhages and poor wound healing. Which step of collagen synthesis fails?
Hydroxylation of proline and lysine. Prolyl and lysyl hydroxylase need vitamin C; this is scurvy.
Name four factors that shift the hemoglobin dissociation curve to the right.
CO2, H+, temperature, 2,3-BPG. All rise in working muscle, lowering affinity and unloading oxygen.
An inhibitor raises Km and leaves Vmax unchanged. What type is it, and where do the Lineweaver Burk lines intersect?
Competitive; on the y axis. The inhibitor competes for the active site and is overcome by more substrate.
An older patient has bone pain and a markedly raised alkaline phosphatase with normal calcium. What is likely?
Paget disease of bone. Intense osteoblast activity raises bone ALP; GGT is normal, confirming a bone source.
Why is the lagging strand made in pieces?
Polymerases work only 5′ to 3′. The antiparallel lagging template forces synthesis away from the fork in Okazaki fragments, each primed by RNA and sealed by ligase.
Which enzyme does allopurinol inhibit, and what is the end product of purine breakdown?
Xanthine oxidase; uric acid. Humans lack uricase, so urate accumulates and can crystallize as gout.
Chapter 11 · Chemistry

Metabolism, Bioenergetics, Hormones, Vitamins and Minerals

Every muscle contraction you palpate, every nerve impulse you test and every healing ligament you treat runs on the chemistry in this chapter. Part I questions on metabolism reward students who know where each pathway happens, which enzyme commits it, what controls it and what a missing enzyme or vitamin does to a patient.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Relate free energy, the ATP cycle and the redox carriers NAD+ and FAD to the direction and yield of metabolic pathways.
  • Trace glucose through glycolysis, pyruvate dehydrogenase, the citric acid cycle and oxidative phosphorylation, naming the rate limiting enzymes and the effect of inhibitors and uncouplers.
  • Explain how gluconeogenesis, glycogen metabolism and the pentose phosphate pathway are regulated by insulin, glucagon and epinephrine.
  • Recognize the classic glycogen storage diseases and disorders of fructose and galactose metabolism from a clinical vignette.
  • Describe beta oxidation, ketogenesis, fatty acid and cholesterol synthesis, and the controls that keep synthesis and breakdown from running together.
  • Follow nitrogen through transamination and the urea cycle, and identify inborn errors such as phenylketonuria, maple syrup urine disease and homocystinuria.
  • Classify hormones as peptide, steroid or amine and match each to its receptor and second messenger system.
  • Match each vitamin to its coenzyme form, deficiency and toxicity, and each major mineral to its role and disorders.

Section 1Biochemical energetics: from glucose to ATP

Free energy and why reactions go

The direction of any biochemical reaction is set by its change in Gibbs free energy (ΔG). A negative ΔG means the reaction is exergonic and can proceed spontaneously; a positive ΔG means it is endergonic and needs an energy input. The standard free energy change (ΔG°′) describes the reaction at 1 M concentrations and pH 7, but the actual ΔG inside a cell depends on the ratio of products to reactants: ΔG = ΔG°′ + RT ln([products]/[reactants]). This is why a reaction with a mildly positive standard value can still run forward in a cell when its product is quickly removed. Enzymes never change ΔG or the equilibrium constant; they lower the activation energy and so change only the rate.

Cells couple unfavorable reactions to favorable ones, and the most common coupling agent is adenosine triphosphate (ATP). Hydrolysis of ATP to ADP and inorganic phosphate releases about 7.3 kcal/mol under standard conditions (closer to 12 kcal/mol under cellular conditions). The energy lies in the two phosphoanhydride bonds between the beta and gamma phosphates; their hydrolysis relieves electrostatic repulsion among negative charges and yields products stabilized by resonance and hydration. Other high energy compounds include phosphoenolpyruvate (the highest phosphoryl transfer potential in glycolysis), 1,3-bisphosphoglycerate, creatine phosphate (the muscle buffer that regenerates ATP for the first seconds of intense exercise) and the thioester acetyl-CoA.

Redox carriers

Most ATP is made indirectly. Fuels are oxidized, and their electrons are captured by carrier coenzymes that later deliver them to the electron transport chain. NAD+ (from niacin, vitamin B3) accepts a hydride ion and becomes NADH; it serves the catabolic dehydrogenases of glycolysis, pyruvate dehydrogenase and the citric acid cycle. FAD (from riboflavin, B2) accepts two hydrogen atoms to become FADH2 and is usually bound tightly to its enzyme, as in succinate dehydrogenase. NADPH is the reducing currency of anabolism: fatty acid and cholesterol synthesis, the respiratory burst of neutrophils, regeneration of reduced glutathione and the cytochrome P450 system. The cell keeps the NAD+/NADH ratio high (favoring oxidation) and the NADP+/NADPH ratio low (favoring reduction), which is how one cell can run breakdown and synthesis with separate pools.

Glycolysis

Glycolysis occurs in the cytosol of every cell and converts one glucose into two pyruvate, with a net gain of 2 ATP and 2 NADH. It has an investment phase (two ATP spent) and a payoff phase (four ATP made by substrate level phosphorylation). Three reactions are essentially irreversible and are the points of control.

Irreversible stepEnzymeActivated byInhibited by
Glucose to glucose-6-phosphateHexokinase (most tissues); glucokinase (liver, pancreatic beta cells)Glucokinase: insulin induces it; high glucoseHexokinase: glucose-6-phosphate. Glucokinase: fructose-6-phosphate via a regulatory protein
Fructose-6-phosphate to fructose-1,6-bisphosphatePhosphofructokinase-1 (PFK-1), the rate limiting stepAMP, fructose-2,6-bisphosphateATP, citrate, low pH
Phosphoenolpyruvate to pyruvatePyruvate kinaseFructose-1,6-bisphosphate (feed forward)ATP, alanine, glucagon (via phosphorylation in liver)

Hexokinase has a low Km (high affinity) and low Vmax, so tissues such as brain and red cells trap glucose even when it is scarce. Glucokinase has a high Km and high Vmax, so the liver and beta cell respond in proportion to blood glucose after a meal, which makes glucokinase the beta cell's glucose sensor. A heterozygous glucokinase mutation causes a mild form of maturity onset diabetes of the young (MODY 2).

Fructose-2,6-bisphosphate is the hormonal switch. It is made by the kinase domain of the bifunctional enzyme PFK-2/FBPase-2. Insulin dephosphorylates this enzyme, activating the kinase and raising fructose-2,6-bisphosphate, which turns glycolysis on and gluconeogenesis off. Glucagon, through cAMP and protein kinase A, phosphorylates it and does the opposite in the liver.

The fate of pyruvate depends on oxygen and mitochondria. With adequate oxygen, pyruvate enters the mitochondrion. Under anaerobic conditions, or in cells without mitochondria such as red blood cells, lactate dehydrogenase reduces pyruvate to lactate and regenerates NAD+, which keeps glycolysis running at glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase. Lactate travels to the liver and becomes glucose again (the Cori cycle). Red cells also have a side path, the Rapoport Luebering shunt, that makes 2,3-bisphosphoglycerate, which lowers hemoglobin's oxygen affinity and shifts the dissociation curve to the right. Pyruvate kinase deficiency, the second most common red cell enzyme defect after G6PD deficiency, causes a chronic hemolytic anemia because the cells cannot make enough ATP to maintain their membrane pumps.

Board tip. Arsenate competes with phosphate at glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase and forms an unstable product that hydrolyzes spontaneously, so glycolysis continues but the ATP from 1,3-bisphosphoglycerate is lost. Fluoride inhibits enolase, which is why gray top blood tubes containing sodium fluoride preserve glucose levels.

Pyruvate dehydrogenase: the bridge

The pyruvate dehydrogenase complex (PDH) in the mitochondrial matrix converts pyruvate to acetyl-CoA, releasing CO2 and making NADH. The reaction is irreversible, which is why acetyl-CoA can never be turned back into glucose in humans and why even chain fatty acids are not glucogenic. PDH needs five cofactors, remembered by the phrase "Tender Loving Care For Nancy": thiamine pyrophosphate (B1), lipoic acid, coenzyme A (from pantothenate, B5), FAD (B2) and NAD+ (B3). The same set serves alpha-ketoglutarate dehydrogenase in the citric acid cycle and the branched chain alpha-ketoacid dehydrogenase that is defective in maple syrup urine disease.

PDH is activated by insulin, by high ADP and pyruvate, and in muscle by calcium; it is inhibited by its products acetyl-CoA and NADH and by ATP. These inhibitors act through a PDH kinase that phosphorylates and inactivates the complex; PDH phosphatase reactivates it. Arsenite binds lipoic acid and inhibits both PDH and alpha-ketoglutarate dehydrogenase. Thiamine deficiency impairs PDH, which is why giving glucose to a malnourished alcoholic patient before thiamine can precipitate Wernicke encephalopathy: the extra glucose drives flux into a blocked complex. PDH deficiency, usually X linked, causes congenital lactic acidosis with neurologic problems; treatment uses a ketogenic diet high in fat and in the purely ketogenic amino acids lysine and leucine, because these feed acetyl-CoA without passing through PDH.

The citric acid cycle

The citric acid cycle (Krebs or tricarboxylic acid cycle) runs in the mitochondrial matrix. Acetyl-CoA (2 carbons) condenses with oxaloacetate (4 carbons) to form citrate (6 carbons) by citrate synthase. The cycle then proceeds through isocitrate, alpha-ketoglutarate, succinyl-CoA, succinate, fumarate and malate back to oxaloacetate. Two carbons leave as CO2 per turn. A useful mnemonic for the intermediates is "Citrate Is Krebs' Starting Substrate For Making Oxaloacetate."

Each turn yields 3 NADH, 1 FADH2 and 1 GTP (made by succinyl-CoA synthetase, also called succinate thiokinase). Because each glucose gives two acetyl-CoA, the cycle turns twice per glucose. Isocitrate dehydrogenase is the rate limiting enzyme; it is activated by ADP and calcium and inhibited by ATP and NADH. Alpha-ketoglutarate dehydrogenase is inhibited by its products succinyl-CoA and NADH. Succinate dehydrogenase is the only enzyme of the cycle embedded in the inner mitochondrial membrane and doubles as Complex II of the electron transport chain.

The cycle is amphibolic: it serves both catabolism and synthesis. Citrate leaves the mitochondrion to supply acetyl-CoA for fatty acid synthesis; alpha-ketoglutarate and oxaloacetate are converted to glutamate and aspartate; succinyl-CoA is the starting point for heme synthesis. Intermediates drawn off must be replaced by anaplerotic reactions, the most important being pyruvate carboxylase (pyruvate to oxaloacetate, biotin dependent, activated by acetyl-CoA).

CYTOSOL MITOCHONDRION Glucose (6C) Glycolysis PFK-1 limits +2 ATP, +2 NADH 2 Pyruvate (3C) No O2: LDH Lactate PDH: B1, lipoate, B5, B2, B3 Acetyl-CoA Citric acid cycle IDH limits Oxaloacetate + Acetyl-CoA = Citrate per turn: 3 NADH, 1 FADH2, 1 GTP, 2 CO2 Electron transport chain (inner membrane) Complexes I to IV pump H+, O2 is final acceptor ATP synthase: about 32 ATP per glucose
Figure 11.1 Glucose oxidation at a glance. Notice the compartments: glycolysis is cytosolic, while pyruvate dehydrogenase, the citric acid cycle and oxidative phosphorylation are mitochondrial. Without oxygen, pyruvate is diverted to lactate.

Electron transport and oxidative phosphorylation

The electron transport chain sits in the inner mitochondrial membrane. NADH donates electrons to Complex I (NADH dehydrogenase); FADH2 from succinate enters at Complex II. Both pass electrons to coenzyme Q (ubiquinone), then to Complex III (cytochrome bc1), cytochrome c and finally Complex IV (cytochrome c oxidase), which reduces oxygen to water. Complexes I, III and IV pump protons from the matrix into the intermembrane space, building an electrochemical proton gradient (the proton motive force). This is Mitchell's chemiosmotic theory. Protons flow back through Complex V (ATP synthase), and the rotation of its F0 portion drives ATP formation in the F1 head.

Because FADH2 bypasses Complex I, it pumps fewer protons. The current accepted yields are about 2.5 ATP per NADH and 1.5 ATP per FADH2, giving 30 to 32 ATP per glucose aerobically (the older textbook figures were 3, 2 and 36 to 38). The range depends on which shuttle moves cytosolic NADH into the mitochondrion: the malate aspartate shuttle (liver, heart, kidney) preserves the full NADH value, while the glycerol-3-phosphate shuttle (skeletal muscle, brain) hands electrons to FAD and loses about one ATP per NADH. Anaerobic glycolysis gives only 2 ATP per glucose.

AgentSite of actionEffect
Rotenone, amobarbitalComplex IBlocks NADH electrons; FADH2 route still works
Antimycin AComplex IIIBlocks electron flow from Q to cytochrome c
Cyanide, carbon monoxide, azide, hydrogen sulfideComplex IVBlocks transfer to oxygen; tissue hypoxia with normal PaO2, lactic acidosis
OligomycinATP synthase (F0)Gradient builds, ATP synthesis and electron flow both stop
2,4-dinitrophenol, high dose aspirin, thermogenin (UCP-1)Inner membrane (uncouplers)Protons leak back without ATP synthase; oxygen use rises, ATP falls, heat is produced

Uncouplers separate electron flow from ATP synthesis. Electron transport and oxygen consumption accelerate because the gradient is constantly dissipated, but the energy appears as heat. Brown adipose tissue uses the natural uncoupling protein thermogenin for nonshivering thermogenesis in newborns. Salicylate poisoning produces hyperthermia partly by uncoupling. By contrast, inhibitors of the chain stop oxygen consumption, and ATP synthase inhibitors stop it indirectly because the gradient cannot be relieved.

Clinical link. Fatigue and exercise intolerance are common complaints in practice. Mitochondrial myopathies, statin associated myopathy (statins lower coenzyme Q10 synthesis because both come from the mevalonate pathway) and carbon monoxide exposure from a faulty home furnace all impair oxidative phosphorylation. A patient with headache and malaise that improves away from home deserves a question about gas appliances before any manual therapy plan.
Key point

Glucose is oxidized in stages: glycolysis in the cytosol (PFK-1 controls it, 2 ATP net), pyruvate dehydrogenase as the irreversible bridge (five cofactors, thiamine most tested), the citric acid cycle in the matrix (isocitrate dehydrogenase controls it) and the electron transport chain on the inner membrane, where the proton gradient drives ATP synthase. Inhibitors stop both electron flow and ATP synthesis; uncouplers speed electron flow but waste the energy as heat.

Section 2Carbohydrate metabolism and its control

Gluconeogenesis

Gluconeogenesis builds glucose from noncarbohydrate precursors: lactate (Cori cycle), glycerol (from triglyceride breakdown), glucogenic amino acids (chiefly alanine through the glucose alanine cycle, and glutamine) and propionyl-CoA from odd chain fatty acids. It occurs mainly in the liver (about 90 percent) and the renal cortex, with the kidney's share rising in prolonged fasting. Muscle cannot release free glucose because it lacks glucose-6-phosphatase.

The pathway reverses glycolysis but must bypass its three irreversible steps with four unique enzymes.

BypassEnzyme and locationRegulation and notes
Pyruvate to oxaloacetatePyruvate carboxylase, mitochondriaNeeds biotin and ATP; activated by acetyl-CoA (signal that fatty acid oxidation is supplying energy)
Oxaloacetate to phosphoenolpyruvatePEP carboxykinase (PEPCK), cytosol and mitochondriaUses GTP; induced by glucagon and cortisol
Fructose-1,6-bisphosphate to fructose-6-phosphateFructose-1,6-bisphosphatase, cytosolRate limiting step; inhibited by fructose-2,6-bisphosphate and AMP, activated by citrate
Glucose-6-phosphate to glucoseGlucose-6-phosphatase, endoplasmic reticulum lumenLiver and kidney only; deficient in von Gierke disease

Making one glucose from two pyruvate costs 6 high energy phosphates (4 ATP and 2 GTP) plus 2 NADH. The ATP for this comes from beta oxidation of fatty acids, which also supplies the acetyl-CoA that activates pyruvate carboxylase. This explains why disorders of fatty acid oxidation cause hypoketotic hypoglycemia: the liver cannot generate the energy or the signal for gluconeogenesis. Ethanol inhibits gluconeogenesis by raising the NADH/NAD+ ratio, which pushes pyruvate to lactate and oxaloacetate to malate, draining the substrates; a fasting binge drinker can therefore become severely hypoglycemic.

Glycogen synthesis and breakdown

Glycogen is a branched glucose polymer with alpha-1,4 linkages in its chains and alpha-1,6 linkages at branch points roughly every 8 to 12 residues. It is stored mainly in liver, which uses it to maintain blood glucose for roughly the first 12 to 24 hours of fasting, and in skeletal muscle, which uses it only for its own contraction.

Synthesis (glycogenesis): glucose-6-phosphate is converted to glucose-1-phosphate by phosphoglucomutase, then activated to UDP-glucose by UDP-glucose pyrophosphorylase. Glycogen synthase, the rate limiting enzyme, adds glucose in alpha-1,4 linkage to a primer on the protein glycogenin. The branching enzyme moves a segment of six to eight residues to an alpha-1,6 position.

Breakdown (glycogenolysis): glycogen phosphorylase, the rate limiting enzyme, cleaves alpha-1,4 bonds with inorganic phosphate (phosphorolysis) to release glucose-1-phosphate. It requires pyridoxal phosphate (B6) and stops four residues from a branch point. The debranching enzyme has two activities: a transferase that moves three of those residues to another chain, and an alpha-1,6 glucosidase that releases the last residue as free glucose. In liver, glucose-6-phosphatase then frees glucose for the blood; in muscle, glucose-6-phosphate enters glycolysis. A small amount of glycogen is also degraded in lysosomes by acid maltase (lysosomal alpha-1,4 glucosidase).

Glucagon (liver) Epinephrine (liver, muscle) Gs, adenylyl cyclase cAMP, PKA active adds phosphate adds phosphate Glycogen phosphorylase phosphorylated = ON Glycogen synthase phosphorylated = OFF Glycogen to glucose-1-P UDP-glucose to glycogen Insulin: protein phosphatase 1 removes phosphate: synthase ON, phosphorylase OFF Muscle extras: Ca2+ with calmodulin and AMP activate phosphorylase during contraction. Liver extra: glucose itself inhibits phosphorylase a.
Figure 11.2 Reciprocal control of glycogen. One phosphorylation event turns breakdown on and synthesis off; insulin's phosphatase reverses both. Notice that muscle also responds to calcium and AMP, linking glycogenolysis to contraction.

The pentose phosphate pathway

The pentose phosphate pathway (hexose monophosphate shunt) runs in the cytosol and produces no ATP. Its oxidative phase is irreversible: glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase (G6PD), the rate limiting enzyme, generates NADPH, and the phase ends with ribulose-5-phosphate and CO2. The nonoxidative phase is reversible and uses transketolase (which requires thiamine) to interconvert sugars, producing ribose-5-phosphate for nucleotides or returning carbons to glycolytic intermediates. The pathway is most active in liver, adrenal cortex, lactating mammary gland, gonads and red cells, which are all tissues that synthesize fatty acids or steroids or must fight oxidative stress.

Red cells depend entirely on this pathway for NADPH, which keeps glutathione reduced so it can neutralize hydrogen peroxide. In G6PD deficiency (X linked recessive, the most common human enzyme deficiency, protective against malaria), oxidant stress from infection, fava beans, sulfonamides, primaquine, dapsone or nitrofurantoin causes acute hemolysis. Denatured hemoglobin precipitates as Heinz bodies, and splenic macrophages remove them, leaving bite cells. Erythrocyte transketolase activity is a classic test of thiamine status.

Fructose and galactose

Fructose is phosphorylated in the liver by fructokinase to fructose-1-phosphate, which aldolase B splits into dihydroxyacetone phosphate and glyceraldehyde. This route skips PFK-1, so fructose enters glycolysis without its main control point, which partly explains why high fructose intake promotes hepatic fat synthesis. Galactose, from lactose, is phosphorylated by galactokinase and then converted by galactose-1-phosphate uridyltransferase to UDP-galactose and on to glucose. The polyol pathway converts glucose to sorbitol by aldose reductase and then to fructose by sorbitol dehydrogenase; tissues with little sorbitol dehydrogenase (lens, retina, Schwann cells, kidney) accumulate sorbitol in hyperglycemia, contributing to diabetic cataracts and neuropathy.

DisorderDeficient enzymeKey features
Essential fructosuriaFructokinaseBenign; fructose in urine; reducing substance positive, glucose negative
Hereditary fructose intoleranceAldolase BFructose-1-phosphate traps phosphate; hypoglycemia, vomiting, jaundice and liver failure after fruit, juice or sucrose; treat by removing fructose and sucrose
Galactokinase deficiencyGalactokinaseMild; galactitol accumulates, causing infantile cataracts
Classic galactosemiaGalactose-1-phosphate uridyltransferaseFailure to thrive, jaundice, hepatomegaly, cataracts, intellectual disability; E. coli sepsis in neonates; remove galactose and lactose
Lactase deficiencyBrush border lactaseBloating, gas and osmotic diarrhea after dairy; stool pH low, positive hydrogen breath test

Glycogen storage diseases

The glycogen storage diseases follow a pattern: when the liver enzyme is missing, the patient has fasting hypoglycemia and hepatomegaly; when the muscle enzyme is missing, the patient has exercise intolerance, cramps and myoglobinuria. Almost all are autosomal recessive. The mnemonic "Very Poor Carbohydrate Metabolism" lists types I to V in order: von Gierke, Pompe, Cori and McArdle (type IV, Andersen, is the branching enzyme defect).

Type and nameDeficient enzymeFindings
I, von GierkeGlucose-6-phosphataseSevere fasting hypoglycemia, hepatomegaly and renomegaly, lactic acidosis, hyperuricemia (gout), hypertriglyceridemia; glycogen normal in structure but increased
II, PompeLysosomal acid maltase (acid alpha-glucosidase)Infantile form: cardiomegaly, hypotonia, early death; a lysosomal storage disease; enzyme replacement available
III, CoriDebranching enzyme (alpha-1,6 glucosidase)Milder hypoglycemia, hepatomegaly, abnormal glycogen with short outer chains (limit dextrin); blood lactate normal
IV, AndersenBranching enzymeLong unbranched glycogen, liver cirrhosis, early death
V, McArdleMuscle glycogen phosphorylase (myophosphorylase)Painful cramps and myoglobinuria with exertion, "second wind" as fatty acids and blood glucose take over; no rise in blood lactate on forearm ischemic exercise test
VI, HersLiver glycogen phosphorylaseMild hypoglycemia and hepatomegaly
Board tip. Separate the "P" diseases: Pompe trashes the pump (heart, lysosomal acid maltase), while McArdle is muscle phosphorylase. Von Gierke has the full metabolic picture (hypoglycemia, lactic acidosis, high uric acid and high triglycerides) because glucose-6-phosphate is shunted into every other pathway.
Clinical link. A young athlete who reports severe muscle cramps early in workouts, dark cola colored urine afterward and feeling better after a brief rest fits McArdle disease. Exertional rhabdomyolysis is a referral situation: check creatine kinase and renal function before any vigorous rehabilitation program.

Hormonal integration of the fed and fasting states

After a meal, insulin dominates. It promotes glucose uptake through GLUT4 in muscle and adipose tissue, activates glycolysis, glycogen synthase, PDH, acetyl-CoA carboxylase and lipoprotein lipase, and suppresses gluconeogenesis, glycogenolysis and lipolysis. Insulin acts largely through dephosphorylation. In fasting, glucagon (liver) and epinephrine (liver, muscle and fat) raise cAMP and phosphorylate the same enzymes, reversing each switch. Cortisol and growth hormone add slower support by inducing gluconeogenic enzymes and antagonizing insulin. Glucose transporters matter too: GLUT1 (red cells, brain, insulin independent), GLUT2 (liver, beta cells, kidney, intestine, bidirectional and low affinity), GLUT3 (neurons, high affinity), GLUT4 (muscle and fat, insulin dependent) and GLUT5 (fructose, intestine and sperm).

The fasting timeline follows predictable phases: glycogenolysis carries the first day, gluconeogenesis rises over the next days, and in prolonged starvation the brain adapts to use ketone bodies for up to two thirds of its energy, which spares muscle protein. Red cells never adapt, because they lack mitochondria, so they always need glucose.

Key point

The liver controls blood glucose with three opposing pairs of pathways (glycolysis versus gluconeogenesis, glycogen synthesis versus breakdown, and the fed versus fasting enzyme states), all flipped by insulin's dephosphorylation and glucagon's cAMP driven phosphorylation. Missing liver enzymes produce fasting hypoglycemia; missing muscle enzymes produce exercise intolerance; missing fructose or galactose enzymes produce toxic phosphorylated sugars; and missing G6PD leaves red cells unprotected against oxidant stress.

Section 3Lipid and amino acid metabolism

Beta oxidation

Triglycerides in adipose tissue are hydrolyzed by hormone sensitive lipase (activated by epinephrine and glucagon, inhibited by insulin) and adipose triglyceride lipase. Free fatty acids travel on albumin; glycerol goes to the liver for gluconeogenesis. Inside the target cell, a fatty acid is activated to fatty acyl-CoA in the cytosol. Long chain acyl groups cannot cross the inner mitochondrial membrane directly, so the carnitine shuttle carries them: carnitine palmitoyltransferase I (CPT-I) on the outer membrane is the rate limiting step and is inhibited by malonyl-CoA, the first product of fatty acid synthesis. That single inhibition prevents a cell from making and burning fat at the same time.

In the matrix, each round of beta oxidation has four steps (oxidation by acyl-CoA dehydrogenase producing FADH2, hydration, oxidation producing NADH, and thiolytic cleavage) and removes two carbons as acetyl-CoA. Palmitate (16 carbons) passes through seven rounds, yielding 8 acetyl-CoA, 7 NADH and 7 FADH2, for a net of about 106 ATP. Odd chain fatty acids leave a final propionyl-CoA, which is carboxylated (biotin) and converted to methylmalonyl-CoA and then, by methylmalonyl-CoA mutase (which needs vitamin B12), to succinyl-CoA. Very long chain fatty acids begin oxidation in peroxisomes; their accumulation in X linked adrenoleukodystrophy damages adrenal cortex and white matter.

Medium chain acyl-CoA dehydrogenase (MCAD) deficiency is the most common fatty acid oxidation disorder. An infant who fasts during an illness develops vomiting, lethargy and hypoketotic hypoglycemia, sometimes mimicking sudden infant death. Carnitine deficiency and CPT-II deficiency cause muscle weakness, cramps and myoglobinuria with prolonged exercise or fasting, a contrast to McArdle disease where symptoms come early in exertion.

Ketogenesis

When beta oxidation in the liver produces more acetyl-CoA than the citric acid cycle can use, which happens in fasting, untreated type 1 diabetes and alcoholism (where oxaloacetate is diverted to gluconeogenesis or to malate), the liver mitochondria build ketone bodies. The rate limiting enzyme is HMG-CoA synthase (mitochondrial). HMG-CoA lyase releases acetoacetate, which is reduced to beta-hydroxybutyrate or decarboxylates spontaneously to acetone (the fruity breath). Ketones are exported to heart, muscle, kidney and, during prolonged fasting, brain, which convert them back to acetyl-CoA using succinyl-CoA:acetoacetate CoA transferase (thiophorase). The liver lacks thiophorase, so it cannot use the ketones it makes. Red cells cannot use them at all.

The nitroprusside urine dipstick detects acetoacetate (and acetone) but not beta-hydroxybutyrate. In diabetic and especially alcoholic ketoacidosis, the high NADH/NAD+ ratio pushes most ketone into beta-hydroxybutyrate, so the dipstick can underestimate the acidosis.

Fatty acid synthesis

Fatty acid synthesis occurs in the cytosol of liver, lactating breast and adipose tissue. Acetyl-CoA made in the mitochondrion exits as citrate (the citrate shuttle) and is regenerated by ATP citrate lyase. Acetyl-CoA carboxylase, the rate limiting enzyme, uses biotin and CO2 to make malonyl-CoA; it is activated by citrate and insulin and inhibited by glucagon, epinephrine (via AMP activated kinase and protein kinase A) and palmitoyl-CoA. The multifunctional fatty acid synthase then adds two carbon units, using NADPH from the pentose phosphate pathway and malic enzyme, until it releases palmitate (16:0). Elongation and desaturation occur in the endoplasmic reticulum, but humans cannot insert double bonds beyond carbon 9, so linoleic acid (omega 6) and alpha-linolenic acid (omega 3) are essential fatty acids. Arachidonic acid, made from linoleic acid, is the parent of the prostaglandins, thromboxanes and leukotrienes covered in pathology.

Cholesterol synthesis

All carbons of cholesterol come from acetyl-CoA. In the cytosol and smooth endoplasmic reticulum, acetyl-CoA forms HMG-CoA, and HMG-CoA reductase, the rate limiting enzyme, reduces it to mevalonate using NADPH. Mevalonate is converted through isoprenoid units (isopentenyl pyrophosphate, farnesyl pyrophosphate) to squalene, lanosterol and cholesterol. HMG-CoA reductase is induced by insulin and thyroid hormone, inhibited by glucagon, and suppressed by cellular cholesterol through the SREBP transcription system, which also controls LDL receptor number. Statins competitively inhibit the reductase; the fall in hepatocyte cholesterol up regulates LDL receptors and lowers plasma LDL. Because the isoprenoid branch also makes coenzyme Q and dolichol, statins lower CoQ10.

Cholesterol is the precursor of bile acids (rate limiting enzyme 7-alpha-hydroxylase), steroid hormones and vitamin D. Plasma lipids travel in lipoproteins: chylomicrons carry dietary triglyceride (apo B-48, C-II, E), VLDL carries hepatic triglyceride (apo B-100), LDL delivers cholesterol to tissues (apo B-100, binds the LDL receptor), and HDL returns cholesterol to the liver (apo A-I, which activates LCAT). Familial hypercholesterolemia (type IIa) is an autosomal dominant LDL receptor defect causing tendon xanthomas and early coronary disease.

Amino acid catabolism and the urea cycle

The first step in degrading most amino acids is transamination: an aminotransferase moves the alpha-amino group to alpha-ketoglutarate, forming glutamate. All aminotransferases need pyridoxal phosphate (B6). Alanine aminotransferase (ALT) and aspartate aminotransferase (AST) are the liver enzymes on a metabolic panel. Glutamate is then oxidatively deaminated by glutamate dehydrogenase, releasing free ammonia. Peripheral tissues ship nitrogen to the liver as glutamine (most tissues) and alanine (muscle, the glucose alanine cycle).

The urea cycle takes place in liver and spans two compartments. In the mitochondria, carbamoyl phosphate synthetase I (CPS-I), the rate limiting enzyme, combines ammonia, CO2 and 2 ATP; it requires the allosteric activator N-acetylglutamate, whose synthesis is stimulated by arginine. Ornithine transcarbamylase (OTC) joins carbamoyl phosphate to ornithine to form citrulline, which moves to the cytosol. Citrulline combines with aspartate (the source of urea's second nitrogen) to form argininosuccinate, which is cleaved to arginine and fumarate, and arginase splits arginine into urea and ornithine. Fumarate links the urea cycle to the citric acid cycle (the aspartate argininosuccinate shunt).

MITOCHONDRION CYTOSOL (hepatocyte) NH3 + CO2 + 2 ATP CPS-I (rate limiting) needs N-acetylglutamate Carbamoyl phosphate OTC (X linked defect) Ornithine Citrulline Argininosuccinate + Aspartate (2nd N) lyase releases Fumarate Arginine Urea Arginase Ornithine returns to the mitochondrion
Figure 11.3 The urea cycle. The first two steps are mitochondrial and the rest cytosolic. One nitrogen of urea comes from free ammonia and the other from aspartate.

Urea cycle defects cause hyperammonemia: vomiting, lethargy, tremor (asterixis), cerebral edema and coma. Ammonia depletes alpha-ketoglutarate (shutting down the citric acid cycle in neurons) and raises glutamine, which swells astrocytes. OTC deficiency is the most common and the only X linked one; carbamoyl phosphate spills into pyrimidine synthesis, so orotic acid rises in the urine without megaloblastic anemia (which distinguishes it from hereditary orotic aciduria). CPS-I deficiency raises ammonia without orotic aciduria. Treatment restricts protein and uses lactulose (traps ammonium in the colon), rifaximin, and nitrogen scavengers such as sodium benzoate and phenylbutyrate. Acquired hyperammonemia in cirrhosis produces hepatic encephalopathy.

Products derived from amino acids

Amino acidProductsCofactors worth knowing
Phenylalanine to tyrosineThyroid hormone, melanin, dopamine, norepinephrine, epinephrinePhenylalanine hydroxylase and tyrosine hydroxylase need tetrahydrobiopterin (BH4); DOPA decarboxylase needs B6; dopamine beta-hydroxylase needs vitamin C; PNMT (to epinephrine) is induced by cortisol
TryptophanSerotonin, melatonin, niacinBH4 and B6; niacin synthesis needs B6 and B2
HistidineHistamineB6 (histidine decarboxylase)
GlycineHeme (with succinyl-CoA), creatine, glutathione, purines, bile acid conjugatesALA synthase needs B6 (rate limiting step of heme synthesis)
GlutamateGABA, glutathioneGlutamate decarboxylase needs B6
ArginineNitric oxide, creatine, ureaNitric oxide synthase needs BH4 and NADPH

The only purely ketogenic amino acids are leucine and lysine. Isoleucine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, tryptophan and threonine are both ketogenic and glucogenic. The essential amino acids are phenylalanine, valine, threonine, tryptophan, isoleucine, methionine, histidine, leucine and lysine (arginine is conditionally essential in growth). Tyrosine becomes essential when phenylalanine hydroxylase is deficient.

Inborn errors of amino acid metabolism

DisorderDefectPresentation and treatment
Phenylketonuria (PKU)Phenylalanine hydroxylase, or rarely BH4 synthesis or reduction (dihydropteridine reductase)Intellectual disability, seizures, fair skin and hair, eczema, musty or mousy odor; screened at birth; low phenylalanine diet, added tyrosine, avoid aspartame. Maternal PKU causes microcephaly and heart defects in the fetus
AlkaptonuriaHomogentisate oxidase (tyrosine breakdown)Urine darkens on standing, blue black connective tissue (ochronosis), early degenerative arthropathy of large joints and spine with disc calcification
AlbinismTyrosinase, or defective melanocyte migrationAbsent melanin; skin cancer risk
Maple syrup urine diseaseBranched chain alpha-ketoacid dehydrogenase (needs B1)Leucine, isoleucine and valine accumulate; sweet smelling urine, poor feeding, cerebral edema; restrict branched chain amino acids, give thiamine
HomocystinuriaUsually cystathionine beta-synthase (needs B6); also methionine synthase or MTHFR defectsMarfanoid habitus, downward and inward lens dislocation, intellectual disability, osteoporosis, thrombosis and early atherosclerosis
CystinuriaRenal tubular transporter for cystine, ornithine, lysine and arginineHexagonal cystine kidney stones; hydration and urine alkalinization
Hartnup diseaseNeutral amino acid transporter (tryptophan lost)Pellagra like rash and ataxia; treat with niacin
Board tip. Homocystinuria and Marfan syndrome both give tall thin patients with lens dislocation. In Marfan the lens dislocates upward and outward, intellect is normal and the risk is aortic dissection; in homocystinuria the lens goes down and in, intellect may be impaired and the risk is thrombosis.
Key point

Fat breakdown (CPT-I, mitochondria) and fat synthesis (acetyl-CoA carboxylase, cytosol) are kept apart by malonyl-CoA; excess hepatic acetyl-CoA becomes ketones that the liver itself cannot use; cholesterol synthesis turns on HMG-CoA reductase, the statin target. Nitrogen moves by B6 dependent transamination to the liver's urea cycle, where CPS-I sets the pace and OTC is the common defect. Amino acids also build hormones and transmitters, and their inborn errors have signature odors, colors and eye findings.

Section 4Biochemistry of hormones

Three chemical classes

Hormones fall into three chemical classes, and the class predicts almost everything else about a hormone: how it is made and stored, how it travels in blood, how long it lasts and where its receptor is.

FeaturePeptide and proteinSteroidAmine
ExamplesInsulin, glucagon, PTH, ADH, oxytocin, GH, prolactin, ACTH, TSH, LH, FSH, calcitoninCortisol, aldosterone, testosterone, estradiol, progesterone, calcitriol (a secosteroid)Epinephrine, norepinephrine, dopamine (from tyrosine); T3 and T4 (iodinated tyrosines); melatonin (tryptophan)
SynthesisGene to preprohormone on rough ER, cleaved to prohormone and hormone in Golgi and granulesFrom cholesterol in smooth ER and mitochondria; made on demand, not storedEnzymatic modification of the amino acid; catecholamines stored in granules, thyroid hormone stored in colloid as thyroglobulin
Solubility and transportWater soluble, travel freeLipid soluble, travel on binding proteins (CBG, SHBG, albumin)Catecholamines free; thyroid hormone mostly bound (TBG)
Half lifeMinutesHoursCatecholamines seconds to minutes; T4 about a week
ReceptorCell surfaceIntracellular (cytoplasmic or nuclear)Catecholamines surface; thyroid hormone nuclear
Speed of effectFast, via second messengersSlow, via gene transcriptionCatecholamines fast; thyroid slow

Peptide processing explains a useful lab fact: proinsulin is cleaved into insulin and C-peptide in equal amounts, so C-peptide measures endogenous insulin output. High insulin with low C-peptide suggests injected insulin; high insulin with high C-peptide suggests an insulinoma or sulfonylurea use. Likewise pro-opiomelanocortin (POMC) yields ACTH, MSH and beta-endorphin, which is why high ACTH states darken the skin.

Steroidogenesis

All steroid hormones start with cholesterol. The rate limiting step is the transport of cholesterol into the mitochondrion by StAR protein and its cleavage to pregnenolone by desmolase (cholesterol side chain cleavage enzyme, CYP11A1), which ACTH stimulates in the adrenal and LH stimulates in the gonads. Pregnenolone then branches into mineralocorticoids (zona glomerulosa), glucocorticoids (zona fasciculata) and androgens (zona reticularis). In peripheral tissues, 5-alpha-reductase converts testosterone to the more potent dihydrotestosterone, and aromatase converts androgens to estrogens.

Congenital adrenal hyperplasia results from a block in cortisol synthesis. Low cortisol removes negative feedback, ACTH rises and the adrenals enlarge, and precursors spill into whichever pathway remains open. 21-hydroxylase deficiency (over 90 percent of cases) lowers cortisol and aldosterone and raises androgens: salt wasting, hypotension, hyperkalemia, virilized female genitalia and elevated 17-hydroxyprogesterone. 11-beta-hydroxylase deficiency also virilizes but causes hypertension because 11-deoxycorticosterone, a mineralocorticoid, accumulates. 17-alpha-hydroxylase deficiency causes hypertension with sexual infantilism.

Receptors and second messengers

Water soluble hormones bind surface receptors and act through intracellular second messengers. The largest receptor family is the G protein coupled receptor (seven transmembrane domains). Hormone binding makes the alpha subunit exchange GDP for GTP, and the active alpha subunit regulates an effector until its intrinsic GTPase returns it to the GDP state.

PathwayMechanismHormones (common board examples)
Gs, cAMPActivates adenylyl cyclase, cAMP activates protein kinase A; phosphodiesterase ends the signalFSH, LH, ACTH, TSH, CRH, hCG, ADH at V2 (kidney), MSH, PTH, calcitonin, glucagon, GHRH, beta-adrenergic, histamine H2
GiInhibits adenylyl cyclase, lowers cAMPAlpha-2 adrenergic, M2 muscarinic, somatostatin, dopamine D2
Gq, IP3 and DAGActivates phospholipase C, which splits PIP2 into IP3 (releases Ca2+ from ER) and DAG (activates protein kinase C)GnRH, oxytocin, ADH at V1 (vessels), TRH, angiotensin II, gastrin, alpha-1 adrenergic, M1 and M3, histamine H1
cGMPGuanylyl cyclase, membrane bound for natriuretic peptides, soluble for nitric oxide; activates protein kinase GANP, BNP, nitric oxide (EDRF)
Receptor tyrosine kinaseIntrinsic kinase autophosphorylates and recruits signaling proteins (MAP kinase, PI3K)Insulin, IGF-1, EGF, PDGF, FGF
JAK/STAT (receptor associated tyrosine kinase)Receptor lacks its own kinase; associated JAK phosphorylates STAT transcription factorsGH, prolactin, erythropoietin, thrombopoietin, G-CSF, many cytokines
Intracellular receptorHormone receptor complex binds hormone response elements on DNA (zinc finger domains)Cortisol, aldosterone, sex steroids, calcitriol, T3, retinoic acid
plasmamembrane Gs pathway Gq pathway Hormone (e.g. glucagon) GPCR Gs AC adenylyl cyclase ATP to cAMP cAMP Protein kinase A Phosphodiesterase breaks down cAMP (caffeine, theophylline inhibit it) Hormone (e.g. angiotensin II) GPCR Gq PLC PIP2 split IP3 DAG Ca2+ from ER Protein kinase C Ca2+ and DAG together fully activate protein kinase C
Figure 11.4 The two most tested G protein pathways. Gs raises cAMP and activates protein kinase A; Gq activates phospholipase C, producing IP3 (calcium release) and DAG (protein kinase C).
Board tip. A quick sort for second messengers: the steroid and thyroid group acts on the nucleus; insulin and growth factors use intrinsic tyrosine kinase; GH, prolactin and cytokines use JAK/STAT; ANP, BNP and nitric oxide use cGMP; most hypothalamic releasing hormones and posterior pituitary vasopressors use Gq (GOAT HAG: GnRH, Oxytocin, ADH V1, TRH, Histamine H1, Angiotensin II, Gastrin); the anterior pituitary glycoprotein hormones and most others use cAMP.

Signal termination and toxins

Signals must turn off as precisely as they turn on. G proteins hydrolyze their own GTP; phosphodiesterases destroy cAMP and cGMP; phosphatases remove phosphates; receptors are desensitized by phosphorylation and internalization (down regulation). Toxins exploit these steps: cholera toxin ADP ribosylates Gs and locks it on, causing massive cAMP driven chloride and water secretion in the gut; pertussis toxin ADP ribosylates Gi and blocks it, which also raises cAMP. Sildenafil inhibits phosphodiesterase 5 and prolongs cGMP action.

Hormone receptors can also be the target of disease: Graves disease antibodies stimulate the TSH receptor, type 2 diabetes features post receptor insulin resistance, and androgen insensitivity syndrome is a defective intracellular androgen receptor in a 46,XY person with female external appearance. McCune Albright syndrome is a mosaic activating Gs mutation causing polyostotic fibrous dysplasia of bone, cafe au lait spots and precocious puberty.

Key point

Peptide and catecholamine hormones are water soluble, act fast at surface receptors and use second messengers (cAMP, IP3 and DAG, cGMP, tyrosine kinases, JAK/STAT). Steroids and thyroid hormone are lipid soluble, ride on binding proteins and act slowly by changing gene transcription. All steroids begin with cholesterol and desmolase, and a block in cortisol synthesis produces congenital adrenal hyperplasia.

Section 5Vitamins and minerals

Fat soluble vitamins

Vitamins A, D, E and K are absorbed with dietary fat in micelles, so fat malabsorption (cystic fibrosis, celiac disease, chronic pancreatitis, cholestasis, orlistat, bile acid sequestrants) lowers all four. They are stored in liver and adipose tissue, which allows toxicity (particularly A and D) and slows the onset of deficiency.

VitaminFunctionDeficiencyToxicity
A (retinol)Retinal in rhodopsin; retinoic acid for epithelial differentiation and immunityNight blindness, xerophthalmia, Bitot spots, keratomalacia, squamous metaplasia, follicular hyperkeratosis, infectionsPseudotumor cerebri, headache, alopecia, liver injury, bone pain; teratogen (isotretinoin)
D (cholecalciferol, ergocalciferol)Raises intestinal calcium and phosphate absorption; with PTH mobilizes boneRickets in children (bowed legs, rachitic rosary, craniotabes), osteomalacia in adults (bone pain, Looser zones)Hypercalcemia, kidney stones, nausea, confusion; also in granulomatous disease
E (tocopherol)Antioxidant protecting membranes from lipid peroxidationHemolytic anemia, spinocerebellar degeneration (ataxia, loss of proprioception), peripheral neuropathyLarge doses antagonize vitamin K, raising bleeding risk with warfarin
K (phylloquinone, menaquinone)Cofactor for gamma-carboxylation of factors II, VII, IX, X, proteins C and S, and osteocalcinBleeding with prolonged PT; newborns (sterile gut, poor placental transfer) receive a prophylactic injection; long antibiotic coursesRare; warfarin acts by blocking vitamin K epoxide reductase

Water soluble vitamins

The water soluble vitamins (the B complex and C) are mostly not stored and are washed out in urine, so deficiency appears within weeks to months. B12 is the exception, with hepatic stores lasting several years. Most B vitamins act as coenzymes, which is how their deficiencies are best reasoned out: identify the reactions that need the coenzyme and the tissues that depend on those reactions.

VitaminCoenzyme and roleDeficiency
B1 thiamineThiamine pyrophosphate: PDH, alpha-ketoglutarate dehydrogenase, branched chain ketoacid dehydrogenase, transketolaseBeriberi: dry (symmetric peripheral neuropathy) and wet (high output heart failure, edema); Wernicke encephalopathy (confusion, ophthalmoplegia, ataxia) and Korsakoff syndrome in alcoholism; damage to mammillary bodies
B2 riboflavinFAD and FMN in redox reactionsCheilosis, angular stomatitis, glossitis, corneal vascularization
B3 niacinNAD+ and NADP+; made partly from tryptophanPellagra: dermatitis (sun exposed, Casal necklace), diarrhea, dementia, death; seen with Hartnup disease, carcinoid syndrome, isoniazid. Excess niacin (lipid therapy) causes flushing, hyperglycemia, hyperuricemia
B5 pantothenic acidCoenzyme A, fatty acid synthaseRare: dermatitis, enteritis, adrenal insufficiency, "burning feet"
B6 pyridoxinePyridoxal phosphate: transamination, decarboxylation, ALA synthase, glycogen phosphorylase, cystathionine synthesisConvulsions, peripheral neuropathy, sideroblastic anemia, cheilosis; isoniazid and oral contraceptives deplete it. Excess causes sensory neuropathy
B7 biotinCarboxylases: pyruvate, acetyl-CoA, propionyl-CoARare; dermatitis, alopecia, enteritis; caused by eating many raw egg whites (avidin binds biotin)
B9 folateTetrahydrofolate carries one carbon units for purines and thymidine (DNA synthesis)Megaloblastic anemia with hypersegmented neutrophils, no neurologic signs; elevated homocysteine with normal methylmalonic acid; neural tube defects in pregnancy; methotrexate, phenytoin, trimethoprim and alcohol contribute
B12 cobalaminMethionine synthase (homocysteine to methionine, regenerates THF) and methylmalonyl-CoA mutaseMegaloblastic anemia plus subacute combined degeneration (dorsal columns, lateral corticospinal tracts, peripheral nerves); both homocysteine and methylmalonic acid elevated; causes: pernicious anemia, gastrectomy, ileal resection or Crohn disease, vegan diet, Diphyllobothrium latum, metformin
C ascorbic acidHydroxylation of proline and lysine in collagen; dopamine beta-hydroxylase; keeps iron reduced (Fe2+) for absorptionScurvy: swollen bleeding gums, perifollicular hemorrhages, corkscrew hairs, poor wound healing, subperiosteal hemorrhage and bone pain. Excess causes GI upset, oxalate stones, iron overload in predisposed people
Board tip. Folate and B12 deficiency both cause megaloblastic anemia and raise homocysteine. Only B12 raises methylmalonic acid and only B12 damages the spinal cord. Giving folate to a B12 deficient patient can correct the anemia while the neurologic damage progresses, so always identify the cause first.
Clinical link. An older patient with numb feet, poor balance, a positive Romberg sign and diminished vibration sense may have subacute combined degeneration rather than lumbar stenosis. Long term metformin, acid suppressing drugs, vegan diets and prior gastric surgery all raise suspicion. A serum B12 with methylmalonic acid is an inexpensive test that can change management, and the deficits are reversible only when caught early.

Calcium and phosphorus

About 99 percent of body calcium and 85 percent of phosphorus sit in bone as hydroxyapatite. Plasma calcium (about 8.5 to 10.5 mg/dL) is roughly 45 percent ionized (the active form), 40 percent albumin bound and 15 percent complexed with anions. Alkalosis increases albumin binding and lowers ionized calcium, which is why hyperventilation produces tingling and carpopedal spasm. Hypoalbuminemia lowers total but not ionized calcium; the usual correction adds 0.8 mg/dL for each 1 g/dL fall in albumin below 4.

Three hormones control the balance. Parathyroid hormone, released when the calcium sensing receptor detects low calcium, raises calcium by stimulating osteoclast activity indirectly (through RANKL on osteoblasts), increasing distal tubular calcium reabsorption, decreasing proximal phosphate reabsorption (phosphaturia) and inducing renal 1-alpha-hydroxylase. Calcitriol (1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D) is made in sequence: 7-dehydrocholesterol in skin is converted by UVB light to cholecalciferol, the liver adds a 25-hydroxyl (25-hydroxyvitamin D is the best measure of stores), and the kidney adds the 1-hydroxyl. Calcitriol raises intestinal absorption of both calcium and phosphate. Calcitonin from thyroid C cells inhibits osteoclasts but plays a minor role in adults. FGF23 from osteocytes lowers phosphate by promoting its excretion and inhibiting calcitriol synthesis.

Skin + UVB cholecalciferol (D3) Liver: 25-hydroxylase 25(OH)D, storage form Kidney: 1-alpha-OHase calcitriol, active form Parathyroid glands sense low Ca2+, secrete PTH PTH induces 1-alpha-hydroxylase Gut calcitriol: absorbs Ca2+ and phosphate Bone PTH via RANKL: resorption releases Ca2+ Kidney tubule PTH: keeps Ca2+, excretes phosphate PTHPTH calcitriol
Figure 11.5 Vitamin D activation and calcium control. The skin, liver and kidney each add a step to vitamin D, and PTH regulates the final renal step. Note that PTH and calcitriol both raise calcium, but they move phosphate in opposite directions in the kidney.

Iron, iodine, zinc and the other minerals

MineralRolesDeficiencyExcess
IronHemoglobin, myoglobin, cytochromes; absorbed as Fe2+ in the duodenum via DMT1, exported by ferroportin, carried on transferrin, stored as ferritin; hepcidin blocks ferroportinMicrocytic hypochromic anemia, low ferritin, high TIBC, pica, koilonychia, glossitis; menstrual or GI blood lossHemochromatosis (HFE, autosomal recessive): cirrhosis, diabetes, bronze skin, cardiomyopathy, hypogonadism, arthropathy of 2nd and 3rd MCP joints; acute poisoning in children
IodineThyroid hormone synthesis (oxidized by thyroid peroxidase, organified onto tyrosine)Goiter, hypothyroidism; in pregnancy, congenital hypothyroidism (cretinism)Wolff Chaikoff effect (transient block), Jod Basedow hyperthyroidism
ZincCofactor for over 300 enzymes, zinc finger transcription factors, wound healing, immunity, tasteDelayed wound healing, hypogonadism, dysgeusia and anosmia, alopecia, acrodermatitis enteropathica (perioral and acral rash)Excess supplements cause copper deficiency (myeloneuropathy resembling B12 deficiency)
CopperLysyl oxidase (collagen cross linking), cytochrome c oxidase, ceruloplasmin, superoxide dismutaseMenkes disease (kinky hair, growth failure); myeloneuropathy and anemiaWilson disease (ATP7B): Kayser Fleischer rings, liver disease, basal ganglia movement disorder, low ceruloplasmin
MagnesiumATP binding, over 300 enzymes, PTH secretionTetany, arrhythmias (torsades), refractory hypocalcemia and hypokalemiaLoss of deep tendon reflexes, hypotension, respiratory depression
FluorideFluorapatite in enamel and boneDental cariesMottled enamel (fluorosis), skeletal fluorosis
SeleniumGlutathione peroxidase, thyroid deiodinasesKeshan cardiomyopathyHair and nail loss, garlic breath
ChromiumEnhances insulin actionImpaired glucose tolerance (in total parenteral nutrition)Rare

Iron studies are best read as a pattern. In iron deficiency, serum iron and ferritin fall while transferrin (TIBC) rises and saturation drops. In anemia of chronic disease, inflammatory cytokines (IL-6) raise hepcidin, trapping iron in macrophages: serum iron falls but ferritin is normal or high and TIBC falls. In hemochromatosis, iron, ferritin and saturation are high and TIBC low.

Key point

Fat soluble vitamins (A, D, E, K) depend on fat absorption, are stored and can be toxic; water soluble vitamins mostly act as coenzymes and wash out quickly, with B12 the stored exception. Reason from coenzyme to deficiency: thiamine fails in energy pathways (nerve, heart), B6 in transamination and heme, folate and B12 in DNA synthesis, vitamin C in collagen. Calcium depends on PTH and calcitriol acting on gut, bone and kidney, and iron studies separate iron deficiency, chronic disease and overload.

The chapter in one breath

  • Reactions with negative ΔG proceed; enzymes change only rate. ATP, NADH, FADH2 and NADPH carry energy and electrons between pathways.
  • Glycolysis (cytosol, PFK-1) yields 2 ATP net; PDH irreversibly makes acetyl-CoA using B1, lipoate, B5, B2 and B3.
  • The citric acid cycle (isocitrate dehydrogenase) gives 3 NADH, 1 FADH2 and 1 GTP per turn; oxidative phosphorylation brings the total to about 30 to 32 ATP per glucose.
  • Electron transport inhibitors (cyanide, CO, rotenone, antimycin A) stop oxygen use; uncouplers (2,4-dinitrophenol, aspirin, thermogenin) increase it and make heat.
  • Gluconeogenesis uses pyruvate carboxylase, PEPCK, fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase and glucose-6-phosphatase, and it is powered by fatty acid oxidation.
  • Glycogen phosphorylase and synthase are reciprocally controlled by phosphorylation; von Gierke, Pompe, Cori and McArdle are the classic storage diseases.
  • The pentose phosphate pathway makes NADPH and ribose; G6PD deficiency causes oxidant hemolysis with Heinz and bite cells.
  • CPT-I (inhibited by malonyl-CoA) controls beta oxidation; HMG-CoA synthase controls ketogenesis; acetyl-CoA carboxylase and HMG-CoA reductase control fatty acid and cholesterol synthesis.
  • Nitrogen leaves through B6 dependent transamination and the hepatic urea cycle (CPS-I rate limiting, OTC deficiency most common, orotic aciduria).
  • PKU, alkaptonuria, maple syrup urine disease, homocystinuria and cystinuria are the high yield amino acid disorders.
  • Peptide hormones use second messengers; steroid and thyroid hormones use intracellular receptors; insulin uses a receptor tyrosine kinase and GH uses JAK/STAT.
  • Know each vitamin's coenzyme and deficiency, the PTH and calcitriol axis, and the iron study patterns.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Gibbs free energy (ΔG)The energy available to do work in a reaction; a negative value means the reaction can proceed spontaneously.
Rate limiting enzymeThe slowest, usually irreversible and regulated step that sets the flux through a pathway.
Substrate level phosphorylationDirect transfer of a phosphate from a high energy intermediate to ADP, without the electron transport chain.
Oxidative phosphorylationATP synthesis driven by the proton gradient that the electron transport chain builds across the inner mitochondrial membrane.
Chemiosmotic theoryThe model in which a proton gradient couples electron transport to ATP synthase.
UncouplerA substance that lets protons leak across the inner membrane, so oxygen is consumed and heat is made without ATP synthesis.
Anaplerotic reactionA reaction that replenishes citric acid cycle intermediates, such as pyruvate carboxylase making oxaloacetate.
Cori cycleLactate from muscle and red cells is carried to the liver and rebuilt into glucose.
Glucose alanine cycleMuscle sends nitrogen and carbon to the liver as alanine, which becomes glucose and urea.
GluconeogenesisSynthesis of glucose from lactate, glycerol, glucogenic amino acids or propionate, mainly in liver.
GlycogenolysisBreakdown of glycogen by phosphorylase and debranching enzyme.
Pentose phosphate pathwayCytosolic pathway that produces NADPH and ribose-5-phosphate without making ATP.
Heinz bodiesClumps of oxidized, denatured hemoglobin inside red cells, typical of G6PD deficiency.
Carnitine shuttleThe transport system that moves long chain fatty acids into mitochondria for beta oxidation.
Ketone bodiesAcetoacetate, beta-hydroxybutyrate and acetone, made by the liver from excess acetyl-CoA.
Malonyl-CoAThe committed intermediate of fatty acid synthesis; it also blocks CPT-I to stop fat oxidation.
HMG-CoA reductaseRate limiting enzyme of cholesterol synthesis and the target of statin drugs.
TransaminationTransfer of an amino group from an amino acid to a keto acid, catalyzed by B6 dependent aminotransferases.
HyperammonemiaExcess blood ammonia from liver failure or a urea cycle defect, causing encephalopathy.
Orotic aciduriaExcess orotic acid in urine, seen in OTC deficiency when carbamoyl phosphate spills into pyrimidine synthesis.
Tetrahydrobiopterin (BH4)Cofactor for the aromatic amino acid hydroxylases and nitric oxide synthase.
Second messengerAn intracellular signal such as cAMP, IP3, DAG, calcium or cGMP that relays a surface hormone's message.
JAK/STAT pathwaySignaling by receptor associated Janus kinases that activate STAT transcription factors; used by GH and prolactin.
Congenital adrenal hyperplasiaInherited block in cortisol synthesis that raises ACTH and enlarges the adrenals; most often 21-hydroxylase deficiency.
CoenzymeA small organic molecule, often vitamin derived, that an enzyme needs to carry groups or electrons.
Subacute combined degenerationDemyelination of the dorsal columns and lateral corticospinal tracts caused by vitamin B12 deficiency.
Calcitriol1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D, the active hormone formed in the kidney that increases calcium and phosphate absorption.
HepcidinLiver hormone that blocks ferroportin, trapping iron in gut cells and macrophages; raised in inflammation.
HemochromatosisIron overload, usually from HFE mutation, damaging liver, pancreas, heart, skin, gonads and joints.

Check yourself

Which enzyme catalyzes the rate limiting step of glycolysis, and which molecule produced under the influence of insulin is its most potent activator?
Phosphofructokinase-1, activated by fructose-2,6-bisphosphate. Insulin dephosphorylates PFK-2/FBPase-2, activating its kinase domain and raising fructose-2,6-bisphosphate, which stimulates PFK-1 and inhibits fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase.
A worker exposed to a pesticide develops fever, sweating and tachypnea. His oxygen consumption is markedly elevated while ATP production falls. What class of agent is responsible?
An uncoupler of oxidative phosphorylation (such as 2,4-dinitrophenol). Uncouplers dissipate the proton gradient, so electron transport and oxygen use accelerate while the energy is released as heat instead of ATP.
A malnourished man with chronic alcohol use is given intravenous dextrose and becomes confused with nystagmus and ataxia. Which vitamin should have been given first, and which enzyme complex depends on it?
Thiamine (B1), required by pyruvate dehydrogenase. Thiamine pyrophosphate is also needed by alpha-ketoglutarate dehydrogenase and transketolase. Glucose loading without thiamine precipitates Wernicke encephalopathy.
An infant has severe fasting hypoglycemia, a markedly enlarged liver and kidneys, lactic acidosis, hyperuricemia and hypertriglyceridemia. Which enzyme is deficient?
Glucose-6-phosphatase (von Gierke disease, type I). The liver cannot release free glucose from either glycogenolysis or gluconeogenesis, and trapped glucose-6-phosphate is diverted to lactate, uric acid and triglyceride production.
A 20 year old has painful cramps within minutes of starting exercise and passes dark urine afterward. Venous lactate fails to rise during forearm ischemic exercise. What is the diagnosis?
McArdle disease (muscle glycogen phosphorylase deficiency, type V). Muscle cannot mobilize glycogen, so anaerobic glycolysis and lactate production fail; a "second wind" occurs when blood glucose and fatty acids take over.
Which enzyme is rate limiting for the urea cycle, and what allosteric activator does it require?
Carbamoyl phosphate synthetase I, activated by N-acetylglutamate. It forms carbamoyl phosphate from ammonia and CO2 in liver mitochondria; arginine stimulates N-acetylglutamate synthesis.
A newborn screen shows elevated phenylalanine. Which amino acid becomes essential for this infant, and why?
Tyrosine. Phenylalanine hydroxylase normally makes tyrosine from phenylalanine; when it is deficient (PKU), tyrosine must come from the diet, and phenylalanine intake is restricted.
Growth hormone and insulin both act at cell surface receptors with tyrosine kinase activity. How do the two receptors differ?
The insulin receptor has intrinsic tyrosine kinase activity; the GH receptor uses an associated Janus kinase (JAK/STAT). Prolactin, erythropoietin and many cytokines share the JAK/STAT mechanism.
A vegan patient has macrocytic anemia, impaired vibration sense in the feet and elevated serum methylmalonic acid. What is deficient, and which enzyme explains the methylmalonic acid finding?
Vitamin B12, through methylmalonyl-CoA mutase. B12 is the cofactor for converting methylmalonyl-CoA to succinyl-CoA; folate deficiency raises homocysteine but not methylmalonic acid and spares the spinal cord.
A patient with chronic kidney disease develops bone pain, hypocalcemia and hyperphosphatemia. Which step of vitamin D activation is impaired?
Renal 1-alpha-hydroxylation of 25-hydroxyvitamin D to calcitriol. Low calcitriol and phosphate retention lower calcium, driving secondary hyperparathyroidism and renal osteodystrophy.
Chapter 12 · Pathology

General Pathology: Cell Injury, Inflammation, Neoplasia, Genetics and Immunopathology

Pathology is the bridge between basic science and the patient on your table. The general principles in this chapter (how cells adapt, die, inflame, heal, clot, mutate and turn malignant) explain every specific disease you will meet, from the swollen ankle after a sprain to the vertebral metastasis hiding behind a complaint of night pain.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Distinguish the cellular adaptations hypertrophy, hyperplasia, atrophy and metaplasia, and separate reversible from irreversible injury.
  • Match each pattern of necrosis to its typical setting and contrast necrosis with apoptosis; separate dystrophic from metastatic calcification.
  • Describe the vascular and cellular events of acute inflammation, its chemical mediators, and the features of chronic and granulomatous inflammation.
  • Explain tissue repair, healing by first and second intention, and the hemodynamic disorders edema, thrombosis, embolism, infarction and shock.
  • Compare benign and malignant neoplasms, apply tumor nomenclature, and explain oncogenes, tumor suppressor genes, grading and staging.
  • Name the primary tumors that most often metastasize to bone and predict whether the lesions are lytic or blastic.
  • Recognize the Mendelian inheritance patterns, the common chromosomal disorders, Marfan and Ehlers Danlos syndromes, and major teratogens.
  • Classify hypersensitivity reactions types I to IV and describe autoimmunity, immunodeficiency, amyloidosis, and environmental and nutritional disease.

Section 1Fundamentals of pathology: cell injury, adaptation and death

The language of pathology

Pathology studies the structural and functional changes in cells, tissues and organs that underlie disease. Four aspects describe any disease: its etiology (cause), its pathogenesis (the sequence of events from cause to lesion), its morphologic changes (gross and microscopic) and its clinical manifestations. A disease of unknown cause is idiopathic; one caused by treatment is iatrogenic. Cells live in a narrow range of normal function called homeostasis. When stress pushes them out of it, they first try to adapt; if the stress exceeds their ability to adapt, they suffer injury, which is reversible up to a point and then becomes cell death.

Cellular adaptations

AdaptationDefinitionPhysiologic examplePathologic example
HypertrophyIncrease in cell size from more structural proteins and organellesSkeletal muscle with resistance training; uterine smooth muscle in pregnancyLeft ventricular hypertrophy in hypertension or aortic stenosis
HyperplasiaIncrease in cell number; needs cells that can divideBreast at puberty and lactation; liver regeneration after partial resectionEndometrial hyperplasia from unopposed estrogen (a risk for carcinoma); benign prostatic hyperplasia; warts
AtrophyDecrease in cell size and number, by reduced protein synthesis, ubiquitin proteasome degradation and autophagyThymus after puberty; uterus after menopauseDisuse atrophy in a cast; denervation atrophy after nerve injury; brain atrophy from ischemia; pressure atrophy
MetaplasiaReplacement of one differentiated cell type by another better able to withstand the stressNot usually physiologicBronchial columnar to squamous in smokers; esophageal squamous to intestinal columnar (Barrett esophagus) with acid reflux; vitamin A deficiency
DysplasiaDisordered growth: variation in size and shape, large dark nuclei, loss of orientation; a preneoplastic changeNoneCervical dysplasia (CIN) from HPV; dysplasia in Barrett esophagus

Cardiac and skeletal muscle fibers are permanent cells that cannot divide, so they adapt by hypertrophy alone. Labile cells (epithelia, bone marrow) divide continuously, and stable (quiescent) cells such as hepatocytes, renal tubular cells and fibroblasts can re-enter the cell cycle when stimulated, so they can undergo hyperplasia. Metaplasia is reversible if the stimulus stops, but persistent metaplasia can progress to dysplasia and carcinoma; it reflects reprogramming of stem cells rather than conversion of mature cells. Mesenchymal metaplasia also occurs: myositis ossificans is bone forming in muscle after trauma, a lesion every sports practitioner should recognize on a radiograph of a thigh contusion that is not resolving.

Causes and mechanisms of cell injury

The causes of cell injury are hypoxia (the most common), physical agents, chemicals and drugs, infectious agents, immunologic reactions, genetic defects and nutritional imbalance. Hypoxia (low oxygen) must be distinguished from ischemia (low blood flow), which is more damaging because it also cuts off substrate delivery and lets metabolites accumulate.

The key biochemical mechanisms are: ATP depletion, which fails the Na+/K+ ATPase so sodium and water enter and the cell swells, and which shifts metabolism to anaerobic glycolysis, lowering pH and causing chromatin clumping; mitochondrial damage, which releases cytochrome c and triggers apoptosis; calcium influx, which activates phospholipases, proteases, endonucleases and ATPases; free radical (reactive oxygen species) damage through lipid peroxidation of membranes, protein oxidation and DNA breaks; and membrane damage. Free radicals arise from radiation, drug metabolism (acetaminophen through cytochrome P450), the Fenton reaction with free iron, inflammation and reperfusion after ischemia. They are neutralized by superoxide dismutase, catalase, glutathione peroxidase and antioxidants such as vitamins C and E.

Reversible versus irreversible injury

Reversible injury shows cellular swelling (hydropic change, the earliest light microscopic finding), fatty change in organs such as liver and heart, plasma membrane blebbing, loss of microvilli, mitochondrial swelling, ribosome detachment from the endoplasmic reticulum and chromatin clumping. These changes resolve if the stress is removed. Two events mark the point of no return: the inability to restore mitochondrial function and profound membrane damage, including lysosomal membranes. The nuclear signs of irreversible injury are pyknosis (shrinkage and condensation), karyorrhexis (fragmentation) and karyolysis (fading as DNase digests chromatin). Leakage of intracellular enzymes into the blood, such as troponin after myocardial necrosis, creatine kinase after muscle injury, or ALT after hepatocyte death, is the clinical evidence of irreversible membrane damage.

Normal cell stress injury Adaptation hypertrophy, hyperplasia atrophy, metaplasia new steady state Reversible injury cell swelling, fatty change blebs, ER and mito swelling ATP falls, pump fails Point of no return: mitochondrial and membrane failure Necrosis swelling, rupture, inflammation Apoptosis shrinkage, caspases, no inflammation
Figure 12.1 How cells respond to stress. Adaptation produces a new steady state; injury is reversible until mitochondrial and membrane function fail, after which the cell dies by necrosis or apoptosis.

Necrosis

Necrosis is unregulated, pathologic cell death in which enzymatic digestion and protein denaturation destroy groups of cells, membranes rupture and contents leak out, provoking inflammation. The pattern depends on whether denaturation or digestion predominates and on the tissue.

TypeFeaturesClassic setting
CoagulativeProteins denature, so the tissue architecture and cell outlines persist for days ("ghost cells"); eosinophilic cytoplasm, no nucleiIschemic infarcts of heart, kidney, spleen and other solid organs (not brain)
LiquefactiveEnzymatic digestion turns tissue into liquidBrain infarcts, bacterial abscesses (neutrophil enzymes), pus
CaseousCheese-like, friable white material; amorphous debris surrounded by a granulomaTuberculosis, systemic fungi such as histoplasmosis
Fat (enzymatic)Lipases release fatty acids that combine with calcium to form chalky white soaps (saponification)Acute pancreatitis (peripancreatic fat); traumatic fat necrosis of breast
FibrinoidImmune complexes and fibrin deposit in vessel walls, bright pinkVasculitis, malignant hypertension, preeclampsia
GangrenousNot a separate mechanism: coagulative necrosis of a limb (dry); with superimposed infection and liquefaction (wet)Ischemic toes and feet in diabetes and peripheral arterial disease

Apoptosis

Apoptosis is programmed, ATP dependent cell death. The cell shrinks, its chromatin condenses (pyknosis) and fragments, the membrane forms blebs that bud off as apoptotic bodies, and macrophages engulf them after recognizing exposed phosphatidylserine. Membranes stay intact, so there is no inflammation. On microscopy the apoptotic cell is a small, intensely eosinophilic body with dense nuclear fragments (in viral hepatitis these are called Councilman bodies). DNA is cut between nucleosomes, producing a "ladder" on gel electrophoresis.

Two pathways converge on the executioner caspases (caspase-3 and caspase-7). The intrinsic (mitochondrial) pathway is triggered by DNA damage, growth factor withdrawal or misfolded proteins; it is controlled by the BCL-2 family. Anti-apoptotic BCL-2 and BCL-XL keep the mitochondrial membrane closed; pro-apoptotic BAX and BAK open it, releasing cytochrome c, which forms the apoptosome and activates caspase-9. p53 promotes the intrinsic pathway after DNA damage. The extrinsic (death receptor) pathway begins when Fas ligand binds Fas (CD95) or TNF binds its receptor, activating caspase-8; cytotoxic T cells also use perforin and granzyme. Apoptosis is physiologic in embryogenesis (removal of interdigital webs), hormone withdrawal (endometrial shedding) and elimination of self reactive lymphocytes, and pathologic in viral infection, radiation injury and organ atrophy from duct obstruction. Overexpression of BCL-2 by the t(14;18) translocation prevents apoptosis in follicular lymphoma.

Board tip. Necrosis is many cells, swelling, membrane rupture and inflammation; apoptosis is single cells, shrinkage, intact membranes, energy use and no inflammation. Coagulative necrosis is the rule for infarcts everywhere except the brain, which liquefies.

Intracellular accumulations and pathologic calcification

Injured cells accumulate substances: lipids (hepatic steatosis from alcohol, obesity or diabetes), cholesterol (foam cells in atheroma), proteins (Russell bodies in plasma cells), glycogen (glycogen storage diseases) and pigments. Lipofuscin is the yellow brown "wear and tear" pigment of aging cells, derived from lipid peroxidation. Hemosiderin is aggregated ferritin seen after local hemorrhage (the color changes of a bruise) and in systemic iron overload.

Pathologic calcification takes two forms. Dystrophic calcification occurs in damaged or dead tissue with normal serum calcium: atheromas, damaged heart valves (calcific aortic stenosis), caseous tuberculosis, fat necrosis, and psammoma bodies (laminated calcifications in papillary thyroid carcinoma, serous ovarian tumors and meningioma). Metastatic calcification occurs in normal tissue because serum calcium or phosphate is high: hyperparathyroidism, chronic kidney disease with hyperphosphatemia, vitamin D toxicity, sarcoidosis and bone destroying tumors. It favors tissues that lose acid and become relatively alkaline, such as the lung interstitium, gastric mucosa, kidneys and systemic arteries.

Clinical link. Calcific tendinitis of the supraspinatus, calcification in a degenerating intervertebral disc and myositis ossificans after a quadriceps contusion are all dystrophic processes in damaged tissue with normal serum calcium. Recognizing them on a radiograph prevents an unnecessary search for metabolic disease, while widespread soft tissue calcification in a dialysis patient points to a metabolic cause.
Key point

Cells adapt to stress by changing size (hypertrophy, atrophy), number (hyperplasia) or type (metaplasia). When stress exceeds adaptation, ATP loss, calcium influx, free radicals and membrane damage injure the cell; swelling is reversible, while mitochondrial failure and membrane rupture are not. Death occurs by necrosis (coagulative, liquefactive, caseous, fat, fibrinoid, gangrenous) with inflammation, or by caspase driven apoptosis without it. Calcification is dystrophic in dead tissue and metastatic in hypercalcemia.

Section 2Inflammation, repair and hemodynamic disorders

Acute inflammation

Inflammation is the vascularized tissue's response to injury or infection, designed to deliver leukocytes and plasma proteins to the site, destroy the agent and begin repair. The five cardinal signs are rubor (redness), calor (heat), tumor (swelling), dolor (pain) and functio laesa (loss of function). Acute inflammation develops within minutes to hours, lasts hours to a few days, and is dominated by edema and neutrophils.

The vascular events come first. After a brief arteriolar vasoconstriction, vasodilation (histamine, prostaglandins, nitric oxide) increases flow, causing redness and heat. Increased vascular permeability, chiefly endothelial contraction in postcapillary venules caused by histamine, bradykinin and leukotrienes, lets protein rich fluid leave the vessels. This exudate (specific gravity above 1.020, high protein, cells) differs from a transudate (low protein, low specific gravity), which results from altered hydrostatic or oncotic pressure with intact vessels. Fluid loss concentrates red cells and slows flow (stasis), which lets leukocytes move to the vessel wall.

The cellular events follow a fixed sequence of leukocyte recruitment.

  1. Margination and rolling: endothelial selectins (E-selectin and P-selectin, the latter released from Weibel Palade bodies) bind sialyl Lewis X on leukocytes, slowing them.
  2. Firm adhesion: leukocyte integrins (LFA-1, Mac-1), activated by chemokines, bind endothelial ICAM-1 and VCAM-1 induced by TNF and IL-1.
  3. Transmigration (diapedesis): leukocytes squeeze between endothelial cells at junctions, guided by PECAM-1 (CD31), and cross the basement membrane.
  4. Chemotaxis: movement up a gradient of C5a, leukotriene B4, IL-8 (CXCL8) and bacterial products.
  5. Phagocytosis and killing: recognition of particles coated with opsonins (IgG Fc and C3b), engulfment, and killing by the respiratory burst, in which NADPH oxidase makes superoxide and myeloperoxidase converts hydrogen peroxide and chloride to hypochlorous acid.

Defects at each step produce recognizable diseases. Leukocyte adhesion deficiency type 1 (defective CD18 integrin) causes recurrent bacterial infections without pus and delayed separation of the umbilical cord. Chronic granulomatous disease (NADPH oxidase deficiency, usually X linked) leaves phagocytes unable to kill catalase positive organisms such as Staphylococcus aureus, Aspergillus, Serratia, Nocardia and Burkholderia; the nitroblue tetrazolium test is negative and the dihydrorhodamine flow test is abnormal. Chediak Higashi syndrome (LYST defect) causes giant granules, partial albinism and peripheral neuropathy.

Venule lumen (blood flow to the right) endothelium Tissue N 1 Rolling selectins N 2 Firm adhesion integrins to ICAM-1 3 Transmigration PECAM-1 N 4 Chemotaxis microbe gradient of C5a, LTB4, IL-8
Figure 12.2 Leukocyte recruitment. Selectins slow the neutrophil, integrins anchor it, PECAM-1 guides it between endothelial cells, and chemotactic signals lead it to the target.

Chemical mediators

MediatorSourceMain actions
HistamineMast cells, basophils, platelets (preformed)Vasodilation, increased venular permeability; the first mediator released
SerotoninPlateletsVasoconstriction or permeability depending on site
Prostaglandins (PGE2, PGI2, PGD2)Arachidonic acid via cyclooxygenaseVasodilation, pain and fever (PGE2); PGI2 inhibits platelets
Thromboxane A2Platelets via COX-1Vasoconstriction, platelet aggregation
LeukotrienesArachidonic acid via 5-lipoxygenaseLTB4: neutrophil chemotaxis; LTC4, D4, E4: bronchospasm, vasoconstriction, permeability
BradykininKinin system (activated Hageman factor XII)Permeability, vasodilation, pain; degraded by ACE (hence ACE inhibitor angioedema)
ComplementPlasma proteinsC3a and C5a anaphylatoxins (mast cell release); C5a chemotaxis; C3b opsonin; C5b to C9 membrane attack complex
TNF and IL-1MacrophagesEndothelial activation, fever, acute phase response, cachexia (TNF)
IL-6Macrophages, othersHepatic acute phase proteins: CRP, fibrinogen (raises ESR), hepcidin
Nitric oxideEndothelium, macrophagesVasodilation, microbial killing

Systemically, IL-1, IL-6 and TNF produce the acute phase response: fever (they raise PGE2 in the hypothalamus), leukocytosis with a left shift, and hepatic synthesis of C-reactive protein, fibrinogen, serum amyloid A and ferritin. The erythrocyte sedimentation rate rises because fibrinogen neutralizes red cell surface charge and promotes rouleaux. Aspirin and NSAIDs inhibit cyclooxygenase; corticosteroids inhibit phospholipase A2 (through lipocortin) and suppress cytokine genes, blocking both arms.

Outcomes of acute inflammation are resolution (complete restoration when injury is limited and tissue can regenerate), healing by fibrosis (when tissue is destroyed or nonregenerating), abscess formation, or progression to chronic inflammation.

Chronic and granulomatous inflammation

Chronic inflammation lasts weeks to years and features lymphocytes, plasma cells and macrophages, ongoing tissue destruction and attempts at repair by angiogenesis and fibrosis. It follows persistent infection (tuberculosis, syphilis, viruses), prolonged toxic exposure (silica) or autoimmunity (rheumatoid arthritis). Macrophages, derived from blood monocytes, are the central cell; T cells activate them with interferon gamma (classically activated, M1, microbicidal), while IL-4 and IL-13 produce alternatively activated (M2) macrophages that promote repair and fibrosis.

A granuloma is a focal collection of epithelioid macrophages (activated macrophages with pink cytoplasm), often with multinucleated giant cells (Langhans type with peripheral nuclei, or foreign body type with scattered nuclei), surrounded by lymphocytes. Th1 cells drive granuloma formation through interferon gamma, and macrophages maintain it with TNF, which is why anti-TNF drugs can reactivate latent tuberculosis. Caseating granulomas suggest tuberculosis or fungi; noncaseating granulomas suggest sarcoidosis, Crohn disease, cat scratch disease, berylliosis or a foreign body.

Repair and healing

Repair restores tissue by regeneration of the original cells (possible in labile and stable tissues with an intact framework) or by scar formation (permanent cells or destroyed framework). Scar formation proceeds through granulation tissue (new capillaries from VEGF driven angiogenesis, proliferating fibroblasts and loose matrix, appearing pink and granular at 3 to 5 days), followed by deposition of type III collagen, which is gradually replaced by stronger type I collagen as the scar remodels under metalloproteinases (zinc dependent). Myofibroblasts contract the wound. TGF-beta is the key fibrogenic growth factor; PDGF and FGF stimulate fibroblasts and vessels.

Healing by first intention occurs in a clean surgical incision with apposed edges and little tissue loss. Healing by second intention occurs in large open wounds with more inflammation, abundant granulation tissue and marked wound contraction. Wound strength reaches about 10 percent of normal at one week (when sutures are removed) and plateaus at only 70 to 80 percent of normal by about three months. Healing is impaired by infection (the most important factor), diabetes, poor perfusion, malnutrition (protein, vitamin C, zinc, copper), glucocorticoids, mechanical stress and foreign bodies. Excess collagen produces a hypertrophic scar (confined to the wound) or a keloid (extending beyond it, type III collagen rich, more common in people of African descent).

Clinical link. Ligament and tendon healing follows the same timeline: inflammation for days, proliferation with type III collagen for weeks, and remodeling to type I collagen over months, never fully regaining original strength. Controlled, progressive loading during remodeling helps align collagen along lines of stress, which is the scientific basis for graded rehabilitation after a sprain.

Edema, hyperemia and hemorrhage

Edema is excess fluid in the interstitium. Starling forces explain it: increased capillary hydrostatic pressure (heart failure, venous obstruction, deep vein thrombosis), decreased plasma oncotic pressure (nephrotic syndrome, cirrhosis, malnutrition, protein losing enteropathy), lymphatic obstruction (tumor, surgical node dissection, radiation, filariasis; causing nonpitting lymphedema), sodium retention (renal failure, hyperaldosteronism) and increased permeability (inflammation). Noninflammatory edema is a transudate. Hyperemia is active arteriolar dilation (exercise, inflammation, red), while congestion is passive venous engorgement (blue red, cyanotic); chronic passive congestion of the liver produces the "nutmeg liver" of right heart failure, and of the lung produces hemosiderin laden "heart failure cells."

Thrombosis

A thrombus is a blood clot formed within an intact vessel in a living person. Virchow triad lists its three predisposing factors: endothelial injury (the dominant factor in arterial and cardiac thrombi: atherosclerosis, hypertension, vasculitis, smoking), abnormal blood flow (stasis in veins and aneurysms, turbulence at bifurcations and in atrial fibrillation) and hypercoagulability. Inherited hypercoagulable states include factor V Leiden (the most common, resistance to activated protein C), prothrombin G20210A, and deficiencies of antithrombin, protein C and protein S. Acquired states include immobilization, surgery, malignancy (Trousseau migratory thrombophlebitis), pregnancy, oral contraceptives and estrogen, antiphospholipid syndrome, heparin induced thrombocytopenia, smoking and obesity.

Thrombi formed in flowing blood show lines of Zahn, alternating pale layers of platelets and fibrin and dark layers of red cells, which distinguish them from a postmortem clot (gelatinous, "chicken fat" and "currant jelly" layers, not attached). Arterial thrombi are platelet rich (white); venous thrombi are red cell rich (red). Possible fates are propagation, embolization, dissolution by fibrinolysis, and organization with recanalization.

Embolism, infarction and shock

An embolus is a detached mass carried by blood to a distant site. About 99 percent of emboli are thromboemboli. Most pulmonary emboli arise from deep veins of the leg above the knee (popliteal, femoral, iliac). A large saddle embolus at the pulmonary artery bifurcation causes sudden death or acute right heart failure; smaller ones cause infarction (more likely when bronchial circulation is already compromised) or no symptoms. Systemic (arterial) emboli arise mostly from the heart (mural thrombi after myocardial infarction, left atrial thrombi in atrial fibrillation) and lodge in the lower limbs, brain, intestines, kidneys and spleen. Paradoxical emboli cross from venous to arterial circulation through a patent foramen ovale. Other emboli include fat emboli (long bone fractures, typically 1 to 3 days later, with hypoxemia, neurologic symptoms and a petechial rash), air emboli (decompression sickness, the "bends" and caisson disease with avascular necrosis of the femoral head), amniotic fluid emboli (DIC) and septic or tumor emboli.

An infarct is an area of ischemic necrosis. White (anemic) infarcts occur in solid organs with an end arterial supply (heart, kidney, spleen) and are typically wedge shaped with the apex at the occluded vessel. Red (hemorrhagic) infarcts occur in tissues with a dual blood supply (lung, liver), loose tissue, venous occlusion (testicular or ovarian torsion) or reperfusion. Neurons undergo irreversible injury after only 3 to 5 minutes of ischemia, myocardium after 20 to 40 minutes, and skeletal muscle and fibroblasts tolerate hours.

Shock is systemic hypoperfusion from low cardiac output or low effective blood volume, causing cell hypoxia. The types are hypovolemic (hemorrhage, burns, vomiting), cardiogenic (infarction, arrhythmia, tamponade, massive pulmonary embolism), distributive (septic, anaphylactic, neurogenic) and obstructive. Hypovolemic and cardiogenic shock produce cold clammy skin with high peripheral resistance; septic shock initially produces warm flushed skin with low resistance and high output. Neurogenic shock after a cervical or high thoracic spinal cord injury causes hypotension with bradycardia from loss of sympathetic tone. Shock progresses from a nonprogressive stage (compensated by baroreflexes, catecholamines and renin angiotensin) to a progressive stage (lactic acidosis) to an irreversible stage with multiorgan failure (acute tubular necrosis, ARDS, ischemic bowel).

Board tip. Separate the three causes of edema by protein content: a transudate means the vessel is intact and the pressures are wrong (heart failure, nephrotic syndrome, cirrhosis); an exudate means the vessel is leaky (inflammation, infection, malignancy). For emboli, remember "FAT BAT": Fat, Air, Thrombus, Bacteria, Amniotic fluid, Tumor.
Key point

Acute inflammation is vascular (vasodilation, permeability, exudate) then cellular (rolling by selectins, adhesion by integrins, transmigration, chemotaxis, phagocytosis), driven by histamine, prostaglandins, leukotrienes, complement and cytokines. Chronic inflammation brings macrophages and lymphocytes, granulomas and fibrosis; repair proceeds through granulation tissue and type III to type I collagen. Hemodynamic disease follows Starling forces (edema), Virchow triad (thrombosis), and their consequences: emboli, white or red infarcts, and the four classes of shock.

Section 3Neoplasia

Definitions and nomenclature

A neoplasm ("new growth") is an abnormal mass of tissue whose growth is autonomous, exceeds that of normal tissue and persists after the stimulus stops. Neoplasms are clonal: all cells descend from a single transformed cell. A tumor originally meant any swelling but is now used for neoplasm; cancer means a malignant neoplasm. Every tumor has two components: the neoplastic parenchyma, which determines its name and behavior, and the supporting stroma (connective tissue and vessels). An abundant collagenous stroma makes a tumor stony hard, called desmoplasia, as in scirrhous breast carcinoma.

Tissue of originBenignMalignant
Surface epithelium (squamous)Squamous papillomaSquamous cell carcinoma
Glandular epitheliumAdenoma (polyp if it projects into a lumen)Adenocarcinoma
Fibrous tissueFibromaFibrosarcoma
FatLipomaLiposarcoma
CartilageChondroma (enchondroma), osteochondromaChondrosarcoma
BoneOsteoma, osteoid osteoma, osteoblastomaOsteosarcoma
Smooth muscleLeiomyoma (uterine fibroid)Leiomyosarcoma
Skeletal muscleRhabdomyomaRhabdomyosarcoma
Blood vesselsHemangiomaAngiosarcoma
MelanocytesNevusMelanoma
Hematopoietic and lymphoidNoneLeukemia, lymphoma, multiple myeloma
More than one germ layerMature teratomaImmature teratoma

Malignant tumors of epithelium are carcinomas; malignant tumors of mesenchyme are sarcomas. The misnomers are tested: lymphoma, melanoma, mesothelioma and seminoma are malignant despite the "-oma" ending. A hamartoma is a disorganized mass of tissue native to the site (pulmonary hamartoma), while a choristoma is normal tissue in an abnormal place (heterotopic pancreas in the stomach wall). Neither is a true neoplasm in the classic sense.

Benign versus malignant

FeatureBenignMalignant
DifferentiationWell differentiated, resembles tissue of originRanges from well differentiated to anaplastic (no resemblance)
CytologyUniform nucleiPleomorphism, high nuclear to cytoplasmic ratio, hyperchromasia, prominent nucleoli, atypical mitoses
Growth rateUsually slowUsually faster, with necrosis from outgrowing blood supply
Local behaviorExpansile, often encapsulated, well demarcatedLocally invasive, infiltrating surrounding tissue
MetastasisNeverFrequent; the single most reliable sign of malignancy

Carcinoma in situ is full thickness dysplasia that has not crossed the basement membrane, so it cannot yet metastasize. Once tumor cells breach the basement membrane, the lesion is invasive.

Carcinogenesis

Cancer is a genetic disease caused by accumulated, nonlethal mutations, either inherited in the germline or acquired in somatic cells. It is multistep: the colon adenoma to carcinoma sequence classically adds APC loss, then KRAS activation, then p53 loss. The hallmarks of cancer include self sufficiency in growth signals, insensitivity to growth inhibitory signals, evasion of apoptosis, limitless replicative potential (telomerase), sustained angiogenesis (VEGF), invasion and metastasis, reprogrammed metabolism (aerobic glycolysis, the Warburg effect), evasion of immune destruction, genomic instability and tumor promoting inflammation.

Four classes of normal genes are the targets. Proto-oncogenes promote growth; a gain of function mutation in one allele converts them to oncogenes (dominant at the cellular level). Tumor suppressor genes restrain growth; both alleles must be lost (Knudson two hit hypothesis). In familial cancers the first hit is inherited, which explains earlier, bilateral and multifocal tumors. Genes regulating apoptosis and genes involved in DNA repair make up the other two classes; loss of DNA repair causes a "mutator phenotype."

GeneClass and productAssociated tumors
RAS (KRAS)Oncogene; GTPase signal transducer locked "on"Colon, pancreas, lung carcinomas; the most commonly mutated oncogene
HER2/neu (ERBB2)Oncogene; growth factor receptor tyrosine kinase (amplified)Breast and gastric carcinoma; trastuzumab target
MYCOncogene; transcription factorBurkitt lymphoma, t(8;14); N-MYC in neuroblastoma
BCR-ABLOncogene; fusion tyrosine kinase, t(9;22) Philadelphia chromosomeChronic myeloid leukemia; imatinib target
RET, BRAFOncogenes; receptor tyrosine kinase, serine kinaseMEN 2 and medullary thyroid carcinoma (RET); melanoma and hairy cell leukemia (BRAF V600E)
TP53Tumor suppressor; "guardian of the genome," arrests cells at G1/S and triggers apoptosis after DNA damageMutated in over half of all cancers; germline in Li Fraumeni syndrome
RBTumor suppressor; holds E2F and blocks G1 to S transitionRetinoblastoma, osteosarcoma
APCTumor suppressor; degrades beta-catenin (WNT pathway)Familial adenomatous polyposis, colorectal carcinoma
BRCA1, BRCA2Tumor suppressors; DNA repair of double strand breaksBreast, ovarian, prostate and pancreatic cancer
NF1, VHL, WT1Tumor suppressorsNeurofibromatosis 1; von Hippel Lindau (renal cell carcinoma, hemangioblastoma); Wilms tumor
Mismatch repair genes (MLH1, MSH2)DNA repairLynch syndrome (hereditary nonpolyposis colorectal cancer), endometrial cancer
Cell cycle labile cells cycle constantly G1 S G2 M G1/S checkpoint Go signal (growth factors) cyclin D + CDK4 phosphorylate RB RB releases E2F transcription factor genes for S phase switch on Brake (DNA damage) p53 rises, induces p21 p21 inhibits CDK, RB stays bound repair, or apoptosis via BAX both act at the G1/S checkpoint
Figure 12.3 The G1/S checkpoint, where the two most important tumor suppressors act. Loss of RB removes the brake on E2F; loss of p53 lets cells with damaged DNA keep dividing.

Carcinogens fall into three groups. Chemical carcinogens act as initiators (mutagens) and promoters (which stimulate proliferation of initiated cells). Many require metabolic activation by cytochrome P450 (procarcinogens). Classic associations: aflatoxin (Aspergillus on grains and peanuts) and hepatocellular carcinoma; asbestos and mesothelioma and bronchogenic carcinoma; vinyl chloride and hepatic angiosarcoma; benzene and leukemia; aromatic amines and aniline dyes and bladder cancer; tobacco smoke (polycyclic hydrocarbons, nitrosamines) and cancers of lung, oral cavity, larynx, esophagus, pancreas, kidney and bladder; nitrosamines in smoked foods and gastric cancer; alkylating chemotherapy and leukemia. Radiation: ultraviolet B produces pyrimidine (thymine) dimers, causing basal cell and squamous cell carcinoma and melanoma, with extreme risk in xeroderma pigmentosum (defective nucleotide excision repair); ionizing radiation causes leukemia, thyroid carcinoma and sarcomas. Oncogenic microbes: HPV 16 and 18 (cervical, anal and oropharyngeal carcinoma; E6 inactivates p53, E7 inactivates RB), Epstein Barr virus (Burkitt and Hodgkin lymphoma, nasopharyngeal carcinoma), hepatitis B and C (hepatocellular carcinoma), HHV-8 (Kaposi sarcoma), HTLV-1 (adult T cell leukemia) and Helicobacter pylori (gastric adenocarcinoma and MALT lymphoma).

Invasion and metastasis

To metastasize, a carcinoma cell must loosen its attachments (loss of E-cadherin), attach to the basement membrane through laminin receptors, degrade it with matrix metalloproteinases (type IV collagenase), migrate, enter vessels, survive in the circulation, then exit and grow at a distant site. The three routes of spread are lymphatic (typical of carcinomas, first to regional nodes; the sentinel node concept), hematogenous (typical of sarcomas, and of some carcinomas such as renal cell, hepatocellular, follicular thyroid and choriocarcinoma) and seeding of body cavities (ovarian carcinoma on the peritoneum; a gastric signet ring carcinoma seeding the ovaries, the Krukenberg tumor). Venous blood carries most tumors first to the liver (portal drainage) or the lungs (caval drainage), which are the two most common sites of metastasis overall.

Tumors that metastasize to bone

Metastases are by far the most common malignant tumors of bone in adults, far outnumbering primary bone tumors. They favor red marrow sites: the vertebral bodies (the most common site, thoracic and lumbar especially), pelvis, ribs, skull and proximal femur and humerus. The valveless Batson vertebral venous plexus connects pelvic and thoracic veins directly to the spine, so a rise in intra-abdominal pressure can carry prostate or breast tumor cells straight to the vertebrae, bypassing the lungs. Metastases destroy the pedicle early, producing the "winking owl" sign on an AP lumbar radiograph, and generally spare the intervertebral disc (unlike infection, which crosses it).

Primary siteUsual appearanceNotes
ProstateOsteoblastic (sclerotic, dense)Most common blastic metastasis in men; ivory vertebra; raised PSA and alkaline phosphatase
BreastMostly lytic, often mixed; can be blastic after treatmentMost common source of bone metastasis in women
LungLyticCommon in both sexes; may cause hypercalcemia
Kidney (renal cell)Lytic, expansile, "blown out," highly vascularHematogenous spread; may be the first presentation
ThyroidLytic, expansileFollicular carcinoma spreads to bone through blood
Multiple myeloma (primary marrow malignancy)"Punched out" lytic lesions, negative or normal bone scanAnemia, renal failure, hypercalcemia; M spike, Bence Jones proteinuria
Board tip. The five carcinomas that most often go to bone are remembered as "Please Take Both Lungs and Kidneys": prostate, thyroid, breast, lung and kidney. Prostate is the classic blastic lesion; the rest are mostly lytic. A bone scan detects blastic activity well but can miss purely lytic myeloma, which is better shown by a skeletal survey or MRI.
Clinical link. Red flags for spinal malignancy include age over 50, prior history of cancer (the strongest single predictor), unexplained weight loss, pain unrelieved by rest or worse at night, and failure to improve after a month of care. A destroyed pedicle, a vertebral body collapse with intact disc space, or new neurologic signs demand imaging and referral, not adjustment of that segment.

Grading, staging and tumor markers

Grade describes how differentiated the tumor looks under the microscope (well, moderately or poorly differentiated, or a numeric grade I to IV) and how many mitoses it shows. Stage describes the anatomic extent of spread and is the more important predictor of prognosis. The TNM system scores the primary Tumor size and local invasion, regional lymph Node involvement and distant Metastasis. Tumor markers help monitor disease but are rarely diagnostic on their own: PSA (prostate), CEA (colorectal and others), alpha-fetoprotein (hepatocellular carcinoma, yolk sac tumors), hCG (choriocarcinoma, germ cell tumors), CA-125 (ovarian), CA 19-9 (pancreatic) and alkaline phosphatase (bone metastases, osteosarcoma).

Tumors also produce systemic effects. Cachexia results from TNF and other cytokines. Paraneoplastic syndromes include hypercalcemia from PTH related peptide (squamous cell carcinoma of the lung, renal and breast cancer), Cushing syndrome from ectopic ACTH and SIADH (small cell lung carcinoma), Lambert Eaton myasthenic syndrome (small cell carcinoma), polycythemia from erythropoietin (renal cell carcinoma, hemangioblastoma), and Trousseau migratory thrombophlebitis (pancreatic adenocarcinoma).

Key point

Neoplasms are clonal, autonomous growths named by tissue of origin (carcinoma for epithelium, sarcoma for mesenchyme), and only malignant tumors invade and metastasize. Cancer results from accumulated mutations: activated oncogenes (one hit) and lost tumor suppressors (two hits), driven by chemicals, radiation and viruses. Carcinomas spread by lymphatics and sarcomas by blood; bone metastases favor the vertebral bodies, prostate is blastic and most others lytic. Stage outweighs grade in prognosis.

Section 4Genetic and congenital disorders

Mendelian inheritance

Single gene (Mendelian) disorders follow predictable patterns. Autosomal dominant disorders appear in every generation, affect both sexes equally, can pass from father to son, and give each child of an affected heterozygote a 50 percent risk. They usually involve structural proteins or receptors, often present in adulthood, and show variable expressivity (different severity among affected people) and incomplete penetrance (some carriers show no disease). Autosomal recessive disorders typically skip generations, affect both sexes, arise when two carrier parents each pass a mutant allele (a 25 percent risk per child, with two thirds of unaffected siblings being carriers), are more common with consanguinity, usually involve enzymes and present early in life. X linked recessive disorders affect mostly males, pass from carrier mothers to half their sons, and are never transmitted father to son; all daughters of an affected male are carriers. X linked dominant disorders (hypophosphatemic rickets, Rett syndrome) pass from an affected father to all daughters and no sons. Mitochondrial disorders pass only from the mother to all her children, with variable severity because of heteroplasmy (Leber hereditary optic neuropathy, MELAS, myoclonic epilepsy with ragged red fibers).

Autosomal dominant Autosomal recessive X linked recessive every generation 50% risk per child male to male possible carrier parents (half shaded) 25% risk per child skips generations carrier mother (dot) half of sons affected no father to son spread affected unaffected (square male, circle female)
Figure 12.4 Recognizing inheritance in a pedigree. Look for male to male transmission (rules out X linkage), skipped generations (suggests recessive) and affected males with carrier mothers (suggests X linked recessive).
PatternClassic examples
Autosomal dominantMarfan syndrome, most Ehlers Danlos types, achondroplasia (FGFR3, most cases new mutations, often older father), osteogenesis imperfecta (type I collagen), familial hypercholesterolemia, neurofibromatosis 1 and 2, adult polycystic kidney disease, Huntington disease, familial adenomatous polyposis, hereditary spherocytosis, von Willebrand disease, tuberous sclerosis
Autosomal recessiveCystic fibrosis (CFTR, most common lethal recessive disease in white populations), sickle cell anemia, thalassemias, PKU and most enzyme deficiencies, hemochromatosis, Wilson disease, lysosomal storage diseases (Tay Sachs, Gaucher, Niemann Pick), glycogen storage diseases, alkaptonuria, Friedreich ataxia, spinal muscular atrophy
X linked recessiveDuchenne and Becker muscular dystrophy (dystrophin), hemophilia A (factor VIII) and B (factor IX), G6PD deficiency, Lesch Nyhan syndrome, Fabry disease, Hunter syndrome, Bruton agammaglobulinemia, Wiskott Aldrich syndrome, chronic granulomatous disease, color blindness
Trinucleotide repeat (anticipation)Fragile X (CGG), Huntington (CAG), myotonic dystrophy (CTG), Friedreich ataxia (GAA)

Several genetic phenomena are tested by name. Anticipation is earlier onset or greater severity in successive generations, from expanding trinucleotide repeats. Genomic imprinting means a gene's expression depends on the parent of origin: a deletion of chromosome 15q11 to q13 causes Prader Willi syndrome when the paternal copy is lost (hypotonia, hyperphagia, obesity) and Angelman syndrome when the maternal copy is lost (seizures, ataxia, inappropriate laughter). Pleiotropy is one gene affecting many organ systems, as in Marfan syndrome. Duchenne muscular dystrophy (frameshift deletion, absent dystrophin) begins in early childhood with proximal weakness, Gowers sign (climbing up the legs to stand), calf pseudohypertrophy (fat and fibrous replacement) and very high creatine kinase; Becker dystrophy (in frame mutation, reduced dystrophin) is milder and later.

Chromosomal disorders

Chromosomal abnormalities are numerical (aneuploidy, usually from meiotic nondisjunction, which rises with maternal age) or structural (deletions, translocations, inversions, isochromosomes). A Robertsonian translocation fuses the long arms of two acrocentric chromosomes and can cause familial Down syndrome.

DisorderKaryotypeKey features
Down syndromeTrisomy 21 (95 percent nondisjunction)Most common chromosomal cause of intellectual disability; flat face, epicanthal folds, Brushfield spots, single palmar crease, endocardial cushion defects, duodenal atresia, Hirschsprung disease, ALL and AML, early Alzheimer disease; atlantoaxial instability from transverse ligament laxity
Edwards syndromeTrisomy 18Clenched hands with overlapping fingers, rocker bottom feet, micrognathia, heart defects, death in infancy
Patau syndromeTrisomy 13Holoprosencephaly, cleft lip and palate, polydactyly, microphthalmia, death in infancy
Klinefelter syndrome47,XXYTall male with long limbs, small firm testes, infertility, gynecomastia, female hair distribution; high FSH and LH, low testosterone; Barr body present
Turner syndrome45,XShort stature, webbed neck, shield chest, primary amenorrhea with streak ovaries, coarctation of the aorta, bicuspid aortic valve, horseshoe kidney, lymphedema of hands and feet at birth; no Barr body
22q11.2 deletion (DiGeorge)MicrodeletionThymic hypoplasia (T cell deficiency), parathyroid hypoplasia (hypocalcemia, tetany), conotruncal heart defects, abnormal face (CATCH-22)
Cri du chat5p deletionHigh pitched cat-like cry, microcephaly, intellectual disability
Board tip. Down syndrome brings a practical caution for manual therapy: laxity of the transverse ligament of the atlas can allow atlantoaxial instability. Flexion and extension views may show an increased atlantodental interval (more than 3 mm in adults, more than 5 mm in children), and high velocity cervical adjusting is contraindicated when instability is present.

Connective tissue disorders

Marfan syndrome is autosomal dominant, caused by mutations of fibrillin-1 (FBN1) on chromosome 15. Fibrillin forms microfibrils that scaffold elastic fibers and sequester TGF-beta; its loss weakens elastic tissue and raises TGF-beta signaling. Features include tall stature with long limbs (arm span greater than height, arachnodactyly, positive thumb and wrist signs), joint hypermobility, pectus excavatum or carinatum, scoliosis, upward and outward ectopia lentis, mitral valve prolapse, and the life threatening cystic medial degeneration of the aorta, leading to aortic root dilation, aortic regurgitation and dissection. Dural ectasia is common on lumbar imaging.

Ehlers Danlos syndromes are a group of collagen synthesis or structure defects. The common hypermobile type (genetic basis not yet defined, autosomal dominant) and classic type (type V collagen) produce joint hypermobility with frequent dislocations, hyperextensible skin, easy bruising and poor wound healing with thin "cigarette paper" scars. The vascular type (type III collagen, COL3A1) is the most dangerous, with rupture of arteries, bowel and uterus. The kyphoscoliotic type is an autosomal recessive defect of lysyl hydroxylase.

Osteogenesis imperfecta is a type I collagen defect (usually autosomal dominant) causing multiple fractures with minimal trauma, blue sclerae, hearing loss (otosclerosis) and dental imperfections; it must be distinguished from child abuse. Achondroplasia results from activating FGFR3 mutations that inhibit chondrocyte proliferation in growth plates, producing rhizomelic short limbs with a normal size trunk, a large head and lumbar spinal stenosis from short pedicles.

Clinical link. Hypermobile patients are common in chiropractic offices. A tall, thin patient with long fingers, pectus deformity and scoliosis should be screened for Marfan syndrome (cardiology referral for echocardiography) before manipulation, and sudden severe tearing chest or interscapular pain in such a patient is aortic dissection until proven otherwise. In Ehlers Danlos patients, stabilization exercise is preferred over repeated high velocity manipulation of already lax joints.

Congenital malformations and teratogens

Congenital anomalies are structural defects present at birth. A malformation is an intrinsic error of morphogenesis (cleft lip, congenital heart disease, neural tube defects); a disruption is secondary destruction of a normal structure (amniotic bands); a deformation results from extrinsic mechanical forces such as uterine constraint (clubfoot, congenital hip dysplasia); a sequence is a cascade from one initial anomaly (Potter sequence from oligohydramnios); an agenesis is complete absence of an organ. Causes are genetic, environmental and, most often, multifactorial or unknown.

The embryonic period (weeks 3 to 8 of gestation) is the time of organogenesis and maximal susceptibility to teratogens. Exposure in the first two weeks typically produces an all or none effect (death or normal development); after week 8, during the fetal period, effects are mainly growth retardation and functional damage.

TeratogenEffect
AlcoholMost common preventable cause of intellectual disability; fetal alcohol syndrome: smooth philtrum, thin upper lip, short palpebral fissures, microcephaly, growth deficiency, heart defects
Isotretinoin and high dose vitamin ACraniofacial, heart and CNS defects; spontaneous abortion
Valproate, carbamazepineNeural tube defects (folate antagonism)
PhenytoinFetal hydantoin syndrome: digital hypoplasia, cleft lip and palate, microcephaly
WarfarinNasal hypoplasia, stippled epiphyses, bleeding (heparin is used in pregnancy)
ACE inhibitorsRenal agenesis or dysfunction, oligohydramnios
ThalidomidePhocomelia (flipper-like limbs)
TetracyclinesTooth discoloration, inhibited bone growth
DiethylstilbestrolVaginal clear cell adenocarcinoma in daughters, uterine anomalies
Maternal diabetesCaudal regression syndrome, heart defects, macrosomia, neonatal hypoglycemia
Cigarette smoking, cocaineLow birth weight, placental abruption, preterm birth
TORCH infectionsToxoplasmosis, Other (syphilis, varicella, parvovirus B19, Zika), Rubella (cataracts, deafness, PDA), Cytomegalovirus (most common, periventricular calcification, hearing loss), Herpes simplex

Neural tube defects result from failure of neural tube closure in the fourth week. Anencephaly is failure of the cranial end; spina bifida of the caudal end, ranging from spina bifida occulta (vertebral arch defect, often a tuft of hair or dimple over L5 or S1, usually harmless and frequently seen on lumbar films) to meningocele (meninges protrude) and myelomeningocele (meninges and cord protrude, with paralysis, neurogenic bladder and an association with Arnold Chiari II malformation and hydrocephalus). Maternal serum and amniotic fluid alpha-fetoprotein are elevated in open defects, and periconceptional folic acid lowers the risk substantially.

Key point

Dominant disorders usually affect structural proteins and appear in every generation; recessive disorders usually affect enzymes, skip generations and require two carriers; X linked recessive disorders affect males through carrier mothers. Down, Klinefelter and Turner syndromes are the core chromosomal disorders. Marfan (fibrillin-1) and Ehlers Danlos (collagen) syndromes matter to manual therapists because of hypermobility and vascular fragility. Teratogens act most powerfully during weeks 3 to 8, and folic acid prevents many neural tube defects.

Section 5Immune, environmental and nutritional disorders

Hypersensitivity reactions

Hypersensitivity is an immune response that injures the host. The Gell and Coombs classification divides it into four types by mechanism; the first three are antibody mediated and the fourth is cell mediated. The mnemonic ACID (Anaphylactic and Atopic, Cytotoxic, Immune complex, Delayed) gives the order.

TypeMechanismTimingExamples
I ImmediateAntigen cross links IgE on presensitized mast cells and basophils, releasing histamine, then leukotrienes and prostaglandins; Th2 cells, IL-4, IL-5 (eosinophils)Minutes, with a late phase at hoursAnaphylaxis, allergic rhinitis, atopic asthma, urticaria, food and bee sting allergy; test: skin prick, serum IgE
II Cytotoxic (antibody mediated)IgG or IgM against antigens fixed on cells or tissue, causing complement lysis, opsonization, or receptor dysfunctionHours to daysAutoimmune hemolytic anemia, transfusion reactions, hemolytic disease of the newborn, Goodpasture syndrome, rheumatic fever, ITP; Graves disease and myasthenia gravis (receptor antibodies); test: direct Coombs
III Immune complexAntigen antibody complexes deposit in vessel walls and tissues, activate complement and attract neutrophils (fibrinoid necrosis); low C3 and C4Days to weeks; Arthus reaction hoursSystemic lupus erythematosus, poststreptococcal glomerulonephritis, serum sickness, polyarteritis nodosa, Arthus reaction, rheumatoid arthritis (in part)
IV Delayed (cell mediated)T cells, not antibody: CD4 Th1 cells activate macrophages (granulomas) or CD8 cells kill directly48 to 72 hoursTuberculin (PPD) test, contact dermatitis (poison ivy, nickel), transplant rejection, multiple sclerosis, type 1 diabetes, Hashimoto thyroiditis, Guillain Barre syndrome
Type I Type II Type III Type IV IgE on mast cell histamine release minutes target cell IgG or IgM bound to the cell surface hours to days vessel lumen complexes deposit in vessel walls days to weeks T M T cell activates macrophage, no antibody 48 to 72 hours
Figure 12.5 The four hypersensitivity types. Types I to III are antibody mediated and differ in where the antibody acts (mast cell, cell surface, circulating complexes); type IV is mediated by T cells and macrophages.

Autoimmunity and immunodeficiency

Autoimmune disease results from failure of self tolerance, through genetic susceptibility (notably HLA alleles) combined with environmental triggers such as infection (molecular mimicry, as in rheumatic fever). Most are more common in women. Associations worth knowing: HLA-B27 with the seronegative spondyloarthropathies (ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis, psoriatic and enteropathic arthritis); HLA-DR4 with rheumatoid arthritis; DR3 and DR4 with type 1 diabetes; DR2 with multiple sclerosis and SLE. Key autoantibodies: ANA (sensitive screen for SLE), anti-dsDNA and anti-Smith (specific for SLE), anti-histone (drug induced lupus from hydralazine, procainamide, isoniazid), rheumatoid factor and anti-CCP (rheumatoid arthritis, anti-CCP more specific), anti-centromere (limited scleroderma, CREST), anti-Scl-70 (diffuse scleroderma), anti-Ro and anti-La (Sjogren syndrome, neonatal heart block), anti-Jo-1 (polymyositis), and c-ANCA (granulomatosis with polyangiitis).

Immunodeficiencies are primary (genetic) or secondary (acquired: HIV, malnutrition, chemotherapy, steroids, diabetes, splenectomy). The type of infection points to the defect: B cell defects cause recurrent pyogenic bacterial infections (encapsulated organisms) after maternal antibody wanes at about 6 months; T cell defects cause viral, fungal and opportunistic infections; phagocyte defects cause Staphylococcus and fungal infections; and complement defects cause recurrent Neisseria infections (C5 to C9) or angioedema (C1 esterase inhibitor). Examples: X linked (Bruton) agammaglobulinemia (BTK defect, absent B cells, males), selective IgA deficiency (the most common primary immunodeficiency, sinopulmonary infections, anaphylaxis to blood products), common variable immunodeficiency, DiGeorge syndrome (absent thymus), severe combined immunodeficiency (adenosine deaminase deficiency or IL-2 receptor gamma chain defects, "bubble boy"), Wiskott Aldrich syndrome (thrombocytopenia, eczema, infections) and ataxia telangiectasia. HIV infects CD4 T cells through CD4 and the CCR5 or CXCR4 coreceptor; AIDS is defined by a CD4 count below 200 cells per microliter or an AIDS defining illness such as Pneumocystis pneumonia or Kaposi sarcoma.

Amyloidosis

Amyloid is misfolded protein deposited extracellularly in a beta pleated sheet configuration. It stains with Congo red and shows apple green birefringence under polarized light. AL amyloid (primary) comes from immunoglobulin light chains in plasma cell disorders such as multiple myeloma. AA amyloid (secondary) comes from serum amyloid A in chronic inflammation: rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, inflammatory bowel disease, chronic osteomyelitis, tuberculosis and familial Mediterranean fever. Other forms: beta-2 microglobulin amyloid in long term dialysis (carpal tunnel syndrome, arthropathy), transthyretin amyloid (senile cardiac and familial neuropathy), A-beta in Alzheimer disease, and amylin in type 2 diabetic islets. Systemic amyloid damages the kidney (nephrotic syndrome, the most common serious involvement), heart (restrictive cardiomyopathy), liver, spleen, tongue (macroglossia) and nerves; abdominal fat pad or rectal biopsy confirms it.

Environmental injury, smoking and alcohol

Tobacco smoking is the leading preventable cause of death. It causes lung cancer (squamous cell and small cell carcinoma especially), cancers of the oral cavity, larynx, esophagus, pancreas, kidney, bladder and cervix, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (centriacinar emphysema), atherosclerosis and myocardial infarction, peripheral vascular disease, thromboangiitis obliterans (Buerger disease) and peptic ulcer, and in pregnancy, low birth weight. It also impairs bone and disc healing and is a risk factor for disc degeneration and failed spinal fusion. Alcohol is metabolized by alcohol dehydrogenase and MEOS (CYP2E1) to acetaldehyde and then acetate, raising the NADH/NAD+ ratio. It causes hepatic steatosis, alcoholic hepatitis (Mallory bodies) and cirrhosis; acute and chronic pancreatitis; gastritis; cardiomyopathy; Wernicke Korsakoff syndrome; peripheral neuropathy; cerebellar degeneration; cancers of the upper aerodigestive tract, liver and breast; and fetal alcohol syndrome.

Other important exposures include carbon monoxide (binds hemoglobin with over 200 times the affinity of oxygen, cherry red skin, headache, lesions of the globus pallidus), lead (microcytic anemia with basophilic stippling, lead lines in gums and metaphyses, wrist and foot drop, encephalopathy in children; inhibits ALA dehydratase and ferrochelatase), mercury, arsenic, and the pneumoconioses: coal workers' disease, silicosis (upper lobe nodules, eggshell calcification of hilar nodes, raised tuberculosis risk) and asbestosis (lower lobe fibrosis, pleural plaques, mesothelioma and bronchogenic carcinoma; smoking multiplies the cancer risk). Ionizing radiation injures rapidly dividing cells first (bone marrow, gut, gonads), causes vascular fibrosis and later cancers.

Nutritional deficiencies and obesity

Protein energy malnutrition takes two forms. Marasmus is total calorie deficiency: severe muscle and fat wasting, an "old man" face, serum albumin near normal, no edema. Kwashiorkor is protein deficiency with relatively adequate calories: edema from low albumin, a distended abdomen from fatty liver, skin lesions ("flaky paint"), depigmented hair and apathy. Secondary malnutrition occurs in chronic illness, cancer cachexia, anorexia nervosa, malabsorption and alcoholism. The vitamin deficiencies covered in Chapter 11 (rickets and osteomalacia, scurvy, beriberi, pellagra, megaloblastic anemia) are high yield pathology as well.

Obesity is a body mass index (BMI, weight in kilograms divided by height in meters squared) of 30 or more; 25 to 29.9 is overweight. Leptin from adipose tissue signals satiety to the hypothalamus, and obese people usually have high leptin with leptin resistance; ghrelin from the stomach stimulates appetite; adiponectin falls with obesity and its loss contributes to insulin resistance. Central (visceral) obesity drives the metabolic syndrome (abdominal obesity, high triglycerides, low HDL, hypertension and high fasting glucose) and raises the risk of type 2 diabetes, hypertension, atherosclerosis, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, gallstones, obstructive sleep apnea, osteoarthritis of weight bearing joints, and cancers of the endometrium, breast, colon, kidney and esophagus (adenocarcinoma).

Board tip. In malnutrition, edema is the dividing line: Kwashiorkor has edema and a Kwollen belly (protein lacking), while marasmus is uniform wasting without edema (calories lacking). For hypersensitivity, if the question says "48 to 72 hours" or "no antibodies," it is type IV.
Clinical link. Back pain in a young man with morning stiffness lasting over 30 minutes, improvement with exercise and alternating buttock pain suggests an HLA-B27 associated spondyloarthropathy. Sacroiliitis on radiographs, uveitis history and an elevated CRP support the diagnosis, and long standing ankylosing spondylitis brings a fused, brittle spine where even minor trauma can cause an unstable fracture.
Key point

Hypersensitivity types I to III are antibody mediated (IgE on mast cells, antibody on cells, immune complexes) and type IV is T cell mediated and delayed. Autoimmunity reflects lost tolerance with HLA links and characteristic autoantibodies; the infection pattern points to the immunodeficient arm. Amyloid is Congo red positive beta pleated protein (AL from light chains, AA from chronic inflammation). Smoking, alcohol, toxins, radiation and malnutrition or obesity are major environmental causes of disease that every clinician should screen for.

The chapter in one breath

  • Cells adapt by hypertrophy, hyperplasia, atrophy or metaplasia; dysplasia is disordered growth that can precede cancer.
  • Injury is reversible while the cell only swells; mitochondrial failure and membrane damage mark irreversibility.
  • Coagulative necrosis marks infarcts except in the brain (liquefactive); caseous means tuberculosis; fat necrosis means pancreatitis; apoptosis is caspase driven and noninflammatory.
  • Dystrophic calcification occurs in dead tissue with normal calcium; metastatic calcification in normal tissue with high calcium or phosphate.
  • Acute inflammation brings edema and neutrophils through selectins, integrins and chemotaxis; chronic inflammation brings macrophages, lymphocytes and granulomas.
  • Repair moves from granulation tissue and type III collagen to a type I collagen scar; infection is the main enemy of healing.
  • Virchow triad (endothelial injury, stasis, hypercoagulability) explains thrombosis; most pulmonary emboli come from deep leg veins.
  • Only malignant tumors invade and metastasize; stage outweighs grade; oncogenes need one hit and tumor suppressors (p53, RB) two.
  • Prostate, thyroid, breast, lung and kidney carcinomas seed bone, especially the vertebral bodies; prostate is blastic and most others lytic.
  • Dominant disorders hit structural proteins (Marfan, Ehlers Danlos, achondroplasia); recessive ones hit enzymes; X linked recessive ones affect sons of carrier mothers.
  • Teratogens act most strongly in weeks 3 to 8; folic acid prevents neural tube defects.
  • Hypersensitivity types I to III are antibody mediated, type IV is T cell mediated; amyloid is Congo red positive with apple green birefringence.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
MetaplasiaReversible replacement of one adult cell type by another, as in Barrett esophagus.
DysplasiaDisordered, atypical cell growth that can progress to cancer.
PyknosisShrinkage and condensation of the nucleus in a dying cell.
Coagulative necrosisCell death in which proteins denature and tissue outlines persist; typical of infarcts.
Liquefactive necrosisEnzymatic digestion of dead tissue into fluid; typical of brain infarcts and abscesses.
ApoptosisProgrammed, energy dependent cell death by caspases without inflammation.
Dystrophic calcificationCalcium deposited in damaged tissue while serum calcium is normal.
ExudateProtein and cell rich fluid that leaves leaky vessels during inflammation.
TransudateLow protein fluid that leaves intact vessels because of pressure imbalance.
OpsoninA molecule such as IgG or C3b that coats a particle and promotes phagocytosis.
GranulomaA focal collection of epithelioid macrophages, often with giant cells, rimmed by lymphocytes.
Granulation tissueNew capillaries, fibroblasts and loose matrix that fill a healing wound.
KeloidAn overgrown scar that extends beyond the original wound margins.
Virchow triadEndothelial injury, abnormal flow and hypercoagulability, the three factors that favor thrombosis.
InfarctAn area of ischemic necrosis caused by loss of arterial supply or venous drainage.
AnaplasiaComplete loss of differentiation in tumor cells; a hallmark of malignancy.
OncogeneA mutated, overactive form of a growth promoting gene that drives cancer.
Tumor suppressor geneA gene that restrains growth, such as p53 or RB; both copies must be lost to promote cancer.
StagingDescription of a cancer's anatomic spread, usually by the TNM system.
PenetranceThe proportion of people carrying a mutant genotype who show the disease.
NondisjunctionFailure of chromosomes to separate during cell division, producing aneuploidy.
TeratogenAn agent that causes birth defects when the embryo or fetus is exposed.
HypersensitivityAn exaggerated or misdirected immune response that damages the host.
AmyloidMisfolded protein in beta pleated sheets deposited outside cells; Congo red positive.
KwashiorkorProtein malnutrition with edema, fatty liver and skin lesions despite some calorie intake.

Check yourself

A biopsy of the distal esophagus in a patient with long standing reflux shows columnar epithelium with goblet cells. What adaptation is this?
Metaplasia (Barrett esophagus). Squamous epithelium is replaced by intestinal type columnar epithelium better able to resist acid; it raises the risk of dysplasia and adenocarcinoma.
Which pattern of necrosis follows an ischemic stroke, and how does it differ from a myocardial infarct?
Liquefactive necrosis. Brain tissue is rich in lipid and enzymes and poor in structural protein, so it liquefies, whereas the heart shows coagulative necrosis with preserved tissue outlines.
Name three features that distinguish apoptosis from necrosis.
Cell shrinkage, intact membranes and no inflammation. Apoptosis also requires ATP, involves caspases and affects single cells, while necrosis causes swelling, membrane rupture and inflammation in groups of cells.
A child has recurrent bacterial infections, no pus at infection sites and delayed separation of the umbilical cord. Which step of leukocyte recruitment is defective?
Firm adhesion, from defective CD18 integrins (leukocyte adhesion deficiency type 1). Neutrophils cannot bind ICAM-1, so they stay in the blood (marked leukocytosis) and fail to reach tissues.
A patient immobilized after hip surgery develops sudden dyspnea and pleuritic chest pain. Where did the embolus most likely originate?
The deep veins of the leg above the knee (popliteal, femoral or iliac). Stasis from immobility and endothelial injury from surgery satisfy Virchow triad.
Which single feature most reliably identifies a neoplasm as malignant?
Metastasis. Invasion and anaplasia strongly suggest malignancy, but only malignant tumors metastasize; benign tumors never do.
A 70 year old man with low back pain has a dense, sclerotic L3 vertebral body and an elevated alkaline phosphatase. Which primary tumor is most likely?
Prostate carcinoma. It produces osteoblastic metastases and can reach the spine through the valveless Batson venous plexus; PSA would be elevated.
A tall young man has arachnodactyly, upward lens dislocation and a dilated aortic root. Which protein is defective, and what is the main life threatening risk?
Fibrillin-1 (Marfan syndrome); aortic dissection. Cystic medial degeneration weakens the aortic wall. Inheritance is autosomal dominant.
A positive PPD skin test read at 48 to 72 hours is an example of which hypersensitivity type?
Type IV (delayed, cell mediated). Sensitized CD4 T cells release cytokines that recruit and activate macrophages; no antibody is involved.
A patient with long standing rheumatoid arthritis develops nephrotic syndrome. Renal biopsy shows deposits that are apple green under polarized light after Congo red staining. What type of amyloid is present?
AA amyloid (secondary amyloidosis). Serum amyloid A, an acute phase protein produced in chronic inflammation, misfolds and deposits, most seriously in the kidney.
Chapter 13 · Pathology

Systemic Pathology: Musculoskeletal, Nervous and Organ System Disease

Systemic pathology is where the general rules of cell injury, inflammation and neoplasia turn into named diseases with named lab patterns, radiographic signs and red flags. The board loves this material because every disease has a signature (a lab triad, a classic location, a pathognomonic cell), and the chiropractor meets these diseases every week disguised as back pain, neck pain, stiffness or fatigue.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Separate osteoporosis, osteomalacia, Paget disease and hyperparathyroidism by their calcium, phosphate, alkaline phosphatase and PTH pattern and their radiographic signs.
  • Place the common primary bone tumors by age and by epiphysis, metaphysis or diaphysis, and recognize multiple myeloma and metastatic disease as the commonest spinal malignancies.
  • Contrast osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, the seronegative spondyloarthropathies, gout, CPPD and DISH by joint distribution, serology, crystals and imaging.
  • Name the autoantibodies of lupus, scleroderma, Sjögren syndrome and dermatomyositis, and distinguish myasthenia gravis from Lambert-Eaton syndrome.
  • Localize stroke by vascular territory, sort the four intracranial hemorrhages, and interpret CSF in bacterial, viral and fungal meningitis.
  • Explain the lesion pattern of multiple sclerosis, Guillain-BarrĂ© syndrome, ALS, subacute combined degeneration, syringomyelia and cauda equina syndrome.
  • Trace atherosclerosis from fatty streak to complicated plaque and describe the timeline of myocardial infarction, heart failure, aortic aneurysm and dissection.
  • Classify lung disease as obstructive or restrictive, identify pneumonia patterns, and link each lung cancer type to its location and paraneoplastic syndrome.
  • Recognize peptic ulcer, Crohn disease versus ulcerative colitis, cirrhosis, nephritic versus nephrotic syndrome, diabetes, thyroid and adrenal disease, and classify anemia by MCV.

Section 1Disorders of bone

Bone is constantly remodeled: osteoclasts (monocyte lineage, driven by RANKL) resorb it and osteoblasts lay down osteoid that then mineralizes. Most metabolic bone disease is a fault in this cycle: too little matrix (osteoporosis), unmineralized matrix (osteomalacia), chaotic remodeling (Paget disease), failed resorption (osteopetrosis) or hormone-driven resorption (hyperparathyroidism).

Osteoporosis

Osteoporosis is a reduction in bone mass per unit volume with normal mineralization: the bone that remains is normal in quality but there is too little of it. Trabecular (cancellous) bone has the greatest surface area and turnover, so it is lost first, which is why vertebral bodies, the distal radius and the femoral neck fracture first. Peak bone mass is reached around age 30; after that, everyone loses bone, and women lose it rapidly for 5 to 7 years after menopause because estrogen normally restrains osteoclast formation (estrogen loss raises RANKL and IL-6 and lowers osteoprotegerin).

  • Type I (postmenopausal): women 50 to 70, mainly trabecular loss, vertebral crush fractures and distal radius (Colles) fractures.
  • Type II (senile): both sexes over about 70, cortical and trabecular loss, hip and vertebral fractures.
  • Secondary osteoporosis: glucocorticoids (the commonest drug cause), hyperthyroidism, hyperparathyroidism, hypogonadism, heparin, immobilization, alcohol, smoking, malabsorption and myeloma.

Diagnosis is by DEXA. The T-score compares the patient with a young adult: -1.0 or higher is normal, -1.0 to -2.5 is osteopenia, and -2.5 or lower (or any fragility fracture) is osteoporosis. Calcium, phosphate, alkaline phosphatase and PTH are normal. Plain films need 30 to 50 percent bone loss to show osteopenia; they show thin cortices, accentuated vertical trabeculae, anterior wedging and biconcave ("codfish") vertebrae, and multiple wedge fractures produce the dowager's hump.

Clinical link. A thoracolumbar compression fracture in a postmenopausal woman or a long-term steroid user can follow a cough, a sneeze or a minor fall. Sudden midline pain, percussion tenderness and new kyphosis are reasons to image before any thrust. Severe osteoporosis is a relative contraindication to high-velocity, high-force spinal manipulation; low-force techniques, weight-bearing and resistance exercise, fall prevention, and adequate calcium, vitamin D and protein are the conservative mainstays, with referral for pharmacologic therapy (bisphosphonates, denosumab, anabolic agents) when indicated.

Osteomalacia and rickets

Osteomalacia is defective mineralization of osteoid in adults; rickets is the same defect in children before physeal closure. The usual cause is vitamin D deficiency (little sun, poor diet, malabsorption, liver or kidney disease, anticonvulsants); phosphate wasting (X-linked hypophosphatemic rickets) is another. Low vitamin D lowers calcium absorption, PTH rises and wastes phosphate, so labs show low or low-normal calcium, low phosphate, high alkaline phosphatase and high PTH.

Adults have diffuse bone pain, proximal weakness and a waddling gait. The signature film finding is the Looser zone (pseudofracture): a bilateral, symmetric lucent band on the concave side of bone, classically the medial femoral neck, pubic rami, axillary border of the scapula and ribs. Rickets adds the rachitic rosary, craniotabes, bowed legs and widened, cupped, frayed metaphyses.

Paget disease of bone (osteitis deformans)

Paget disease is a localized disorder of excessive, disorganized remodeling, usually after age 50 and more common in people of northern European descent. It runs in three phases: a lytic phase of giant, many-nucleated osteoclasts; a mixed phase; and a sclerotic (blastic) phase that leaves thick but structurally weak bone with a mosaic pattern of lamellar bone separated by irregular cement lines. Genetics (SQSTM1 mutations) and a possible slow paramyxovirus infection have been implicated. The pelvis is the most common site, followed by the lumbar spine, femur, skull and tibia; it may be monostotic or polyostotic.

  • Labs: markedly elevated alkaline phosphatase (bone isoenzyme) with normal calcium and phosphate; urinary hydroxyproline and other collagen breakdown markers rise.
  • Skull: osteoporosis circumscripta (lytic phase), then "cotton wool" thickening; increasing hat size; hearing loss from cranial nerve VIII compression or ossicle involvement; basilar invagination.
  • Spine: the picture frame vertebra (thickened cortical rim around a lucent center), the ivory vertebra (uniformly dense and, unlike metastasis or lymphoma, enlarged), spinal stenosis.
  • Long bones: a "blade of grass" lytic front, bowing and "banana" fractures.
  • Complications: fracture, secondary osteoarthritis, nerve compression, high-output heart failure from arteriovenous shunting in very vascular bone, and osteosarcoma (around 1 percent, usually polyostotic disease).

Osteopetrosis and other developmental bone disease

Osteopetrosis (marble bone disease) is failed osteoclast resorption (for example carbonic anhydrase II deficiency): dense but brittle bone, "bone within bone," sandwich vertebrae, crowded marrow with pancytopenia and cranial nerve palsies. Osteogenesis imperfecta (type I collagen) causes fractures with minimal trauma, blue sclerae and hearing loss. Achondroplasia (activating FGFR3) gives short limbs and congenital lumbar stenosis from short pedicles. Fibrous dysplasia shows ground-glass matrix and the shepherd's crook femur (McCune-Albright when polyostotic with café-au-lait spots and precocious puberty).

DisorderSerum calciumSerum phosphateAlkaline phosphatasePTH
OsteoporosisNormalNormalNormalNormal
Osteomalacia or rickets (vitamin D deficiency)Low or low-normalLowHighHigh
Paget diseaseNormalNormalVery highNormal
Primary hyperparathyroidismHighLowNormal or highHigh
Secondary hyperparathyroidism (chronic kidney disease)Low or normalHighHighHigh
HypoparathyroidismLowHighNormalLow
OsteopetrosisNormal (may be low)NormalNormalNormal or high
Multiple myelomaOften highNormalNormal (lesions are purely lytic)Low
Board tip. Only one common bone disease raises the alkaline phosphatase dramatically while calcium and phosphate stay normal: Paget disease. If calcium is high and phosphate low, think primary hyperparathyroidism. If phosphate is high and calcium low, think kidney failure or hypoparathyroidism. If everything is normal, the answer is osteoporosis.

Endocrine and metabolic bone disease

Primary hyperparathyroidism, usually a single adenoma, raises calcium and lowers phosphate ("stones, bones, abdominal groans and psychiatric overtones"). Bone signs include subperiosteal resorption on the radial side of the middle phalanges of the index and middle fingers (the most specific sign), distal clavicle resorption, "salt and pepper" skull and brown tumors (osteitis fibrosa cystica). Secondary hyperparathyroidism from chronic kidney disease (retained phosphate, no calcitriol) is part of renal osteodystrophy, with band-like endplate sclerosis (rugger jersey spine) and soft tissue calcification.

Acromegaly widens bones: spade hands, enlarged tufts, heel pad thicker than about 23 mm, posterior vertebral scalloping and early osteoarthritis. Cushing syndrome causes osteoporosis and avascular necrosis; hyperthyroidism accelerates bone loss.

Osteomyelitis

Osteomyelitis is infection of bone and marrow. Staphylococcus aureus is the most common cause overall. Important exceptions are favorites: Salmonella in sickle cell disease (S. aureus is still common), Pseudomonas aeruginosa in intravenous drug users and in nail puncture wounds through a sneaker, Pasteurella multocida after cat or dog bites, group B streptococcus and E. coli in neonates, Neisseria gonorrhoeae causing septic arthritis in sexually active young adults, and Mycobacterium tuberculosis in the spine (Pott disease).

In children, hematogenous infection seeds the metaphysis, where looping vessels slow flow. In adults it favors the vertebral body and disc (discitis), often from a urinary or skin source. Pyogenic infection destroys the disc early (disc space loss with erosion of both endplates); tuberculosis spreads under the anterior longitudinal ligament, relatively spares the disc, involves several levels and causes a gibbus and psoas abscess. The sequestrum is dead bone, the involucrum reactive new bone around it, and a Brodie abscess a walled-off subacute abscess. Films lag 10 to 14 days; MRI is the best early test.

Avascular necrosis (osteonecrosis)

Avascular necrosis is infarction of bone and marrow, most often in the femoral head, where blood supply arrives mainly through the retinacular branches of the medial circumflex femoral artery and is easily interrupted by a displaced femoral neck fracture. Common causes are glucocorticoids, alcoholism, trauma, sickle cell disease, Caisson disease (nitrogen bubbles in divers), Gaucher disease, lupus and pancreatitis. Early films are normal; MRI is the most sensitive test. Later the crescent sign (subchondral fracture lucency) appears, followed by flattening and collapse of the articular surface and secondary osteoarthritis. A large family of eponymous osteochondroses affect children and adolescents:

  • Osteochondroses: Legg-CalvĂ©-Perthes (femoral head, boys 4 to 10, limp or knee pain), Kienböck (lunate), Preiser (scaphoid), Freiberg (second metatarsal head), Köhler (navicular), and Scheuermann disease (adolescent thoracic kyphosis with 5 degrees or more of anterior wedging in at least three adjacent vertebrae and Schmorl nodes). Osgood-Schlatter disease is a related traction apophysitis of the tibial tubercle.

Tumors of bone

The most common malignant tumor found in bone is metastatic carcinoma, and the spine is its favorite target because the valveless Batson venous plexus lets tumor cells flow between pelvic and spinal veins. Breast, prostate, lung, kidney and thyroid account for most. Prostate (and often breast) metastases are osteoblastic (dense, "ivory" vertebra in an older man); kidney and thyroid are purely lytic and expansile; lung is usually lytic. Destruction of a pedicle on the AP view (the "winking owl" or one-eyed pedicle sign) points to metastasis, because the tumor spreads through the posterior vertebral body into the pedicle. Metastases typically spare the disc, in contrast to infection.

The most common primary malignancy of bone is multiple myeloma, a monoclonal plasma cell neoplasm of older adults. Remember CRAB: hypercalcemia, renal failure, anemia (rouleaux) and bone lesions (punched-out lytic "raindrop skull," diffuse osteopenia, vertebral collapse). Serum electrophoresis shows an M spike and urine may contain Bence Jones protein. Lesions are purely lytic, so the bone scan may be cold and ALP normal; myeloma tends to spare the pedicles early, unlike metastasis.

Giant cell tumor epiphysis, age 20 to 40 Osteosarcoma metaphysis, age 10 to 25 Osteochondroma metaphysis, points away from the joint Epiphysis Metaphysis Diaphysis Physis (growth plate) Ewing sarcoma diaphysis, age 5 to 20 Osteoid osteoma cortical nidus Chondroblastoma epiphysis, teens
Figure 13.1 Where primary bone tumors live along a long bone. Location plus the patient's age narrows the differential before any biopsy: epiphyseal lesions in adults suggest giant cell tumor, metaphyseal lesions in teenagers suggest osteosarcoma, and diaphyseal lesions in children suggest Ewing sarcoma.
TumorTypical ageClassic siteHallmark features
Osteosarcoma10 to 25; second peak in elderlyMetaphysis of distal femur and proximal tibia (around the knee)Most common primary bone malignancy of youth; malignant osteoid; Codman triangle and sunburst periosteal reaction; risk with Paget disease, radiation, hereditary retinoblastoma (RB1), Li-Fraumeni (p53)
Ewing sarcoma5 to 20, mostly boysDiaphysis of long bones, pelvisSmall round blue cells, CD99, t(11;22) EWS-FLI1; onion-skin periosteal reaction; fever and high ESR mimic osteomyelitis; very responsive to chemotherapy
Chondrosarcoma40 to 70Pelvis, proximal femur, shoulder girdleMalignant cartilage; "rings and arcs" calcified matrix; deep endosteal scalloping; may arise in enchondroma or osteochondroma
Giant cell tumor20 to 40, after physeal closureEpiphysis extending to subarticular bone, around the knee; distal radiusLocally aggressive, eccentric, "soap bubble" lytic lesion; osteoclast-like giant cells driven by RANKL; can recur
Osteochondroma (exostosis)Under 20Metaphysis near the knee, proximal humerusMost common benign bone tumor; cortex and marrow continuous with parent bone; cartilage cap; grows away from the joint; multiple in hereditary exostoses (EXT genes); rare sarcomatous change
Osteoid osteoma10 to 30, malesCortex of femur and tibia; posterior elements of spineNidus under 1.5 to 2 cm with dense reactive sclerosis; night pain relieved by aspirin or NSAIDs (prostaglandins); painful scoliosis concave toward the lesion
Enchondroma20 to 50Small bones of hands and feetBenign hyaline cartilage in the medulla; multiple in Ollier disease, plus hemangiomas in Maffucci syndrome (higher malignant risk)
Vertebral hemangiomaAdultsThoracolumbar vertebral bodyMost common benign spinal tumor; coarse vertical trabeculae ("corduroy cloth") on film, "polka dot" on axial CT; usually incidental
Simple (unicameral) bone cystUnder 20Proximal humerus and femur metaphysisFluid-filled; pathologic fracture with "fallen fragment" sign

Benign lesions are small and well marginated with a narrow zone of transition and solid periosteal reaction; aggressive lesions show a wide zone of transition, moth-eaten or permeative destruction, cortical breakthrough and interrupted periosteal reaction.

Board tip. Night pain relieved by aspirin in a teenager means osteoid osteoma. Night pain that is unrelenting, with weight loss, in a patient over 50 means metastasis or myeloma until proven otherwise. The famous radiographic trio to remember: Codman triangle (osteosarcoma), onion skin (Ewing sarcoma), soap bubble (giant cell tumor).
Key point

Bone disease sorts cleanly by mechanism: too little bone (osteoporosis, normal labs), unmineralized bone (osteomalacia, low phosphate and high ALP), chaotic bone (Paget, very high ALP), or hormone-driven resorption (hyperparathyroidism, high calcium). Infection prefers the metaphysis in children and the disc and vertebral body in adults, avascular necrosis prefers the femoral head, and in an older adult a destructive spinal lesion is metastasis or myeloma first.

Section 2Disorders of joints, connective tissue and muscle

Arthritis questions reduce to four clues: which joints (distribution and symmetry), what the films show (joint space, bone density, new bone versus erosion), what the blood shows (RF, anti-CCP, HLA-B27, ANA, uric acid) and what the joint fluid shows (cell count and crystals). Synovial fluid with fewer than 2,000 WBC/µL is noninflammatory (osteoarthritis, trauma); 2,000 to 50,000 is inflammatory (RA, crystals, spondyloarthropathy); more than 50,000 with mostly neutrophils is septic until proven otherwise.

Osteoarthritis and degenerative spine disease

Osteoarthritis is the most common arthritis. It begins in articular cartilage (proteoglycan loss, fibrillation, fissuring); bone responds with subchondral sclerosis (eburnation), subchondral cysts and marginal osteophytes. Pain worsens with use; morning stiffness lasts under 30 minutes. Typical joints are the hip, knee, spine, first CMC, DIP (Heberden nodes) and PIP (Bouchard nodes); MCPs and wrists are spared. Joint space loss is nonuniform (superolateral hip, medial knee).

In the spine, distinguish intervertebral osteochondrosis (disc degeneration: disc space narrowing, endplate sclerosis, vacuum phenomenon of nitrogen gas, Schmorl nodes), spondylosis deformans (anterior and lateral osteophytes from outer annular fibers), facet (zygapophyseal) arthrosis (true synovial osteoarthritis, which can narrow the lateral recess and intervertebral foramen and contribute to degenerative spondylolisthesis, most often at L4 to L5) and uncovertebral (Luschka) joint hypertrophy, which narrows the cervical foramina and causes radiculopathy.

Rheumatoid arthritis

Rheumatoid arthritis is a systemic autoimmune disease of synovium, three times more common in women, associated with HLA-DR4 (and DR1) and smoking. CD4 T cells, B cells and macrophages drive TNF-α, IL-1 and IL-6, and the synovium becomes a thick, villous, vascular sheet called pannus that invades cartilage and bone at the "bare areas" where synovium touches bone without cartilage cover, producing marginal erosions. Rheumatoid factor (IgM directed against the Fc portion of IgG) is present in about 80 percent but is not specific; anti-cyclic citrullinated peptide (anti-CCP) antibody is far more specific. ESR and CRP track activity.

  • Distribution: bilateral and symmetric small joints: MCPs, PIPs, wrists (ulnar styloid erosion is early), MTPs; DIPs spared. Morning stiffness over 1 hour.
  • Films: soft tissue swelling, periarticular osteopenia, uniform joint space narrowing, marginal erosions, little or no new bone.
  • Deformities: ulnar deviation and volar subluxation at the MCPs, swan neck (PIP hyperextension, DIP flexion), boutonnière (PIP flexion, DIP hyperextension), hitchhiker thumb.
  • Extra-articular: rheumatoid nodules (fibrinoid necrosis with palisading histiocytes), anemia of chronic disease, pleuritis, interstitial lung disease, Caplan syndrome (RA plus pneumoconiosis nodules), pericarditis, vasculitis, secondary Sjögren syndrome, Felty syndrome (RA, splenomegaly, neutropenia), Baker cyst (popliteal) that can rupture and mimic DVT.
Clinical link. RA attacks the synovial joints of the upper cervical spine. Pannus erodes the dens and weakens the transverse ligament, producing atlantoaxial instability. An atlantodental interval greater than 3 mm in an adult (5 mm in a child) on a flexion lateral view is abnormal, and cranial settling (vertical subluxation of the dens) can compress the medulla. Any RA patient (and anyone with Down syndrome, or ankylosing spondylitis with a fracture) needs flexion and extension films before upper cervical manipulation, which is contraindicated in the presence of instability.
Osteoarthritis Rheumatoid arthritis Sclerosis Osteophytes Subchondralcyst Cartilage Unevennarrowing Osteopenia Pannus Marginalerosion Uniformnarrowing
Figure 13.2 Osteoarthritis is a cartilage and bone disease: uneven joint space loss with bone production (sclerosis, osteophytes, cysts). Rheumatoid arthritis is a synovial disease: pannus produces marginal erosions, periarticular osteopenia and uniform narrowing, with little new bone.

Seronegative spondyloarthropathies

These share HLA-B27, negative rheumatoid factor, axial and sacroiliac involvement, enthesitis (inflammation where tendon and ligament insert into bone), asymmetric large-joint oligoarthritis, and anterior uveitis. Remember PAIR: psoriatic arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, inflammatory bowel disease (enteropathic) arthritis and reactive arthritis. Inflammatory back pain differs from mechanical pain: onset before 40, insidious, morning stiffness over 30 minutes, improves with exercise but not rest, and wakes the patient in the second half of the night.

  • Ankylosing spondylitis: young men, about 90 percent HLA-B27 positive. Starts with bilateral symmetric sacroiliitis (erosions of the iliac side first, then sclerosis, then fusion), then ascends: Romanus lesions (corner erosions), shiny corners, squared vertebrae, thin vertical marginal syndesmophytes that bridge into a bamboo spine, the dagger sign (ossified supraspinous ligament) and trolley track sign. Reduced Schober test and chest expansion (less than 2.5 cm), aortitis with aortic regurgitation, upper-lobe fibrosis.
  • Psoriatic arthritis: asymmetric, DIP involvement with nail pitting, sausage digit (dactylitis), pencil-in-cup deformity, fluffy periostitis, acro-osteolysis, ivory phalanx; asymmetric sacroiliitis and bulky nonmarginal ("comma") syndesmophytes.
  • Reactive arthritis (formerly Reiter): follows urethritis (Chlamydia trachomatis) or enteric infection (Shigella, Salmonella, Campylobacter, Yersinia); arthritis, urethritis and conjunctivitis ("can't see, can't pee, can't climb a tree"), keratoderma blennorrhagicum, fluffy calcaneal enthesopathy, asymmetric lower limb arthritis and sacroiliitis.
  • Enteropathic arthritis: Crohn disease or ulcerative colitis; peripheral arthritis tracks bowel activity, while the spondylitis (looks like AS, bilateral symmetric) runs independently.
Board tip. Bilateral symmetric sacroiliitis: AS and enteropathic arthritis. Bilateral asymmetric sacroiliitis: psoriatic and reactive arthritis. Unilateral sacroiliitis: infection until proven otherwise. A fused AS spine behaves like a long bone, so even minor trauma can cause an unstable transverse ("carrot stick") fracture.

Crystal arthropathy and DISH

Gout is deposition of monosodium urate crystals: needle-shaped and negatively birefringent. About 90 percent of hyperuricemia is underexcretion (kidney disease, thiazide and loop diuretics, alcohol); overproduction comes from cell turnover (tumor lysis) or HGPRT deficiency (Lesch-Nyhan). The classic attack is sudden first MTP inflammation (podagra) in a middle-aged man. Chronic tophaceous gout gives "rat bite" erosions with overhanging edges and joint space preserved until late. Treat attacks with NSAIDs, colchicine or steroids; lower urate with allopurinol or febuxostat.

Calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease (CPPD, pseudogout) deposits rhomboid, weakly positively birefringent crystals (blue when parallel). The knee is most common; the radiographic sign is chondrocalcinosis of the knee menisci, the triangular fibrocartilage of the wrist and the pubic symphysis. Associations: aging, primary hyperparathyroidism, hemochromatosis (hook-like osteophytes at the 2nd and 3rd MCPs), hypomagnesemia and hypophosphatasia. Hydroxyapatite deposition causes calcific tendinitis, classically of the supraspinatus.

Diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis (DISH, Forestier disease) is flowing ossification along the anterolateral spine, especially the right side of the thoracic spine (the pulsating aorta on the left protects that side), across at least four contiguous vertebrae, with preserved disc height and normal facet and sacroiliac joints. It affects older men, is associated with obesity and type 2 diabetes, can cause dysphagia in the neck, and often coexists with ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament (OPLL).

FeatureOsteoarthritisRheumatoid arthritisAnkylosing spondylitisGoutDISH
Typical patientOlder adultWoman 30 to 50Man 15 to 35Middle-aged manMan over 50, often diabetic
JointsDIP, PIP, 1st CMC, hip, knee, spineMCP, PIP, wrist, MTP, C1 to C2; spares DIPSI joints, spine, hips, shoulders1st MTP, ankle, kneeThoracic spine, right side
Bone densityNormalPeriarticular osteopeniaOsteopenia lateNormalNormal
Signature findingOsteophytes, nonuniform narrowingMarginal erosions, uniform narrowingMarginal syndesmophytes, bamboo spineOverhanging-edge erosions, tophiFlowing anterior ossification, discs preserved
Lab clueNoneRF, anti-CCPHLA-B27Urate crystals (serum urate may be normal in an attack)None

Lupus and other connective tissue diseases

Systemic lupus erythematosus is the prototype immune complex (type III) disease, mostly in women of childbearing age. Complexes deposit in kidney, skin, joints and serosa and consume complement (low C3 and C4). ANA is the sensitive screen; anti-dsDNA and anti-Smith are specific; anti-histone marks drug-induced lupus (hydralazine, procainamide, isoniazid). Features: malar rash, photosensitivity, oral ulcers, nonerosive arthritis (Jaccoud), serositis, nephritis, cytopenias, Libman-Sacks endocarditis and antiphospholipid syndrome (clots, miscarriage).

DiseaseKey antibodySignature features
Systemic lupus erythematosusANA (screen); anti-dsDNA, anti-Smith (specific)Malar rash, nephritis, serositis, nonerosive arthritis, low complement
Drug-induced lupusAnti-histoneHydralazine, procainamide, isoniazid; no renal or CNS disease
Diffuse systemic sclerosisAnti-Scl-70 (anti-topoisomerase I)Widespread skin thickening, early lung fibrosis, renal crisis
Limited systemic sclerosis (CREST)AnticentromereCalcinosis, Raynaud, esophageal dysmotility, sclerodactyly, telangiectasia; pulmonary hypertension; acro-osteolysis
Sjögren syndromeAnti-Ro (SSA), anti-La (SSB)Dry eyes and mouth, parotid enlargement, B cell lymphoma risk; anti-Ro causes neonatal heart block
Polymyositis and dermatomyositisAnti-Jo-1, anti-Mi-2Symmetric proximal weakness, high CK; heliotrope rash and Gottron papules in dermatomyositis, which carries an occult malignancy risk; sheet-like soft tissue calcification
Mixed connective tissue diseaseAnti-U1 RNPOverlap of lupus, scleroderma and myositis

Polymyalgia rheumatica (over 50) causes shoulder and hip girdle aching and stiffness with a high ESR, normal CK and a dramatic response to low-dose prednisone. It overlaps with giant cell arteritis: new headache, scalp tenderness, jaw claudication or visual change demands same-day referral to prevent blindness. Marfan syndrome (fibrillin-1) and Ehlers-Danlos (collagen) cause hypermobility and vascular fragility.

Myopathies and neuromuscular junction disease

  • Duchenne muscular dystrophy: X-linked recessive frameshift deletion in the dystrophin gene; boys aged 2 to 5 with proximal weakness, Gowers sign (climbing up the thighs to stand), calf pseudohypertrophy (fat and fibrosis), markedly high CK; death in early adulthood from cardiomyopathy or respiratory failure. Becker dystrophy is a milder in-frame mutation with partly functional dystrophin.
  • Myotonic dystrophy: autosomal dominant CTG repeat; cannot release a grip, cataracts, frontal balding, arrhythmia.
  • Myasthenia gravis: antibodies against the postsynaptic acetylcholine receptor (type II hypersensitivity); fatigable weakness that worsens through the day, ptosis and diplopia first; thymoma or thymic hyperplasia; improves with anticholinesterases.
  • Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome: antibodies against presynaptic voltage-gated calcium channels, usually paraneoplastic with small cell lung carcinoma; proximal limb weakness that improves with repeated effort, hyporeflexia, dry mouth.
  • Others: statin and steroid myopathy, and rhabdomyolysis with myoglobinuria and acute kidney injury.
Key point

Read arthritis from its pattern: osteoarthritis builds bone in uneven, weight-bearing and DIP joints; rheumatoid arthritis erodes symmetric small joints and threatens C1 to C2 stability; HLA-B27 disease fuses the sacroiliac joints and spine; crystals are identified by shape and birefringence; DISH flows down the right thoracic spine with the discs preserved. Antibodies name the connective tissue diseases, and the neuromuscular junction disorders are separated by whether repeated effort worsens (myasthenia) or improves (Lambert-Eaton) strength.

Section 3Disorders of the nervous system

Neurons are permanent cells with no energy reserve, so the CNS is highly sensitive to ischemia and heals by liquefactive necrosis and gliosis (astrocytes) rather than fibrous scar. "Red neurons" (shrunken, eosinophilic, pyknotic) appear 12 to 24 hours after irreversible ischemic injury. Localizing the lesion is the core skill: cortex, subcortical white matter, brainstem, cord, root, plexus, nerve, junction or muscle.

Stroke

About 85 percent of strokes are ischemic: thrombotic (on atherosclerotic plaque at the carotid bifurcation or MCA), embolic (sudden and maximal at onset, usually from atrial fibrillation or mural thrombus) or lacunar (hyaline arteriolosclerosis of lenticulostriate vessels in hypertension and diabetes, causing pure motor or pure sensory strokes). A transient ischemic attack is a brief deficit without infarction and warns of stroke within days.

Artery occludedMain deficits
Middle cerebral (most common)Contralateral hemiparesis and sensory loss of face and arm more than leg; aphasia if the dominant (usually left) hemisphere (Broca expressive, Wernicke receptive); hemineglect if nondominant; contralateral homonymous hemianopia; gaze toward the lesion
Anterior cerebralContralateral leg more than arm weakness and sensory loss; urinary incontinence; abulia
Posterior cerebralContralateral homonymous hemianopia with macular sparing; alexia without agraphia
Posterior inferior cerebellar (or vertebral)Lateral medullary (Wallenberg) syndrome: ipsilateral facial pain and temperature loss, contralateral body pain and temperature loss, vertigo, nystagmus, dysphagia and hoarseness (nucleus ambiguus), ipsilateral Horner syndrome and ataxia
Anterior spinal (medulla)Medial medullary syndrome: contralateral hemiparesis and loss of proprioception, ipsilateral tongue deviation
BasilarLocked-in syndrome (quadriplegia, preserved consciousness and vertical eye movement) or coma
Clinical link. Cervical artery dissection (vertebral or internal carotid) often begins with new, unusual neck pain or occipital headache that brings the patient to a chiropractor before any neurologic sign. Screen for posterior circulation warning signs: dizziness, diplopia, dysarthria, dysphagia, drop attacks, nystagmus, nausea, numbness and ataxia, plus Horner syndrome or pulsatile tinnitus for carotid dissection. Any of these, or the "worst headache of my life," calls for immediate emergency referral, not treatment.

Intracranial hemorrhage and trauma

TypeSourceClassic pictureCT appearance
EpiduralMiddle meningeal artery torn by temporal bone (pterion) fractureBrief loss of consciousness, lucid interval, then rapid deterioration and uncal herniationBiconvex (lens) hyperdensity; does not cross sutures
SubduralBridging veinsElderly, alcoholics, anticoagulated, shaken infants; gradual headache and confusion, can be chronicCrescent; crosses sutures but not the falx
SubarachnoidRuptured berry (saccular) aneurysm, most often anterior communicating artery; traumaSudden thunderclap "worst headache of life," neck stiffness; xanthochromic CSF; vasospasm 3 to 10 days later; linked to ADPKD, Ehlers-Danlos, MarfanBlood in sulci and basal cisterns
IntraparenchymalHypertensive rupture of Charcot-Bouchard microaneurysms in lenticulostriate vessels; amyloid angiopathy in the elderly (lobar)Sudden deficit with headache, vomiting, declining consciousnessHyperdense clot in putamen, thalamus, pons or cerebellum

Closed head trauma produces coup and contrecoup contusions (frontal and temporal poles) and diffuse axonal injury from rotational shear. Concussion is a functional disturbance with normal imaging; second-impact syndrome and repeated injury are the concern. Rising intracranial pressure produces papilledema and the Cushing triad (hypertension, bradycardia, irregular respiration) and leads to herniation: subfalcine (ACA compression), uncal (ipsilateral blown pupil from CN III compression, contralateral hemiparesis or ipsilateral from Kernohan notch) and tonsillar (medullary compression, respiratory arrest).

CNS infections

Bacterial meningitis causes fever, headache, nuchal rigidity and altered mental status (Kernig and Brudzinski signs). Neonates: group B streptococcus, E. coli, Listeria. Children and adults: Streptococcus pneumoniae (most common) and Neisseria meningitidis (young adults, petechial rash, Waterhouse-Friderichsen syndrome). Elderly: S. pneumoniae and Listeria. Viral meningitis is usually enteroviral; HSV-1 encephalitis targets the temporal lobes; tabes dorsalis and the Argyll Robertson pupil mark neurosyphilis.

CSF findingBacterialViralFungal or tuberculous
Opening pressureHighNormal or mildly highHigh
CellsMany neutrophilsLymphocytesLymphocytes
ProteinHighNormal or mildly highHigh
GlucoseLowNormalLow

Demyelinating and degenerative disease

Multiple sclerosis is autoimmune destruction of CNS myelin (oligodendrocytes), commonest in women aged 20 to 40. Plaques separated in time and space favor periventricular white matter (Dawson fingers), optic nerves, brainstem and cervical cord. Classic features: optic neuritis, internuclear ophthalmoplegia (MLF), Lhermitte sign (electric shock down the spine on neck flexion), Uhthoff phenomenon (worse with heat) and nystagmus, intention tremor and scanning speech. CSF shows oligoclonal IgG bands; MRI is the test of choice.

Guillain-Barré syndrome is acute inflammatory demyelination of peripheral nerves (Schwann cell myelin), often 1 to 3 weeks after Campylobacter jejuni or a viral infection, through molecular mimicry. It causes ascending symmetric flaccid weakness with areflexia, mild sensory symptoms and autonomic instability, can paralyze respiration, and shows albuminocytologic dissociation (high CSF protein, normal cell count). Central pontine myelinolysis follows too-rapid correction of hyponatremia.

Degenerative diseaseLesion and pathologySignature
Alzheimer diseaseCortical and hippocampal atrophy; extracellular amyloid-β plaques; intracellular neurofibrillary tangles of hyperphosphorylated tau; loss of ACh neurons (nucleus basalis of Meynert)Most common dementia; memory first; APOE4 risk; early onset in Down syndrome (APP on chromosome 21)
Lewy body dementiaCortical α-synuclein Lewy bodiesFluctuating cognition, visual hallucinations, parkinsonism
Parkinson diseaseLoss of dopaminergic neurons of the substantia nigra pars compacta; Lewy bodiesResting pill-rolling tremor, cogwheel rigidity, bradykinesia, postural instability, shuffling festinating gait, masked face
Huntington diseaseAutosomal dominant CAG repeat (huntingtin, chromosome 4) with anticipation; caudate atrophy, loss of GABA neuronsChorea, dementia, depression; onset 30s to 40s
Amyotrophic lateral sclerosisUpper and lower motor neuron loss (corticospinal tracts and anterior horns); SOD1 in some familial casesMixed spasticity, hyperreflexia and Babinski with atrophy and fasciculations; sensation, bladder and eye movements spared

Normal pressure hydrocephalus gives gait apraxia, incontinence and dementia. In adults, brain metastases outnumber primaries; the commonest primaries are glioblastoma, meningioma (dural-based, psammoma bodies) and schwannoma (CN VIII). Children's tumors are mostly infratentorial (pilocytic astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, ependymoma).

Peripheral neuropathy and spinal cord disorders

Diabetes is the leading cause of peripheral neuropathy: distal symmetric "stocking and glove" loss (vibration and ankle reflexes first), autonomic neuropathy and mononeuropathies. Others include alcohol, B12 deficiency, uremia, lead (wrist drop) and hereditary Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease (pes cavus, "inverted champagne bottle" legs). Severe sensory loss allows a destructive neuropathic (Charcot) joint (distention, density, debris, disorganization, dislocation, destruction): diabetes targets the midfoot, tabes the knee, syringomyelia the shoulder.

Posterior Anterior Dorsal columns Tabes dorsalis; B12 deficiency Lateral corticospinal tract B12 deficiency, ALS Anterior horn ALS, polio, SMA Spinothalamic tract Brown-Séquard (opposite side) Anterior white commissure Syringomyelia: cape-like loss Anterior spinal artery supplies cord below the line; dorsal columns spared
Figure 13.3 Spinal cord lesions by region. Each disease damages a predictable combination of tracts and gray matter, so the pattern of loss (vibration and position, pain and temperature, upper or lower motor neuron) points to the cause.
  • Subacute combined degeneration (vitamin B12 deficiency): dorsal columns plus lateral corticospinal and spinocerebellar tracts; loss of vibration and proprioception, positive Romberg, spastic weakness, Babinski sign, often with megaloblastic anemia.
  • Tabes dorsalis (tertiary syphilis): dorsal roots and columns; sensory ataxia, lightning pains, absent reflexes, Argyll Robertson pupils, Charcot knee.
  • Syringomyelia: a fluid cavity expanding from the central canal, often with a Chiari I malformation, usually C8 to T1. It first interrupts crossing spinothalamic fibers in the anterior white commissure, giving bilateral cape-like loss of pain and temperature with preserved touch (dissociated sensory loss), then involves the anterior horns (intrinsic hand wasting) and lateral tracts.
  • Anterior spinal artery syndrome: infarction of the anterior two thirds (aortic surgery, dissection, hypotension); paralysis and pain and temperature loss below the lesion, with vibration and position spared.
  • Brown-SĂ©quard syndrome (hemisection): ipsilateral spastic weakness and loss of vibration and position below the lesion, contralateral loss of pain and temperature starting one or two levels below.
  • Central cord syndrome: hyperextension injury in an older spondylotic neck; arms weaker than legs, variable sensory loss.
  • Cord tumors: extradural (metastases, most common), intradural extramedullary (meningioma, schwannoma with "dumbbell" foraminal extension) and intramedullary (ependymoma in adults, astrocytoma in children).
Board tip. Cauda equina syndrome (compression of the lumbosacral roots, usually by a large central disc herniation) is a lower motor neuron emergency: saddle anesthesia, urinary retention with overflow, fecal incontinence, bilateral sciatica and weakness with reduced reflexes. Conus medullaris lesions (around L1) cause earlier, symmetric sphincter loss with less pain and may mix upper and lower motor neuron signs. Either needs same-day surgical referral.
Key point

Neurologic pathology is anatomy applied: stroke deficits follow arterial territories, hemorrhages follow their vessels and their shapes on CT, CSF separates bacterial from viral meningitis, MS and Guillain-Barré demyelinate the central and peripheral nervous system respectively, and each cord syndrome removes a predictable set of tracts. The red flags chiropractors must catch are dissection symptoms, thunderclap headache, meningism and cauda equina signs.

Section 4Cardiovascular and respiratory disease

Atherosclerosis and arteriosclerosis

Atherosclerosis is chronic inflammation of the intima of large and medium arteries after endothelial injury (hypertension, smoking, hyperglycemia, turbulent flow at branch points). LDL enters the intima and is oxidized; macrophages ingest it to become foam cells, forming the fatty streak. PDGF draws smooth muscle cells into the intima to build a fibrous cap over a necrotic lipid core. A stenosis over about 70 percent causes exertional ischemia, but the real danger is the complicated plaque: a thin cap ruptures, exposes tissue factor and collagen, and thrombus forms within minutes. Other complications are hemorrhage, embolism, calcification and aneurysm. The abdominal aorta is most severely affected, then the coronary, popliteal and internal carotid arteries.

Risk factors: smoking, hypertension, high LDL and low HDL, diabetes, obesity and inactivity, plus age, male sex and family history. Hyaline arteriolosclerosis (hypertension, diabetes) narrows arterioles; hyperplastic ("onion-skin") change marks malignant hypertension; Mönckeberg medial calcification is a nonobstructive "pipestem" finding.

Hypertension

Hypertension is a sustained pressure of 130/80 mm Hg or higher; 90 to 95 percent is primary. Suspect a secondary cause in young or resistant patients: renal artery stenosis (fibromuscular dysplasia in young women, atherosclerosis in older men), kidney disease, primary aldosteronism, pheochromocytoma, Cushing syndrome, coarctation (arm pressure above leg pressure, rib notching), sleep apnea and drugs such as NSAIDs. Target organ damage includes left ventricular hypertrophy, coronary disease, stroke, aortic dissection, nephrosclerosis and retinopathy.

Ischemic heart disease

Stable angina is predictable exertional pressure relieved by rest; unstable angina and MI are acute coronary syndromes from plaque rupture; Prinzmetal angina is vasospasm at rest. The LAD is most often occluded (anterior wall), then the right coronary (inferior wall, SA and AV nodes, so bradycardia and block), then the circumflex. Pain radiates to the left arm, jaw or epigastrium; women, diabetics and the elderly may have atypical or silent infarcts. Troponin is the marker of choice: it rises in 3 to 4 hours, peaks at 24 hours and stays up 7 to 10 days; CK-MB clears in 2 to 3 days and detects reinfarction.

Time after MITissue changeMain complication
0 to 24 hoursEarly coagulative necrosis, wavy fibers, contraction bands with reperfusionArrhythmia (ventricular fibrillation is the main cause of early sudden death), cardiogenic shock
1 to 3 daysNeutrophil infiltrationFibrinous pericarditis (friction rub)
3 to 14 daysMacrophages remove dead tissue; granulation tissue begins at the margins; wall weakestFree wall rupture with tamponade, papillary muscle rupture (acute mitral regurgitation), septal rupture
2 weeks to several monthsCollagen scarVentricular aneurysm, mural thrombus, Dressler syndrome (autoimmune pericarditis), chronic heart failure

Heart failure, aneurysm and dissection

Heart failure may have reduced ejection fraction (after MI) or preserved ejection fraction (stiff hypertrophied ventricle). Left-sided failure causes dyspnea, orthopnea, paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea, pulmonary edema and "heart failure cells." Right-sided failure is usually caused by left-sided failure (cor pulmonale when caused by lung disease) and causes jugular distention, nutmeg liver and pitting edema.

An abdominal aortic aneurysm (over 3 cm, usually infrarenal) is an atherosclerotic disease of older male smokers, seen as a pulsatile mass or curvilinear calcification anterior to the lumbar spine on a lateral film; repair is usually advised at 5.5 cm. Thoracic aneurysms follow hypertension, Marfan syndrome and tertiary syphilis. Aortic dissection (hypertension most common, Marfan) causes sudden tearing chest pain radiating to the back, unequal arm pulses and a widened mediastinum; Stanford type A involves the ascending aorta and is a surgical emergency.

Clinical link. Vascular disease can masquerade as mechanical back pain. A patient over 60 with a smoking history and deep, boring low back or flank pain that does not change with movement or position needs abdominal palpation for a pulsatile mass and, if in doubt, emergency referral. Tearing interscapular pain with a pulse or blood pressure difference between arms is a dissection until proven otherwise.

Obstructive and restrictive lung disease

Spirometry separates the two great groups. Obstructive disease narrows airways so air cannot get out: FEV1 falls much more than FVC, so FEV1/FVC is below 0.70, while air trapping raises residual volume and total lung capacity. Restrictive disease limits expansion: all volumes including TLC fall, FEV1 and FVC fall together, and the ratio is normal or high.

024 Liters 4.05.0 1.84.0 2.63.0 NormalObstructiveRestrictive FEV1/FVC 80%FEV1/FVC 45%FEV1/FVC 87% FEV1 FVC
Figure 13.4 Spirometry patterns. In obstruction the FEV1 collapses while the FVC is relatively preserved, so the ratio falls below 0.70. In restriction both fall together and the ratio stays normal or rises.
DiseaseTypeKey pathology and clues
Chronic bronchitisObstructiveProductive cough at least 3 months in each of 2 consecutive years; mucous gland hyperplasia (Reid index over 0.5); hypoxemia, cyanosis, cor pulmonale ("blue bloater")
EmphysemaObstructiveDestruction of alveolar walls by unopposed protease; centriacinar, upper lobes in smokers; panacinar, lower lobes in α1-antitrypsin deficiency; barrel chest, flat diaphragms, hyperlucency, pursed-lip breathing ("pink puffer")
AsthmaObstructive, reversibleType I hypersensitivity with Th2 cytokines, eosinophils, smooth muscle hypertrophy; Curschmann spirals and Charcot-Leyden crystals; wheeze, cough, triggers
BronchiectasisObstructivePermanent airway dilation after chronic necrotizing infection; cystic fibrosis, Kartagener syndrome; copious purulent sputum
Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosisRestrictivePatchy subpleural fibrosis, honeycomb lung, clubbing; older adults
PneumoconiosesRestrictiveCoal and silica: upper lobes; silicosis gives eggshell calcification of hilar nodes and TB risk. Asbestosis: lower lobes, pleural plaques, ferruginous bodies, bronchogenic carcinoma (most common) and mesothelioma
SarcoidosisRestrictiveNoncaseating granulomas, bilateral hilar lymphadenopathy, elevated ACE, hypercalcemia, uveitis, erythema nodosum; young Black women
Chest wall and neuromuscularRestrictive (extrinsic)Severe kyphoscoliosis, ankylosing spondylitis, obesity, ALS, myasthenia

Pneumonia and lung cancer

Lobar pneumonia (classically Streptococcus pneumoniae, the most common community-acquired cause) passes through congestion, red hepatization, gray hepatization and resolution. Bronchopneumonia is patchy (S. aureus, H. influenzae, Klebsiella with currant jelly sputum in alcoholics). Atypical pneumonia is interstitial and milder (Mycoplasma, Legionella, viruses). Aspiration favors the right lower lobe. Primary tuberculosis forms a Ghon complex; reactivation favors the apices with caseation and cavitation.

Lung cancer is the leading cause of cancer death. Adenocarcinoma is the most common type, peripheral, and the most common in nonsmokers and women. Squamous cell carcinoma is central, strongly linked to smoking, may cavitate and secretes PTH-related peptide (hypercalcemia). Small cell carcinoma is central, nearly always in smokers, neuroendocrine, metastasizes early (treated with chemotherapy, not surgery) and causes paraneoplastic SIADH, ectopic ACTH and Lambert-Eaton syndrome. Metastases to the lung are more common than primary lung cancer. A Pancoast (superior sulcus) tumor at the apex invades the lower brachial plexus and sympathetic chain.

Board tip. Shoulder and medial arm pain in the C8 to T1 distribution, hand intrinsic weakness and an ipsilateral Horner syndrome (ptosis, miosis, anhidrosis) in a smoker is a Pancoast tumor, not cervical radiculopathy or thoracic outlet syndrome. Look for apical opacity or erosion of the first or second rib on the AP film.
Key point

Atherosclerosis is an inflammatory plaque whose rupture causes MI and stroke; hypertension silently damages arterioles, heart, kidney and brain; MI follows a predictable timetable of necrosis and complications; and aneurysm, dissection and Pancoast tumor are the cardiopulmonary conditions most likely to present as musculoskeletal pain. In the lungs, the FEV1/FVC ratio sorts obstruction from restriction.

Section 5Gastrointestinal, renal, endocrine and hematologic disease

Gastrointestinal and liver disease

Peptic ulcer disease is caused mainly by H. pylori and NSAIDs (Zollinger-Ellison gastrinoma when refractory). Duodenal pain improves with meals, gastric pain worsens; posterior duodenal ulcers bleed from the gastroduodenal artery or penetrate the pancreas and refer pain to the back. Reflux can cause Barrett esophagus. Celiac disease (anti-tissue transglutaminase) may present as iron deficiency or osteomalacia. Pancreatitis (gallstones, alcohol) and pancreatic carcinoma bore through to the back. In an older adult, iron deficiency anemia is colon cancer until proven otherwise.

FeatureCrohn diseaseUlcerative colitis
DistributionMouth to anus, terminal ileum most common, skip lesions, rectum often sparedRectum always, extends proximally in continuity, colon only
DepthTransmural: fistulas, abscesses, strictures ("string sign")Mucosa and submucosa: crypt abscesses, pseudopolyps
Gross and histologyCobblestone mucosa, creeping fat, noncaseating granulomasFriable bleeding mucosa, loss of haustra ("lead pipe" colon)
SymptomsCrampy right lower quadrant pain, diarrhea, malabsorption (B12 if ileum)Bloody diarrhea, tenesmus
AssociationsSmoking worsens; kidney stones (oxalate), gallstonesPrimary sclerosing cholangitis, toxic megacolon, higher colon cancer risk; smoking appears protective
Extraintestinal (both)Enteropathic arthritis, HLA-B27 sacroiliitis, uveitis, erythema nodosumSame list, plus pyoderma gangrenosum and aphthous ulcers in either disease

Cirrhosis is diffuse fibrosis with regenerative nodules, mainly from alcohol, hepatitis B and C, and fatty liver disease. Alcoholic disease progresses from fatty change to alcoholic hepatitis (Mallory bodies, AST to ALT above 2) to cirrhosis. Consequences: portal hypertension (varices, caput medusae, ascites, splenomegaly), low albumin and clotting factors, jaundice, encephalopathy with asterixis, and estrogen excess (gynecomastia, spider angiomas). Hemochromatosis (HFE) and Wilson disease (ATP7B, Kayser-Fleischer rings) are metabolic causes.

Renal disease

Acute kidney injury is prerenal (hypoperfusion; BUN to creatinine ratio above 20), intrinsic (acute tubular necrosis with muddy brown casts after ischemia or toxins such as aminoglycosides, contrast or myoglobin) or postrenal (obstruction). Chronic kidney disease is most often caused by diabetes, then hypertension; it produces anemia (lost erythropoietin), renal osteodystrophy, hyperkalemia, metabolic acidosis, hypertension and uremia (pericarditis, encephalopathy, platelet dysfunction). Glomerular disease is sorted into two syndromes:

Nephritic syndromeNephrotic syndrome
MechanismInflammation damages the glomerular wallPodocyte damage makes the filter leaky to protein
UrineHematuria with RBC casts, proteinuria under 3.5 g/dayProteinuria over 3.5 g/day, fatty casts (Maltese cross)
SystemicHypertension, oliguria, azotemia, periorbital edemaHypoalbuminemia, generalized edema, hyperlipidemia, hypercoagulability
ExamplesPoststreptococcal GN (child, 2 to 3 weeks after pharyngitis or impetigo, low C3, high ASO); IgA nephropathy (most common GN worldwide, hematuria days after a URI); Goodpasture (anti-GBM, hemoptysis); rapidly progressive GN (crescents); Alport syndrome; lupus nephritisMinimal change disease (children, steroid-responsive); FSGS (common in adults, HIV, Black patients); membranous nephropathy (adults, anti-PLA2R); diabetic nephropathy (Kimmelstiel-Wilson nodules); amyloidosis

Most kidney stones are calcium oxalate; struvite staghorn stones come from Proteus. Colicky flank pain radiating to the groin does not change with movement. Pyelonephritis gives fever, costovertebral angle tenderness and WBC casts; renal cell carcinoma gives hematuria, flank pain, polycythemia and lytic expansile bone metastases.

Endocrine disease

Type 1 diabetes is autoimmune beta-cell destruction (HLA-DR3, DR4) with ketoacidosis; type 2 is insulin resistance in obese adults. Diagnosis: fasting glucose 126 mg/dL or more, HbA1c 6.5 percent or more, or 2-hour or random glucose 200 or more. Complications from glycation and the sorbitol pathway: retinopathy, nephropathy, neuropathy, atherosclerosis, infection, Charcot foot, adhesive capsulitis and DISH.

DisorderCauseKey findings
Graves diseaseThyroid-stimulating antibodies to the TSH receptor (type II hypersensitivity)Hyperthyroidism (heat intolerance, weight loss, tremor, tachycardia, atrial fibrillation, osteoporosis), exophthalmos, pretibial myxedema; low TSH, high T4
Hashimoto thyroiditisAutoimmune (anti-TPO), lymphocytic infiltrate with germinal centers, HĂ¼rthle cellsMost common hypothyroidism where iodine is adequate: fatigue, cold intolerance, weight gain, myxedema, slow relaxation of reflexes, carpal tunnel, myopathy; high TSH
Thyroid carcinomaPapillary (most common; Orphan Annie nuclei, psammoma bodies, radiation), follicular (hematogenous to bone), medullary (C cells, calcitonin, MEN 2), anaplasticPainless nodule; papillary has an excellent prognosis
Cushing syndromeExogenous steroids (most common), pituitary ACTH adenoma (Cushing disease), adrenal tumor, ectopic ACTHCentral obesity, moon face, buffalo hump, purple striae, hypertension, hyperglycemia, osteoporosis, proximal myopathy, avascular necrosis
Addison diseaseAutoimmune adrenalitis (developed countries), tuberculosis, metastasesWeakness, hypotension, hyponatremia, hyperkalemia, hyperpigmentation from high ACTH
Primary aldosteronism (Conn)Adrenal adenoma or hyperplasiaHypertension, hypokalemia, low renin
PheochromocytomaCatecholamine-secreting adrenal medulla tumor (MEN 2, NF1, VHL)Episodic headache, sweating, palpitations, hypertension; urine metanephrines

Anemias and leukemias

Anemia is classified first by red cell size (MCV), then by mechanism (decreased production versus increased loss or destruction, judged by the reticulocyte count).

Anemia: check the MCV MicrocyticNormocyticMacrocytic MCV under 80 fLMCV 80 to 100 fLMCV over 100 fL Iron deficiency Thalassemia Anemia of chronicdisease (late) Lead poisoning Sideroblastic anemia Acute blood loss Hemolysis: sickle cell,spherocytosis, G6PD Chronic kidney disease Aplastic anemia Early chronic disease Vitamin B12 deficiency Folate deficiency Alcohol, liver disease Hypothyroidism Drugs (methotrexate,hydroxyurea)
Figure 13.5 Classifying anemia by red cell size. Microcytic anemia means a hemoglobin synthesis problem (iron, globin or heme), macrocytic megaloblastic anemia means a DNA synthesis problem (B12 or folate), and normocytic anemia is usually blood loss, hemolysis or marrow underproduction.
  • Iron deficiency (most common anemia worldwide; chronic blood loss in adults): low ferritin, high TIBC, low serum iron, hypochromic microcytes, koilonychia, pica. Anemia of chronic disease (hepcidin traps iron): high ferritin, low TIBC. Thalassemia: target cells, normal iron studies, high RBC count for the degree of anemia; beta-thalassemia major expands the marrow ("hair-on-end" skull).
  • Vitamin B12 deficiency (pernicious anemia with antibodies to intrinsic factor and parietal cells, gastrectomy, ileal disease, strict vegan diet, metformin): megaloblastic anemia, hypersegmented neutrophils, raised methylmalonic acid and homocysteine, and neurologic damage (subacute combined degeneration). Folate deficiency looks identical in the blood but has normal methylmalonic acid and no neurologic signs.
  • Sickle cell disease: glutamate to valine at position 6 of the beta chain; HbS polymerizes when deoxygenated; vaso-occlusive pain crises, autosplenectomy (infection with encapsulated organisms), avascular necrosis, Salmonella osteomyelitis and central endplate depressions giving H-shaped (Lincoln log) vertebrae. Hereditary spherocytosis (spectrin or ankyrin; high MCHC, osmotic fragility) and G6PD deficiency (oxidant-triggered hemolysis, Heinz bodies, bite cells) are other hemolytic causes.
NeoplasmTypical patientHallmarks
Acute lymphoblastic leukemiaChild (most common childhood cancer)TdT-positive lymphoblasts; bone pain, CNS and testicular spread; good prognosis with therapy
Acute myeloid leukemiaAdult, median 65Myeloblasts with Auer rods, myeloperoxidase; acute promyelocytic subtype t(15;17) causes DIC and responds to all-trans retinoic acid
Chronic lymphocytic leukemiaOver 60 (most common adult leukemia in Western countries)CD5-positive mature B cells, smudge cells, lymphadenopathy, autoimmune hemolysis
Chronic myeloid leukemiaAdult 40 to 60Philadelphia chromosome t(9;22) BCR-ABL tyrosine kinase, very high WBC, splenomegaly; imatinib; blast crisis
Hodgkin lymphomaBimodal: young adults and elderlyReed-Sternberg cells (CD15, CD30), contiguous nodal spread, B symptoms (fever, night sweats, weight loss), EBV link
Non-Hodgkin lymphomaAdults; Burkitt in childrenDiffuse large B cell (most common), follicular t(14;18) BCL-2, Burkitt t(8;14) MYC with "starry sky," noncontiguous spread

Bleeding disorders split by pattern: platelet and von Willebrand disease (the most common inherited bleeding disorder) cause mucosal bleeding and petechiae, while coagulation factor deficiencies such as hemophilia A (factor VIII) and B (factor IX), both X-linked, cause deep bleeding into muscles and joints (hemarthrosis, especially the knee) leading to hemophilic arthropathy.

Board tip. Fatigue plus back or bone pain in an older adult with anemia, high ESR and hypercalcemia is multiple myeloma. Anemia plus neurologic signs (numb feet, poor balance, positive Romberg) is B12 deficiency, never folate. A child with bone pain, pallor, bruising and fever needs a CBC for leukemia, not an adjustment.
Key point

Organ-system pathology rewards pattern recognition: ulcer location by relation to meals, Crohn transmural skip lesions versus continuous mucosal ulcerative colitis, nephritic blood versus nephrotic protein, autoimmune thyroid disease that either stimulates or destroys, cortisol excess versus deficiency, and anemia sorted by MCV. Many of these diseases (renal colic, pancreatitis, myeloma, leukemia, B12 deficiency) first present as musculoskeletal or neurologic complaints.

The chapter in one breath

  • Osteoporosis has normal labs and a T-score of -2.5 or lower; osteomalacia shows low phosphate, high ALP and Looser zones; Paget disease shows a very high ALP, enlarged dense bone and picture frame vertebrae.
  • Primary hyperparathyroidism raises calcium and lowers phosphate, with subperiosteal resorption of the radial middle phalanges and brown tumors.
  • Osteomyelitis is usually S. aureus; pyogenic spinal infection destroys the disc early, tuberculosis spreads under ligaments and forms psoas abscesses.
  • Bone tumors are located by age and site; metastasis and multiple myeloma (CRAB, M spike) dominate the adult spine.
  • Osteoarthritis builds bone unevenly; rheumatoid arthritis erodes symmetric small joints, spares the DIPs and destabilizes C1 to C2.
  • HLA-B27 spondyloarthropathies cause sacroiliitis, enthesitis and uveitis; gout crystals are negatively birefringent needles, CPPD crystals positively birefringent rhomboids; DISH preserves the discs.
  • Stroke deficits follow arterial territories; epidural hematoma is arterial and lens-shaped, subdural is venous and crescentic, subarachnoid is a thunderclap from a berry aneurysm.
  • MS demyelinates the CNS with oligoclonal bands; Guillain-BarrĂ© demyelinates peripheral nerves with high CSF protein and normal cells; ALS mixes upper and lower motor neuron signs without sensory loss.
  • Atherosclerotic plaque rupture causes MI and stroke; troponin is the marker of choice; MI wall rupture peaks at 3 to 14 days.
  • Obstructive lung disease lowers FEV1/FVC below 0.70; restrictive disease lowers all volumes with a normal ratio; a Pancoast tumor mimics C8 to T1 radiculopathy with Horner syndrome.
  • Crohn disease is transmural with skip lesions; ulcerative colitis is continuous and mucosal; nephritic syndrome means hematuria and hypertension, nephrotic means over 3.5 g of protein a day.
  • Anemia is sorted by MCV; B12 deficiency is the macrocytic anemia with neurologic damage.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
T-scoreBone density compared with a healthy young adult, in standard deviations; -2.5 or lower defines osteoporosis.
Looser zoneA pseudofracture: a band of unmineralized osteoid on the compression side of a bone, typical of osteomalacia.
Brown tumorA hemorrhagic, giant-cell-rich lytic lesion caused by excess PTH (osteitis fibrosa cystica).
SequestrumA fragment of dead bone isolated within an area of osteomyelitis.
Codman trianglePeriosteum lifted by an aggressive tumor, forming a triangle of new bone at the lesion's edge; classic for osteosarcoma.
Bence Jones proteinFree immunoglobulin light chains in the urine of patients with multiple myeloma.
PannusInflamed, proliferating synovium in rheumatoid arthritis that invades and erodes cartilage and bone.
EnthesitisInflammation where a tendon, ligament or capsule attaches to bone; the hallmark of the spondyloarthropathies.
SyndesmophyteOssification of the outer annulus bridging adjacent vertebrae, thin and marginal in ankylosing spondylitis.
TophusA deposit of urate crystals surrounded by inflammatory cells in soft tissue or bone in chronic gout.
ChondrocalcinosisCalcification of hyaline or fibrocartilage, the radiographic sign of CPPD.
Liquefactive necrosisDissolution of dead tissue into fluid by enzymes; the pattern of infarcted brain.
Oligoclonal bandsDiscrete IgG bands in CSF from intrathecal antibody production, supporting multiple sclerosis.
Albuminocytologic dissociationHigh CSF protein with a normal cell count, typical of Guillain-Barré syndrome.
Cor pulmonaleRight ventricular failure caused by lung disease or pulmonary hypertension.
Aortic dissectionBlood entering the aortic media through an intimal tear and splitting the wall.
FEV1/FVC ratioFraction of vital capacity exhaled in the first second; below 0.70 indicates obstruction.
Horner syndromePtosis, miosis and anhidrosis from interruption of sympathetic fibers to the face.
Skip lesionsDiseased bowel segments separated by normal bowel, characteristic of Crohn disease.
Nephrotic syndromeHeavy proteinuria (over 3.5 g a day) with hypoalbuminemia, edema and hyperlipidemia.
MCVMean corpuscular volume, the average red cell size used to classify anemia.
Philadelphia chromosomeThe t(9;22) translocation forming the BCR-ABL fusion gene in chronic myeloid leukemia.

Check yourself

A 68-year-old man has bone pain and an increasing hat size. Serum calcium and phosphate are normal and alkaline phosphatase is markedly elevated. A lumbar vertebra is enlarged with a thick cortical rim. What is the diagnosis?
Paget disease of bone. Isolated, very high ALP with normal calcium and phosphate, skull enlargement and an enlarged picture frame vertebra are characteristic. Enlargement distinguishes it from blastic metastasis and lymphoma.
Which laboratory pattern is expected in vitamin D deficiency osteomalacia?
Low or low-normal calcium, low phosphate, high alkaline phosphatase, high PTH. Reduced calcium absorption triggers secondary hyperparathyroidism, which wastes phosphate in the urine and stimulates osteoblasts.
A 15-year-old has a painful lesion of the distal femoral metaphysis with a sunburst periosteal reaction and a Codman triangle. What is the most likely tumor?
Osteosarcoma. It is the most common primary bone malignancy in adolescents, favors the metaphyses around the knee and produces aggressive, interrupted periosteal reactions.
A 25-year-old man has low back pain that is worse in the morning, improves with exercise and wakes him at night. Films show bilateral symmetric sacroiliac erosions. Which genetic marker is most strongly associated?
HLA-B27. The picture is inflammatory back pain from ankylosing spondylitis, about 90 percent of whom carry HLA-B27.
Synovial fluid from an acutely inflamed knee shows rhomboid crystals that are weakly positively birefringent, and the film shows meniscal calcification. Diagnosis?
Calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease (pseudogout). Gout crystals would be needle-shaped and negatively birefringent; chondrocalcinosis is the CPPD radiographic sign.
A patient has loss of pain and temperature sensation across both shoulders and arms with preserved light touch and position sense, and wasting of the hand intrinsics. What lesion is most likely?
Syringomyelia at the lower cervical cord. The syrinx interrupts crossing spinothalamic fibers in the anterior white commissure (cape-like dissociated loss) and then the anterior horns.
After a blow to the temple a patient is briefly unconscious, recovers for several hours, then rapidly declines with a dilated ipsilateral pupil. CT shows a lens-shaped hyperdensity. Which vessel was injured?
The middle meningeal artery (epidural hematoma). Arterial bleeding strips dura from bone, is limited by sutures (biconvex shape) and causes uncal herniation compressing CN III.
On day 5 after an anterior MI, a patient suddenly develops hypotension, distended neck veins and muffled heart sounds. What happened?
Free wall rupture with cardiac tamponade. Between about 3 and 14 days macrophages are removing necrotic myocardium before scar forms, so the wall is weakest.
Spirometry shows FEV1 2.4 L, FVC 2.8 L (ratio 0.86) and reduced total lung capacity. Is this obstructive or restrictive, and give one example cause seen in a spine practice.
Restrictive. Both values fall with a preserved ratio and low TLC. Extrinsic causes such as severe kyphoscoliosis or ankylosing spondylitis limit chest wall expansion.
A 72-year-old woman has fatigue, numb feet, a positive Romberg test and a macrocytic anemia with hypersegmented neutrophils. Which deficiency, and which lab confirms it over the alternative?
Vitamin B12 deficiency, confirmed by an elevated methylmalonic acid. Both B12 and folate deficiency raise homocysteine, but only B12 deficiency raises methylmalonic acid and causes subacute combined degeneration of the dorsal columns and lateral corticospinal tracts.
Chapter 14 · Microbiology

Microbiology, Immunology and Public Health

Microbiology is the smallest of the six Part I domains by weight, but its questions are among the most predictable: a classic organism, a classic toxin, a classic vector or a classic lab finding. It is also the science behind everyday office decisions, from which patients need referral for a fever with back pain to how the adjusting table is cleaned between patients.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Compare innate and adaptive immunity, the five antibody classes, the three complement pathways, and MHC class I versus class II antigen presentation.
  • Classify vaccines as live attenuated, inactivated, subunit, toxoid, conjugate or mRNA, and distinguish active from passive immunity.
  • Explain the Gram stain, bacterial envelope structure, gene transfer, and the difference between exotoxins and endotoxin.
  • Match the major bacterial pathogens to their diseases and name the target of each major antibiotic class and resistance mechanism.
  • Describe viral structure and replication, the herpesviruses, hepatitis serology, the course of HIV infection, and why prions defy ordinary sterilization.
  • Separate yeasts, molds and dimorphic fungi, and identify the major mycoses, protozoa, helminths and arthropod vectors.
  • Calculate incidence, prevalence, sensitivity, specificity and predictive values, and match each study design to its measure of association.
  • Apply the chain of infection, the Spaulding levels of sterilization and disinfection, and standard precautions to a chiropractic office.

Section 1Immunology

Innate and adaptive immunity

Innate immunity is present from birth, responds within minutes to hours, is not antigen-specific and has no memory. Its components are physical and chemical barriers (skin, mucus, cilia, gastric acid, lysozyme, defensins), phagocytes (neutrophils, the first cells at an acute bacterial site, and macrophages), natural killer cells (kill virus-infected and tumor cells that have lost MHC class I), dendritic cells, mast cells, eosinophils, complement and acute-phase proteins such as CRP. Innate cells recognize conserved microbial patterns through Toll-like receptors (TLR4 binds gram-negative LPS). Activated macrophages release IL-1, IL-6 and TNF-α, which cause fever (via hypothalamic prostaglandin E2), acute-phase protein synthesis and neutrophil release.

Adaptive immunity develops over days, is highly specific, has memory and is carried by lymphocytes. Each B or T cell carries one receptor specificity created by random gene rearrangement (V(D)J recombination); antigen selects and expands the matching clone (clonal selection). Primary lymphoid organs are the bone marrow (B cell maturation) and thymus (T cell maturation); secondary organs are lymph nodes, spleen and mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue, where naive lymphocytes meet antigen. An antigen is any molecule recognized by an antibody or T cell receptor; the part recognized is the epitope. A hapten is too small to do so unless coupled to a carrier protein (the basis of penicillin allergy and of conjugate vaccines).

Antibodies

An antibody (immunoglobulin) is made of two identical heavy chains and two identical light chains (kappa or lambda) joined by disulfide bonds. The two Fab arms carry variable regions whose hypervariable loops form the antigen-binding sites. The Fc stem is the constant region that defines the class (isotype) and decides what the antibody does: binding Fc receptors on phagocytes (opsonization), mast cells (IgE) or the placenta (IgG), and fixing complement via C1q.

Antigen bound at theantigen-binding site Variable domainsheavy and light tips Fab (one arm) binds antigen Constant domains Light chain Hinge withdisulfide bonds Heavy chain Fc stem binds Fc receptors and C1q
Figure 14.1 The IgG molecule. Two heavy chains (navy) and two light chains (sky) form two antigen-binding Fab arms with variable tips (gold) and an Fc stem whose constant region decides the antibody's effector functions.
ClassStructureKey functions and facts
IgGMonomerMost abundant in serum; main antibody of the secondary response; crosses the placenta (newborn passive immunity); opsonizes, neutralizes toxins, fixes complement
IgMPentamer (monomer on naive B cells)First antibody of a primary response, so IgM indicates current or recent infection; best complement activator; best agglutinator; does not cross the placenta
IgADimer with J chain and secretory component in secretionsMucosal immunity in tears, saliva, gut and respiratory secretions; most produced overall; passed in colostrum and breast milk
IgEMonomerBinds mast cells and basophils; triggers type I hypersensitivity (allergy, anaphylaxis); defense against helminths with eosinophils
IgDMonomerSurface receptor on naive B cells with IgM; little serum function

In a primary response there is a lag of 7 to 10 days and IgM predominates. Helper T cells then drive class switching (CD40 ligand on the T cell binding CD40 on the B cell, plus cytokines) and affinity maturation, so a secondary (anamnestic) response is faster, larger, longer and mainly high-affinity IgG. That is the logic behind booster doses.

Complement

Complement is a cascade of plasma proteins that converges on C3. The classical pathway starts when C1q binds antigen-antibody complexes (IgG or IgM: "GM makes classic cars"); the lectin pathway starts when mannose-binding lectin binds microbial sugars; the alternative pathway starts with spontaneous C3 hydrolysis stabilized on microbial surfaces. All three form a C3 convertase, then a C5 convertase. Products: C3b opsonizes; C3a and C5a are anaphylatoxins that release histamine from mast cells; C5a is a powerful neutrophil chemoattractant; C5b to C9 assemble the membrane attack complex that lyses cells, especially thin-walled Neisseria. Deficiencies: early components (C1, C2, C4) predispose to lupus-like immune complex disease; C3 to recurrent pyogenic infections; C5 to C9 to recurrent Neisseria infection; C1 esterase inhibitor to hereditary angioedema; DAF (CD55) and CD59 to paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria.

T cells, B cells and MHC

T cells mature in the thymus through positive selection (cortex: cells that recognize self-MHC survive) and negative selection (medulla: cells that bind self-antigen strongly die, aided by AIRE). T cells see only peptide presented on MHC.

MHC class IMHC class II
GenesHLA-A, -B, -CHLA-DP, -DQ, -DR
Found onAll nucleated cells (not red cells)Antigen-presenting cells: dendritic cells, macrophages, B cells
Peptide sourceEndogenous (cytosolic: viral, tumor), loaded in the ER via TAPExogenous (phagocytosed), loaded in endosomes after the invariant chain is removed
Presents toCD8 cytotoxic T cellsCD4 helper T cells
Structure notePaired with β2-microglobulinTwo chains, α and β

CD4 helper T cells differentiate by cytokine environment: Th1 (IFN-γ, IL-2) activate macrophages against intracellular microbes such as M. tuberculosis and drive delayed (type IV) hypersensitivity; Th2 (IL-4, IL-5, IL-13) help B cells, drive IgE class switching and eosinophils against helminths and in allergy; Th17 (IL-17) recruit neutrophils against extracellular bacteria and fungi; regulatory T cells (CD25, FOXP3, IL-10, TGF-β) suppress responses and maintain tolerance. CD8 cytotoxic T cells kill virus-infected and tumor cells with perforin and granzymes and through Fas ligand. B cells (markers CD19, CD20, CD21, the EBV receptor) present antigen and become antibody-secreting plasma cells or memory cells. Most protein antigens are T-dependent; bacterial capsular polysaccharides are T-independent, giving weak IgM responses with poor memory, especially in children under 2. HLA associations worth knowing: B27 with the spondyloarthropathies, DR4 with rheumatoid arthritis, DR3 and DR4 with type 1 diabetes, DQ2 and DQ8 with celiac disease.

Board tip. Rule of 8: MHC I × CD8 = 8 and MHC II × CD4 = 8. Hypersensitivity types follow "ACID": type I anaphylactic (IgE), type II cytotoxic (antibody against cell-bound antigen, such as myasthenia gravis, Graves disease, transfusion reactions), type III immune complex (lupus, post-streptococcal glomerulonephritis, serum sickness), type IV delayed, T cell mediated (TB skin test, contact dermatitis, transplant rejection).

Classic immunodeficiencies: Bruton agammaglobulinemia (no B cells), selective IgA deficiency (most common; anaphylaxis to transfused blood), DiGeorge syndrome (absent thymus, hypocalcemia), severe combined immunodeficiency and chronic granulomatous disease (NADPH oxidase).

Vaccines and immunization

Active immunity is made by the host after infection (natural) or vaccination (artificial); it is slow to develop but lasting. Passive immunity is preformed antibody received from the mother across the placenta (IgG) or in milk (IgA) (natural), or as immune globulin or antitoxin (artificial: hepatitis B, rabies and tetanus immune globulin); it works immediately but fades in weeks to months. Herd immunity protects the unimmunized when enough of the population is immune, and the threshold rises with the infectiousness of the agent (about 95 percent for measles).

Vaccine typeExamplesNotes
Live attenuatedMMR, varicella, yellow fever, oral (Sabin) polio, intranasal influenza, rotavirus, BCG, oral typhoidStrong humoral and cellular immunity, often lifelong after one or two doses; can revert or cause disease in the immunocompromised; avoid in pregnancy
Inactivated (killed)Injected (Salk) polio, hepatitis A, rabies, injected influenzaSafe in immunocompromised; mainly humoral; boosters needed
Subunit, recombinantHepatitis B (HBsAg), HPV, recombinant zoster, acellular pertussisPurified antigens; adjuvants enhance response
ToxoidTetanus, diphtheria (Td, Tdap, DTaP)Inactivated exotoxin induces antitoxin antibody; tetanus booster every 10 years, or after 5 years for a dirty wound
ConjugateHaemophilus influenzae type b, pneumococcal (PCV), meningococcalPolysaccharide linked to a protein carrier converts a T-independent antigen into a T-dependent one, so infants respond and form memory
mRNACOVID-19 vaccinesLipid-encased mRNA directs host cells to make the spike protein

A successful hepatitis B series produces anti-HBs alone. Clinic staff with possible blood exposure should be immune to hepatitis B, MMR and varicella, with Tdap and annual influenza vaccines.

Key point

Innate immunity is fast and pattern-based; adaptive immunity is slow, specific and remembers. IgM signals a new infection, IgG a later or past one and crosses the placenta, IgA guards mucosa and IgE drives allergy. MHC I shows inside proteins to CD8 killers; MHC II shows engulfed proteins to CD4 helpers. Vaccines exploit memory: live vaccines give the strongest immunity but are unsafe in pregnancy and immunodeficiency, and conjugate vaccines let infants respond to polysaccharide capsules.

Section 2Bacteria

Structure and the Gram stain

Bacteria are prokaryotes: no nucleus, a circular chromosome, often extra plasmids, 70S ribosomes (30S plus 50S subunits, the targets of many antibiotics) and division by binary fission. Nearly all have a peptidoglycan cell wall, a mesh of sugar chains (N-acetylglucosamine and N-acetylmuramic acid) cross-linked by peptide bridges; the cross-linking transpeptidases are the penicillin-binding proteins. Staphylococci grow in clusters, streptococci in chains.

The Gram stain has four steps: crystal violet (primary stain), iodine (mordant that traps the dye), alcohol or acetone (decolorizer, the critical step) and safranin (counterstain). Gram-positive cells have a thick peptidoglycan layer, laced with teichoic and lipoteichoic acids, that holds the crystal violet and stains purple. Gram-negative cells have a thin peptidoglycan layer in a periplasmic space beneath an outer membrane containing lipopolysaccharide (LPS, endotoxin); the solvent dissolves the outer membrane, the dye washes out, and safranin stains them pink. Some organisms stain poorly and need other methods: Mycobacterium (waxy mycolic acid; acid-fast Ziehl-Neelsen stain), Treponema (too thin; dark-field microscopy), Mycoplasma (no cell wall), Chlamydia and Rickettsia (intracellular), and Legionella (silver stain).

Gram-positive: stays purple Gram-negative: turns pink Cytoplasm Teichoic acid Thickpeptidoglycan Cell membrane Cytoplasm LPS (endotoxin) Outer membrane Periplasm Thin peptidoglycan Inner membrane 1 Crystal violetall cells purple 2 Iodinedye trapped 3 Alcoholnegatives lose dye 4 Safraninnegatives turn pink
Figure 14.2 Why the Gram stain works. A thick peptidoglycan wall holds the crystal violet and iodine complex through decolorization; the thin wall under a lipid outer membrane does not, so gram-negative cells take up the pink counterstain. Only gram-negative bacteria carry LPS endotoxin.

Other structures: the capsule (usually polysaccharide) is the most important antiphagocytic factor; key encapsulated pathogens are S. pneumoniae, Haemophilus influenzae type b, N. meningitidis, Klebsiella, E. coli, Salmonella and group B streptococcus, which is why asplenic and sickle cell patients are vulnerable to them. Biofilm (slime) lets S. epidermidis colonize prosthetic joints and catheters. Pili mediate adherence, and the sex pilus mediates conjugation. Flagella give motility. Endospores, formed by Bacillus and Clostridium when nutrients run out, contain dipicolinic acid and calcium, resist heat, drying and most disinfectants, and are destroyed reliably only by sterilization such as autoclaving.

Growth and genetics

By oxygen requirement: obligate aerobes (M. tuberculosis, which favors the lung apex; Pseudomonas), obligate anaerobes (Clostridium, Bacteroides, Actinomyces; lack catalase and superoxide dismutase, produce foul-smelling abscesses and gas, and resist aminoglycosides, which need oxygen to enter the cell), facultative anaerobes (staphylococci, enterics) and microaerophiles (Campylobacter, H. pylori). Obligate intracellular bacteria (Rickettsia, Chlamydia, Coxiella) cannot make their own ATP. Blood agar shows hemolysis: alpha (partial, green: S. pneumoniae, viridans streptococci), beta (complete, clear: S. pyogenes, S. agalactiae, S. aureus), gamma (none: Enterococcus).

Bacteria exchange genes in four ways. Transformation is uptake of naked DNA from the environment (S. pneumoniae, the basis of Griffith's experiment). Conjugation is direct transfer through a sex pilus, usually of plasmids such as the F factor and resistance (R) plasmids, and is the main route by which multidrug resistance spreads among gram-negative rods. Transduction is transfer by a bacteriophage; in lysogenic conversion a phage gene gives the host a new toxin: diphtheria, botulinum, cholera, Shiga-like and streptococcal erythrogenic toxins are all phage-encoded. Transposons ("jumping genes") move between chromosome and plasmids.

Virulence factors and toxins

Beyond capsules, important virulence factors are protein A (S. aureus; binds the Fc of IgG and blocks opsonization), M protein (S. pyogenes; antiphagocytic, and molecular mimicry with cardiac myosin underlies rheumatic fever), IgA protease (S. pneumoniae, Haemophilus, Neisseria), coagulase (S. aureus), hyaluronidase and streptokinase (spread through tissue), and the cord factor and sulfatides of M. tuberculosis.

PropertyExotoxinEndotoxin
SourceSecreted by gram-positive and gram-negative bacteriaLipid A of LPS in the gram-negative outer membrane, released on lysis
Chemistry and stabilityProtein, usually heat-labile (staphylococcal enterotoxin is a heat-stable exception)Lipopolysaccharide, heat-stable
Toxicity and actionVery potent, specific targetLess potent; activates macrophages via TLR4 to release IL-1, IL-6 and TNF-α: fever, hypotension, septic shock, DIC
VaccineToxoids possible (tetanus, diphtheria)No toxoid
ExotoxinOrganismMechanism and result
TetanospasminClostridium tetaniTravels retrograde to the cord and blocks release of GABA and glycine from Renshaw and other inhibitory interneurons: spastic paralysis, trismus (lockjaw), risus sardonicus, opisthotonos
Botulinum toxinClostridium botulinumCleaves SNARE proteins and blocks acetylcholine release: descending flaccid paralysis; home-canned food in adults, spores in honey in infants
Diphtheria toxinCorynebacterium diphtheriaeADP-ribosylates EF-2, stopping protein synthesis: gray pseudomembrane, myocarditis, neuropathy
Cholera toxinVibrio choleraePermanently activates Gs, raising cAMP: massive "rice-water" diarrhea
Pertussis toxinBordetella pertussisInactivates Gi, raising cAMP: whooping cough, lymphocytosis
Shiga and Shiga-like toxinShigella; enterohemorrhagic E. coli O157:H7Inactivates the 60S ribosome: bloody diarrhea, hemolytic uremic syndrome
Toxic shock syndrome toxinS. aureusSuperantigen cross-links MHC II and T cell receptors, causing massive cytokine release: fever, rash, shock
Alpha toxin (lecithinase)Clostridium perfringensDestroys cell membranes: gas gangrene (myonecrosis with crepitus)
Toxins A and BClostridioides difficileDamage colonic mucosa: pseudomembranous colitis after antibiotics (clindamycin, fluoroquinolones, cephalosporins)

Major pathogens

OrganismKey identifiersClassic diseases
Staphylococcus aureusGram-positive clusters, catalase and coagulase positiveAbscesses, impetigo, cellulitis; osteomyelitis and septic arthritis (most common cause); endocarditis in IV drug users; rapid-onset food poisoning from preformed toxin; toxic shock; MRSA carries mecA (altered PBP2a)
S. epidermidis, S. saprophyticusCoagulase negativeProsthetic joint and catheter infection (biofilm); urinary infection in young women
Streptococcus pyogenes (group A)Beta-hemolytic chains, bacitracin sensitivePharyngitis, impetigo, cellulitis, erysipelas, necrotizing fasciitis, scarlet fever; rheumatic fever (after pharyngitis) and post-streptococcal glomerulonephritis (after pharyngitis or skin infection)
S. agalactiae (group B)Beta-hemolyticNeonatal sepsis and meningitis; pregnant women are screened late in pregnancy
S. pneumoniaeAlpha-hemolytic lancet diplococci, optochin sensitive, capsulePneumonia, meningitis, otitis media, sinusitis
Listeria monocytogenesGram-positive rod, tumbling motility, grows in the coldDeli meat and unpasteurized cheese; meningitis in neonates, elderly, pregnant and immunocompromised
Neisseria meningitidis, N. gonorrhoeaeGram-negative diplococciMeningitis with petechiae; gonorrhea, PID and disseminated gonococcal infection (migratory arthritis, tenosynovitis, pustules), the most common septic arthritis in sexually active young adults
Pseudomonas aeruginosaGram-negative rod, oxidase positive, blue-green pigment, grape odorBurns, cystic fibrosis, ventilator pneumonia, hot tub folliculitis, swimmer's ear, puncture-wound osteomyelitis
E. coliLactose-fermenting gram-negative rodMost urinary tract infections; neonatal meningitis; traveler's diarrhea; O157:H7 with HUS
Salmonella, Shigella, CampylobacterEnteric gram-negative rodsGastroenteritis (poultry, eggs); typhoid fever with rose spots; osteomyelitis in sickle cell; bloody dysentery; Campylobacter triggers Guillain-Barré and reactive arthritis
Helicobacter pyloriCurved, urease positiveGastritis, peptic ulcer, gastric adenocarcinoma and MALT lymphoma
BrucellaGram-negative coccobacillusUndulant fever from unpasteurized dairy or livestock; sacroiliitis and spondylitis
Mycobacterium tuberculosisAcid-fast rod, slow growingPrimary and reactivation TB; Pott disease of the thoracolumbar spine with psoas abscess; screened by PPD skin test or interferon-gamma release assay
Treponema pallidumSpirochete, dark-fieldSyphilis: painless chancre; secondary rash on palms and soles; tertiary gummas, aortitis, tabes dorsalis; screen with RPR or VDRL, confirm with treponemal tests (FTA-ABS)
Borrelia burgdorferiSpirochete, Ixodes tickLyme disease: erythema migrans, Bell palsy, heart block, migratory then knee arthritis
Chlamydia trachomatis, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Rickettsia rickettsiiIntracellular; no cell wall; intracellular via tickMost common bacterial STI and reactive arthritis; walking pneumonia with cold agglutinins; Rocky Mountain spotted fever (rash starting at wrists and ankles, spreading to palms and soles)

Antibiotics and resistance

TargetDrugsNotes
Cell wall synthesisBeta-lactams (penicillins, cephalosporins, carbapenems), vancomycinBeta-lactams bind PBPs and block cross-linking; vancomycin binds D-Ala-D-Ala (MRSA, oral for C. difficile)
30S ribosomeAminoglycosides, tetracyclinesAminoglycosides: nephrotoxic and ototoxic, useless against anaerobes; tetracyclines (doxycycline) for Lyme, Rickettsia, Chlamydia, Mycoplasma; stain teeth, avoid in pregnancy and young children
50S ribosomeMacrolides (azithromycin), clindamycin, linezolid, chloramphenicolMacrolides for atypical pneumonia; clindamycin for anaerobes above the diaphragm, high C. difficile risk; chloramphenicol causes aplastic anemia and gray baby syndrome
DNA gyrase and topoisomeraseFluoroquinolones (ciprofloxacin, levofloxacin)Tendinopathy and Achilles tendon rupture, especially over 60 or with steroids; cartilage damage in children
Folate synthesisSulfonamides plus trimethoprimSequential block of dihydropteroate synthase and dihydrofolate reductase
OtherRifampin, isoniazid, metronidazoleRifampin blocks RNA polymerase (orange body fluids); isoniazid blocks mycolic acid synthesis (give B6 to prevent neuropathy); metronidazole for anaerobes, Giardia, Trichomonas

Resistance arises by mutation or acquired genes. Mechanisms are enzymatic inactivation (beta-lactamases, including extended-spectrum beta-lactamases and carbapenemases; aminoglycoside-modifying enzymes), altered targets (PBP2a in MRSA, D-Ala-D-Lac in vancomycin-resistant enterococci), reduced entry (porin loss) and efflux pumps (tetracyclines). Beta-lactamase inhibitors such as clavulanic acid protect amoxicillin.

Clinical link. A patient who recently took ciprofloxacin or levofloxacin and now has heel cord pain should not be treated as an ordinary tendinopathy: fluoroquinolone tendinopathy can progress to rupture, so stop aggressive loading, notify the prescriber and document. Equally, back pain with fever, an IV drug history, recent bacteremia or a urinary infection raises concern for vertebral osteomyelitis or epidural abscess (usually S. aureus) and calls for same-day medical referral.
Board tip. Spore formers are gram-positive rods (Bacillus, Clostridium). Endotoxin (LPS) belongs only to gram-negative bacteria; gram-positive shock is driven by lipoteichoic acid and superantigens. The only bacterium with a polypeptide (D-glutamate) capsule: Bacillus anthracis. No cell wall, so beta-lactams fail: Mycoplasma.
Key point

Bacterial identity starts with the envelope: thick peptidoglycan (gram-positive, purple) or thin peptidoglycan plus an LPS outer membrane (gram-negative, pink). Capsules, protein A, M protein and toxins make pathogens dangerous; exotoxins are specific proteins that can be made into toxoids, while endotoxin is gram-negative lipid A that causes septic shock. Antibiotics hit the wall, the ribosome, DNA replication or folate synthesis, and bacteria resist by destroying the drug, changing the target, blocking entry or pumping it out.

Section 3Viruses and prions

Structure and replication

A virus is an obligate intracellular parasite containing DNA or RNA, never both, inside a protein capsid built of capsomeres with icosahedral or helical symmetry. Many also wear a host-derived envelope. Enveloped viruses are fragile (killed by drying, detergents, alcohol and stomach acid) and spread by respiratory droplets, blood, sex and close contact. Naked (nonenveloped) viruses survive on surfaces, resist many disinfectants and often spread by the fecal-oral route: picornaviruses (polio, coxsackie, rhinovirus, hepatitis A), norovirus, rotavirus, adenovirus and hepatitis E.

Replication proceeds in six steps. Attachment of a viral protein to a specific host receptor determines tropism (HIV gp120 to CD4 plus CCR5 or CXCR4; EBV to CD21 on B cells; influenza hemagglutinin to sialic acid; SARS-CoV-2 spike to ACE2; rabies to the acetylcholine receptor). Penetration by membrane fusion or endocytosis is followed by uncoating, then synthesis of nucleic acid and proteins, assembly, and release by budding (enveloped) or lysis (naked). DNA viruses generally replicate in the nucleus (poxviruses are the exception, carrying their own polymerase into the cytoplasm); RNA viruses generally replicate in the cytoplasm (exceptions are influenza and retroviruses). Positive-sense RNA can be translated directly as mRNA, so purified genome is infectious; negative-sense RNA must first be copied by an RNA-dependent RNA polymerase packaged in the virion; retroviruses copy RNA into DNA with reverse transcriptase and integrate it into the host genome.

Infection may be lytic, persistent, latent or transforming. Oncogenic viruses include HPV 16 and 18 (E6 and E7 inactivate p53 and Rb), EBV (Burkitt and Hodgkin lymphoma, nasopharyngeal carcinoma), hepatitis B and C (hepatocellular carcinoma), HHV-8 (Kaposi sarcoma) and HTLV-1 (adult T cell leukemia). Interferon-α and -β induce an antiviral state in neighboring cells. Influenza A changes by antigenic drift (point mutations in hemagglutinin and neuraminidase, seasonal epidemics) and antigenic shift (reassortment of its segmented genome with animal strains, pandemics).

DNA and RNA viruses

The DNA viruses (hepadna, herpes, adeno, pox, parvo, papilloma, polyoma) are double-stranded except parvovirus B19 and icosahedral except poxvirus. Rotavirus is the double-stranded RNA exception.

VirusFamily and genomeDisease and clues
Herpes simplex 1 and 2Herpesvirus, enveloped dsDNAOral and genital vesicles, keratitis, temporal lobe encephalitis (HSV-1), neonatal herpes, herpetic whitlow of the finger; latent in sensory ganglia; Tzanck smear shows multinucleated giant cells
Varicella-zosterHerpesvirusChickenpox (lesions in different stages); latent in dorsal root and cranial nerve ganglia; shingles in a dermatome with postherpetic neuralgia
Epstein-BarrHerpesvirus, infects B cells via CD21Infectious mononucleosis (fever, pharyngitis, posterior cervical nodes, atypical lymphocytes, heterophile Monospot test, splenomegaly); Burkitt lymphoma, nasopharyngeal carcinoma
CytomegalovirusHerpesvirus, "owl's eye" inclusionsMost common congenital infection (deafness), retinitis and colitis in AIDS, mononucleosis-like illness with negative Monospot
HHV-6 and HHV-8HerpesvirusRoseola (high fever then rash in infants); Kaposi sarcoma
Parvovirus B19Parvovirus, ssDNA, smallestFifth disease ("slapped cheek"), aplastic crisis in sickle cell, hydrops fetalis, symmetric small-joint arthritis in adults that mimics RA
Human papillomavirusPapillomavirus, naked dsDNACommon and plantar warts, genital warts (6, 11), cervical and oropharyngeal cancer (16, 18); koilocytes
PoxvirusesLargest, brick-shaped dsDNASmallpox (eradicated), molluscum contagiosum (umbilicated papules), mpox
PicornavirusesNaked +ssRNAPolio (anterior horn cells), coxsackie A (hand-foot-mouth), coxsackie B (myocarditis, pleurodynia), rhinovirus (most common cold), hepatitis A
ParamyxovirusesEnveloped −ssRNAMeasles (cough, coryza, conjunctivitis, Koplik spots, SSPE), mumps (parotitis, orchitis), RSV (infant bronchiolitis), parainfluenza (croup)
OrthomyxovirusSegmented −ssRNAInfluenza A and B
RhabdovirusBullet-shaped −ssRNARabies: retrograde axonal transport to CNS, Negri bodies; bats are the main US source
Flaviviruses, togavirusesEnveloped +ssRNA, many arthropod-borneHepatitis C, dengue, yellow fever, West Nile, Zika; rubella (congenital cataracts, deafness, PDA)
Rotavirus, norovirusNaked; dsRNA and +ssRNAInfant diarrhea; outbreaks of vomiting and diarrhea on ships and in institutions

Viral hepatitis

VirusGenome and familySpreadChronicity and notes
Hepatitis ARNA picornavirusFecal-oral, shellfish, travelNever chronic; IgM anti-HAV marks acute infection; vaccine
Hepatitis BPartly double-stranded DNA hepadnavirus with reverse transcriptaseBlood, sex, perinatalChronic in about 5 percent of infected adults but 90 percent of infected newborns; cirrhosis and HCC; vaccine
Hepatitis CRNA flavivirusBlood (injection drug use most common)Chronic in most (about 75 to 85 percent); cirrhosis and HCC; no vaccine, but direct-acting antivirals cure most
Hepatitis DDefective RNA virusBloodNeeds HBsAg to replicate; superinfection of a chronic HBV carrier is the most severe
Hepatitis ERNA hepevirusFecal-oral, contaminated waterNot chronic in healthy hosts; high mortality in pregnant women

Hepatitis B serology is a favorite. HBsAg means current infection (acute or chronic). Anti-HBs means immunity (alone after vaccination). HBeAg signals active replication and high infectivity. IgM anti-HBc marks acute infection and is the only marker during the window period, after HBsAg disappears and before anti-HBs appears. IgG anti-HBc indicates past or chronic infection, never vaccination. HBsAg persisting beyond 6 months defines chronic infection. Needlestick risk follows a "rule of 3s": HBV 30 percent, HCV 3 percent, HIV 0.3 percent.

HIV

HIV is a retrovirus (lentivirus) with two copies of positive-sense RNA, reverse transcriptase, integrase and protease inside a cone-shaped p24 capsid. Envelope gp120 binds CD4 and a co-receptor (CCR5 early, CXCR4 later; people homozygous for the CCR5 Δ32 deletion resist infection), and gp41 mediates fusion. It infects CD4 T cells, macrophages and microglia. Transmission is sexual, by blood and needles, and perinatal or by breast milk; it is not spread by casual contact. Infection passes through three phases.

10005002000 CD4 cells per µL AcuteClinical latency (years)AIDS Viral load CD4 count CD4 below 200 defines AIDS 0 to 12 weeks often 8 to 10 years untreated months to years
Figure 14.3 Natural history of untreated HIV infection. Viral load spikes during the acute illness, falls to a set point as CD8 cells respond, and climbs again as CD4 cells are steadily lost; AIDS is defined by a CD4 count below 200/µL or an AIDS-defining illness.

Acute retroviral syndrome appears 2 to 4 weeks after exposure as a mononucleosis-like illness (fever, sore throat, lymphadenopathy, rash). During clinical latency the patient feels well, but replication continues in lymphoid tissue. AIDS is a CD4 count under 200 cells/µL or an AIDS-defining illness. Screening uses a fourth-generation antigen and antibody immunoassay (p24 antigen plus anti-HIV antibodies, shortening the window period) followed by a differentiation assay; viral load (RNA PCR) monitors treatment. Opportunistic infections track the CD4 count:

  • Under 500: oral candidiasis (thrush), shingles, tuberculosis, oral hairy leukoplakia (EBV), Kaposi sarcoma.
  • Under 200: Pneumocystis jirovecii pneumonia (prophylaxis with trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole), HIV dementia.
  • Under 100: cerebral toxoplasmosis (ring-enhancing lesions), cryptococcal meningitis, candidal esophagitis.
  • Under 50: Mycobacterium avium complex, CMV retinitis, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy (JC virus), primary CNS lymphoma (EBV).

Combination antiretroviral therapy (nucleoside and non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors, integrase inhibitors, protease inhibitors, entry and fusion inhibitors) suppresses the virus, restores CD4 counts and, when viral load is undetectable, prevents sexual transmission. Post-exposure prophylaxis should start as soon as possible, ideally within hours and no later than 72 hours; pre-exposure prophylaxis protects people at ongoing risk.

Respiratory viruses and latency

Rhinovirus causes most common colds. Influenza begins abruptly with high fever, myalgia and cough; complications include primary viral pneumonia and secondary bacterial pneumonia (especially S. aureus), and aspirin in children with influenza or varicella risks Reye syndrome (fatty liver and encephalopathy). Annual vaccination is the main prevention. RSV is the leading cause of bronchiolitis and pneumonia in infants. SARS-CoV-2 enters through ACE2 and ranges from mild illness with loss of smell to pneumonia and thrombosis. Latency is the hallmark of herpesviruses: HSV-1 hides in the trigeminal ganglion, HSV-2 in sacral ganglia, VZV in dorsal root and cranial nerve ganglia, EBV in memory B cells and CMV in monocytes; stress, illness, ultraviolet light and immunosuppression trigger reactivation.

Clinical link. Shingles often begins with burning, dermatomal pain 2 to 4 days before the rash, easily mistaken for radiculopathy, rib dysfunction or even cardiac or abdominal pain. Unilateral band-like thoracic pain with hypersensitive skin in an older or immunosuppressed patient deserves a look at the skin and a recheck in a few days. Active vesicles are contagious to people who have never had chickenpox; cover them and avoid direct contact.

Prions

Prions are infectious proteins with no nucleic acid. The abnormal isoform (PrPSc) is rich in β-pleated sheet, resists proteases and converts the normal α-helical cellular protein (PrPc) into more of itself. Accumulation causes spongiform encephalopathy: vacuolated neurons and gliosis without inflammation. Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (sporadic most common) causes rapidly progressive dementia with startle myoclonus and ataxia, periodic sharp-wave EEG complexes, CSF 14-3-3 protein and positive RT-QuIC, and death usually within a year. Variant CJD follows eating beef from cattle with bovine spongiform encephalopathy, affects younger patients and begins with psychiatric symptoms. Kuru and fatal familial insomnia are other prion diseases. Iatrogenic transmission has followed dura mater and corneal grafts, cadaveric growth hormone and reused neurosurgical instruments, because prions resist standard autoclave cycles, formaldehyde, alcohol, radiation and UV light; inactivation requires extended high-temperature autoclaving combined with sodium hydroxide, or disposal.

Board tip. In hepatitis B serology, anti-HBs alone means vaccinated, anti-HBs plus IgG anti-HBc means recovered from natural infection, HBsAg plus IgM anti-HBc means acute infection, and HBsAg plus IgG anti-HBc for more than 6 months means chronic infection. The window period has only IgM anti-HBc.
Key point

A virus is nucleic acid in a capsid, sometimes enveloped; envelopes make viruses fragile, while naked viruses survive on surfaces and spread fecal-orally. Receptors decide tropism, herpesviruses establish lifelong latency in ganglia or lymphocytes, hepatitis B and C cause chronic liver disease, and HIV destroys CD4 cells until opportunistic infections appear at predictable counts. Prions are protein only and survive routine sterilization.

Section 4Fungi and parasites

Fungal biology

Fungi are eukaryotes with 80S ribosomes, a cell wall of chitin and β-glucan, and ergosterol (not cholesterol) in their cell membranes, which is why most antifungals target ergosterol. Yeasts are single round or oval cells that reproduce by budding. Molds grow as branching tubular hyphae that form a mat (mycelium); hyphae are septate (cross walls, as in Aspergillus and the dermatophytes) or nonseptate (coenocytic, as in Mucor and Rhizopus). Candida albicans forms pseudohyphae (chains of elongated buds) and true germ tubes at body temperature. Dimorphic fungi switch form with temperature: "mold in the cold, yeast in the heat," growing as mold in soil at 25 °C and as yeast in tissue at 37 °C (Coccidioides forms spherules instead). Cell-mediated immunity contains most fungal infections, so serious disease concentrates in the immunocompromised. Diagnosis uses KOH preparation, Sabouraud culture, special stains and antigen tests.

Yeastbudding cellsCryptococcus Pseudohyphaechains of budsCandida Septate hyphae45° branchingAspergillus Nonseptate90° branchingMucor, Rhizopus Spherulefull of endosporesCoccidioides
Figure 14.4 Fungal forms seen in tissue. Narrow septate hyphae branching at acute angles suggest Aspergillus; broad, ribbon-like nonseptate hyphae branching at right angles suggest Mucor or Rhizopus; a large spherule packed with endospores is diagnostic of Coccidioides.

Superficial, cutaneous and subcutaneous mycoses

Superficial mycoses involve only the outer stratum corneum and provoke little inflammation. Tinea (pityriasis) versicolor, caused by Malassezia, produces hypopigmented or hyperpigmented scaly patches on the trunk and shoulders, worse in heat and humidity, with a "spaghetti and meatballs" KOH picture (short hyphae and round yeasts). Cutaneous mycoses are the dermatophytoses (Trichophyton, Microsporum, Epidermophyton), which digest keratin in skin, hair and nails and are spread by direct contact, fomites, animals and damp floors: tinea pedis (most common), corporis (ringworm with an active scaly border and central clearing), cruris, capitis and unguium (onychomycosis). Some Microsporum species fluoresce under a Wood lamp. Subcutaneous mycoses enter through puncture wounds: sporotrichosis (Sporothrix schenckii, the "rose gardener's disease") causes a nodule at the thorn prick followed by a chain of nodules along the draining lymphatics.

Clinical link. Tinea corporis and tinea capitis spread by skin contact and contaminated surfaces, including the face cradle, headrest and table vinyl. Scaly annular lesions on a patient's neck or face mean gloves, avoiding direct contact with the lesion, disinfecting with a product labeled fungicidal, fresh face paper, and a suggestion to see a primary care provider. Wrestlers, athletes and children are frequent carriers.

Systemic and opportunistic mycoses

FungusWhere and howDisease and tissue form
Histoplasma capsulatumOhio and Mississippi River valleys; bird and bat droppings, cavesOften mild pneumonia that mimics TB, calcified granulomas; small yeasts inside macrophages; disseminated disease in AIDS
Blastomyces dermatitidisEast of the Mississippi, Great Lakes, Ohio valleyPneumonia, verrucous skin lesions, lytic bone lesions including vertebrae; large yeast with broad-based budding
Coccidioides immitisDesert Southwest US (San Joaquin Valley); dust storms, construction, earthquakes"Valley fever" with erythema nodosum ("desert bumps") and arthralgia; spherules with endospores; may disseminate to bone and meninges
Candida albicansNormal flora of mouth, gut and vaginaThrush, vulvovaginitis (after antibiotics, in diabetes and pregnancy), intertrigo, diaper rash, esophagitis in AIDS, candidemia from catheters, endocarditis in IV drug users
Aspergillus fumigatusUbiquitous in soil and decaying vegetationAllergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis (asthma, cystic fibrosis), aspergilloma (fungus ball in an old TB cavity), invasive disease in neutropenia; A. flavus aflatoxin causes hepatocellular carcinoma
Cryptococcus neoformansPigeon droppingsMeningitis in AIDS; thick polysaccharide capsule seen with India ink, capsular antigen test in CSF
Mucor, RhizopusUbiquitous moldsRhinocerebral mucormycosis in diabetic ketoacidosis and neutropenia; invades vessels; black necrotic eschar of nose or palate
Pneumocystis jiroveciiInhaled; yeast-like fungusDiffuse bilateral interstitial pneumonia in AIDS with CD4 under 200; silver stain shows cysts; treated and prevented with trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole

Antifungal drugs: polyenes (amphotericin B, nephrotoxic; nystatin, topical or swish) bind ergosterol and punch pores; azoles (fluconazole, itraconazole, ketoconazole, clotrimazole) inhibit ergosterol synthesis; echinocandins (caspofungin) block β-glucan synthesis; terbinafine inhibits squalene epoxidase and is used for onychomycosis; griseofulvin binds microtubules and is used for tinea capitis.

Protozoa

Protozoa are single-celled eukaryotes; many alternate between a motile feeding trophozoite and a resistant cyst that transmits infection.

ProtozoanTransmissionDisease and clues
Giardia lambliaCysts in stream water (campers, hikers), day careFoul, fatty, nonbloody diarrhea, bloating; pear-shaped binucleate trophozoites; metronidazole
Entamoeba histolyticaFecal-oral cystsBloody dysentery, flask-shaped colonic ulcers, liver abscess ("anchovy paste"); trophozoites contain ingested red cells
CryptosporidiumOocysts in water, swimming pools (resist chlorine)Self-limited watery diarrhea; severe and chronic in AIDS; acid-fast oocysts
PlasmodiumAnopheles mosquitoMalaria with cyclic fever and hemolysis; P. falciparum most severe (cerebral malaria); P. vivax and P. ovale leave dormant liver hypnozoites requiring primaquine; sickle trait protects
Toxoplasma gondiiCat feces, undercooked meat, transplacentalCongenital chorioretinitis, hydrocephalus, intracranial calcifications; ring-enhancing brain lesions in AIDS; pregnant women should avoid litter boxes
Trypanosoma cruzi, T. bruceiReduviid ("kissing") bug; tsetse flyChagas disease (dilated cardiomyopathy, megacolon, megaesophagus); African sleeping sickness
Trichomonas vaginalisSexualFrothy, foul vaginal discharge, "strawberry" cervix; motile flagellated trophozoites; no cyst form
Naegleria fowleriWarm freshwater forced up the nose, through the cribriform plateRapidly fatal primary amebic meningoencephalitis

Helminths

Helminths are multicellular worms. Tissue-invading helminths drive a Th2 response with eosinophilia and high IgE; purely luminal worms often do not.

  • Nematodes (roundworms): Enterobius vermicularis (pinworm; most common in the US; perianal itching at night; tape test); Ascaris lumbricoides (most common worldwide; larvae migrate through the lungs causing cough and eosinophilia, adults can obstruct the bowel or bile duct); hookworms (Necator, Ancylostoma; larvae penetrate bare feet; iron deficiency anemia); Strongyloides (skin penetration, autoinfection, fatal hyperinfection in patients on steroids); Trichinella spiralis (undercooked pork or wild game; larvae encyst in skeletal muscle causing myalgia, periorbital edema and eosinophilia); Toxocara (visceral larva migrans from dog feces); filarial worms such as Wuchereria (elephantiasis) and Onchocerca (river blindness).
  • Cestodes (tapeworms): Taenia solium (eating larval cysts in pork gives intestinal tapeworm; eating eggs from human feces gives cysticercosis, and neurocysticercosis is a leading cause of acquired seizures worldwide); T. saginata (beef); Diphyllobothrium latum (raw fish; vitamin B12 deficiency); Echinococcus granulosus (dog feces, sheep; hydatid cysts in the liver; rupture risks anaphylaxis).
  • Trematodes (flukes): Schistosoma (freshwater snails release cercariae that penetrate skin; S. mansoni causes portal hypertension, S. haematobium causes hematuria and squamous cell bladder cancer); Clonorchis (raw fish; cholangiocarcinoma); Paragonimus (crabs; lung disease mimicking TB).

Arthropod vectors

VectorDiseases carried
Ixodes (deer or black-legged) tickLyme disease, babesiosis, anaplasmosis
Dermacentor (dog and wood) tickRocky Mountain spotted fever, tularemia, tick paralysis (ascending flaccid paralysis that resolves when the tick is removed)
Amblyomma (lone star) tickEhrlichiosis; alpha-gal red meat allergy
Anopheles mosquitoMalaria
Aedes mosquitoDengue, yellow fever, Zika, chikungunya
Culex mosquitoWest Nile virus, filariasis
FleasPlague (Yersinia pestis), murine typhus
Body liceEpidemic typhus (Rickettsia prowazekii), trench fever, relapsing fever
Sandfly, tsetse fly, reduviid bug, black flyLeishmaniasis, sleeping sickness, Chagas disease, river blindness
MitesScabies (Sarcoptes scabiei: intensely itchy burrows in finger webs, wrists and waistline, worse at night), scrub typhus
Board tip. "Mold in the cold, yeast in the heat" identifies the dimorphic fungi. Match fungus to place: Histoplasma with river valleys and bat caves, Blastomyces with the Great Lakes and broad-based buds, Coccidioides with the desert Southwest and spherules. Match parasite to food: pork with Taenia solium and Trichinella, fish with Diphyllobothrium and Clonorchis, cats with Toxoplasma, streams with Giardia.
Key point

Fungi are eukaryotes with ergosterol membranes that grow as yeasts, molds or both; superficial and cutaneous mycoses are nuisances spread by contact, endemic dimorphic fungi are inhaled from soil, and opportunists (Candida, Aspergillus, Cryptococcus, Mucor, Pneumocystis) strike the immunocompromised. Protozoa spread through water, food, sex and insects; helminths cause eosinophilia when they invade tissue; and each arthropod vector carries a predictable set of diseases.

Section 5Epidemiology and disease control

Measuring disease

Incidence is the number of new cases in a population at risk over a stated time (for example, 12 new cases per 1,000 people per year); it measures risk. During an outbreak the incidence among those exposed is called the attack rate. Prevalence is the number of existing cases at a point in time (point prevalence) or over a period, divided by the population; it measures burden. For a stable disease, prevalence ≈ incidence × average duration. A treatment that prolongs life without curing (insulin, antiretroviral therapy) raises prevalence without changing incidence; a rapidly fatal or quickly cured disease has low prevalence even with high incidence. The mortality rate is deaths from a disease per population; the case fatality rate is deaths among those who have the disease. A disease is endemic when constantly present at a usual level, epidemic when clearly above that level, and pandemic when epidemic across several countries or continents.

Study designs

DesignHow it worksMeasureStrengths and weaknesses
Case report and case seriesDescribes one or a few patientsNoneGenerates hypotheses; no comparison group
Cross-sectionalMeasures exposure and disease at one momentPrevalenceQuick; cannot show which came first
Case-controlStarts with people who have the disease and controls who do not, then looks back at exposureOdds ratioBest for rare diseases; fast and cheap; prone to recall bias
Cohort (prospective or retrospective)Starts with exposed and unexposed people and follows them for outcomesRelative risk, incidenceBest for rare exposures; shows temporal sequence; costly, loss to follow-up
Randomized controlled trialRandomly assigns an intervention, ideally double-blindedRelative risk, absolute risk reduction, number needed to treatGold standard for cause and treatment effect; randomization balances confounders
Systematic review and meta-analysisPools results of many studiesPooled estimateTop of the evidence hierarchy; only as good as included studies

With a 2 × 2 table of exposure (rows) against disease (columns), cells a, b, c, d: relative risk = [a/(a+b)] / [c/(c+d)]; odds ratio = ad/bc; attributable risk = incidence in exposed minus incidence in unexposed. For treatments, absolute risk reduction = control event rate minus treated event rate, and the number needed to treat = 1/ARR. A relative risk or odds ratio of 1 means no association; if its 95 percent confidence interval includes 1, the result is not statistically significant. Major threats to validity are selection bias, recall bias, measurement bias, the Hawthorne effect (subjects behave differently when observed), lead-time bias (earlier diagnosis appears to prolong survival) and confounding (a third factor linked to both exposure and outcome). A type I error (α) is a false positive conclusion, a type II error (β) a false negative, and power = 1 − β.

Sensitivity, specificity and predictive values

Diagnostic and screening tests are judged against a gold standard. Sensitivity = TP / (TP + FN) is the proportion of diseased people who test positive; a highly sensitive test rarely misses disease, so a negative result rules it out ("SnNout") and such tests are used for screening. Specificity = TN / (TN + FP) is the proportion of healthy people who test negative; a highly specific test rarely labels healthy people as sick, so a positive result rules disease in ("SpPin") and such tests are used to confirm. Positive predictive value = TP / (TP + FP) and negative predictive value = TN / (TN + FN) answer the patient's question: given my result, how likely is it that I do or do not have the disease? Sensitivity and specificity are properties of the test; predictive values change with prevalence: as prevalence rises, PPV rises and NPV falls. Lowering a test's cutoff to catch more cases raises sensitivity at the cost of specificity, the trade-off traced by a ROC curve. Reliability (precision) is reproducibility between examiners or trials; validity (accuracy) is closeness to the truth.

Worked example: 1,000 people, prevalence 10%, sensitivity 90%, specificity 80%Disease present (100)Disease absent (900)Total
Test positiveTP = 90FP = 180270
Test negativeFN = 10TN = 720730
ResultSensitivity 90/100 = 90%Specificity 720/900 = 80%PPV 90/270 = 33%; NPV 720/730 = 98.6%
Board tip. In the example, two thirds of positive results are false even though the test is "90 percent sensitive." That is the effect of low prevalence on PPV, and it is why screening low-risk populations generates many false positives. Sensitivity and specificity do not change with prevalence; predictive values do.

Outbreak investigation and the chain of infection

An outbreak investigation proceeds in order: verify the diagnosis; confirm an outbreak against baseline; write a case definition; find and count cases; describe them by time, place and person with an epidemic curve; test hypotheses with an analytic study; apply control measures as early as possible; communicate and keep up surveillance. The shape of the epidemic curve is telling: a point-source outbreak (one meal) rises and falls sharply within one incubation period; a continuous common source (contaminated water supply) plateaus; a propagated outbreak (person to person, such as measles) shows successive waves one incubation period apart. Clinicians, including chiropractors in most jurisdictions, report notifiable diseases (for example measles, pertussis, tuberculosis, syphilis, hepatitis and foodborne outbreaks) to the local or state health department.

Infectiousagent Reservoir Portal ofexit Mode oftransmission Portal ofentry Susceptiblehost Chain of infection Diagnose and treat Clean and disinfectsurfaces, equipment Cover coughs,dress wounds Hand hygiene,PPE, masks Gloves, sterilesingle-use needles Vaccinate, treatunderlying illness
Figure 14.5 The chain of infection. An infection spreads only if every link holds; green notes show a practical way to break each link in a clinical office.

The six links: the infectious agent; its reservoir (humans, including asymptomatic carriers; animals, for zoonoses; soil or water); the portal of exit (respiratory tract, blood, skin lesions, feces); the mode of transmission; the portal of entry (mucous membranes, broken skin, needle puncture); and a susceptible host (unvaccinated, very young or old, immunosuppressed, diabetic). Modes of transmission are contact (direct skin-to-skin, or indirect via fomites such as a headrest or reflex hammer), droplet (large particles traveling about 1 to 2 meters: influenza, pertussis, N. meningitidis, mumps), airborne (small droplet nuclei that stay suspended: tuberculosis, measles, varicella; require an N95 respirator and negative-pressure room), vehicle (food, water, blood products) and vector (mechanical, such as flies, or biological, where the agent develops inside the arthropod, such as malaria in mosquitoes). Prevention is primary (prevent disease: vaccination, hand hygiene), secondary (detect early: screening) or tertiary (limit disability from established disease: rehabilitation).

Sterilization, disinfection and antisepsis

Sterilization destroys all microbial life, including bacterial spores. Methods: steam autoclave (moist heat under pressure, classically 121 °C at 15 psi for 15 to 30 minutes, or 132 to 134 °C for shorter cycles; denatures proteins and is the standard for heat-tolerant items), dry heat (about 160 to 170 °C for 1 to 2 hours), ethylene oxide gas and hydrogen peroxide plasma for heat-sensitive items, ionizing radiation for disposables, and prolonged immersion in liquid chemical sterilants such as glutaraldehyde. Steam cycles are verified with biological indicators (spores of Geobacillus stearothermophilus) and chemical indicator tape. Disinfection eliminates most pathogens on inanimate objects but not necessarily spores. Antisepsis applies an antimicrobial to living tissue (alcohol, chlorhexidine, povidone-iodine). Sanitization lowers counts to safe public health levels, and pasteurization kills milk-borne pathogens such as Listeria and Brucella but is not sterilization.

Microbes differ in resistance, from most to least: prions, bacterial spores, mycobacteria, small nonenveloped viruses (polio, norovirus), fungi, vegetative bacteria, and enveloped viruses (HIV, HBV, influenza, herpes), which are the easiest to kill. Alcohol hand rub does not kill C. difficile spores and is weak against norovirus, so soap and water are used after caring for those patients and when hands are visibly soiled, and a sporicidal agent such as diluted bleach is used on surfaces.

Spaulding categoryItem contactsRequired processingOffice examples
CriticalSterile tissue or the bloodstreamSterilization or sterile single-useAcupuncture and dry-needling needles, lancets, scalpel blades
SemicriticalMucous membranes or nonintact skinHigh-level disinfection (glutaraldehyde, ortho-phthalaldehyde, hydrogen peroxide) or sterilizationSpecula and other instruments entering a body cavity
NoncriticalIntact skin onlyLow- or intermediate-level disinfection (EPA-registered quaternary ammonium, phenolics, alcohol 60 to 90 percent, dilute bleach; intermediate products kill mycobacteria)Adjusting tables and face cradles, reflex hammers, tuning forks, stethoscopes, blood pressure cuffs, goniometers, activator instruments, therapy electrodes and ultrasound heads

Standard precautions and the chiropractic office

Standard precautions treat blood and all body fluids, secretions and excretions except sweat, plus nonintact skin and mucous membranes, as potentially infectious for every patient regardless of diagnosis. They comprise hand hygiene (alcohol rub for 20 to 30 seconds, or soap and water for at least 20 seconds; before and after every patient contact, after touching surroundings, after glove removal and after body fluid exposure), personal protective equipment chosen for the anticipated exposure (gloves for blood or lesions, mask and eye protection for splashes), respiratory hygiene (masks for coughing patients, tissues, distance), safe sharps practice (never recap by hand; use puncture-resistant containers at the point of use), safe injection practices, and environmental cleaning. Transmission-based precautions are added for known or suspected infection: contact (gown and gloves: MRSA, C. difficile, scabies), droplet (surgical mask) and airborne (fit-tested N95 and an airborne isolation room). Under the occupational bloodborne pathogens standard, employers with exposed staff keep a written exposure control plan, provide annual training and PPE, and offer the hepatitis B vaccine at no cost.

In practice: change headrest paper and wipe the face cradle and any vinyl touched by skin with an EPA-registered disinfectant between patients, observing the label contact time; clean hands between patients; use single-patient or cleaned electrodes and hot pack covers; avoid direct contact with active herpes, impetigo, tinea, scabies or draining wounds; and keep staff vaccinated and home when febrile.

Clinical link. After a needlestick or blood splash (for example during dry needling), wash the wound with soap and water or flush mucous membranes with water, report the exposure immediately, identify and test the source patient with consent, and get medical evaluation at once: HIV post-exposure prophylaxis works best when started within hours, and hepatitis B immune globulin and vaccine may be indicated for an unvaccinated worker.
Key point

Incidence measures new cases and risk, prevalence measures existing burden, and prevalence equals incidence times duration. Case-control studies yield odds ratios for rare diseases, cohort studies yield relative risks for rare exposures, and randomized trials test treatments. Sensitive tests rule out, specific tests rule in, and predictive values swing with prevalence. Infection control breaks the chain of infection: sterilize what enters tissue, disinfect what touches skin, and apply standard precautions to every patient.

The chapter in one breath

  • Innate immunity is fast and nonspecific (barriers, neutrophils, macrophages, NK cells, complement); adaptive immunity is specific, slower and has memory.
  • IgM appears first and signals recent infection, IgG dominates secondary responses and crosses the placenta, IgA protects mucosa, IgE drives allergy and antiparasite defense.
  • MHC I presents internal peptides to CD8 cells; MHC II presents engulfed peptides to CD4 cells; Th1, Th2, Th17 and Treg cells steer the response.
  • Live attenuated vaccines give strong immunity but are avoided in pregnancy and immunodeficiency; toxoids protect against tetanus and diphtheria; conjugate vaccines let infants respond to capsules.
  • Gram-positive bacteria have thick peptidoglycan and stain purple; gram-negative bacteria have an LPS outer membrane and stain pink; endotoxin causes septic shock, exotoxins act on specific targets.
  • S. aureus causes most osteomyelitis and septic arthritis; fluoroquinolones can rupture tendons; resistance comes from enzymes, altered targets, reduced entry and efflux.
  • Enveloped viruses are fragile; naked viruses persist on surfaces; herpesviruses stay latent in ganglia and reactivate as cold sores or shingles.
  • HBsAg means infection, anti-HBs means immunity, IgM anti-HBc means acute infection; HIV causes AIDS when CD4 falls below 200, with opportunistic infections at predictable counts.
  • Prions are protein only and resist ordinary sterilization.
  • Fungi are yeasts, molds or dimorphic; dermatophytes spread by contact; Histoplasma, Blastomyces and Coccidioides are geographic; protozoa, helminths and vectors each have classic sources.
  • Incidence is new cases, prevalence is existing cases; sensitivity rules out, specificity rules in, and PPV rises with prevalence.
  • Sterilization kills spores; Spaulding matches processing to risk; standard precautions and hand hygiene apply to every patient.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
EpitopeThe specific part of an antigen that an antibody or T cell receptor binds.
OpsonizationCoating of a microbe with antibody or C3b so phagocytes can ingest it more easily.
Membrane attack complexThe C5b to C9 complement assembly that punches holes in target cell membranes.
Herd immunityProtection of nonimmune people when enough of the population is immune to stop sustained spread.
ToxoidA chemically inactivated toxin that still induces protective antibodies.
PeptidoglycanThe cross-linked sugar and peptide mesh that forms the bacterial cell wall.
LipopolysaccharideThe outer membrane molecule of gram-negative bacteria whose lipid A portion is endotoxin.
EndosporeA dormant, highly resistant form made by Bacillus and Clostridium, destroyed reliably only by sterilization.
ConjugationTransfer of DNA, usually a plasmid, from one bacterium to another through a sex pilus.
Lysogenic conversionAcquisition of new genes, such as toxin genes, from a bacteriophage integrated into the bacterial chromosome.
SuperantigenA toxin that links MHC II to T cell receptors outside the antigen groove, activating huge numbers of T cells.
LatencyA dormant viral state in which the genome persists without producing virus and can later reactivate.
Reverse transcriptaseA viral enzyme that copies RNA into DNA, used by retroviruses and hepatitis B.
Window periodIn hepatitis B, the gap after HBsAg disappears and before anti-HBs appears, when only IgM anti-HBc is detectable.
PrionA misfolded infectious protein, without nucleic acid, that converts normal protein into the abnormal form.
Dimorphic fungusA fungus that grows as a mold in the environment and as a yeast (or spherule) in tissue.
DermatophyteA fungus that digests keratin and infects skin, hair and nails (tinea).
IncidenceThe rate of new cases in a population at risk over a defined period.
PrevalenceThe proportion of a population that has a disease at a point or during a period.
FomiteAn inanimate object that carries infectious agents from one person to another.
SterilizationA process that destroys all microbial life, including bacterial spores.
Standard precautionsInfection control practices applied to every patient, treating all blood and body fluids as potentially infectious.

Check yourself

Which antibody class appears first in a primary immune response, and what does finding it in a patient's serum usually mean?
IgM; it indicates current or recent infection. IgM is the first antibody secreted by newly activated B cells; class switching to IgG follows with T cell help.
A young adult has recurrent meningococcal infections. Deficiency of which complement components is most likely?
The terminal components, C5 to C9. Without the membrane attack complex, the body cannot lyse thin-walled Neisseria.
Why are live attenuated vaccines such as MMR and varicella avoided in pregnancy and in patients with severe immunodeficiency?
The weakened organism can still replicate and cause disease in a host who cannot control it, or infect the fetus. Inactivated, subunit, toxoid and conjugate vaccines cannot replicate and are used instead.
During the Gram stain, which step separates gram-positive from gram-negative bacteria, and what structural difference explains it?
The alcohol or acetone decolorization step. The thick peptidoglycan of gram-positive cells retains the crystal violet and iodine complex; the thin peptidoglycan beneath a lipid outer membrane in gram-negative cells does not, so they take up safranin and appear pink.
A farmer with a deep puncture wound develops jaw stiffness, facial grimacing and painful spasms with arching of the back. What toxin is responsible and how does it act?
Tetanospasmin from Clostridium tetani. It travels retrograde to the spinal cord and blocks release of the inhibitory transmitters GABA and glycine, producing spastic paralysis. Prevention is the tetanus toxoid.
A health care worker's serology shows anti-HBs positive, HBsAg negative and anti-HBc negative. Interpret.
Immunity from hepatitis B vaccination. The vaccine contains only surface antigen, so it produces anti-HBs without anti-HBc; natural infection would also leave anti-HBc.
A patient with AIDS and a CD4 count of 150 cells/µL has dry cough, fever and bilateral interstitial infiltrates. What organism is most likely, and how is it prevented?
Pneumocystis jirovecii pneumonia. It is the classic opportunistic infection below a CD4 of 200 and is prevented and treated with trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole.
A man from Arizona has fever, cough and tender red nodules on his shins after a dust storm. Biopsy of a lung lesion shows large spherules filled with endospores. Diagnosis?
Coccidioidomycosis (valley fever). Coccidioides is a dimorphic fungus of the desert Southwest whose arthroconidia are inhaled from soil; erythema nodosum is a common hypersensitivity sign.
A screening test has 95 percent sensitivity and 90 percent specificity. It is applied to a population where the disease is rare. What happens to its positive predictive value, and why?
The PPV is low. When prevalence is low, false positives from the 10 percent of healthy people who test positive outnumber true positives. Sensitivity and specificity stay the same; only predictive values change with prevalence.
Under the Spaulding classification, what level of processing does a chiropractic face cradle need, and what does a dry-needling needle need?
Face cradle: low- or intermediate-level disinfection; needle: sterile, single use. The face cradle is noncritical because it touches only intact skin, while a needle is critical because it enters sterile tissue.